A.P.

POLICE
SPECIALIZED UNITS
MANUAL
Part - I
Volume - III
{G.O.Ms. No. 19 Home (Legal II) Dept. dt. 14.02.2017}

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

Police Department
Amaravathi - 522 020
 Implementation of Telugu Language in all proceedings including Courts
vide G.O.Ms.No.485 Home (Courts-B) Department dt: 29.03.1974.

Implementation of Telugu language in maintaining Police Station records

vide G.O.Ms.No.1515, General Administration (OL & SR-II) Department,
dt: 22.12.1966.

FORMATION OF DISTRICTS IN ANDHRA PRADESH

(Andhra State was carved out of Madras State on 1st October 1953. Aandhra
Pradesh was carved out on 1st November 1956 with Telangana Districts.
Seperate state of Andhra Pradesh was carved out on 2nd July 2014)

Name of the District Year

Cuddapha 1808
Kurnool 1858
Anantapoor 1882
Guntur 1904
East Godavari 1904
Chittor 1911
West Godavari 1925
Prakasham 1970
Ranga Reddy 1978
Vizianagaram 1979
NANDURI SAMBASIVA RAO, IPS,
Director General of Police,
Andhra Pradesh. Office Phone : 0866-2575552

Dt : 16.03.2017.
FOREWORD
The Andhra Pradesh Police Manual in four volumes approved by the
Government on 14th Feb, 2017 enables all the Police Officers to perform their
tasks with clarity and precision. The revision was taken up on the orders of the
Government of AP by Sri S. Umapathi, IPS (Retd.), IGP with the help of Sri
K. Sudhakar, SP (NC) (retired) in a meticulous manner incorporating all the new
Acts, Rules, guidelines, MHA Circulars, Apex Court directions and other
Government orders.
The four volumes for convenience are named as :-
1. AP Police Administrative Manual (Part-I, Vol - I)
2. AP Police Investigation Manual (Part-I, Vol - IIA)
3. AP Police Station House Management Manual (Part-I, Vol - IIB) and
4. AP Police Specialised Units Manual (Part-I, Vol - III)
The thrust has been to ensure proper functioning of all Police Stations,
Circles, Sub-Divisions, Districts, Units and Commissionerates with certain Key
Performance Areas (KPAs) and measurable indicators. Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) in respect of important crimes enables Officers not to miss
any legal step in the investigation of cases for improving our conviction rate.
Detailed Cyber Crime investigation procedures mentioned in the Investigation
Manual is a ready reckoner for all officers which is extremely useful in this
Cyber era. Every SHO should learn the nomenclature and the way to investigate
Cyber Crime, SC/ST Crime, Juvenile Crime and other Specialized Crimes and
the way to process file for payment of victim-witness compensation under
various schemes of the Government for rending speedy Justice.
The Chapter on Police Welfare, new Chapters on Police Computers
and Standardization, Safe City Concept, Road Safety and District Police Office
do spell out the requisite mandate for the officers and staff.
I am sure that the new Manual of 1st Edition will enhance our image
with the desired pro-people, pro-women and pro-children approach in the service
delivery.

NANDURI SAMBASIVARAO, IPS

Director General of Police,
Andhra Pradesh.
J.V. RAMUDU, IPS, Phones : Off : 040-23237788
040-23212345
Director General of Police,
Fax : 040-23243333
Andhra Pradesh.
Mobile : 94406 27321

Dt :16.07.2016.
FOREWORD
The AP Police Manual is the main reference book as well as a valuable
guide for all Police officers, for their day to day work. It is a compilation of all
new Acts, recent legislations, amendments, procedures, guide lines and circulars
which are required for proper Justice delivery, for prevention, detection and
investigation of crime, maintenance of public order etc.
The existing Police manual was published in February, 2002 and ever
since, several Cr.PC, IPC, Evidence Act amendments have come into force
including new Acts such as POCSO Act 2012, SC/ST Amendment Act, 2015,
Juvenile Justice (CPC) Act, 2015, amendments to Unlawful Activities (Prevention)
Act in 2014, Information Technology Act, 2008 and plethora of other amendments
came into effect necessitating a revision. Several new technologies, Cyber forensic
laboratories, Cyber Crime investigation tools, social media monitoring tools, etc.,
have become available to the Police Officers. The Police is facing new economic
crimes like multi-level marketing, FICN cases, Organized criminal activities like
Human Trafficking, Drug Trafficking, Cyber Crimes and transnational terrorism.
All this resulted in issuing several orders by the Government and by the Chief
Office from time to time which need to be codified.
The earlier revision of APPM was carried out by Sri. K.Vijaya Rama
Rao, IPS (Retd), former Director CBI, New Delhi, which was a revision of
1912 Madras Police Manual. A need was felt to revise the APPM incorporating
all the new and amended legal provisions, Government of India advisories,
State Government G.Os, Chief Office Circulars, other related Circulars of
Accounts Branch, Chairman SLPRB, etc. The Government of AP accordingly
entrusted the onerous task of revising the Police Manual to an experienced,
law knowing Police Officer Sri S.Umapathi, IPS ( Retd.) former IGP, CID AP.
He redrafted the entire Manual incorporating the latest legislations, Acts,
Circulars, Advisories and Government Orders, new proformas, District profiles
with new chapters like PCS & S, Road Safety, Safe City and District Police
Office. The Cyber Crimes, Standard Operation Procedures on heinous crimes,
relevant Supreme Court Judgments have been put in place for ready reference.
 For the convenience of users, the Manual is being published in four volumes viz :
1) The AP Police Administrative Manual dealing with Police Structure,
Administration, key performance areas of Officers, disciplinary matters,
recruitment and training.
2) The AP Police Investigation manual ( Called APPM Part I, Vol -II (A)
elaborates FIR to Charge sheet to Trial Monitoring, including Standard
Operation Procedures.
3) The AP Police Station House Management Manual called APPM Part-
I, Vol-II (B) containing Station House routine, service delivery
etc.
4) The AP Police Specialized Units manual (APPM Part I Vol.III) revised
with four new Chapters.

For this phenomenal work , the Police Department is greatly indebted to

Sri.S.Umapathi, IPS (Retd) for undertaking this task and to Sri K.Sudhakar SP
(NC) (Retd) who assisted him from the beginning without expecting any
remuneration. I also place on record the contribution made by Sri. U. Rama
Mohan Rao, SP (NC) Cyber PS in drafting a detailed SOP on Cyber Crimes and
investigation techniques. I place on record the role of S/Sri M. Saravan Kumar,
Chief Legal Advisor, CID AP, C.C.Subramanyam, Director of Prosecution of
Government of AP and M.Naga Raghu, Chief Legal Advisor, AP DGP Office for
their valuable inputs. The role of S/ Sri S.Sesibhushana Rao, SP (NC) Intl.,
Department, Md. Riyaz, ID Assistant, Intl. Dept., Smt. G. Usha Rani, Data Entry
Operator, O/o DGP, AP and Sri P.Charvaka, ‘ page maker’ and M. Srinivas of
Sri Lakshmi Prasanna Printers, Hyderabad is worth mentioning for their
contribution in making the dream come true. I would like to thank the SsP /
CsP and ADGPs who have contributed in providing timely in puts in updating the
manual.
I am sure that the newly revised Manual will prove to be a useful
ready reference book for the Police Officers, prosecutors and for other
Departments affiliated to criminal Justice system.

J.V.Ramudu, IPS,
Director General of Police,
Andhra Pradesh.
 GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
ABSTRACT

Revised Andhra Pradesh Police Manual– Approved – Orders – Issued.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HOME (LEGAL.II) DEPARTMENT
G.O.MS.No. 19 Dated: 14-02-2017
Read the following :-
1. G.O.Ms.No.308, Home (Police.D) Department, dated :09.02.1960.
2. G.O.Ms.No.201, Home (Police.C) Department, dated :08.09.2001
3. From the Director General of Police, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad,
Lr.No.2380/C3/2016, dated: 16.07.2016.

@@@

ORDER :-
The Revised Andhra Pradesh Police Manual submitted by the Director
General of Police, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad in four volumes i.e. Volume-I,
Volume-II(A), Volume II (B) and Volume III, containing Annexures and Forms,
in the letter 3rd read above, is approved subject to the following conditions:-
i. The Manual does not supersede any statutory rules, Service Rules,
regulations and other orders issued by the Government from time to time and if
there is any contradictions or conflict, the latter will prevail.
ii. The Manual does not vest Police officers with any powers of arrest,
detention, investigation of crime etc. not specifically conferred by the Criminal
Procedure Code, Indian Penal Code or other central or State laws on the subject
for the time being in force.
iii. The Manual envisages only guidelines, procedures in accordance with
the provisions of laws, Acts and Rules for all Police officers.
iv. No financial or other claim liability will be accepted on the authority of
the Manual.
 v. No posts of any category in Andhra Pradesh Police Service and Andhra
Pradesh Police Sub-Ordinate Service will be sanctioned / created on the strength
of this manual. The Director General of Police will submit detailed proposals
for the purpose, if any required separately for approval of Government.
2. The Director General of Police, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad will get the
Manual printed with private printers following due procedure as the Director
General of Police office press does not have requisite technology and capacity
as stated by the DGP. The Printed Manual shall be distributed to all the
concerned up to Police Station level & with 50 spare copies for Government
reference.
(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

A.R. ANURADHA
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO
GOVERNMENT
 GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
ABSTRACT
Police – Revision and up-dation of Andhra Pradesh Police Manual (Volume – I and II
Old) by the Director General and Inspector General of Police – Revised Andhra
Pradesh Police Manual – Approved – Orders – Issued.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
HOME (POLICE.C) DEPARTMENT
G.O.Ms.No.201. Dated: 08-09-2001.
Read the following :-
(1) G.O.Ms.No.308, Home (Police.D) Department, dated:09-02-1960.
(2) From the Director General and Inspector General of Police, Andhra
Pradesh, Hyderabad, Letter Rc.No.152/A2/2001, dated:08-08-2001.
*****
O R D E R:-
The Revised Andhra Pradesh Police Manual submitted by the Director General
and Inspector General of Police, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad in three volumes and
4th volume containing Annexures and Forms, in the letter read above, is approved
subject to the following conditions:-
i. The Manual does not supersede any statutory rules, Service Rules,
regulations and other orders issued by the Government from time to
time and if there is any contradictions or conflict, the latter will prevail.
ii. The Manual does not vest police officers with any powers of arrest,
detention, investigation of crime etc. not specifically conferred by
the Criminal Procedure Code, Indian Penal Code or other central or
state laws on the subject for the time being in force.
iii. The Manual envisages only guidelines, procedures in accordance
with the provisions of laws, Acts and Rules for all police officers.
iv. No financial or other claim or liability will be accepted on the authority
of the Manual.
 v. No posts of any category in Andhra Pradesh Police Service and
Andhra Pradesh Police Sub-Ordinate Service will be sanctioned/
created on the strength of this manual. The Director General and
Inspector General of Police will submit detailed proposals for the
purpose, if any required separately for approval of Government.

2. The Director General and Inspector General of Police, Andhra

Pradesh, Hyderabad will get the Manual printed in sufficient number of
copies in Inspector General of Police Press and distribute to all the concerned
upto Police Station level with 50 spare copies for Government reference.
Spare copies may also be made available for sale to public and others
concerned by prescribing a reasonable and affordable price.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA

PRADESH)

BHARATH CHANDRA,
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

To
The Director General and Inspector General of Police,
Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.

/// FORWARDED: BY ORDER ///

Sd/-
SECTION OFFICER
 GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
ABSTRACT
BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS – THE ANDHRA PRADESH POLICE
MANUAL COMPILED BY INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF Police – APPROVED
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS.
(G.O Ms. No. 308, Home ( Police-D) Department, dated, 9 th February, 1960.)
Read the following :
From the Inspector General of Police, Letters Rc. No. 496/A/58, dated:
09-07-1959, 21-10-1959 and 18-12-1959.
* * *
ORDER:
The draft Andhra Pradesh Police Manual ( Parts I and II) submitted by the
Inspector General of Police, with the correspondence cited, is approved subject to
the following conditions:
1. The Manual does not supersede any statutory rule, service rules or other
orders issued by the Government from time to time, and if there is any conflict,
the matter will prevail:
2. The Manual does not vest Police Officers with any powers of arrest,
detention, investigation of crimes, etc., not specially conferred by the Cr.PC.,
IPC or other Central or State laws on the subject; and
3. no financial or other claim or liability can be accepted on the authority of the
manual.
2. The Inspector – General of Police will arrange to get the Manual printed by
the Director of Government Printing and distribute copies to all concerned, with
twelve spare copies for Government reference.
(By Order and in the name of the Governor )

V.RAJESWAR RAO
Secretary To Government
To
The Inspector-General of Police, Hyderabad
/True Copy/
 ABBREVATIONS
Short Form Full Form
ACB Anti-Corruption Bureau
ACP Assistant Commissioner of Police
ACR Annual Confidential Report
Addl. PP Additional Public Prosecutor
Addl.CP Additional Commissioner of Police
Addl.DM Additional District Magistrate
Addl. SP Additional Superintendent of Police
AD Assistant Director
ADJ Additional District Judge
ADGP Additional Director General of Police
AG Advocate General
AHTU Anti Human Trafficking Unit
ALA Assistant Legal Advisor
ANPR Automatic Number Plate Recognition
AO Administration Officer / Accounts Officer
AOP Armed Out Post
APAT Andhra Pradesh Administrative Tribunal
APEPDCL AP Eastern Power Distribution Company (HQ Vishakhapatnam)
APP Assistant Public Prosecutor
APPA Andhra Pradesh Police Academy
APPM Andhra Pradesh Police Manual
APPS Andhra Pradesh Police Service
APPSC Andhra Pradesh Public Service Commission
APSLSA Andhra Pradesh State Legal Services Authority
APSP Andhra Pradesh Special Police
APSPDCL AP Southern Power Distribution Company (HQ Tirupathi)
ASC Anti Sabotage Check
ASL Advance Security Liason
ATP Ananthapuramu
BSF Border Security Force
BOT Build Operate and Transfer
BP Car Bullet Proof Car
BPR & D Bureau of Police Research and Development
BTC Battalion Training Centre
CAT Central Administrative Tribunal
CJM Chief Judicial Magistrate
CIO Central Intelligence Officer
CL Casual Leave
CLA Chief Legal Advisor
CM Chief Minister
CPRO Chief Public Relation Officer
CS & VO Chief Security and Vigilance Officer
CSO Chief Security Officer

CBI Central Bureau of Investigation

CC No. Court Calendar Number
CCF Chief Conservator of Forests
CCRB City Crime Records Bureau
CCS Central Crime Station
CCTNS Crime Criminal Tracking Network and Services
CCTV Close Circuit Tele Vision
CD Case Diary
CD Compact Disc (Computer language)
CDTS Central Detective Training School
CHIO Chief Immigration Officer
CI Circle inspector of Police
CICL Child In Conflict with Law
CID Crime Investigation Department
CISF Central Industrial Security Force
CMT Commandant
CNCP Child in Need of Care and Protection
CP Commissioner of Police
Cr.PC. Criminal Procedure Code,
CRDA Capital Region Development Authority
Crl. R.P. Criminal Revision Petition ( Dealt by P.P High Court)
CRPF (COBRA) Central Reserve Protection Force (Commando Battalion for
Resolute Action )
CRPF Central Reserve Police Force
CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone
CSPS Coastal Security Police Station
CTC City Training Centre
CTR Chittoor
CVC Command Viewing Center
Chief Vigilance Commissioner
CWC Child Welfare Committee
CWO Child Welfare Officer
CWPO Child Welfare Police Officer
DA Dearness Allowance
DAR District Armed Reserve
DCP Deputy Commissioner of Police
DCPO District Child Protection Officer
DCPU District Child Protection Unit
DCRB District Crime Records Bureau
DC Dossier Criminal
DFO Divisional Fire Officer
DFO Divisional Forest Officer
DFMD Door Frame Metal Detector
DFPU District Finger Print Unit
DGP Director General of Police
DIG Deputy Inspector General of Police
DIR Domestic Incident Report (Filed under PW Domestic violence
Act)
DJ District Judge
DLSA District Legal Service Authority
DM District Magistrate
(District Collector with magesterial powers)
DNA De-oxyribo Nucleic Acid
DoP Director of Prosecutions
DPS Detective Police Station
Dy SP Deputy Superintendent of Police
DTC District Training Centre
DTRB District Traffic Records Bureau
DVD Digital Video Disc.
DVR Digital Video Recorder
ECIR Enforcement Crime Information Report
(filed by Enforcement Directorate )
ECNR Emigration Check Not Required
E-COPS Electronic Computer Operations of Police Services
EG East Godavari
EL Earned Leave
FICN Fake Indian Currency Note
F.I.R First Information Report
FIU Financial Investigation Unit (New Delhi)
F.R Final Report (Submitted Under sec. 173 Cr.PC)
FP Finger Print / Foot Print
FRO Foreigners Registration Officer ( SP or CP)
FRRO Foreigners Regional Registration Officer
GP Government Pleader
GPF General Provident Fund
GRP Government Railway Police
GTR Guntur
GVMC Greater Visakha Municipal Corporation
HHMD Hand Held Metal Detectors
IAS Indian Administrative Service
IB Intelligence Bureau
IFoS Indian Forest Service
IFS Indian Foreign Service
IGP Inspector General of Police
Int. Intelligence
INTERNET INTERconnected computer NETwork
IPS Indian Police Service
IRBN, Integrated Reserve Battalion
IRF Interim Relief Fund
IT Department Income Tax Department
J J (CPC) Act Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act
JD IMM Joint Director Immigration ( New Delhi)
Jt. CP Joint Commissioner of Police
KD Known Depredator
KDP Kadapa
KI Krishna
KRNL Kurnool
L&O Law and Order
LOC Look Out Circular (Issue by JD Immigration)
MACT Motor Vehicle Accidents Claims Tribunal
MC Medical Certificate
MC No. Miscellaneous Case No. (of executive magistrate such as RDO/
MRO Offices)
MCR Monthly Crime Report
MCS Money Circulation Scheme
MEA Ministry of External Affairs
MHA Ministry of Home Affairs
MJp Medical Jurisprudence
MLA Member of Legislative Assembly
MLC Member of Legislative Council
Medico Legal Case
MLM Multi - Level Marketing
MMS Multimedia Messaging Service
MO Modus Operandi / Medical Officer
MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forest
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
MP Member of Parliament
MR Monthly Report
MSJ Metropolitan Sessions Judge
MTO Motor Transport Officer
MVI Motor Vehicle Inspector
NBW Non Bailable Warrant
NCB Narcotics Control Bureau
NCC National Cadet Corps
NCRB National Crime Record Bureau
NDPS Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances
NDRF National Disaster Response Force
NGO Non Government Organisation
Non Gazetted Officer
NHRC National Human Rights Commission
NIA National Investigation Agency
NLR Nellore
NSG National Security Guards
OCTOPUS Organization for Counter Terrorist Operations
OE Oral Enquiries
OFC Optical Fiber Cable
OP Out Post
OSD Officer on Special Duty
PS Police Station
PESO Petroleum, Explosives and Safety Organization
PGOE Protector General of Emigrants
PKM Prakasham
PM Prime Minister
PME Post Mortem Examination
PMG Police Medal for Gallantry
PO Protection Officer (under Domestic Violence Act)
POCSO ACT Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act.
POE Protector of Emigrants
PP Public Prosecutor
PPM President’s Police Medal
PRC No. Pre Registered Case Number
PRC Police Research Centre
PRO Public Relations Officer
PSO Police Standing Order
PTC Police Training College
PTO Police Transport Organization
PTS Police Training School
PT Warrant Prisioners Transfer Warrant
R.O. Relationship Officer
RAF Rapid Action Force
RBI Reserve Bank of India
RCN Regular Criminal Number
RCN Red Corner Notice (issued by interpol)
RC No. Refer Cases No. (courts)
RCRB Railway Crime Records Bureau
RI Rigorous Imprisonment / Reserve Inspector
RJY Rajahmundry
RPF Railway Protection Force
S.I.T Special Investigation Team
SAR Special Armed Reserve
SC No Sessions Case Number
SCT Stipendary Cadet Training
SDM Sub Divisional-Magistrate
(Revenue Divisional Officers)
SDPO Sub Divisional Police Officer
SEBI Securities and Exchange Board of India
SHRC State Human Rights Commission
SI Sub Inspector / Simple Imprisonment
SIR Social Investigation Report (under JJ CPC Act)
SJPU Special Juvenile Police Unit
SKLM Srikakulam
SLL Special and Local Laws
SLPRB State Level PoliceRecruitment Board
SMS Short Message Service
SoC Scene of Crime
SOP Standard Operations Procedure
SP Superintendent of Police
SPF Special Protection Force
SPG Special Protection Group
SRP Superintendent of Railway Police
STR Suspecious Transaction Report
SSA Sarva Siksha Abhiyan
SVPNPA Sardar Vallabhai Patel National Police Academy
SWAN State Wide Area Network
TA Travelling Allowance
TP & HP Traffic Planning and High way Patrolling
TRANSCO Transmission Company (APSEB)
TRG Training
TTD Tirumala Tirupathi Devasthanam
UT Union Territory
u/ s Under Section
UPSC Union Public Service Commission
V&E Vigilance and Enforcement
VC Vice Chairman / Vice-Chancellor (of an University)
VIP Very Important Person
VR Voluntery Retirement
VSF Victim Support Fund
VSP Vishakhapatnam
VVIP Very Very Important Person
VZA Vijayawada
VZM Vizianagaram
WCWD Women and Child Welfare Department
WG West Godavari
WP Writ Petition
(dealt by Government Pleader Home - High Court
WPC Women Protection Cell / Women Police Constable
WPMP Writ Petition Miscellaneous Petition
(filed to obtain interim orders)
WPS Women Police Station
WWW World Wide Web
-*-
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

VOLUME - III
CONTENTS
A.P. Police - Specialised Wings
Chapter Topic Page
No. No.
40 Districts/City Crime Records Bureau (DCRB/CCRB/DTRB) 1592
41 Finger Prints, Foot Prints and Photographs (FPB) 1654
42 State and District Reserve Police (DAR) 1708
43 Railway Police - Organization (GRP) 1768
44 Crime Investigation Department (CID) 1808
45 A.P. State Forensic Science Laboratory (APFSL) 1828
46 Police Radio / Communications organization 1831
47 Control and Co-ordination 1869
48 Women Police 1885
49 Intelligence and Security wing (ISW) 1893
50 Greyhounds 1896
51 Andhra Pradesh Special Police (APSP) 1900
52 Home Guards Organization 1915
53 Andhra Pradesh Police Transport Organization (PTO) 1932
54 Human Rights and Police responsibilities 1960
55 Police computer services and standardization. 1982
56 Implemetation of Safe City concept by CsP/SsP 1998
57 Road Safety 2010
58 District Police Office (DPO) 2017
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CONTENTS
VOLUME - I
A.P.Police - Organisation and Administration

Chapter Topic Page

No. No.
1 Introduction, Role and Organisation 21
2 Recruitment and Pay, Probation and Training,
Examinations and Promotions of Senior Officers 32
3 Powers and duties of Senior Officers 44
4 Recruitment, Training, Examinations and Promotions
of Junior Officers 156
5 Powers and duties of Junior Officers 211
6 Personal Conduct of Police Officers and Conduct
Rules 259
7 Transfer and Relief of Officers 290
8 Maintenance of Personal Files and Submission of
Periodical Reports on Officers 300
9 Prosecution by or against Police Officers - Legal
Assistance - Civil Suits - Institution and Defence of
Suits by the Govt. 316
10 Disciplinary Proceedings, Punishments, Appeals,
Revision and Review 326
11 Rewards and Awards 380
12A Implimentation of Police Reforms 399
12B Correspondence 401
13 Pay and Allowances, Contingencies and Maintenance
of Cash Accounts-Instructions 417
14 Arms and Explosives-Duties of Police 483
15 Other Important Duties of Police 508
16 Foreigners / Immigration 582
17 Guards and Escorts 611
18 Protection of Weaker Sections 663
19 Police Public Relations, Community Policing735
and Community Relations 735
20 Police Welfare, Grievance Redressal and Sports 754
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

VOLUME - II A
A.P. Police - Crime - Detection - Investigation and Prosecution
CONTENTS
Chapter Topic Page
No. No.
21 The First Information Report (F.I.R.) to the Police
Station 787
22 General Instructions to Investigating Officers 803
23 Collection of Oral Evidence 831
24 Collection of Documentary Evidence, Property and
Material objects 840
25 Arrest, Custody, Bail and Remand 854
26 Identification 885
27 Case Diary 890
28 Completion of Investigation and Final Disposal 900
29 Un-natural Deaths 913
30 Investigation of Specific Offences 924
31 Scientific Aids to Investigation 1158
32 Prosecution of Cases 1234
 APPM Part-I Volume - III
CONTENTS
PART - I VOLUME - II B
Station House Management
Chapter Topic Page
No. No.

A prelude to Station House Management 1274

33 Station Crime Records 1277

History sheets, Rowdy sheets, Suspect sheets - opening 1301

34 Police Station – Functions and Management 1331

35 Beats and Patrols in Rural Areas 1388

36 Law & Order, Detective and Traffic Police Stations 1409

37 Surveillance 1444

38 Preventive Action and Security for Good Behaviour 1463

39 Preservation of Peace and Harmony 1477

 APPM Part-I Volume - III

VOLUME - III
Chapter - 40
District / City / Railway Crime Records Bureau
Order Topic Page
No. No.
745. Functions of the Bureau 1592
746. SHOs to furnish information to the Bureau on different subjects 1595
747. Records of the Bureau 1601
748. Dossiers for Criminals 1603
749. Register of Dossier Criminals 1605
750. Modus Operandi wise Register of history sheeted
“Out of view” criminals 1606
751. Register of dates of release of history sheeted and dossier
criminals 1607
752. Indices for dossier criminals 1608
753. General subject files 1619
754. Photographs 1620
755. History of Crime and register of suicide 1621
756. Crime Charts (Maps) and Graphs 1624
757. File of References from Investigating Officer 1626
758. Assistance from the expert staff of Forensic Lab, FPB etc. 1626
759. Criminal Intelligence Gazette 1626
760. Dissemination of Intelligence - Weekly Crime and
Occurrence sheet 1627
761. Monthly Crime Reviews (MCR) 1630
762. Advisory and Crime Memo Books 1646
763. Quarterly Return of Photographing of Dossier Criminals 1647
764. Visits and Inspections of the Bureau 1648
CHAPTER – 41
Finger Prints, Foot Prints and Photographs
765. Finger Prints importance and Finger Print Bureau 1654
766. Finger Prints and the Scene of Crime 1659
767. Finger Prints – Terminology 1663
768. Nature of Finger Prints – Procedure and precautions in taking 1666
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

769. Persons whose Finger Prints are to be taken for record 1669
770. Finger Prints to be sent for record by SHO - Procedure
regarding 1671
771. Finger Print Slips to be sent for record to the Central FPB
through the State Bureau. 1672
772. Search Slips to be sent by Police Stations and Investigation
Units 1676
773. Submission of Finger Print Slips to the Bureau of the State of
arrest as well as to the Bureau of Home State of the Criminal 1677
774. Finger Prints of persons convicted in one State who are
believed to have had their origin in another States 1678
775. Responsibilities of Tester (Expert) 1678
776. Disposal of Finger Print Slips and Court Disposal Forms
(Conviction Memorandum) 1680
777. Number of copies of slips required for record 1680
778. Prisoner’s escape to be immediately reported to the Bureau 1681
779. Action on Finger Printed Ex-Convicts absconding 1681
780. Report of Deaths 1682
781. Maintenance and scrutiny of Finger Print Slips by the State
Bureau 1683
782. District Finger Print Units 1687
783. Functions of the DFP Unit staff 1687
784. Submission of FP slips for the record in the DFP Units’
collection 1689
785. Finger Printing the dead 1692
786. Photographs, Videographs, Record – Instructions 1694
787. Photographs, Videographs, periodical elimination 1695
788. Computerisation of Finger Prints - Photographs - Advantages 1696
789. Foot Prints and Track marks 1703
CHAPTER – 42
City/District Armed Reserve/Special Armed Reserve Police
790. District Armed Reserve Police 1708
791. Movement of Armed Reserve 1709
792. Arms and Ammunition for public order duties 1710
793. Organisation of District Armed Reserve Police 1710
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

794. General duties of the District Armed Reserve 1711

795. Use of the Reserve by the Railway Police 1713
796. Duties of the personnel of the District Armed Reserve 1713
797. Records in the District Armed Reserve Police 1721
798. Arms and Ammunition for the District Armed Reserve Police 1724
799. Care and Custody of Arms 1726
800. Annual Mobilisation 1728
801. Mobilisation Orders 1729
802. Armed Reserve Police on Detachment duty 1730
803. Curriculum for intensive training of the District Reserve 1730
804. Remote Areas Tours 1732
805. Proficiency Tests 1732
806. Target Practices and Good Shooting Badges 1735
807. District Armed Reserve Police Annual Shooting Competition 1735
808. Tear Gas Squads 1738
809. Housing 1740
810. Kit and Arms Inspection 1740
811. Roll Calls 1740
812. Motor Vehicle Maintenance and duties of Personnel 1740
813. Cash Book in Armed Reserve – Maintenance - Instructions 1760
814. Rules governing the Police Bands in the State 1761
815. Instructions governing the Police Bands 1766
816. Disciplinary action against erring AR Police personnel 1767
817. Bhadratha and Arogya Bhadratha. 1767
CHAPTER – 43
Railway Police – Organisation
818. Railway Police - General organisation 1768
819. Role, Functions and Duties 1768
820. Jurisdictions - Railway Police 1771
821. Order of Command during Combined Operations 1771
822. Organization of Railway Police District 1771
823. Working of the Railway Police Stations & Investigations Units 1772
824. Role and Functions of Officers of the Railway Police 1773
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

825. Platform Staff – Reserve Sub-Inspectors 1774

826. ASIs and Head Constable 1774
827. Platform Staff – Duties 1775
828. Railway Stations with Two Constables 1777
829. Train Beats 1777
830. Organisation of Train Beats and Stations Patrols – Instructions 1778
831. Travelling Duties by Rotation 1780
832. Duties of Beat Constables 1780
833. Railway Protection Force 1781
834. Urgent Communication of Important Offences 1782
835. Investigation of Cases 1783
836. Case Diaries 1783
837. Personal Investigation by DSRP 1783
838. Efficient Discharge of Duties 1784
839. Telegraphic Complaints by Railway Officials 1784
840. Complaints by Railway Officials 1784
841. Nuisances 1785
842. Petty Thefts 1786
843. Custody of Prisoners 1786
844. Inquest Report - Copies to be sent to Railway Officials 1786
845. Disposal of Bodies 1790
846. Station Crime History 1790
847. Station Crime History Part – II – Crime Charts 1793
848. Station Crime History Part - III 1793
849. Station Crime History Part – IV – General Information 1794
850. Station Crime History Part – V – History Sheets 1795
851. Co-operation and Co-ordination 1796
852. Notice of accidents to the police 1800
853. Duties of Police in connection with accidents on the railways 1801
854. Scene of Occurrence 1801
855. Unclaimed property 1804
856. Drill and instructions 1805
857. Rules for the use and custody of arms 1805
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

858. Journeys by train of the Governor and persons of high position 1805
859. Ministers’s Security arrangements when they travel by trains 1806
860. Relief of Escorts of high personages 1807
CHAPTER – 44
Crime Investigation Department
861. Functions of Crime Investigation Department 1808
862. Crime Investigation Department Officers and their
responsibilities 1809
863. Crime Investigation Department - Different Cells, Groups
& squads 1811
864. Assistance to the District or City Police in Investigation 1811
865. Districts/City & other Police Organisations to furnish
information to CID 1812
866. Class of Crime to be investigated by the CID and procedure 1813
867. Radio or Fax Reports from SsP and CsP for CID Investigation 1815
868. Classes of Crime and information to be reported to NCRB 1815
869. Organisation of CID Squads 1816
870. Officers of the CID - Relations with Districts / City Police 1817
871. Case Diaries and other CID Records 1818
872. Criminal Intelligence Section 1818
873. Criminal Intelligence Gazette 1820
874. Instructions for Reporting Information 1821
875. Release Notice of Dangerous Criminals 1821
876. Reporting of Conviction of Criminals whose release notice is to
be Published by SP 1822
877. Surveillance over certain History Sheeted Criminals by CID 1822
878. Duties of the Gazetted and Non-Gazetted Officers 1822
879. Finger Print Bureau 1823
880. State Crime Records Bureau (SCRB) 1823
881. Organisation 1824
882. Records to be maintained 1824
883. Research Centre (SCRB) 1825
884. Crime Analysis Unit 1826
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER - 45
Andhra Pradesh State Forensic Science Laboratory
885. Functions of the Andhra Pradesh Forensic Science Laboratory 1828
CHAPTER - 46
Police / Communication Organisation
886. Functions and Control of the Organisation 1831
887. Organisational and Administrative set up 1832
888. Recruitment, Promotion and Service Conditions 1834
889. Powers, Duties & Responsibilities of Director Police
Communications 1835
890. Procedure for the Purchases of Stores and Financial Powers
for Purchase 1835
891. Powers & Responsibilities of Addl. Director,
Police Communications 1836
892. Powers and Responsibilities of S.P. (Communications) 1837
893. Duties and Responsibilities of DSP, (Communications) 1839
894. Duties of Inspector of Police (Communications) 1840
895. Duties and Responsibilities of Non-Gazetted Officers in
Communication wing 1845
896. Officers authorized to use Police Radio Grid and Message
writing instructions 1848
897. Instructions on Classified Messages 1852
898. Use of Priorities 1854
899. Schedule of Working Hours 1856
900. Radio Telephony 1856
901. Handling and Maintenance of the Equipment 1857
902. Radio Telephony Procedure 1857
903. Location and Protection of Radio Stations 1858
904. Delivery of Radio Messages 1859
905. Use of Police Communication Network in Emergencies 1859
906. Inter – State Police Radio Network 1860
907. Drawal and Disbursement of pay and allowances to the staff 1860
908. Liaison with other government departments / organizations 1862
909. Records to be maintained in Radio Station and by Inspector of
Police (Communication) 1862
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

910. Abbreviated Telegraphic Addresses 1864

911. Source of Power 1864
CHAPTER - 47
Control and Co-ordination
912. Police Control Room 1869
913. Location 1870
914. Communications 1870
915. Wireless fitted Cars, Motor-bikes, Vehicles, Equipments
and staff 1873
916. Working of the Control Room and Wireless fitted Cars/Vehicles 1873
917. Striking Forces 1876
918. Dissemination of Information 1876
919. Records to be maintained 1876
920. Maps and Charts 1878
921. District, Zonal and State Police Control Rooms 1880
922. Co-ordination within the District and with the neighbouring
Districts 1881
CHAPTER - 48
Women Police - Role and Responsibilities
923. Women Police and their ranks 1885
924. Main Functions 1886
925. Rules and Procedure 1887
926. Women Police Stations and Women Protection Cell 1889
CHAPTER - 49
Intelligence and Security
927. Duties and Responsibilities 1893
928. Security Wing 1894
CHAPTER - 50
Greyhounds
929. Greyhounds 1896
930. Selection and Training 1897
931. Training of State Police and other State Police Personnel
Greyhounds Organisational Chart 1898
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER – 51
Andhra Pradesh Special Police (APSP)
932. Organisation of Force 1900
933. Role of Andhra Pradesh Special Police 1900
934. Deployment of APSP 1901
CHAPTER - 52
Home Guards Organisation
935. Role and Organisation 1915
936. Enrolment and Training 1917
937. Exercise and Powers, Functions 1924
938. Utilisation of Home Guards in Police Department 1927
939. Fixation of the Strength of Home Guards 1929
940. Civil Defence 1930
CHAPTER - 53
Andhra Pradesh State Police Transport Organisation (PTO)
941. Functions and Organisation 1932
942. Important functions of Police Transport Organisation 1932
943. Organisational Structure of PTO 1933
944. Organisational Set-up of PTO 1933
945. Director, Police Transport Organisation (Gazetted) 1937
946. Supervisor (Functional) (Non-Gazetted) 1946
947. Central Workshop 1950
948. Main Technical Stores (Central Stores) 1955
CHAPTER - 54
Human Rights and Police Responsibilities
949. Human Rights 1960
950. Reasons for violation of human rights by police 1962
951. Human Rights of different sections of public 1963
952. The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 1968
953. The National Human Rights Commission – Constitution 1968
954. Code of Conduct for the police to avoid allegations of violation
of human rights 1969
955. Duties of Human Rights Cell in the office of the DGP 1970
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER – 55
Police Computer Services and Standardization (PCS & S)

956 Formation of Police Computer Services and Standardization 1982

957 How does the PCS & S Work 1982
957-1 Organizational Structure & Staff Structure 1983
957.2 Allotted Strength of PCS&S, Andhra Pradesh 1984
958 Responsibilities of the PCS & S 1984
959 Implementation IT Applications 1986
960 Crime and Criminal Tracking Networks and Systems (CCTNS) 1987
961 Objectives of “CCTNS” 1988
962 Advanced features available in CCTNS project 1989
963 Criminal Intelligence System 1991
964 AP Police Citizen Portal 1993
965 Investigation Centric IT Initiatives 1993
966 Citizen Centric Quick Response Systems 1995
967 Command and Control Centre at Amaravathi 1995

CHAPTER – 56
IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFE CITY CONCEPT BY
COMMISSIONERS OF POLICE /
SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE

968. Safe city Introduction 1998

969 SMART Policing 1998
970 Safe City - a Perspective 1999
971. Safe City - India Perspective 2000
972 Elements of Safe City - Integrated City Surveillance 2001
973 Components of safe city 2002
974 Change Management and Capacity Building 2006
975 Regulatory authorities 2007
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 57
ROAD SAFETY

976 Road Safety - Introduction 2010

977 Directions of the Supreme Court of India to the States /
Union Territories to implement Road Safety laws. 2010
978 Offences of rash and negligent driving 2012
979 Road Safety Authority 2013
980 Sec.19 of MV Act, 1988 2013
981 District Traffic Records Bureau (DTRB) 2014
982 Role of District Road Safety Committee 2015

CHAPTER - 58
District Police Office

983 District Police Office Introduction 2017

984 Delegation of Powers to Administrative Officer,
including financial powers 2017
985 Establishment 2019
986 A1 Seat 2019
987 A2 Seat 2020
988 A3 & A4 Seats 2021
989 A5 Seat 2021
990 Contributory Pension Scheme ( C.P.S) 2022
991 A6 & A9 Seats 2022
992 A7 Seat 2022
993 A8 Seat 2023
994 A10 Seat 2023
995 Budget Section 2023
996 B1 Seat 2024
997 Pay Section 2026
998 General Seats 2028
999 General Matters 2029
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 40
District Crime Records Bureau (DCRB)
City Crime Records Bureau (CCRB)
Railway Crime Records Bureau (RCRB)
Functions of the Bureau :
745-1. The District / City / Railway Crime Records Bureau is the Criminal
Intelligence and Information Agency of the District / City / Railway Police
and an integral part of the crime-criminal information system of the State
and the country. The City Crime Records Bureau performs the same role
and functions in Commissionerate Cities. The main functions of the Bureau
are :
A. Maintaining books of all Acts related to police and Chief Office,
CID / SCRB, Range Office circulars subject-wise and date wise,
circulates them to all concerned for compliance and maintain a
stock file, reiterate them during crime meeting through SP/ CP.
B. Compilation, Collation, Maintenance, Analysis, updating / and
dissemination of criminal records and crime-criminal information.
The information system is secured from AP Police intranet data
w.e.f. 1.1.2009 electronically and shall also include:
i. All types of crimes, active and habitual criminals who
commit crime against property and whose activities extend
over more than one Police Station limits.
ii. Counterfeit currency (FICN - Fake Indian Currency - Notes)
offenders.
iii. White collar crimes including Multi-Level Marketing frauds.
iv. Cyber crimes, including “419” Nigerian frauds.
v. Organized crime, crime syndicates, and criminal gangs, their
members, terrorist crimes and gangs.
vi. Offences against children, women and other weaker
sections, scheduled tribes and scheduled castes, Human
Trafficking offences.
vii. Communal offences.
viii. Environmental crimes including Bio-diversity Act violations
and temple - property thefts, smuggling and Drug Trafficking
offences.

1592
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Collect, record, collate, analyze, interpret and disseminate

information about crime and criminals and the movements and
activities of the district, inter-district, inter-state and international
criminals using ‘AP Police intranet’ ensuring entry of all arrest
data (I.I.F) in all PSs for updating arrest data.
D. Remain in constant touch with the incidence of crime in districts,
cities, railway police and other states and also movements of
criminals, criminal gangs.
E. Maintain detailed folders photos and videos in respect of each
criminal gang and organised types of crimes as mentioned in sub
order (A) above and uploading the data at the Bureau in AP Police
Intranet under relevant M.O.
F. Maintain constant on-line communication with SCRB and make
available by fastest means the information to the field officer,
including at the scene of crime, besides acting as a reference
point for all investigating officers and teams.
G. Maintain the Computer Centre in the district and regularly update
the data pertaining to e-COPS/CCTN.
H. The Addl.Supdts. of Police (Admn), Addl.DCP(Crimes)
are designated vide (G.O.Ms. No.12, Home(Services-1)
Dept. dt.11-2-2016 of Govt. of A.P.) as Special Juvenile Police
Unit (SJPU) Officers under Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection
of Children) Act, 2015, to liaise with Child Welfare Committee
(CWC) of the District /Cities in restoring found and traced
Children in Need of Care and Protection (CNCP). They will also
play their role under Protection of Children from Sexual Offences
Act, 2012 u/s 34 and Rule 6 and liaise with DCPU (District Child
Protection Unit) of the women and Child Welfare (WCD)
Department and also liaise with PDs (Project Directors of ICDS)
of WCD regarding payment of Victim compensation as stipulated
under G.O.Ms.No. 28 of 2011 of WCD Department and liaise
with DLSA GO Ms. No. 43 of 2015 (Courts-B) Department u/s
357 A Cr.PC. DSP/Inspector DCRB/RCRB should actively assist
SJPU and the SHOs who are designated as Child Welfare Police
Officers (CWPOs).
I. DCRB/CCRB/RCRB is the nodal agency for putting up
investigation proceedings to SP/CP/SRP regarding Scheduled Caste
and Scheduled Tribes (POA) Act, 2015 (Rules 1995/2016). The
DCRB has to monitor the relief and rehabilitation to the victims
of SC/ST (in registered cases) and District Level Vigilance
Monitoring Committee meetings.

1593
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

J. District Traffic Records Bureau (DTRB) is created vide Chief

Office Memo in C.No. 04/DGP/ camp/2011 dt:25.06.2011, as a
separate cell with in the DCRB Unit following the formation of
Bureau of Road Safety and Traffic planning (BRT) by Government
of India. The DGP AP ordered that the SsP / CsP should form the
DTRB / CTRB (in cities) with one Inspector of Police, one SI of
Police computer knowing Head Constable with computer facility
exclusively to deal with matter relating to B.R.T. D.T.R.B. is
mandated to send monthly returns in the prescribed proforma.
2. The Bureau is a vital link in the criminal records, Intelligence system of
the State and the Country apart from being a valuable asset to the district
police and Investigating Branch of the district. In order that the Bureau
may serve its purpose fully and well, it is important that officers who
obtain or come across information, which may be useful to others, must
promptly communicate the same to the Bureau directly by quickest means,
marking a copy to their immediate superiors i.e., SHO, Inspector, SDPO
or SP as the case may be. In urgent cases Cell phone SMS can be sent.
3. The Inspector/ Dy.S.P in charge of the Bureau advises Investigating
Officers in the investigation of cases and furnishes classified information
to them and the superior officers, to enable the latter to direct
investigations, control of crime, co-ordination of investigation and tracing
of wanted persons and properties.
4. AP Police Intranet applications- Method of storing and retrieval of
information: All records, files, indices, statistics reports and information
should be stored in a computer system of A.P. Police Intranet choosing
appropriate hardware and software. The e-COPS/ CCTN system may
be stored in the manner recommended by NCRB generating the
information at DPS and L&O PS levels in the Integrated Investigation
Forms 1 to 7 (PSO No.609) and the terrorist details forms and any other
forms prescribed from time to time. The entry of data as soon as received/
uploaded in intranet or in due course entering the data at the on line
terminal provided in police stations is to be ensured. The retrieval systems
have to be set out for each user who is provided a terminal. The SCRB
should arrange to design an entire package and have it positioned in the
DCRB, CCRB and RCRB and even in DPS from time to time. It should
be ensured that the system includes a fax, printers, as well as a scanner
and e-mail facility with safety and security precautions. The DCRB/
CCRB/RCRB should be provided with necessary video/digital cameras,
VCR and colour TV sets. The entire system should be based on the
principle of utility and access of the users i.e. the Detective PS, the
L&O PS and the other Investigating Teams. All information, files and
records in the Bureau should be stored in optical disks / memory back up
devices of good quality.

1594
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Collection of Information and Intelligence.

Detective, L&O, Traffic and Women Police Stations

746. All Station House Officers of the above police units should furnish
information to the Bureau on the subjects mentioned below. The term
SHO includes all the officers of all stations mentioned above. Besides
these, any other Government agency declared as a police station should
furnish information of cases registered in the Districts and other
subsequent information in the Integrated Investigation Forms. The IGP,
CID in charge of SCRB should send instructions to the concerned officers
and departments along with the forms and codes to enable them to send
the data in the prescribed format.
1. Crime Card and Crime Details Form No. 2 - All offences against
property and financial crimes should prima facie be considered
professional and in all these cases, the Station House Officer should, as
soon as he registers a case, send a Crime Card in Form 108 and Crime
Details in Form 76 direct to the Bureau. In all other cases also information
in the Crime Details Form 76 should be sent. The information in all the
columns in the Crime Card and Crime Details Form should be filled up
completely and accurately by the SHO. Special attention should be paid
to the major, minor, methods and crime detail and modus operandi
classifications in property as well as other offences.
2. Where no classification is given, words indicative of the method employed
in the commission of crime should be entered, for example, if an organized
gang (Mafia type) cause a murder in a land deal, the words “Land deals
- contract killing - fire arms - revolver - residence - three persons posing
as visitors - speaking Telugu - 25 years age - will indicate the method
employed in the classification titled “Organized Crime”. On receipt of
this crime card or crime details form action as indicated in Order 762-2
should be taken by the Bureau.
3. Action to be taken soon after first investigation : The investigating
officer, after visiting the scene of offence and making preliminary
enquiries, may come to know certain additional facts and details relating
to the crime and the criminal. These additional particulars, should be
reported again in crime details form and despatched by fax or e-mail
from the scene direct to the Bureau. On receipt of this form also, action
as indicated in Order 762-2 should be taken by the Bureau. Further details
emerging from time to time should likewise, be sent quickly.
4. Weekly Station Crime Report : The SHO of the L&O, detective and
other police stations should send a Weekly Station Crime Report in Form
128 to the Bureau for the week also by fax or e-mail or by other fast
means ending every Saturday so as to reach the Bureau same or next

1595
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

day at the latest. This report should include not only cases reported during
the week but also cases of previous weeks in which offenders have
come to be known or reasonably suspected to have been involved during
the week. Any arrests made in cases should also be mentioned. The
Inspector of detective police station should send the weekly consolidated
report covered by the DPS, indicating the information for the whole area
including Women and Traffic PS. The cases registered by DPS should
indicate the L&O Police Stations where they have occurred.
5. Report of release of prisoners from jail : A report in Form 129
containing particulars of history sheeted persons who, whether residing
in the station limits or concerned in the station cases, were released
from jail during the week and the previous three weeks or likely to be
released during the ensuing four weeks. This should be attached to the
weekly Station Crime Report for the last week of the month.
6. Report of lost, recovered / traced motor vehicles : The DSP/
Inspector should constantly peruse AP Police intranet to locate lost, recovered,
traced motor vehicles and pass on information to the concerned unit officers
regarding location of the units where recovered vehicles are kept.

1596
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Form.129 See Order No.746.5 and 751

PROBABLE DATES OF RELEASE OF ALL HISTORY SHEETED PER-
SONS INCLUDING DOSSIER CRIMINALS
Name of Station :

Station. Crime No./CC/SC No. and section in which

Probable date of release (allowing for remission).

Name and father’s name with aliases, Cell phone

H.S. No. and Dossier no., if a Dossier Criminal.

Modus Operandi details.Mention whether M.O.
no, Aadhar card no. village, station and circle.

data is uploaded in Intranet

Actual date of release

Sphere of operation.

R E M A R K S.
convicted.
Sl. No.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

6. Report of arrest of strangers under suspicious circumstances: In respect of

all strangers and also history sheeted persons arrested in specific cases or
under suspicious circumstances, the SHO and Investigating Unit should send
an arrest report to the Bureau in Form 130 and 62. These reports should be
sent to the Bureau as and when an arrest is made and should contain full
information about each individual. On receipt of these reports, the Bureau
will examine them and take further action if such arrested persons are wanted
in any other case or anywhere else on the basis of information received by
the Bureau.

1597
 Name and father’s name with aliases, Cell Phone no, Aadhar

7.
(1)
Card -Voter I.D.Card No. as elicited from the arrested person
Crime No. and Section of law and date of arrest.
FORM - 130

(2)
Occupation as given by the arrested person

Names, Cell Phone Nos. and addresses of closely related

(3)
persons as given by the arrested persons. (Verify 3 rd Eye of
Intranet for correctness of phone Nos.)

on “Finger Prints”.
Names -Phone Nos. and addresses of respectable persons as

(4)
given by the arrested person

Previous convictions, if any, as given by the arrested person.

(5)
Check up CC Nos., Cr.No.,PS.

1598
Age, height and other descriptive particulars. (Check up school

(6)
date of birth/village record)
SPECIFIC CRIME

Any other useful information to establish his identity.

(7)
Nature and value of each item of property seized with full
descriptive particulars. -Mention whether property returned to

(8)
owner u/s 451 Cr.PC

Account of his movement as given by him. Mention whether,

(9)
cross checked.
REPORT OF THE ARREST OF A STRANGER OR A HISTORY

The result of interrogation in regard to his complicity in any crime.

(10)
SHEETED PERSON UNDER SUSPICIOUS CIRCUMSTANCES OR IN A

are to be taken for record and procedure regarding the sending of finger
Conviction Report: As soon as an accused in a crime against property is

print slips to be sent for record in FPB by SHO are contained in the chapter
and 75 to the DCRB. Instructions regarding the persons whose finger prints
convicted, the SHO should send a Conviction Memorandum in Form 131
See Order No.746-6
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 131 See OrderNo.746-7 and 765-6 -

CONVICTION - MEMORANDUM
(To be dispatched to the Finger Print Bureau through the
(To be retained in station)
Superintendent of Police / DCP /SRP)
1. Name: 1. Name
2. Father’s name: 2. Father’s Name,
Cell Phone No. : Cell Phone No. :
Aadhar Card No.: Aadhar Card No.:
3. Crime No.& Section of 3. Caste
Law:with CC / SC No.
4. Date of Despatch of hard
4. Age
copy. If sent by intranet date
and time
Station House Officer’s 5. Residence :
name, rank and phone No. Village : __________________________________________
: Police Station :_____________________________________
District : __________________________________________
6. Present Conviction
Station : __________________________________________
Cr. No. : _________________________________________
Section : _________________________________________
CC No., / SC No. with name of Court & Date :
7. Previous Convictions.
CC No./ SC No. & Cr. No. with PSs details
General Description : _______________________________
Age, Height : ______________________________________
Peculiarity of Speech ________________________________
Gait, any Malformation_______________________________
Loss of -any Limb, Eye or Tooth _______________________
Finger print serial Number :
Convict No. given in prison with name of prison.
Permanent and conspicuous marks and scars :
1. Whether likely to commit crime outside station limits..(say Yes or No.)
2. Whether to be shadowed on release .....................(say Yes or No.)

Station House Officer

Order of Superintendent of Police Retain
Destroy

1599
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(To be retained in station) (To be dispatched to the Finger Print Bureau through the
Superintendent of Police / DCP /SRP)
Finger Prints........................P.R./S.
The person’s convict No...........is............of Jail
Finger Prints taken on ......................................................................
at..... .................................................................................................

Signature of Finger Print Officer at Jail

The Finger Print slip sent with this memorandum has been assigned
Finger Print Bureau Serial No....................................

Director, Finger Print Bureau

8. Reports on the activities and conduct of all criminals whose dossiers are
maintained in the Bureau: The SHO of L&O/ Crime PS should send a report
in Form 132 for every month on the activities and conduct of all dossier
criminals, so as to reach the Bureau not later than the fifth of the first month
of the following quarter. When a dossier criminal has also been registered in
another district, a copy of the quarterly report on him should be sent direct to
the Bureau of that district / Commissionerates as well. The SHO, should, in
addition, report all the movements of dossier criminals outside the station
limits forthwith to the Bureau, besides incorporating the information in the
Quarterly Current Activity Report. In the case of a criminal, concerning
whom it is desirable to obtain more frequent reports, the Superintendent of
Police, will issue necessary special instructions. The information furnished
in the report will be embodied by the Bureau in the dossier of the criminal
maintained in the Bureau.

1600
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 132 See Order No.746-8

REPORT ON THE CURRENT DOINGS OF DOSSIER CRIMINALS
Station………. For the quarter ending…………………
S.No. D.C.No. Name with Aliases Details of Current doings (Note
whether present throughout the quar-
ter or absent at any period, whether
suspected or arrested in any case,
whether sent for Jail and, if so, con-
viction particulars. Whether absent
and, if so, from what date and whether
released from jail with date. A BC’s
absence other than for going out of
View, if unaccounted for, should be
reported). Mention Cell phone numbers
used during the period, Aadhar Card
number, Voter ID Card number.
1 2 3 4

Records of the Bureau :

747. The following records, indices and files (computer) shall be maintained by
the Bureau using appropriate computer programme. Till such time the files
are completely computerized and stored on optical disks, the maintenance
should be continued manually. Bureau shall ensure uploading of all arrests
made by SHO to create M.O. wise data base.
1. Dossiers for criminals (Opened as per Sec 149 CrPC)
2. Register containing the list of dossier criminals
3. Register of out of view history sheeted persons of all Police Stations
arranged according to modus operandi (Methods)
4. Register showing the probable dates of release of dossier criminals
as well as all other history-sheeted persons
5. Indices
6. General subject files including emerging patterns and phenomenon
7. Criminal organisational files

1601
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

8. Photographs and video graphs of criminals and absconding warrantees

and suspects
9. History of crime
10. Register of suicides
11. Crime graphics, charts, graphs, statistics for each important class of
crime
12. Advisory and crime alert communication register
13. References from investigating officers
14. Details of calls for assistance of the expert staff attached to CCS of
the District Investigation Branch with the results achieved
15. Register of visits by SHOs and other officers to the Bureau
16. Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheets
17. Monthly Crime Reviews
18. Specific crime analysis report and leads given
19. Criminal Intelligence Gazettes
20. Organized crime files (each type)
21. Files on Financial crimes
22. File on criminals and habitual offenders in crimes against women,
including trafficking in women and children, and the agents
23. Photographs and descriptive particulars of crimes, criminals,
smugglers relating to cultural property including temple properties of
antique value
24. Files of criminal offenders against environmental crimes and crimes
against flora and fauna
25. Automobile information system
26. Information on property stolen and recovered
27. Terrorist crimes and criminal information system files
28. Arms, ammunition and explosives
29. Interpol and Inter-state enquiries
30. Extradition file - Red Corner notices and other notices

1602
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Dossiers for Criminals

748-1A. The Bureau should maintain dossiers for all criminals for whom History
Sheets are opened (PSO 596 to 600) and who operate in more than one
circle limits. Those who reside in one PS and operate in another will come
within the purview of this Order. Those criminals who belong to the category
of organised crime gangs, terrorists, financial offenders, rowdies and those
whose activities relate to forest and excise offences, arms and explosives
manufacturers and those who deal in illicit arms or have come to notice for
perpetration or communal and caste based offences or offences against
scheduled castes or tribes, should be treated as dossier criminals if they
have a history sheet maintained in the police station. These criminals will be
known as dossier criminals and will be given a DC (dossier criminal) number.
The dossier should be maintained in Form 79 A,B,C. An inter-district criminal
on record in a Bureau must also be on record in the Bureau of each of the
districts/states in which he has committed crime or has resided for more
than three months irrespective of whether he has committed crime in that
district or not, and will be given a DC number in each of those districts, DC
numbers of other districts being entered for reference on the docket sheet.
Similar action should be taken for inter-state criminals. The number assigned
to the DC of one district in another district outside the State should be obtained
and noted on the docket.
B. The DC sheets can also be opened against accused involved in white collar
offences, i.e cheating by impersonation, cheating in real estate, cheating of
Banks, fraudulent money circulation schemes, if the area of operations is
more than a district.
2. The following are the instructions regarding the opening, maintenance
and closure of a dossier in the Bureau:
A. A dossier need not necessarily be maintained for the life-time of a
criminal but may be closed under the orders of the SP if the criminal
(i) is too old (70 Yrs) to commit or organise crime, or (ii) is unable,
from any disability or other reason, to commit or organise crime, or
(iii) has shown beyond doubt that he has reformed himself and
abandoned his criminal life. The dossier of a criminal who is out of
view may be closed after he attains seventy years of age after cross-
checking AP police intranet data. A criminal whose dossier has been
so closed should be indicated by a yellow colour signal on all the
indices where his name or alias appears, to indicate that he is inactive

1603
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and that his dossier has been closed. Dossiers of persons who have
died shall be destroyed under the orders of the SP. Before the dossier
of a criminal, who is also on record in another district, is closed or
destroyed, the Superintendent of Police of the later district should be
consulted.
B. A history sheet with Aadhar card numberwill be maintained for every
dossier criminal in the station in the jurisdiction of which he resides
for at least such time as a dossier is retained for him in the Bureau.
DSP / Inspector of the Bureau should go through AP Police Intranet
and update the cross- reference data of the DC from other Police
stations of the state.
C. In case on-line comparison is not possible, the Bureau should draw
up a programme at the close of every year fixing months in the
succeeding year for comparing the dossiers maintained in the Bureau
with the history sheets in the stations. It should be ensured that the
comparison is made and all entries are updated. For the purpose of
this comparison, the SHO will bring the history sheets maintained by
him to the Bureau during the month fixed for him. But before this he
shall visit the village of criminal, interview him and personally verify
all the entries in the history sheet, special attention being paid to his
descriptive particulars, habits, occupation, relations and associates.
Where on-line comparison is possible it should be done every quarter
fixing a time on each day for each police station. The SDPO during
his half yearly inspection, and the SP during his annual inspection,
should also interview the dossier criminals residing in the station limits
and check up the entries in their history sheets. If they detect any
mistake in the entries in any sheet, they should report it promptly to
the Bureau, besides correcting it in the history sheet and mentioning
it in their inspection notes.
D. In the case of criminals who are on record in two or more Bureau,
the dossiers maintained in one Bureau should be compared at least
once a year with those maintained in all the others. AP Police intranet
data should be cross-checked.
E. A sheet should be attached at the end of each dossier or history
sheet, showing the dates of comparison ordered in (C) and (D) above,
and the signatures and designation of the officers who compared
them.
F. To ensure that the dossiers in the DCRB/CCRB are correctly
maintained, each dossier should be scrutinised by the Addl. SP/

1604
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Superintendent of Police or DCP crimes in charge of CCRB once a

year. For this purpose (a) a few dossiers shall be put up to the SP/
DCP every weekend with notebook, noting therein the numbers of
the dossiers put up and (b) a few dossiers will similarly be put up to
the Sub-divisional Officer, Investigation in charge of DCRB in District
Head Quarters. The Superintendent of Police and the DSP in charge
of DCRB or ACP in respect of CCRB will scrutinize the dossiers,
ensure that they are correctly maintained and record their remarks,
if any, in the note-book, in respect of the dossier to which the remarks
relate. All the dossiers should be scrutinised by both the SP and the
DSP concerned during a year. The same officers with the help of
their own terminals should continue the inspection even in a
computerised system with greater frequency wherever there is
access for scrutiny. They should, after viewing the matter and entering
the data, which they wish to, should also enter the fact with date and
time. When the print out is taken, the sheet with the corrections
should be signed.
G. The SHO in consultation with Inspector shall select criminals who
have to be registered as dossier criminals and intimate to the Bureau
forthwith. The Bureau will obtain the orders of the Superintendent of
Police as to whether a dossier should be opened for the criminal
proposed by the SHO through the Inspector for registration. The
Sub-Divisional Police Officer / ACP also should, during their station/
Unit visits and inspections, see whether any addition to, or deletion
from, the list of dossier criminals is necessary and submit proposals
to the Superintendent of Police. The Bureau, too, will watch for
criminals who operate in more than one Sub-Division or in a Sub-
Division other than the one in which they reside and take up suo
motu the question of registering them as dossier criminals. No dossier
will, however, be maintained in the Bureau for a casual criminal who
has committed a petty crime in a Sub-Division other than the one in
which he resides, unless those petty offences form part of series of
others and if there is material warranting initiation of security
proceedings for good behaviour.
Register of dossier criminals

749. This register should be maintained in Form 133. It is intended to ensure that
numbers assigned to dossier criminals do not overlap. When a dossier is
closed, the date of the order should be noted in the remarks column and the

1605
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

serial number should be rounded off. The whole entry relating to a dossier
criminal should be scored out only when the dossier is destroyed, the date of
destruction being noted in the remarks column.
FORM - 133 See Order No.749
REGISTER SHOWING THE DOSSIER CRIMINALS OF THE BUREAU /
K.Ds AND SUSPECTS IN THE POLICE STATION OF ……… DISTRICT.

Sl.No. Name, cell phone Aadhar Card Village, Police Date of Remarks
number and No. Voter ID Station and Circle, opening the
father’s name, Card No., (If outside the dist., dossier with
aliases and cell Ph. Ration Card give name reference
No. number number
1 2 3 4 5 6

Modus Operandi Register of history sheeted “out of view” criminals

750. A register in Form 134 will be opened in the Bureau for each modus operandi
classification noted in Order 752-2 below, for history-sheeted criminals of
police station who are out of view. These registers will be written on the
basis of the particulars furnished by the SHO in OV cards as and when they
are received. If an ‘out of view’ history-sheeted person is known to have
employed more than one modus operandi, his name should be entered in all
those modus operandi. For example, if a criminal scales over a wall, breaks
open the lock of a door and steals a watch, his name should be entered in the
registers maintained for all the three modus operandi classifications, viz.,
1. (a) “Scaling wall or roof” (b) “Lock I, Breaking lock or fastening, and (c)
“Watches, clocks and time pieces”.
2. If a history-sheeted person who has been out of view is traced or arrested,
the entry or entries relating to him should be scored out from the relevant
registers and the date of tracing or arrest should be noted in the remarks
column.
3. These registers are maintained for pointing out to the investigating officers
the possibility of an “out of view” criminal of a particular modus operandi
being responsible for the crime under investigation.

1606
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM – 134 See Order No.750

PARTICULARS OF HISTORY-SHEETED PERSONS WHO HAVE BEEN
OUT OF VIEW BUT NOT WANTED IN ANY CASE
Name of Station :

Mention whether the photo is updated in AP Po-

(Give nature of the building, the kind of property

No. arrest in another District / State. to establish

helpful for identification. Aadhar Card No. Voter

Names, cell phone Nos and Places of relatives,

lice Intranet. Any other useful information like FPB

cell Ph. No. and aliases and history sheet No.

Age, height, and physical or other peculiarities

Name, cell phone number and father’s name,

associates and other places likely to visit.

he is addicted to steal and other details).
Date from which absent (out of view)

ID Card No., Ration Card number

Modus Operandi details.

Sphere of operation

his identity.

Remarks :
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Register of dates of release of history-sheeted and dossier criminals

751.1.The Bureau will maintain a register in Form 129 showing the probable dates
of release from jail of all history-sheeted persons, including dossier criminals.
This register must be prepared with the help of the jail release lists furnished
by the jail authorities and checked with the reports submitted by the SHOs.
Such information as the MO details and sphere of operation, which will not
be found in the jail release lists, can be obtained from the monthly reports
submitted by the SHOs. A page or more in the register should be set apart
for each month.
2. The Bureau will publish in the last weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet
of each month full details of all persons who are likely to be released in
the succeeding month. It will also study the relations between the
incidence of crime and the release of a criminal with reference to modus
operandi and place of occurrence.
3. It will send SMSs to all SHOs regarding release of dangerous offender,
occurance of heinous crimes.

1607
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Indices for dossier criminals

752-1. Name Index (Alphabetical Index): The cards for the name index will be
maintained in three colours, white for criminals of the district, blue for criminals
of border districts operating in the district, and pink for criminals from farther.
The cards will be arranged in strict alphabetical order, like the words in a
dictionary, irrespective of their colours. If a new card is opened, it should be
inserted in the correct place. Inter-district criminals will be given appropriate
coloured cards from the point of view of each district, e.g., a criminal of
Krishna district who also operates in Khammam district will have a white
card in Krishna district and a blue one in Khammam, but the white card
maintained in Krishna district will be given a green signal to indicate that the
criminal is also registered in another district. In the cards the name or alias
of the criminal, followed by his father’s name indicated by the prefix “s/o”
should be typed. The card provides for the entry of various details for easy
reference. A card should be opened for each alias that a criminal is known
to assume. The pro forma for this card is shown in Form 135. This index
provides a ready reference to all the dossier criminals and gives important
facts about each criminal, but for further details, the dossier of the criminal
must invariably be referred to.
FORM - 135 See Order No.752-1
NAME INDEX OF DOSSIER CRIMINALS
D.C. No. D.C. Nos. Permanent / Temporary Modus Operandi
of the District of other districts Residential address (Give all M.Os.) any
with phone No. specialty in M.O. should
be noted in detail.
(1) (2) (3) (4)

2. Modus Operandi Index : The cards for this index will be arranged in
alphabetical order of the different modus operandi and other characteristics
in drawers assigned to the main heads of crime. The index heads will be the
catchwords given in the crime classification list prescribed in Order 588 of
Chapter 33. The Inspector / DSP shall cross-check AP Police Intranet data
base and take action to open new cards. This is in addition to e-COPS
updation.
3. The list is only illustrative and not exhaustive. The classification methods in
the National Crime Code Book should be followed to the extent applicable.
If the list above contains any item not covered in the national codebook, the

1608
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

entry in this list should be utilised to make the necessary entries in the records.
However, if the wording is similar or it has similar meaning, the NCP words
may be used.
4.A. Some of the items above may not even apply to all districts/commissionarates
in the state and some districts may need a few additional items. Any addition
to the list should be made with the approval of the Zonal Inspector-General/
DIGP and after intimation to the IGP, CID in charge of SCRB. SHOs should
note the appropriate classification in the various reports sent by them to the
Bureau. The DC number of the district in which the criminal resides, the DC
numbers, if any, assigned to him in other districts, his name with aliases, his
place of residence with the name of the Police Station, the name or names
of police station limits and districts where the criminal has operated, and full
Modus operandi details shall be noted in columns 1 to 6 respectively in the
body of the card. The type of crime will be entered below the bottom line of
the card. The names of the criminals addicted to the particular type should
be entered on both sides of the card, three to four names on each side,
additional sheets of paper being attached, if necessary. The card will be in
Form 136.
4.B. When a criminal commits a crime, which falls within more than one head,
for example entry into a school by lock breaking and the theft of a watch
from it, his name should be entered in the title “Lock I”. “Schools from” and
“Watches, clocks and time-pieces”, and the full modus operandi details
entered in column 6 of the card. Column 6 is of special significance because
in locating a criminal, apparently minor details of the modus operandi are
more important than the broad classifications outlined above. Hence, all details
and particulars regarding the method of entry, nature of the building attacked,
nature of weapons employed, kind of property stolen, form of violence used
and all criminal characteristics such as eating food at the scene of crime,
using detonators or crackers and using boulders to break open the door
should be noted in detail in the column 6. A sample entry is given in Form
139. When a crime of any particular modus operandi is reported, the criminals,
whose names and other particulars are found on the card bearing the index
head of that particular modus operandi will be examined besides other indices
and records in order to point out to the investigating officer as to who among
them are likely to have committed the offence. In doing this, details of
modus operandi, and not merely its broad classification, should receive
attention.

1609
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 136 See Order No.752-4

MODUS OPERANDI INDEX (A Sample entry)
D.C. D.C. Nos. Name with Village, Station, Sphere of Full M.O. details and
Number of the other aliases Circle, (Give operation criminal characteristics.
of the district name of district, if
district outsides the
district.

1. Amalapuram Police Station Peddapuram Circle.

D.C.22 D.C.39. Razack. Gudiwada PS

snatching jewels from women folk; beating regards

sticks, returning thalis to women folk; exploding deto-
axes; armed with axes, sticks and knives; forcibly

dressed in Khaki shorts and no shirts or banians.

nators to scare away villagers. Speaking Urdu,
House; rich house breaking open front door with
East West Abdul Alias Krishna District.
Godavari Godavari, Master.

2. Patancheru Police Station Medak Dist.

Krishna

3. Shadnagar, Mahaboob Nagar Dist.

District

Modus Operandi (write the Crime classification) Sample entry : Lock I breaking
lock or fastening.
5. Index of physical peculiarities and criminal characteristics: Index cards,
which should be in Form 137, will be maintained for such physical
peculiarities, identification marks, and criminal characteristics of dossier
criminals as can readily and usefully be classified. The class of physical
peculiarity and criminal characteristic will be typed below the bottom line
of the card (in the same way as for modus operandi index cards) and the
dossier numbers and names of criminals and the details of peculiarities or
characteristics noted on the card. If a criminal has more than one physical
peculiarity or criminal characteristic, then his name should find a place
under all those heads. For example, if a criminal has his ears low set, a
scar on his left arm and conspicuously high forehead, is bow legged, and is
in the habit of consuming food at the scene of crime, his name should find
a place in the cards “Ears — low set”, “Arm — left — marks, moles, scars,
etc.” “Forehead — conspicuously high”. “Legs — bow-legged”. “Consumed
food at scene” and “Scars”.

1610
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 137 See Order No.752-5.

INDEX OF PHYSICAL PECULIARITIES AND CRIMINAL
CHARACTERISTICS
D.C. No. D.C. Nos. Full Name with Village, Particulars of Sphere of
of the of the other aliases station,Circle physical Operation.
district district Father’s name (Give name of peculiarities
with phone No. district, if outside of criminal characteris-
the district). tics.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Physical peculiarity or criminal characteristics

(Note the main head as given) Sample entry: Chin-doubled.
6. The national crime codebook gives certain physical features under major
and minor classifications from page 143 onwards. A typical list of physical
peculiarities and criminal characteristics is however given below. The list
given in the national code book and the one given below should be used.
Only items, which are not available in the list given below but are found in
the national crime codebook, may be used. Any addition to this should only
be made with the approval of the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP and after
intimation to the IGP, CID in-charge of SCRB.
Abdomen - marks, moles, scars, etc.
Abdomen - pot-bellied
Arm - left - deformed, missing in full or part
Arm - right - deformed, missing in full or part
Arm - right - marks, moles, scars, etc.
Arm - left - marks, moles, scars, etc.
Back - marks, moles, scars, etc.
Back - hunch
Beard - Note in column whether goat, imperial, pointed or rounded, trimmed,
or untrimmed
Birthmarks
Blind
Cripple
Chest - marks, moles, scars, etc.
Chest - pigeon
Chin - markedly long
Chin - markedly short
Chin - pronouncedly square
Chin - pronouncedly pointed
Chin- dimpled
Chin - doubled

1611
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Consumed food at scene

Crackers or detonators used
Deaf
Diverting attention
Dog silenced
Doors of neighbouring houses fastened or chained
Dumb
Ears - high set
Ears - low set
Ears - markedly large
Ears - markedly small
Ears - lobes or helices pierced
Ears - too close to the head
Ears - markedly protruding from the head
Ear - left - deformed or missing
Ear - right - deformed or missing
Easing at the scene of offence
Eunuch
Eyes - conspicuously large
Eyes - conspicuously small
Eyes - markedly wide set
Eyes - markedly close set
Eyes - protruding
Eyes - sunken
Eyes - blinking
Eyes - squint
Eyes - artificial right
Eyes - artificial left
Eyes - right - missing or blind
Eyes - left - missing or blind
Eyes - wearing glasses
Eyes - Iris black
Eyes - Iris blue
Eyes - Iris grey
Eyes - Iris brown
Eyes - Iris maroon
Eyes - Iris yellow
Eyebrows - note any special peculiarities such as conspicuously arched,
straight or oblique, long or short, nearly united or distended, thin, thick
or pencilled, black, grey or red
Face - prominent cheek boxes
Face - smiling
Face - flabby cheeks
Face - scowling

1612
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Face - wrinkled
Face - marks, moles, scars, etc. (such as pox marks, birth marks, and any
marked growth)
Foot - right - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Foot - left - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Foot - right - splay-footed
Foot - left - splay-footed
Foot - right - pigeon-toed
Foot - left - pigeon-toed
Foot - right - toes missing or extra, deformed, peculiarity of nails
Foot - left - toes missing or extra, deformed peculiarity of nails
Foot - right - missing or deformed
Foot - left - missing or deformed
Foot - right - exceptionally large
Foot - left - exceptionally large
Foot - right - exceptionally small
Foot - left - exceptionally small
Forehead - conspicuously high
Forehead - conspicuously low
Forehead - pronouncedly receding
Forehead - pronouncedly bulging
Forehead - pronouncedly narrow (as measured from temple to temple)
Forehead - pronouncedly broad (as measured from temple to temple)
Forehead - deep horizontal wrinkles
Forehead - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Hair - bald or partly bald
Hair - grey
Hair - curly
Hair - dyed (note colour also)
Hand - right - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Hand - left - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Hand - right - fingers missing or extra, deformed, peculiarity of nails
Hand - left - fingers missing or extra, deformed peculiarity of nails
Hand - right - exceptionally large (elephantiasis)
Hand - left - exceptionally large (elephantiasis)
Hand - right - exceptionally small
Hand - left - exceptionally small
Hand - right - missing or deformed
Hand - left - missing or deformed
Head - pronouncedly big
Head - pronouncedly small
Head - egg-shaped
Head - bent forward
Head - inclined backwards

1613
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Head - turned sideways to the right

Head - turned sideways to the left
Head - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Holding cloth as screen in front of shop
Legs - bow-legged
Legs - knock-kneed
Legs - right - lame or limping
Legs - left - lame or limping
Legs - right - Elephantiasis
Legs - left - Elephantiasis
Legs - right - marks, scars, moles, etc., and deformities
Legs - left - marks, scars, moles, etc., and deformities
Legs - varicose veins
Leprosy
Lips - harelip
Lips - markedly thick
Lips - markedly thin
Lips - protruding
Lips - upper lip markedly long (as measured from the base of the nose to
the line of the mouth)
Lips - upper lip markedly short (as measured from the base of the nose to
the line of the mouth)
Lips - upper lip overhanging
Lips - sponting
Lips - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Mask worn
Moles
Mouth - pronouncedly large
Mouth - distorts when talking or laughing
Moustache - Note in column 5 the colour, whether stubby, long, with pointed
or curly ends
Neck - Pronouncedly thick
Neck - pronouncedly thin
Neck - Adam’s apple prominent
Neck - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Nicotine fingers
Nose - prominently long
Nose - prominently short
Nose - pronouncedly projecting
Note - pronouncedly flat
Nose - pug
Nose - deviating towards left
Nose - deviating towards right
Nose - markedly dilated nostrils

1614
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Nose - line of nose prominently concave

Nose - line of nose prominently convex
Nose - nose base pronouncedly turned up
Nose - marks, scars, moles, etc.
Occupation marks
Pimples
Pox marks
Rites - religious or superstitious - performed at scene
Scars
Shoulders - oblique
Shoulders - left dropping
Shoulders - right dropping
Shouting certain special words (the exact words should be entered in Col.5)
Stick kept outside the door
Stones collected for use in case of attack
Stoops
Swallowing stolen property
Talking - looking down
Talking - looking obliquely to right
Talking - looking obliquely to left
Tattoo marks
Teeth irregular
Teeth - missing
Teeth - artificial
Teeth - discoloured
Uniform - military or police - worn
Vehicle used to or from scene (the exact nature of vehicle used, i.e., car,
tonga, jutka, rickshaw, cycle, etc. should mention in column 5)
Visiting scenes in advance as beggars, fortune tellers, folk songsters, jugglers,
or in any other capacity
Voice - stammering
Voice - pronouncedly feminine in the case of males, or pronouncedly
masculine in the case of females
Walking - unusually long strides
Walking - unusually short strides
Walking - unusually quick strides
Walking - unusually slow strides
Warts
Note:

i. Full details of the physical peculiarity or criminal characteristic should

be noted in column 5 of the card.
ii. If a person has a mole on the back, he should be indexed under item
“Back — marks, scars, moles, etc.” and also under item “moles”,

1615
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

the details of the moles, e.g., size, colour, exact location, being given
in column 5 of the card. The same thing applies to other marks also.
iii. Only pronounced physical peculiarities should be noted, a slight
departure either way from the normal appearance may be ignored.
If the perpetrator of a crime, whose identity has not been established,
is known to possess a given physical peculiarity or criminal
characteristic, the card bearing the index head of that physical
peculiarity or criminal characteristic, will show the criminals having
that peculiarity or characteristic.
7. Untraced property index: All identifiable property lost in cases whether
numbered or un-numbered published in the Weekly Crime and Occurrence
Sheet which has not been recovered at the time of its publication will be
indexed. The information in respect of properties seized under suspicious
circumstances received by the Bureau either from Station House Officers,
Investigating Units or through Crime and Occurrence Sheets of neighbouring
districts should be carefully checked with the properties indexed in the Bureau
to see whether they are concerned in any crime of the district. If any of the
properties seized is identical with that lost in a case, the fact should be
immediately intimated to the Station House Officer, in whose case the property
was reported lost and the Station House Officer who recovered the property
under suspicious circumstances. If any item of property indexed is recovered,
the entry relating to it should be scored out from the index and the date of
tracing it noted. A list of identifiable properties to be indexed is given under
the item “type of property” of the National Crime Code Book. Another list
of identifiable properties to be indexed is also given hereunder. The list given
in the national crime codebook should be followed after adding the items if
any missing in that codebook from the list given below. Any addition to this
list should be made with the approval of the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP
and after intimation to the Inspector-General, in charge of SCRB in Crime
Investigation Department. The pro forma of the index will be in Form 138.
1. Addigalu
2. Agricultural implements
3. Andelu
4. Anklet (Thodas, etc.)
5. Bangles - Gold
6. Bangles - Silver
7. Batteries
8. Bessaries
9. Billa - Jada
10. Books

1616
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

11. Boxes (other than trunks and suit cases)

12. Buffalloes
13. Bulaki
14. Bulls
15. Buttons - Gold
16. Buttons - Silver
17. Cameras
18. Cars
19. Carts
20. Chains - Gold
21. Chains - Silver
22. Champasaralu - Gold
23. Clothes (other than sarees)
24. Cows and calves
25. Currency notes (if number available or if they contain any signature
or initials for identification) Cycles
26. Cycle rickshaws
27. Dogs
28. Dynamo belts
29. Dynamos
30. Ear-rings - Gold
31. Ear-rings - Silver
32. Electric bulbs
33. Electric goods other than bulbs and meters
34. Electric meters
35. Fire - arms
36. Fountain pens
37. Fowls
38. Furniture
39. Goats or sheep
40. Gramophones
41. Harmoniums
42. Idols
43. Iron safe or cash chest
44. Jadakutchulu - Gold
45. Kantinigundulu - Gold
46. Kasikayaladanda - Gold
47. Kasuladanda - Gold
48. Lantern - Hurricane
49. Lights - petromax
50. Lolakulu - Gold
51. Machines and Engines
52. Mattelu - Gold
53. Medals - Gold

1617
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

54. Medals - Silver

55. Mattelu - Silver (Toe rings)
56. Miscellaneous - unclassified
57. Money purse
58. Nagaram - Gold
59. Nanu - Gold
60. Nose-screws - Gold
61. Photographs
62. Plates - brass
63. Plates - bronze - eating
64. Plates - other metals
65. Plates - Silver - eating
66. Plates - silver - other uses
67. Precious stones
68. Promissory notes
69. Radios
70. Rings - Gold
71. Rings - Silver
72. Saddle - Cycle
73. Saddle - Horse
74. Saddle - Motor Cycle
75. Sarees
76. Soda Machine
77. Spectacles
78. Suit cases
79. Tallaman
80. Toys
81. Trunks
82. Tumblers - Brass and other metals
83. Tumblers - Gold
84. Tumblers - Silver
85. Typewriters
86. Tyres - Cycle
87. Tyres - Motor
88. Tyres - Motor Cycle
89. Vessel
90. Waist belts (Kamarpatti) - Gold
91. Waist belts (Kamarpatti) - Silver
92. Watches, clocks and time pieces
93. Water Meters
94. Wires

1618
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM – 138 See Order No.752-7.

UNTRACED IDENTIFIABLE PROPERTY INDEX
Station, Crime No., Reference to the Full description of Value
Section of Law crime and the property
occurrence sheet

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Untraced identifiable property (note the heading). Sample entry : Ear-rings – Gold.
8. Signals: Slip-on signals indicating the particulars noted below will be attached
to the bottom of name index cards and to the sides of modus operandi and
physical peculiarity index cards:
Blue - in full
Red - Out of view
Two Reds - Out of view and wanted.
Yellow - Inactive
Green - Operates outside the district
9. For all these indices to be maintained in a computerised system appropriate
colours and signals as indicated above should be given to distinguish each
category and the special nature of the card. The format of each index may
be modified only to the extent necessary while preparing the software
programme for the maintenance of these records.
General Subject Files

753. Information of permanent value about important classes of crime and

criminals will be maintained in General Subjects Files or folios. Materials
for these files will be secured from Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheets,
case diaries, special reports and other sources of information. The subjects
for which such files should be opened are criminal organisations, organised
crime syndicates, subject-wise rowdy gangs, habitual offender groups,
counterfeit coins and currency notes, bombs and other explosives, supplying
of arms, drugging or professional poisoning, financial frauds, caste and
communal groups with militant designs and special classes of crime. The
actual number of such files will depend on the conditions existing in each
district. The files should cover all subjects of importance affecting the criminal
history of the district and should be carefully maintained and kept up-to-
date. As the title indicates the files have to be maintained for each subject
that has criminal element.

1619
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Photographs

754-1. All dossier criminals and habitual offenders will be photographed and
videographed once in five years. Inspector / Dy. Superintendent of Police
of the Bureau shall cross check updated data entry in AP Police intranet.
The requirements are (1) the full face including the head and shoulders;
(2) the full length and (3) One profile, the one that has any particular mark
or character, e.g., a scar. The full-length photograph should be half plate
size and the remaining quarter plate. The full-length photograph should be
taken of the individual in the dress that he ordinarily wears when out of
jail. Any marked peculiarity, which makes identification easy, should be
brought out in one or more of the positions detailed above or in another
position specially taken for the purpose. A panel showing the date of the
photograph and district number of criminal will be set in on right hand
bottom corner, in each of the photographs. Each set of photographs will
be mounted on a sheet.
2. For each criminal, two complete sets will be taken, one to be filed with the
dossier and the other in a loose-leaf file arranged in the alphabetical order of
the criminal’s name. An additional set will be taken and filed with the history
sheet in the police station. Extra-unmounted copies will be kept in envelopes
affixed to the loose-leaf file sheets ready for distribution when occasion
arises. Additional sets and unmounted copies will be prepared for inter-
district criminals for supply to the other Bureau where they are on record.
3. The CDs of all digital photographs should be up loaded in AP Police intranet,
besides retaining in boxes and indexed in the Bureau so that further prints
can be taken if necessary. Albums should also be maintained modus operandi-
wise in respect of criminals concerned in important classes of crime, such
as drugging or poisoning, property offences attended with violence, pocket-
picking and cycle thefts.
4. Video clippings of as many of these, as are possible including their voice
may be prepared and kept in the Video Library of criminals in DCRB. The
video clipping showing his movements and all angles including his speech
should be taken. His identification and history sheet number and date of the
clipping should be indicated even while taking the video by entry of the data
in the video camera itself instead of displaying a board near the person.
Even for still cameras such data entry can be built in the camera itself. The
photographs, videographs and voice should be stored ultimately on optical
disks and retrieved whenever required.

1620
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

History of Crime

755-1. Registers of cases against property and all other crimes falling within the
major classification of the National Crime Code book in the order of their
occurrence will be maintained in the Bureau in the form in which they are
published in the Weekly Crime and Occurrence sheet. A separate register
will be maintained for each modus operandi. Clippings from Part I (new
cases) of Crime and Occurrence Sheets can be pasted in the appropriate
register with space below each clipping for briefly entering subsequent
information and final disposal. The dates of release and return, jail number
and finger print classification will also be noted in respect of convicted persons.
FORM - 139 See Order No. 755-2
MONTHLY RETURN OF SUICIDES FROM CIRCLE INSPECTOR TO
DISTRICT CRIME RECORDS BUREAU.
Name of Circle. No.
I. Classified under Sex and Age.
1. Number of suicides by men
2. Number of suicides by women
3. Number of suicides by male children under
16 years of age
4. Number of suicides by female children under
16 years of age.
II. Classified according to causes.
1. Poverty /starvation
2. Sickness.
3. Family disputes / Dowry Issues
4. Neglect of or misconduct of wife or
husband
5. Love affairs
6. Failure in Examination
7. Ragging
8. Stalking
9. Posting obscene pictures in the internet /
Face Book etc., of the person.
10.Murder or other grave charges
11. Farmers suicides
12.Students suicides
13.Other causes.

1621
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

III. Classified according to methods.

1. Drowning
2. Hanging
3. Poisoning
4. Lying or falling in front of trains
5. Burning / Self-immolation
6. Use of fire-arms
7. Use of weapons other than fire-arms
8. Electrocution
9. Lethal Injection
10.Other methods.
Remarks :
(Full details of important cases should be mentioned. Any special method
adopted in the commission of suicide must be given. This must be noted in a few
lines, noting also the crime numbers).
Register of Suicides

2. Every SHO shall attach in the monthly crime statement sent by him to the
Bureau a statement in form 139 showing the number of suicides during the
previous month classified in the manner prescribed. A register in form 140
shall be maintained in the Bureau, wherein a page will be allotted for each
month in the year. The register shall be compiled every month from the
statements received from SHOs and the total arrived at. Whenever
information regarding suicides is called for by the SCRB, CID, information
readily available in the register should be furnished.

1622
 FORM - 140 See Order No.755- 2.
REGISTER OF SUICIDES
(To be maintained in District/ City / Railway Crime Bureau)
Classified under sex and age Classified according to causes Classified according to methods Remarks
(Full details of
important cases
should be
mentioned. Any
special method
adopted in the
commission of
suicide must be
given. This must
be noted in a few

1623
lines, noting also
the crime
number).

Circle
Number of suicides by Men
Number of suicides by Women
Number of suicides by Male Children under 16 years
of age
Number of suicides by Female Children under 16
years of age
Poverty
Sickness
Family disputes / Dowry Issues
Neglect of or misconduct of Wife or Husband
Love affairs
Failure in examination
Murder or other grave charges
Ragging
Stalking
Posting obscene pictures in the internet / face book etc
of the person.
Murder or other grave charges
Other causes
Drowning
Hanging
Poisoning
Lying or falling in front of trains
Burning / Self-immolation
Use of Fire-arms
Use of weapons other than Fire-arms
Electrocution
Lethal Injection
Other methods

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

B - Circle
C - Circle
Total for the District for the Month.
Total for the District for the year up to the end of last Month
APPM Part-I Volume - III

Total for the District for the year up to the end of the current Month
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Crime Charts (maps) and Graphs

756-1. In order to help analysis and study of crime in the district / City, with particular
reference to persistent incidence of any particular type of crime (crime
pattern) in any area or along any route, analyse a specific case to obtain
investigative leads, comparative study of crimes of different classes to know
any links or organised activity, study of criminal’s or group’s methods,
description, or to obtain clues as to an offender in a case or to devise
preventive methods, crime charts of different description, maps, graphs,
statistics and detailed reports in a pre-determined format are necessary.
Some of these are to be maintained or generated on a regular basis while
some others are to be made out for specific needs from time to time. Those
which require to be maintained are generated with computer Geographical
Information system software on a regular basis periodically, in respect of
the following subjects, should be maintained in the Bureau. These are
maintained for ready reference by investigators or analysts in the day-to-
day work of crime investigation and to plan preventive beats.
2. A crime chart as well as graphs representing volume and geographical spread
for each month will be maintained in which crime reported during the month
will be marked by the symbols given in Order 591 of Chapter 33. This list is
not exhaustive or permanent. The most rampant form of crime at any given
point of time should be added to this list and any type of crime, which is not
a serious problem at any given time, may be kept dormant or deleted from
the list of charts and graphs to be maintained. The CCRB and RCRB should
add specific lists of crime to this depending on the types of crime that need
police attention.
3. The classifications given in National Crime Code book for major heads of
crime from codes 001 to 096 should be a proper guide for maintenance of
the crime charts and graphs and other visual presentations according to
need. The minor heads given in the Codebook may be adopted whenever
analysis on any special type of crime is to be done. The adoption of the
National Crime Code Book titles provides a convenient access to crime and
criminal intelligence data stored in the computers.
4. Separate annual crime charts shall be maintained for each of the above
groups of crimes.
5. Both in the monthly and annual charts, crimes of PS of other district bordering
the district must be plotted. A circle around the case should be marked in
cases where the accused have been arrested and charged.

1624
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

6. The classifications and symbols mentioned in Order 591 are for the purpose
of only plotting crimes on charts and in the analysis of figures in paragraph 6
of the Monthly Crime Review, and should not be used for any other purpose.
Graphs
7. The Bureau will maintain the following graphs in order to enable it to study
the fluctuations of crime in successive years, the areas affected, the activities
of professional and organised groups and thus enable both strategic and
operational planning and results.
8. For each of the following classifications, a separate graph will be maintained
and on it the number of true cases reported and the number convicted will
be shown, the former by an uninterrupted line and the latter by a dotted line.
This would help SsP/ SsRP/ DCsP/ CsP to focus their attention for preventive
and detective strategies.
a) All IPC cases
b) Murders
c) Dacoities
d) Robberies
e) House breaking
f) Thefts (other than cattle thefts)
g) Cattle Thefts
h) Organized crime
i) Terrorism
j) Financial crimes
k) Crimes against women & children
l) Crimes against weaker sections
m) Crimes related to pollution, flora and fauna
n) Antiquities, and cultural property.
9. Each graph sheet if manually prepared will be about 100 x 100 cm, the X-
axis being drawn two cm above the bottom edge and the Y-axis 2 cm away
from the left hand edge of the sheet. The X-axis will show the years and the
Y-axis the number of crimes. 5 cm on X-axis will represent a year and 1 cm
on the Y-axis will represent 50 Indian Penal Code crimes, or 10 murders,
dacoities, robberies, house breaking or cattle thefts or 20 thefts, as the case
may be. This scale may be varied, if necessary, at the discretion of the
Superintendent of Police/Addl. SP. At the point representing the crime for a
year, the exact number of crimes will be indicated in brackets. In the case

1625
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

of figures of conviction, the exact number of cases convicted will be shown

in brackets above the point.
10. The graphs will represent the crime for the last 25 years. Crimes for successive
years will be plotted on the same graphs. A graph should normally last at
least 25 years.
11. All graphs, charts and regional (geographical) distribution of crimes should
be generated in a computerised system by use of appropriate software
programmes.
File of References from Investigating Officers
757. The Bureau should keep separate files showing references received from
investigating officers asking for information in unallocated cases. The purpose
of this file is to assess the quantities, quality and results of the queries of
investigating officers to the Bureau. These files should be kept for each
Area Sub-Division and the Detective Police Station having jurisdiction over
the Sub-Division or part of it. The information furnished by the IO, his report,
queries, and further reports if any, should be stored in the connected database
to enable meaningful analysis whenever it is done or required to be done at
any stage.
Calls on the expert staff of Forensic Lab, FPB or Crime Analysts of the Bu-
reau
758-1. There are, officers trained in finger and footprints, scientific assistants
attached to the District Finger Print Bureau and the Laboratory. A separate
file showing the reports received from investigating officers requisitioning
the services of these experts or other scientific experts attached to the District
Investigation Teams and the results achieved should be maintained in the
Bureau.
2. A Crime Analyst Group as a necessary adjunct to the DCRB consisting of
senior police and civilian experts should be formed for analysis of crime,
both strategic and operational on the same line as in CID. This group should
assist the police investigations methodically and give useful leads for detection
and planning preventive measures. The functions and the manner of formation
of this group is dealt separately in Order 884 of Chapter 44.
Criminal Intelligence
759-1. Intelligence gathering, storage and retrieval should be organized based on
AP Police Intranet data entry and other sources. The SP should maintain the
Register of informants and ensure that there is a regular flow of useful
information and its use in day-to-day work of the police.

1626
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Computers
2. The e-COPS envisages data entry of all Integrated forms ( IIF 1 to 8) for
data updation and records of to DCRB should all be maintained in
computerised system with on-line facility initially to all IOs of CCS and in
due course to all Detective Police Stations.
Criminal Intelligence Gazette
3. The Criminal Intelligence Gazettes of the State as well as Border States
should be scrutinized by Inspector / Dy.SP of the Bureau and filed in the
Bureau and used for reference. The concerned Units should be advised, if
any action is necessary to be taken by them.
Dissemination of Intelligence
760-1. Daily Criminal Information Digest. This should be prepared in the Bureau
every day on the basis of information received for the day in the weekly
C&O format and sent to all SsP, SDPOs, L&O and Detective Police Stations,
as also to Zonal IG/DIGP and IGP, CID in-charge of SCRB by fax.
Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet
2-A. For the efficient and proper dissemination of information regarding crime
and criminal, the Bureau in five parts shall publish a Weekly Crime and
Occurrence Sheet.
B. The sheet should be dated Saturday of each week and embody information
received in the Bureau up to Saturday forenoon. The sheets as well as the
pages should be numbered consecutively for the whole year to facilitate
easy reference.
C. Part I contain a statement of crime in different heads, reported to the Bureau
during the week in chronological order under each head. There is no need to
indicate the head if no case is reported during the week.
D. Below this the following classes of crime should be reported head wise and
date wise.
a) Murder for gain
b) Murder
c) Dacoity
d) Robbery
e) House breaking
f) House theft
g) Cattle theft
h) Other thefts (other than cattle and house thefts)

1627
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

i) Automobile thefts
j) Cheating
k) Breach of trust
l) Counterfeiting
m) Other financial crimes (Other than cheating, breach of trust
and counterfeiting)
n) Professional Kidnapping
o) Organised crime
p) Terrorism
q) Crimes against women and children
r) Crimes against weaker section
s) Crimes relating to pollution, flora and fauna
t) Antiquities and cultural property
u) Missing persons
v) Unidentified dead bodies
E. Details of the cases that occurred and are reported to the Bureau during the
week and also of cases that occurred in the previous week but were reported
to the Bureau during the week should be furnished.
3. The names of neighbouring stations of the district should be typed/printed in
italics or underlined, and the names of the neighbouring district or districts
should be noted below the name of the Sub-Division.
4. List of all identifiable property should be published in respect of each new
case in Part I. Full descriptive particulars and values of numbered or
unnumbered properties lost and recovered should be given.
5. When persons suspected or known to have been involved in a case are
registered criminals of a station or dossier criminals, the fact should be clearly
stated.
6. Instructions or comments on any case given by the Bureau should be
published in italics just below the narration of the case concerned. In every
case, the instruction, comment or advice, if any, should be communicated
immediately to the officer concerned by fax or wireless. Such advice or
comment or lead should be based on thorough study, analysis, and experience
that would enable the IO to pursue a useful clue or avoid any mistake or
pitfalls.
7. Part II of the sheet will contain the disposal of old cases and will be in the
pro forma shown in the appendix. The disposal of all cases whether of property
or otherwise should be mentioned in Part II.

1628
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

8. Part III has five sections -

a) information relating to persons and history sheeted criminals wanted
or suspected in cases;
b) those who have been out of view but not wanted in any case;
c) those who were arrested during the week;
d) those released from jail during the week or likely to be released
during the ensuing four weeks (to be given only in the last sheet of
each month), mentioning in the case of persons actually released
whether they are present at home or have gone out of view,
e) arrests of suspicious strangers and seizure of property under
suspicious circumstances,
f) full details of property recovered.
9. Particulars of unidentified dead bodies, abandoned automobiles, stray cattle,
lost property, missing children etc., should be published in Part IV.
10. Part V contains matters of a general nature. Instructions to Detective Police
Stations, other concerned SHOs in regard to crime and criminals, notes on
special features of individual cases, and any matters of specific or general
interest should be published in this part.
11. Antique type should be used wherever necessary in the sheet in order to
emphasize important points, such as places likely to be visited by wanted
persons and names of officers whose attention is to be drawn to any particular
entry.
12. In important matters information should be immediately communicated by
the Bureau direct to the officers concerned through advisory memoranda
(Order 762), besides publishing it in the Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet.
For example, the slightest indication or possibility of any crime in the district
being connected with crime or criminals beyond the district shall be
communicated promptly to the SHOs, Inspectors of Detective Police Stations
and SDPOs of both L&O and Detective of the border areas of the two
districts.
13. A copy of the sheet shall be sent to the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP and
IGP SCRB, so as to reach them by Monday. The sheet should be generated
on a computer system late on Saturday evening and mail-transferred the
same evening. The hard copy may be despatched by post simultaneously.

1629
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

14-A.The Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP will study the out-break of crime of any

category, with a view to examine the possibility of cases occurring in different
districts forming a series connected with one another. Timely instructions
should be issued for coordinating investigation, for locating the sources of
undetected crime and for indicating ways and means of dealing with it. Such
instructions should be issued promptly to the SP by quickest available means.
A copy of the instructions given by the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP and
Addl. DGP Law and Order to L&O Police should also be sent to the Addl.
DGP, CID who in turn will bring these to the knowledge of the DGP with his
own comments.
B. The Superintendents of Police / Superintendent of Railway Police /
Dy. Commissioner of Police need not send a detailed report in reply to the
remarks of the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP or the DGP on the sheet. It
would be enough if brief reports are sent by radio or fax.
15. The printed sheet will be issued to all officers of and above the rank of
Inspector in the district and to the all SHOs of L&O, Detective and other
police stations of the district, to the District Crime Bureaux of bordering
districts, the Inspector General of Police SCRB, the Zonal Inspector General/
DIGP, all other Zonal Inspectors General / DIsGP bordering the district and
to such Inspectors of Detective and L&O police stations of bordering districts
as the SP may decide. The distribution should be only on need to know basis
and should not be sent as a matter of routine.
16. Sheets may be issued only with the permission of the Addl. DGP CID to the
officers of bordering states other than those of districts bordering our State,
to whom they may be sent with the approval of the SP.
Monthly Crime Reviews (M.C.R.s)

761. At the beginning of each month a review of crime for the previous month
should be prepared by the Bureau in the revised proforma. Monthly
statements of crime should accompany this. Only true cases will be dealt
with both in the Monthly Crime Review and in the statements. Instructions
for the compilation of the Review are given below:
1. Paragraph 1 of the Review should contain two sections; first one dealing
with property crime and the second one dealing with all other IPC and
cognizable cases. In general review of crime, all true offences against
property (barring those dealt with under section 157 (1)(b) of Cr.PC) should

1630
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

be treated as professional crime until the contrary is proved. In view of this,

no statement of professional crime need be furnished in paragraph 1.
Fluctuations in crime during the month as compared with the previous month
and the corresponding month of the previous year should be commented
upon. The possibility of gangs or organisations being responsible should be
examined. Points for comment are indicated below for guidance:
A. considerable general increase in respect of any class of crime;
B. serious outbreaks of crime under a particular class;
C. unusual types of crime;
D. recurrence of particular kind of crime;
E. crime by organized gangs, and the routes taken by them, if any.
F. refusing investigation.
2. In respect of crime against persons and other offences, the fluctuations in
each class, the persons responsible and whether they form a pattern or part
of a series should be indicated. In case the accused concerned are not known,
the profile of the offenders, their method, the organisation or group to which
they belong, the weapons used, the benefit derived and the motives that
propelled the commission of offences should be commented upon.
3. The foregoing suggestions are not exhaustive but only illustrative. The main
object of comment should be to give a brief but comprehensive account of
the salient features of the month with the deductions drawn from them. The
crime analysis group with the help of the district crime records bureau
prepares this review.
4. Paragraph 1 of review - should give details of cases in which investigation
was refused and cases, which were, registered suo-moto. The nature and
value of property lost and recovered in such cases and the section of law
with modus operandi should be furnished.
5-A. The second para - A of the Review should be analysis of all murders, classified
as shown below. Where a murder is followed by the accused committing
suicide, it must be mentioned, whether it is important or not.

1631
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(a) Murders for gain Give brief details of each case with
specific reference to fire arms used,
if any
(b) Murders due to faction -do-
(c) Murders due to organised criminal activity -do-
(d) Murders due to sexual jealousy -do-
(e) Murders due to family disputes Give brief details of cases of special
importance
(f) Murders due to previous enmity -do-
(g) Murder due to petty quarrel -do-
(h) Murder due to land dispute -do-
(i) Murder due to dowry -do-
(j) Murder due to money dispute -do-
(k) Murder of unknown deceased -do-
(l) Murder by unknown accused -do-
(m) Murder by Extremist -do-

(n) Murder due to other causes -do-

5-B. The second para – B should give analysis of all culpable homicides not
amounting to murder.
6. Para 3 should deal with dacoities classified into highway, field, house, etc.
Give brief details of each case with particular reference to the fire-arms
used, if any.
7. Para 4 should deal with robberies classified into highway, field, house, etc.
Give brief details of each case with particular reference to the firearms
used, if any.
8. Para 5 should deal with house-breakings by day or night including attempts.
The following statements should be enclosed.
A. Furnish a Sub-division-wise Modus operandi statement in the form
attached.

1632
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Circle Modus Operandi Convicted Pending Trial

A B E H L1 L2 R T W M S

B. Indicate the number of house breakings classified as in Table 1 attached.

Table - I

Pending trial

Investigation

Referred as
Discharged
or acquitted
Convicted
Reported
Classification

Under

Total
UN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

I. Classified according to buildings attacked:

i. Inhabited dwelling houses
ii. Uninhabited dwelling houses
iii. Boarding establishments
iv. Schools and Colleges
v. Banks and post offices
vi. Temples
vii. Other places of religious worship
viii. Shops
ix. Hospitals
x. Others
Total
II. Classified according to Property Stolen:
i. Jewels, clothes and cash
ii. Vessels
iii. Radios and cameras
iv. Cycles
v. Auto - parts
vi. Animals
vii. Fire - arms
viii. Watches and clocks
ix. Others
Total

1633
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Furnish in the enclosed Table 2, brief details of all cases in which offenders
are definitely known, house breakings by day and by night being shown
separately. (In column 5 should be noted the class of offenders in each
case, such as first offenders, dossier criminals, habitual offenders, history
sheeted bad character, ex-convicts, juveniles, locals or non-locals.)
Table 2

Present stage of the case

Names and particulars of

No. If arrested, note (+)

accused with cell phone
Value of property
Station, Circle, Cr.No. ,

Mention if property is
against each name, if
absconding note (-)

returned to owners.
Recovered
date & MO

Remarks
Sl. No.

Stolen

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

D. Furnish in Table 3 brief details of all cases in which offenders are not known,
house breakings by day and by night are shown separately, where there is a
mere suspicion, he must be treated as unknown, but the grounds of suspicion
should be noted against his name:
Table 3
(Offenders not known but suspected)
Present stage of the case

Value of property
Station, Circle, Cr.No. ,

Mention grounds of

Names and particulars of

persons suspected, if any.
With Cell phone Numbers,
Recovered
date & MO

suspicion
Remarks

Aadhar Card No.

Sl. No.

Stolen

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9. Paragraph 6 of the review should deal with thefts including house thefts.
The number of thefts including house thefts, irrespective of value of property
lost should be classified as shown in Table 4 below. (Details of important
crimes and out-breaks should be given)
Total number of (i) House thefts: _______ (ii) Ordinary thefts: _______

1634
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Table 4

Pending trial

Investigation

Referred as
Discharged
or acquitted
Convicted
Reported
Classification

Under

Total
UN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
i. Cycle thefts
ii. Vessel thefts
iii. Pocket-picking
iv. Snatching from children
v. Snatching from sleeping persons.
vi. Snatchings not classified
vii. Copper wire
viii. Firearms
ix. Explosives
x. Radios and cameras
xi. Watches and clocks
xii. Other cases

10. Para 7 should deal with automobile thefts of all kinds.

11. Para 8 of the review deals with cattle thefts classified as in Table 5.
Table 5
Pending trial

Investigation

Referred as
Discharged
or acquitted
Convicted
Reported

Classification
Under

Total
UN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
i. Oxen stolen for sale or ransom
ii. Oxen stolen for sale of skin
iii. Goats or sheep stolen
iv. Miscellaneous cattle thefts

12. Para 9 of the review should deal with other professional offences under
different heads such as receiving stolen property, breach of trust, cheating,
misappropriation, forgery, counterfeiting of notes and coins and other financial
crimes, professional poisoning, kidnapping for ransom and extortion. Cases
of rioting should also be included in this paragraph. In respect of these cases,
only the number under each head need be given, brief details being furnished

1635
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

if they are work of an organized gang or gangs or otherwise important or

sensational. In all cases of counterfeit coins and currency notes, it should be
clearly stated in the review whether a report on the case has been sent to
the CID.
13. Paragraph 10 of the Review deals with cases of Juvenile Justice. The
following particulars should be given in respect of each juvenile crime reported
during the month:
A. Station and section of law;
B. MO particulars - full details;
C. Name of the accused juvenile, with father’s name, residence, age
and caste;
D. Antecedents and the causes that led him to criminal life, such as
lack of control by parents, unhappy family life and poverty, should be
described in detail;
E. The status of the parents, their means of livelihood and domestic
conditions of the family;
F. Result of the case. Mention if found guilty and how he is dealt with.
14. Para 11 of the Review deals with cases of crimes against women. The
classification to be followed in respect of these crimes should be specified
under the following heads.
A. Dowry deaths
B. Cruelty of husband and relatives
C. Molestation
D. Kidnapping and abduction
E. Rape
F. Trafficking in persons
G. Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act
H. POCSO Act 2012 (Protection of Children from Sexual Offences)
I. Bonded labour rescued and debt-release certificate given
J. Unclassified.

1636
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

15. Para 12 relates to review of cases of atrocities against Scheduled Castes

and Scheduled Tribes. The information to be furnished should include murders,
hurt and all IPC offences and offences under Protection of Civil Rights Act
1955, and the SC & ST (POA) Act 2015.
16. Security cases. — Security cases u/s 107, 108, 109 and 110 CrPC should be
dealt with in paragraph 13 as shown below:

Classification Sec.107 CrPC Sec.108 CrPC Sec.109 CrPC Sec.110 CrPC

Put up Bound Put up Bound Put up Bound Put up Bound
over over over over
1. Number of Locals
2. Number of
Non-local

Note:- These cases should be analyzed with reference to the circumstances of

their arrest if any, the previous crime history of the person if any, recoveries
made from him or at his residence, if he is wanted in any offence outside
etc. In short the quality of security proceedings shall receive due attention
in the comments to be made by the Bureau including the impact on incidence
of crime.
17. Paragraph 14 of the review — Notable preventive arrests. — In this
paragraph the particulars of notable preventive arrests should be given.
18. Paragraph 15 of the review — Statement of case progress.— The progress
of cases should be entered in paragraph 15 of the review in Form 141.

1637
 1638
No .of cases of the previous year’s pending disposal
1

at the beginning of the current year.

2

Convicted
FORM - 141

Discharged or acquitted
4

Compounded
5

Referred as undetectable
6

Total of columns 2,3,4 and 5

7

(*)
8
OF THOSE IN COLUMN ONE

Pending Trial
Under Investigation
9

No. of cases reported during the current year from

Ist January up to the end of the Month under review
10

(excluding cases dealt with regards under section

157(I)(b) Cr.P.C.
11

Convicted
12

Discharged or acquitted
13

made whether the failure of the case was due to defective investigation.
Compounded
14
Referred as undetectable
15
Total of columns 11, 12, 13 and 14.

Headings for Cols. (7) and (16) – referred as False, Mistake of fact or mistake of law.
16
(*)
OF THOSE IN COLUMN TEN

17
Pending Trial
MONTHLY STATEMENT OF CASE PROGRESS

18
Under Investigation
Total No. of cases including those of the previous

19
year pending trial (column 7 plus column 15)

20
Pending Trial over 2 months

21
Pending trial, over 4 months
In 19 of those

22
Under Investigation over 2 months

23
Under Investigation over 4 months

24
Remarks

of Those in Cols 9 & 18.

N.B.- A note should be appended regarding discharge or acquittal of grave cases giving reasons therefore, Specific mention should be
See Order No.761-18.
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

19. Paragraph 16 of the review - Notes on un-located crime. - Notes on un-

located crime should be incorporated in this paragraph. A close and
comprehensive study of all important un-located offences, the possible
connection between the different offences, likelihood of particular local or
outside district agencies being responsible, etc. has to be made and
incorporated. The instructions given should be specific, informative and
instructive and should serve as a guidance to the officers and not in the
nature of general comments.
20. Activities of criminal gangs should be specified in the concerned heads of
crime dealt within the fore-going paragraphs. Good work done by DCRB,
Neighbourhood Watch and other voluntary bodies and individuals, community
contact committees and the police should be mentioned in the respective
heads of crime and not separately. Particulars of notable arrests should also
be shown in the concerned category of crime or in the para relating to
preventive arrests whichever is applicable. The occurrence of any particular
type of crime or outbreak in any particular area should be specifically dealt
with.
21. The Monthly Crime Review in the revised proforma for each month (forms
183 and 183A statements) should be sent to the IGP SCRB, so as to reach
him on or before the 15 th of the succeeding month. The SP should
simultaneously send a copy of the review to the Zonal IG/DIGP who will
offer his remarks on the review of the SP and send them to the Addl. DGP
L&O and Addl. DGP CID, so as to reach them on or before the 10th of
every month. The IGP SCRB should place the reviews of the districts with
the remarks of the Zonal Inspectors-General/DIGP to the Addl. DGP CID
before 25th of the month. He may prepare a brief resume for the week with
his comment and forward for perusal of the DGP through Addl. DGP CID.
The weekly crime report of CCRB shall be scrutinized by IGP SCRB and
forwarded to DGP for perusal through Addl. DGP and after perusal and
comments, if any by DGP, shall be retained in SCRB. The remarks of DGP,
if any, should be communicated to CsP/SsP.
22. The monthly statement of crime in Form 142 should accompany the review.
23. The Statistical Branch of the District City / Railway Police Office shall be a
Wing and part of the DCRB. This will ensure accurate preparation of the
statistics of crime in connection with the Monthly Crime Review and of the
returns to be submitted to the Zonal IG/DIGP and IGP SCRB.

1639
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

24. The Monthly Crime Review should be published in the Weekly Crime and
Occurrence Sheet.
25. At the end of the year, a consolidated review of the year’s crime should be
prepared dealing with the salient features, steps taken and results achieved.
26. Details of the crime committed by the habitual offenders should be dealt
with in the appropriate heads of crime, viz., Murder, Dacoity, Robbery, in
paragraph Nos. 2, 3, and 4 respectively. Information regarding the group of
habitual offenders, if any, to which the offender belongs, should be furnished
along with his name. In cases of housebreaking and thefts, details about the
said group etc. should be furnished in the remarks column of the tabular
statement in paragraph 5 (C) (Sub Order 8 - C). Regarding house thefts,
ordinary thefts, automobile thefts and cattle thefts, the above details should
be furnished after the tabular statement in paragraphs Nos, 6, 7 and 8.
Similarly, other types of professional offences, if any, should be reviewed in
paragraph 9 of the said Review.

1640
 FORM - 142 See Order No.761-22
MONTHLY STATEMENT OF CRIME FOR THE MONTH OF………………………
Figures for the current year Corresponding figures for the previous year
of the cases in Col. 4. of the cases in Column 12.

1641
Crimes
Reported in the Month under review
(excluding false cases)
Reported in the previous Month (excluding
false cases)
Reported up to the end of the Month under
review from 1st January (excluding false
cases)
Charged
Convicted
Discharged or acquitted
Referred as undetectable
Compounded
Reported in the Month under review
(excluding false cases)
Reported in the previous Month (excluding
false cases)
Reported up to the end of the Month under
review from Ist January (excluding false
cases)
Charged
Convicted
Discharged or acquitted
Referred as undetectable
Compounded
Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

(To be filled in col umn no. 1)

Murder,
Culpable Homicide not amounting to murder.
Dacoity, Robbery
House-Breakings (by Day) including attempts.
House-Breakings (by Night) including. House breaking attempts.
Thefts other than Cattle thefts.
Rioting, Kidnapping and Abduction.
Cheating Breach of trust.
Cyber Crime
Offences relating to Coin, Currency and Bank, Notes.
Administering of Stupefying Drugs.
Other cognizable Cases under the I.P.C.

Grand Total
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 1642
Total
1

Crimes
Cycles.

Fire-arms
Explosives.
Other types.
Copper wire.
2

Reported in the Month under review

(excluding false cases)
(To be filled in column no. 1)

Reported in the previous Month

3

(excluding false cases)

Motor Vehicles & Accessories

Reported up to the end of the Month under

4

review from 1st January (excluding false

Figures for the current year

cases)
5

Charged
6

Convicted
7

Discharged or acquitted
of the cases in Col. 4.

Referred as undetectable
9

Compounded
Reported in the Month under review
10

(excluding false cases)

Reported in the previous Month
11

(excluding false cases)

Reported up to the end of the Month under
review from Ist January (excluding false
12
cases)
Charged

13
Convicted

14
Corresponding figures for the previous year

15
Discharged or acquitted
THEFTS OF ALL KINDS OTHER THAN CATTLE THEFTS FOR THE MONTH OF.

16
Referred as undetectable
Compounded of the cases in Column 12.

17
Remarks

18
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

INFORMATION AS TO THE WORKING OF THE SECURITY SECTION

AND OFFENCES UNDER THE RESTRICTION OF
HABITUAL OFFENDERS ACT FOR THE
MONTH ENDING………………

In the current year up to Corresponding

Number of Person the end of the month figures for the
from 1st January previous year
Locals Non-locals Locals Non-locals

1.(a) Charged u/s 109 Cr.PC.

(b) Bound over u/s 109 Cr.PC.
2.(a) Charged u/s 110 Cr.PC.
(b) Bound over u/s 110 Cr.PC.
3.(a) Charged u/s 107 Cr.PC.
(b) Bound over u/s 107 Cr.PC.
4.(a) Charged u/s 106 Cr.PC.
(b) Bound over u/s 106 Cr..C.
5.(a) Charged under the Habitual
Offenders Act.
(b) Convicted under the Habitual
Offenders Act.

1643
 1644
1

Crimes
CLASS I.

Reported in the Month under review

2

(excluding false cases)

(e) Mail

Reported in the previous Month

(excluding false cases)
3

(f) Luggage vans.

(a) Pocket Picking
(b) Jewel snatching
(To be filled in column no. 1)

Reported up to the end of the Month under

4

Theft in running Passenger Trains.

review from 1st January (excluding false

Figures for the current year

cases)
(FOR RAILWAY POLICE ONLY)

(d) Personal effects in lower class

(c) Personal effects in upper class

Charged
5
6

Convicted
7

Discharged or acquitted
of the cases in Col. 4.

Referred as undetectable
Compounded
9

Reported in the Month under review

(excluding false cases)
10

Reported in the previous Month

11
(excluding false cases)
Reported up to the end of the Month under
12
review from Ist January (excluding false
cases)
Charged

13
THEFTS OF ALL KINDS FOR THE MONTH OF………………….

Convicted

14
Corresponding figures for the previous year

15
Discharged or acquitted

16
Referred as undetectable
of the cases in Column 12.
Compounded

17
REMARKS

18
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 CLASS II
Theft from passengers sheds and stationary Trains and on platforms.
(a) Pocket Picking
(b) Jewel snatching
(c) Luggage
(d) From stationary trains upper class
(e) From stationary trains lower class.
CLASS III
Thefts from running goods trains.
(a) of whole consignment.
(b) by extraction.
CLASS IV
Theft in yards and stationary Wagons
(a) of unshipped consignments
(b) during loading
(c) by extraction
(d) from sealed wagons.
CLASS V

1645
Theft in goods and parcel office.
(a) of whole consignment
(b) by extraction
CLASS VI
Thefts of Railway Materials.
(a) Iron materials from track and yard
(b) Stationery stores
(c) Coal thefts.
(d) Carriage fittings
(e) Dynamo belts
(f) Electric bulbs
(g) Miscellaneous
CLASS VII
Miscellaneous.
(a) Bi-cycles.
(b) Other materials.
TOTAL
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Advisory and crime memo books

762-1. The Bureau should watch arrests of gangsters, important accused in the
neighbouring districts / States, obtain the details of arrests, cross-check AP
Police intranet and communicate to concerned DCRB also. Maintain a
separate memorandum book in trefoil (in Form 28) for all the advisory and
crime warning memoranda issued by it. The book should be maintained in
chronological order and each memorandum issued by the Bureau should be
given a separate number, such as 1/Crime/98, 2/Crime/98, etc. The replies
to each memorandum should be sent by the concerned promptly and filed
with the office copy.
2. As soon as the Bureau receives information regarding the occurrence of
any serious and grave crime, the Bureau and analysis group should study the
indices maintained with a view to discovering whether any criminal of the
same modus operandi has operated in the area previously or has any relatives
or associates in the station limits or the neighbouring station limits and whether
any dossier criminal or any history-sheeted criminal who is out of view from
that station or a neighbouring station or any criminal who has returned from
jail recently is likely to have committed the offence. A quick analysis of the
information available from the scene about the profile of the criminal or
group and comparison with those with similar group or criminal in the data
bank, or any inputs or intelligence available should be made and leads should
be communicated by fastest means. The required data can be picked up by
the Bureau easily from (a) the history of crime, (b) modus operandi register
of all “out of view” history-sheeted persons, (c) register showing the dates
of release of dossier criminals and other history-sheeted persons, (d) general
subjects files, (e) modus operandi indices and of the dossiers. It should
however, be noted that the modus operandi is not the sole criterion for the
determination of the probable complicity of a criminal as many active criminals
adopt more than one modus operandi and commit different crimes also.
3. The Bureau should make a careful study of crime on receipt of crime cards
and crime details forms and other reports, weekly station reports, Crime and
Occurrence Sheets of neighbouring districts, and information regarding the
probable dates of release of dossier criminals and other history-sheeted
persons, criminal intelligence gathered through sources by the Detective PS
or Beat Police on the basis of such study and analysis should be sent direct
to the IOs under intimation to the SDPOs concerned, on the indication or
possibility of an out-break of crime and about the release of any dangerous

1646
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

criminals. Effort should be made to study the activities and profiles of

criminals or groups from outside the district or state, those at large and
places where they committed crimes earlier.
Quarterly return of photographing of dossier criminals

763-1. The Bureau should send a quarterly progress report on the photographing of
dossier criminals in Form 143, which should reach the IGP (SCRB), not later
than the fifth of the month following the quarter.
2. An explanatory note should be given stating as to why photographs have not
been taken for those mentioned in columns 5 and 6 of the Form 144.

FORM - 143 See OrderNo.763-1

QUARTERLY RETURN OF PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN BY DISTRICT
CRIME RECORDS BUREAU

District No. of Criminals No. of Criminals Total of Balance of Criminals to be Photo-

Photographed Photographed Columns graphed (This should include criminals
during the during the and 3. of previous years who are yet to be
previous quarter of quarter under Photographed).
the current year review
Present In Jail O.V.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

FORM - 144 See Order No.763-2

REGISTER OF VISITS TO THE DISTRICT CRIME RECORDS
BUREAU
Business Points
Name Date Purpose trans- dis-
cussed Signature Remarks,
and rank of of the acted with the Visiting Signature if any, of
Sl.No Date
of visiting last present Including DCB SI Officer. of DCBSI the S.P.
officer visit visit any and the
informa- result of
tion discus-
obtained sion
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1647
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Visits to and Inspections of the Bureau – Updating AP Police Intranet:

764-1. The Bureau is subject to the inspection of the Zonal IG/DIGP as well as by
IGP/Director SCRB, and will comply with their instructions.
2. All officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspector along with e-COPS PCs
stationed at the district/city headquarters should visit the Bureau once a
month and cross-check whether all arrests are updated in the Bureau as
well as in AP Police Intranet. Those stationed outside must visit the Bureau
whenever they visit the district Headquarters/Commissionerates or at least
once a quarter with a soft copy of their arrest data and upload / update in the
Bureau Computer net-work. A register in Form 145 should be maintained in
the Bureau to show the days on which and the purpose for which each
officer visited the Bureau and the business transacted during the visit. The
register will be written at the end of each visit and should be placed before
the SP immediately after each visit. The SP/ Addl. SP Admn / Crimes should
check up for updated entries in AP Police Intranet personally in the presence
of Dy.SP / Inspector of the Bureau and send memos/ instructions to the
concerned SI/CI for prevention and detection of offences. It should be
produced at the time of each inspection. Facilities should be provided in the
Bureau where visiting officers can sit, refer and study the relevant files go
through computer data bank, as also to retrieve information from any
computer system provided and take down notes. A library shall be maintained
in DCRB/CCRB.
3. Sub-divisional Police Officers must visit the Bureau along with his e-COPS
PC whenever they visit the district headquarters with soft copy of Sub-
Division Crime information and update Intranet data bank. Leave notes in
the visiting book as to the nature of work transacted and summary of
discussions held.
4. The SP/Addl. SP who is in direct charge of the Bureau assisted by a DSP /
Inspector shall daily monitor its activities. The SP/CP /SRP must remain in
touch and visit the Bureau as frequently as possible and make detailed
inspection once a year.
5. It is necessary that whenever a Senior Officer conducts the Inspection of
the DCRB or DPO, he must invariably inspect the Computer Centre as
well. They should check the following points during such inspections.
A. Check-up whether the Flooring, Roof, Wiring in the Computer Room
are as per directions.

1648
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. Check-up whether the Air Conditioners in working condition or not.

C. Check-up whether the UPS is in working condition or not and whether
the concerned company maintains the UPS or not. .
D. Check-up whether the computer and its peripherals are in working
order or not. Computer maintenance Register should also be verified.
E. Check-up whether the concerned company maintains the computer
or not. Verify computer maintenance Register.
F. Verify whether e-COPS PCs are attending to repairs regularly,
whether the concerned maintenance company is attending on the
complaints of the Units/Districts to rectify the problems of UPS and
computer of CCIS project.
G. Check-up the Logbooks, Monthly Reports Books, computer and UPS
maintenance registers.
H. Check-up whether the computer down time reports for every quarter
is being sent regularly to SCRB or not.
I. Check-up whether the operators are entering the e-COPS data
regularly and thresh holding the data to SCRB on a periodical basis
or not.
J. Verify whether the Integrated Investigation Forms are collected by
DCRB on par with the investigation and disposal of the case till it
closes.
K. Check-up the quality of data received through the Integrated
Investigation Forms. (Input forms for CCIS)
L. Check-up whether Memos are given to the I.Os. in respect of non-
receipt of Integrated Investigation Forms by the Unit Officer.

1649
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

764-6. District / City Traffic Records Bureau DTRB / CTRB)

District Traffic Records Bureau (DTRB) is created vide Chief Office

Memo in C.No. 04 / DGP / camp/2011 dt:25.06.2011, as a separate
cell with in the DCRB Unit following the formation of Bureau of
Road Safety and Traffic planning (BRT) by Government of India.
The DGP AP ordered that the SsP / CsP should form the DTRB /
CTRB (in cities) with one Inspector of Police, one SI of Police,
computer knowing Head Constable with computer facility exclusively
to deal with matter relating to B.R.T., D.T.R.B is mandated to send
monthly returns in the following proformae, in addition to form 183
XIV (A).

D.T.R.B. Form-1
Monthly report of Vehicle -wise Road Accidents for the month of…..
SI.No. Description of Vehicles No. of Accidents No. of Deaths No. of Injured

1 APSRTC
2 Private Busses
3 Lorries
4 Light Motors
5 Two Wheelers
6 Three Wheelers
7 Others
Total

District Traffic Accident Details :

1 Total No. of Accidents in the District
2 No. of Deaths
3 No. of Injured
4 No. of Accidents on State Highway
5 No. of Accidents on National Highway
6 No. of Accidents on Other Roads

1650
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D.T.R.B. Form-2
Proforma reply to Chief Office ( Rc.No.72/ L&O-III/2015-1 of DGP)
Over Convicted
Loading
Over loading of FIR Fine persons
Total MV Act., Cases Booked
Passenger Cases Amount
Goods (Period of
Name of the Sub-Division
Vehicles
Vehicles Imprisonment)
Total Fine Collected No. of
Cases
Sl. No.

No. of Vehicles Seized

No. of Vehicles Seized

Drunken driving
Fine Collected

Fine Collected
No. of Cases

Autos
Jeeps

D.T.R.B. Form-3
ANNEXURE – I
Quarterly report of details of Road Accidents on different types of road during
the 1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter ending i.e., Jan-Mar / Apr-June / Jul-Sep / Oct-Dec
Classification of Roads / Type of Accidents
Grievous
Classification of Roads

Fatal Minor Injuries Non injury Total

Injuries
No. of Accidents

No. of Accidents
No. of Persons

No. of Persons

No. of Persons

minor injury
grievously
Accidents

Accidents

Accidents

who got
injured
No. of

No. of

No. of
Killed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Roads Highway Highway
Other State National

Total

1651
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Quarterly report of reasons for road accidents on different types of Road

ANNEXURE – II D.T.R.B. Form-4
Details of Road Accidents on different types of road during the
1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter ending i.e., Jan-Mar / Apr-June / Jul-Sep / Oct-Dec
Type of Accident
Grievous Non
Fatal Minor injury injury Total
Injuries
SI. No.

No. of Accidents

No. of Accidents
No. of Persons

No. of Persons

No. of Persons
Reasons for

minor injury
grievously
Accidents

Accidents

Accidents

who got
accident

injured
No. of

No. of

No. of
Killed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Fault of Driver
2 Fault of passenger
than driver
3 Bad Road
4 Bad weather
5 Mechanical defects
in the vehicle
6 Fault of pedestrians
7 Other Specify
Total

1652
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Quarterly report on type of vehicles involved in Accidents in different type of roads

ANNEXURE – III D.T.R.B. Form-5
Details of Road Accidents on different type of roads during the
1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter ending i.e., Jan-Mar / Apr-June / Jul-Sep / Oct-Dec

Grievous Non
Fatal Minor injury injury Total
Injuries
SI. No.

No. of Accidents

No. of Accidents
No. of Persons

No. of Persons

No. of Persons
Type of Vehicles

minor injury
grievously
Accidents

Accidents

Accidents

who got
injured
No. of

No. of

No. of
Killed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 Trucks/Lorries
2 Buses (APSRTC)
3 Mini Buses (Including
Private Buses)
4 Cars/Jeeps
5 Three Wheelers
6 Two Wheelers
(Scooter, Motor
cycles, mopeds, etc.
7 Other Heavy vehicle
(Tractor/Vans)
8 Vehicles not known
9 Other Specify
Total

1653
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 41
Finger Prints, Foot Prints and Photographs
765-1. Fingerprints serve as the most valuable, infallible and accurate means of
personal identification, and have since long become an indispensable tool
in the investigation of crime and administration of justice. Investigation
of a crime is primarily meant to identify the person or persons responsible
for the crime, and fingerprints provide a scientific clue to the identity of
criminals connecting them to crime, crime scene (Principle of exchange).
It is admissible as scientific evidence u/s 45 IE Act.
2. It is essential for all Police Officers to acquire knowledge of the basic
principles and techniques of finger print identification. All police officers
should thoroughly familiarize themselves with instructions and procedures
set forth in this chapter and comply with them in their work. Good work in
tracing a criminal or clue to an offender obtained through skilful detection
and use of chance prints must be rewarded. This chapter and related
literature shall form an integral part of all Induction, In-Service and on-job
training courses of civil police. Specialist courses in the science of Finger
Prints and Foot Prints and other scientific aids detailed in Chapter 31 should
be designed and organized by APPA and all training institutions of the State.
3. The two fundamental principles of finger print science are (i) that the ridges
formed even before birth do not change until destroyed by decomposition
after death and (ii) that two fingerprints can be identical only if they are both
produced by the same finger of the same person. These two principles are
applicable to the entire palmar surface of the hands as well as plantar surface
of the feet.
4. The Fingerprint Bureau assists investigating agencies in -
A. furnishing criminal antecedents, providing the background of any
individual detained under suspicious circumstances,
B. tracing of out-of-view criminals,
C. establishing the identity of unidentified dead bodies,
D. linking the criminal to the crime through chance prints,
E. identifying of accused persons from the records maintained,
F. assisting in apprehending proclaimed offenders, absconders and
persons who escaped from prisons,
G. giving opinion in documents bearing disputed fingerprints and
H. imparting training to Police Officers.
I. Giving evidence in courts on the opinion furnished by the experts.

1654
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. Fingerprints have a role in prevention of crime and detection of crime.

Especially in cases of property offences and forgeries and fabrication of
documents.
6. Fingerprint slips are of two kinds (1) Fingerprint record slip, and (2) Fingerprint
search slip. The fingerprint record slip is prepared in Form 145 immediately
after a person is convicted or re-convicted and sent for record to the Bureau
along with the conviction memorandum (Form 131). The fingerprint search
slip is the FP slip of a suspect taken on Form 146 by the SHO and sent for
search to the Bureau at Police Head Quarters with Form 146 in order to
know his antecedents.

FORM - 145 See Order No. 765-6, 767-5, 767-18, 767-19,

768-4D, 770-4, 772-1, 772-4, and 784-1.
FINGER PRINT SLIP
Bureau Serial No ........................................................................................................
Full Name with aliases ................................................................................................
Father’s or Husband’s Name with aliases ..................................................................
Caste………………………….. Religion ..................................................................
Native Village ................................................. Native District ...................................
State .................................. Age .....................................Years...................................
Prisoner’s Signature or mark, if unable to write .........................................................
Finger Print Slip Classification number .......................................................................
Left thumb to be impressed immediately after Signature ............................................
RIGHT HAND

Right Right Right Right Righ

thumb Index Middle Ring little

(Fold) (Fold)

1655
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

LEFT HAND

Left Left Left Left Left

thumb Index Middle Ring little

(Fold) (Fold)

Left hand Right hand.

Plain prints of the four fingers Plain prints of the four fingers
taken simultaneously. taken simultaneously.
I certify that the above prints were taken by me and that they are the prints of
the person named above.
Signature and designation............................................................................................
Slip prepared on ................ by ................................ Rank.................District ............
Slip tested on ..................... by ................................ Rank.................District ............
Classified at Bureau by ........................................... Date ..........................................
Tested at Bureau by ................................................ Date ..........................................
*Reconvicted Slip previously sent for search. Counterfoil No…….of C.I.D.
Unidentified. of search slip is attached.
CONVICTIONS

Number and
Name Jail and
Court Calendar Police Station Names of
under Jail
Sl.No and Number Section Sentence and Crime identifying
which Admis-
District and Date Number Police
convicted sion
Officers.
Number
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

1
2
3
4
5

Place……………………..…. Signature……………………………

Date…………………………. Rank of Officer………………

* Score out in red ink inapplicable word.

1656
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 146 See Order No.765-6, 767-19 and 772-1.

FINGER PRINT SEARCH SLIP
FINGER PRINT SEARCH FINGER PRINT SEARCH (To be returned with the Finger
SLIP. SLIP Print Slip for record if the
person is convicted)
(To be retained by the Officer Form to be submitted with No________________of 20
submitting the slip) Finger Print Slip of S.R.
unidentified person.
(To be filled in the officer To be filled up in the Bureau)
No. submitting the slip).
To
No. Dated: 20 .
District The
Name given by accused
Name given by accused
Father’s name……Village… His No. Dated: 20
Date of despatch of slip Police Station…….District... Name given by accused
Date of taking Father’s name
Date of despatch of slip Date of receipt of slip
Finger Print Bureau to which The impressions Traced (Particulars to be given
Section under which sent up on the otherside) or untraced.
sent
Name (in full) of the officer Remarks, if any.
taking the impressions.
Date of expiry of remand. dated :
Address to which slip should be
returned
Remarks, if any
Director
Name and official Finger Print Bureau
designation in full of the
officer submitting the slip.

Particulars of the Person if traced. Search Slip

Name under which traced
(To be filled up in the Bureau)
Son of Caste
Name under which traced
Village
Son of
Police Station District
Pigeon hole No.
Convictions.
Date of the receipt of slip
Reference should now be made to the District where con- Date of reply
victed to prove identity and previous convictions and the Remarks if any
result reported as soon as the case is disposed of. If
witnesses to prove identity are not forthcoming, services Classified by
of an expert should be applied for and the previous con-
Checked by
victions proved under the Amendments to Sections 45
and 73, Indian Evidence Act of 1872, contained in Act V of Searched by
1899.
Date :
Director Director
Finger Print Bureau Finger Print Bureau
Police Head Quarters Police Head Quarters

1657
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

7. In the year 1999, State Police acquired an AFIS (Automated Finger Print
Identification System) and all the 10 digit Finger Print records slips of
State Finger Print Bureau including its District Units were computerized
and a database created. This Finger Print slips database consist two types
of slips. (1) one is FP slips of all individuals convicted (766-18) for the PIN
number (Personal Identification Number) and physical slips lies with State
FRB. (2) The second type of Finger Print slips are of all accused arrested
(766-19) in the Districts and sent for search against the convicted Finger
Print records database to know the antecedents and previous criminal history.
The physical slips of these slips lie with the concerned District FPB units
only.
Finger Print Bureaux

8. In each State, there is a Finger Print Bureau in which the fingerprints of

criminals are kept on record. Finger Print Bureaux of the States are located
at the following places:
Andhra Pradesh … Amaravathi
Andaman & Nicobar Islands … Port Blair
Arunachal Pradesh … Itanagar
Assam ... Guwahati
Bihar ... Patna
Chattisgarh … Raipur
Delhi (State) ... Delhi
Goa … Panaji
Gujarat ... Ahmedabad
Haryana. … Karnal, Madhuban
Himachal Pradesh … Shimla
Jammu & Kashmir … Srinagar
Jharkhand … Ranchi
Karnataka ... Bangalore
Kerala ... Thiruvananthapuram
Madhya Pradesh ... Bhopal
Maharashtra ... Pune
Manipur ... Imphal
Meghalaya ... Shillong
Mizoram … Aizol
Nagaland … Kohima
Orissa ... Bhubaneshwar
Pondicherry State … Pondicherry

1658
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Punjab ... Phillaur

Rajasthan ... Jaipur
Sikkim ... Gangtok
Tamil Nadu ... Chennai
Telangana … Hyderabad.
Tripura ... Agartala
Uttar Pradesh ... Lucknow
Uttaranchal … Dehradun
West Bengal ... Kolkata
9. The Central Finger Print Bureau at New Delhi, attached to the National
Crime Records Bureau is functioning at East Block VII, R.K. Puram, New
Delhi 110066 (Ph No. 011-26172349) tele fax. Correspondence can be made
with the Director CFPB at this address.
10. Address of the Andhra Pradesh Police Finger Print Bureau : CID. A.P.
Amaravathi.
The Government of AP vide G.O.Ms. No. 7 (Fin HR-II) dept. dt. 19-01-
2017 created 4 posts of DSP (FPB), 2 Posts of Inspectors (FPB) and
upgraded 30 posts of ASIs to that of SI of police (photography) including
ASI photography as SI (photography)
Fingerprints and the scene of crime

766-1. Fingerprints found at the scene of crime are known as chance prints. These
prints are found in three forms, i.e., visible prints, plastic prints and latent
prints (Invisible Prints).
A. Visible prints are those made by fingers smeared with some coloured
substances like blood, ink, paints, etc. Such prints can be seen easily with
the naked eye and require no development. They can be photographed for
preservation and comparison.
B. Plastic prints are those made on plastic or pliable materials such as soap,
melted candles, wax, tar, adhesive gum, etc. These prints also need no
development and can be photographed directly using oblique light.
C. Latent prints are those formed by the medium of sweat and they are the
most common type of chance prints available at the scene. As the name
indicates, and since they are formed through the medium of sweat, they are
indistinct and cannot be seen as easily as other types of prints. These have
to be developed either by chemical methods or by use of appropriate lighting/
rays (UV, IR etc.) in order to make them visible before they are photographed.

1659
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Procedure for preserving the scene of crime and for searching of chance
prints

2. The first duty of a police officer on arriving at the scene of crime is to

instruct everyone to keep his hands off the articles to be examined for latent
prints. The search for chance prints should be conducted carefully and
systematically. The search should start from the point of entry into the
premises, such as windows, ventilators, chimneys, roof holes, skylights where
chance prints are most commonly found. Thereafter the search should extend
to all places at the scene where the culprits moved during the commission of
crime, ending at the point of exit. All the articles suspected to have been
disturbed or handled by the offenders during the commission of offence
should be thoroughly examined.
3. Articles bearing chance prints at the scene of crime have to be preserved
from damage by unwanted persons and climatic conditions before the expert
examines them. Great care is to be taken by the Police Officer reaching the
scene first, to keep away-unconcerned persons and by collecting movable
articles, left in the open, and placing them in a safe place. A cover should be
put over immovable articles, protecting the chance prints from sun, rain and
dust. While doing so, no damage should be caused to the prints already
existing on the articles. The Police Officer should not leave his own prints
on them.
Development of Latent Fingerprints

4. Latent (Invisible) fingerprints found on various items at the scene of crime

can be developed to render them visible by spraying powders, solutions and
gases depending on the background and nature of print.

5. In case the articles are to be sent to the FPB for expert’s examination, they
should be packed with care and security by the Investigating Officer, so that
no damage is caused to the prints or articles during packing or transit either
by careless handling or friction from packing material.
Lifting of latent prints

6. When chance prints are found in narrow nooks and corners, or the inner
surfaces of jewel cases, jars and flower vases, where it is not possible to
photograph them, the clues of evidence should be secured and preserved by
the process of lifting. The method adopted in lifting FPs is to press the gummy

1660
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

surface of a transparent cellophane tape against the developed chance prints

without forming air bubbles lift it and transfer them to a contrast liftcards.
Lifting should be resorted to only for those prints where photography is not
possible, as there is every risk of the prints getting partly or wholly damaged
in the process. Lifting of chance prints also can be done on all surfaces after
photography, making use of latest methods like iodine fuming, ninhydrin,
glueing and applying multiple wave length light derived from Polilight, Poliray
etc. or Laser beams.
7. A. Write the name of the individual on the FP slip before taking his fingerprint
B. Furnish the address on a search reference as to whom the result of search
has to be communicated.
C. Furnish crime number on search reference at the time of arrest and also on
conviction memo after conviction of an individual.
D. Always use proper ink and pressure while taking fingerprints.
Fingerprints obtained on FP slips to be sent to FPB should be clear and fully
rolled.
E. Fingerprint slips along with a conviction memo must be sent to District F.P.
Unit and FPB for record after an individual is convicted.
F. Attest the conviction particulars entered on the reverse of the FP slip to be
sent along with conviction memo to FPB without fail.
G. Promptly report to FPB, in Form 147, about OV criminals in SHO’s
jurisdiction.

1661
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 147 See Order No.766-7G and 779-1.

REPORT TO THE FINGER PRINT BUREAU OF PERSONS WANTED
I. Name of the person wanted with aliases,
Aadhar card No. :
II. F.P.B. Serial No., or if not available, date of :
Despatch of F.P. slip by the D.C.B. to the
Bureau for record. :
III. Father’s name, Ph.No. and address :
IV. Name of convictions. :
V. Particulars of last conviction. :
Name under which convicted :
Court :
Date of sentence :
Case No. :
Sentence :
Jail and Jail No. :
VI. Why wanted— :
Station Crime number, Section and Date of warrant :
VII. To whom intimation should be sent when traced :
Submitted to the Finger Print Bureau through the
Superintendent of Police ...................... District
Station :
Dated: 20. : Officer in-charge of the Station.
Received report from.....................................Station on........................................and
intimation will be sent when traced.
Director,
Finger Print Bureau,
Police Head Quarters

1662
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

H. Remember always to use separate containers for preserving severed fingers

of an unidentified dead body.
I. Never allow any unauthorized person to disturb the scene of crime or articles
there and damage physical evidence left on them before the arrival of FP
Expert.
J. Always take care of the scene of crime articles which are exposed bearing
chance prints by providing shelter or cover to protect them from sun, rain,
dust etc., to prevent damage to the clues, before they are examined by an
FP Expert.
K. Always make it a point to utilize the services of a Fingerprint Expert if any
chance prints are suspected to exist on any article at the scene of crime.
Finger Prints Terminology

767-1. Finger Prints: Finger Prints include prints of the thumb, either ‘rolled’ or
‘plain’.
2. Rolled Prints: are prints obtained by completely rolling the inked thumb or
finger on the paper.
3. Plain Prints (Touch Prints): A ‘plain’ or ‘touch’ print is obtained by lightly
pressing the inked bulb of thumb or finger upon the paper without any turning
movement.
4. Digit: Means a finger, thumb or toe.
5. Ten digit finger print slip: A sheet of printed proforma (Form No. 145) on
which the prints of all ten fingers of a person/criminal/suspect are obtained
by the IO for being sent to FPB for record/search.
6. Finger Print Patterns: The finger print patterns are four types: (i) Arch
(ii) Loop (iii) Whorl (iv) Composites.
A. Arch: In plain Arch, the ridges flow or tend to flow from one side to
the other, with a rise or wave in the centre.
B. Loop: A loop is a pattern in which one or more ridges recurve in the
form of staples, with only one delta ordinarily.
C. Whorl: The whorl has two deltas and at least one ridge making a
complete circuit, which may be spiral, oval, circular, or any variant of
a circle.

1663
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D. Composite: A composite is a pattern with combination of two or

more patterns either of the same or different types in one print.
7. Core: Core is the inner terminus which is the approximate centre point of
the pattern.
8. Delta: Delta is the outer terminus of the pattern.
9. Chance Print: The prints likely to have been left by criminals at the
scene of crime are known as ‘chance prints’. Such prints are of three
types. (A) Visible (B) Semi visible or plastic prints and (C) Latent.
10-A. Visible prints: These prints are caused through media of colour, such as
ink, blood, grease etc., and can be seen with naked eye.
B. Semi visible or plastic prints: These prints are caused on soft substances
like soap, paraffin, melted wax etc., due to the pressure of fingers. These
prints can be seen under oblique light.
C. Latent prints: The prints which cannot be seen normally and are made
visible by development.
11. Identified: ‘Identified’ means a person whose residence and antecedents
are fully known to the investigating officer.
12. Unidentified: ‘Unidentified’ means a person whose residence and
antecedents are not known.
13. Traced: ‘Traced’ means a person whose antecedents and previous history
have been established from the records of the Finger Print Bureau.
14. Untraced: ‘Untraced’ means a person against whom no previous convictions
could be established from the records of the Finger Print Bureau.
15. Convicted: ‘Convicted’ means a person who has been found guilty for the
first time by a Court of Law for any offence.
16. Re convicted: ‘Re convicted’ means a person who, having been convicted
on one or more previous occasions, is again convicted.
17. Finger Print Slips: ‘Finger Print Slips’ are of two types: (A) Finger Print
Record Slip and (B) Finger Print Search Slip.
18. Finger Print Record Slip: ‘Finger Print Record Slip’ is the finger print slip
of a person prepared in Form 145 immediately after he is convicted or re
convicted and sent for record to the Finger Print Bureau along with Court
Disposal Form (Conviction Memorandum).

1664
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

19. Finger Print Search Slip: ‘Finger Print Search Slip’ is the finger print slip
of a suspect taken on Form 146 by the Station House Officer and sent for
search to the Finger Print Bureau with Form 146 in order to know his
antecedents.
20. Proficient: ‘Proficient’ means a police officer who is well acquainted with
the process of taking clear and well rolled finger print impressions.
21. Searcher (FP Asst. Sub Inspector): A “Searcher” means an officer
who has been declared by the Director, State Crime Records Bureau, AP,
Police Head Quarters, to be competent to examine and classify finger
impressions.
22. Expert (FP Sub Inspector): An ‘Expert’ means an officer who has passed
the All India Board Examination for FP Experts conducted by CFPB, NCRB,
New Delhi, and who has been declared by the Director, State Crime Records
Bureau A.P., Police Head Quarters, to be competent to examine, classify
and give expert opinion on finger impressions.
23. A ‘Foot Print Expert’ means an officer, not below the rank of a Sub Inspector
of Police, who has been declared by the Director, State Crime Records
Bureau A.P., Police Head Quarters, to be competent to take, examine, identify,
and give expert opinion on foot print impressions.
24. Provisional Criminal Number (PCN): It is a 12 digit number which is
given by the police station to each person arrested on suspicion, in respect
of whom a finger print search slip is sent to the Finger Print Bureau for
tracing his antecedents.
25. Regular Criminal Number (RCN): It is a 12 digit number allotted by the
Finger Print Bureau to a criminal when his finger print slip is received for
record in the State Bureau after his first conviction. This number does not
change on subsequent conviction(s) of the criminal.
26. Fingerprint Analysis and Criminal Tracing System (FACTS) is a computerized
fingerprint identification system by which even a single chance print can be
compared with the entire data base of all finger prints maintained by the
Finger Print Bureau.
27. Measurement: Measurement includes Finger and Foot impressions.

1665
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Nature of Finger Prints - Procedure and Precautions

768-1. A police officer is competent to take measurements and photographs of a
person who is convicted for an offence punishable with R.I. for one year or
more or of a person who is ordered to give security for good behavior U/s
118 Cr.P.C. A police officer is competent to take measurements of a person
only if that person has been arrested during investigation as per section 3
and 4 of Identification of Prisoners Act. Police Officers must comply with
the following instructions in Fingerprint Work.
Finger Prints of un identified dead bodies
2. Finger Prints of lepers should not be taken on any account. Fingerprints of
persons suffering from contagious or infectious diseases should not also be
taken until completely recovered.
Finger Prints: By whom to be taken
3. Finger impressions shall be taken only by officials who are well acquainted
with the procedure of taking clear and fully rolled impressions (preferably
by the investigating officer or the SHO himself).
Method of taking Finger Prints
4-A. Appliances: The appliances required for taking finger prints comprise a
glass slab, a rubber roller and printer’s black ink (thumb impressions ink).
These must be kept scrupulously clean and free from dust, grit and hairs.
The slab should be freshly cleaned before use each day, all particles of old
ink being rubbed off. The roller, when not in use, should be kept wrapped up
in a piece of clean oil paper. Both slab and roller should periodically be
cleaned with soap, benzene or kerosene. The pot of ink should be kept tightly
closed when not in use. The table used should be of correct height to keep
the subjects’ fore-arm in a horizontal position.
B. Preparation of appliances: The slab must be perfectly smooth and should
be wiped free of dust before use. A small quantity of ink should then be put
on the slab and the roller used to bring it down to the finest possible film, so
that the glass is dimly visible through the ink. Experience has shown that it is
easier to start with a very small quantity of ink and to increase it as necessary.
If excessive ink is applied to the slab, a sheet of paper laid on it and rolled
over with the roller will generally reduce it sufficiently. If the ink is dry and
thick, it will be found that with a little perseverance it can be worked up
smooth on the slab.

1666
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Inking the fingers: The fingers of the subject should be rubbed clean and
dry, as the slightest perspiration on the finger will cause blotches and blur
the print. Only the inner portion of the upper phalanges of the fingers should
be inked. To take a ‘rolled’ impression, the finger should be placed on the
inked slab, the plane of the nail being at right angles to the slab, and turned
over till the bulb surface, which originally faced to the left, now faces to the
right. For a ‘plain’ impression, the ridge surface of the finger should be
placed flat on the inked slab. The operator should always keep the subject
towards his right and uniform pressure maintained throughout the rolling
process keeping control over the subject’s hand and fingers. The operator
should not talk or otherwise distracted while taking finger prints to avoid
recording a print in wrong place.
D. Taking impressions: Prints must be taken on the authorized Finger Print
Slip (Form 145). In the slip, space has been provided for the ‘rolled’ prints of
all the ten digits, as well as for the ‘plain’ prints of the four fingers of each
hand. The headings of the slip are self explanatory.
E. Slips to be folded for taking ‘rolled’ prints: For convenience in taking
‘rolled’ prints, the slip should be folded at the line indicated and the fold
placed in line with edge of the table.
F. Order of taking prints: The ‘rolled’ prints of the right hand should be
taken first, each finger being inked and impressed before the next finger in
rotation is inked. When the ‘rolled’ prints of all the fingers of the right hand
have been taken, the ‘plain’ prints of the four fingers of that hand
simultaneously should be taken in the space provided for them on the slip.
The operator should then proceed to take the prints, ‘rolled’ and ‘plain’ of
the left hand in a similar manner.
G. Entry of details on slips: After the finger prints of both hands have been
taken , the slip should be turned over and print of the subject’s left thumb
should be taken in the space provided for the purpose. The subject’s name,
residence, and details of conviction should immediately be filled in on the
reverse of the form and he (the subject) should then sign on the form or put
his thumb impression, if unable to sign.
H. The Finger Print Slips of one subject should be completely filled in, before
that of another is commenced, to avoid the risk of the particulars of a subject
being entered in the wrong slip.

1667
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Points to be noted in preparing FP slips

5. The following points should be specially noted in preparing FP Slips:
A. Impressions must invariably be taken with the tip of the finger pointing
to the top of the form, except in the case of the ‘plain’ print of the left
thumb on the reverse of the slip.
B. The ‘rolled’ prints should show the complete contour of the bulbs of
the fingers. One delta in the case of the ‘loops’ and two in the case
of “whorls” should be visible.
C. The ‘rolled’ print of each finger must be taken in the space allotted
for that finger and the impression should not project beyond that
space. The impression of only the upper phalanx of the finger should
appear.
D. All names, whether of persons or places, should be written legibly.
All entries should be in English or Telugu and as concise as possible.
Convictions should be entered in chronological order.
E. On the FP Slips of females, whether sent for search or record, the
word ‘Female’ should be written boldly in red ink on the top right
hand corner of the slip containing impressions.
F. In the case of convicts who remain unidentified, of the two words
‘unidentified’ and ‘re-convicted’ appearing on the top left hand corner
of the slip containing the entries of convictions, the word ‘re-
convicted’ should be scored out in red ink.
G. In the case of re convicted persons whose finger prints are known
or believed to be already on record, the word ‘unidentified’, of the
two words referred to in (F) above, should be scored out in red ink, in
order that it may attract special attention in the Bureau and render it
impossible for two different slips of the same person being kept on
record.
H. FP Slips for dispatch should be so folded that the creases of fold do
not run through the prints.
Deformities

6. If a finger is missing or is so deformed that it is impossible to obtain an

impression that fact should be noted in ink in the space allotted for that
finger by words ‘missing’ or ‘deformed’. In the case of double fingers, the
prints of both the fingers should, if possible, be taken; otherwise the print of
the more prominent of the two should invariably be taken. Deformities, cuts,

1668
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

scars and disease marks interfering with the clarity of the impressions should
be fully described and it should be stated if they are temporary or permanent.
Fingerprints of persons suffering from open cuts or scars in any of the upper
phalanges of the fingers should not be taken until the cuts or scars have
healed.
Extra fingers

7. If a person has more than five fingers on a hand, impressions of the thumb
and the four fingers next to it should be taken in the squares allotted to them
on the slip. If the extra finger is outside the thumb, its impression should be
taken in the space on the slip before the thumb, and if it is outside the little
finger, in the space after the little finger.
Persons whose finger prints are to be taken for record

769. Finger Prints of all persons mentioned below (juveniles, adults, males, females
or eunuchs) should ordinarily be taken for permanent record:
1. All persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII and XVII of the Indian
Penal Code, which are punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of
one year or more.
2. All persons convicted of any offence under Chapter VI of Indian Penal
Code, or of sabotage or subversive activities against the State.
3. All persons convicted of offences with rigorous imprisonment of one year or
upwards and those convicted u/s 170 IPC.
4. All persons convicted under the Arms Act, NDPS Act or Excise Act, who
are suspected to be smugglers in arms, Narcotics etc. entailing enhanced
punishment on reconviction.
5. All persons convicted of smuggling gold, currency and valuable articles under
the Foreign Exchange Maintenance Act.
6. All persons ordered to execute bonds under Sections 109 and 110 of CrPC.
7. All traffickers in women and children who are convicted under Sections
363, 366A, 366B, 370, 370A, 372, 373 of the Indian Penal Code read with
sections 3 to 18 of Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, or
sections 3 to 7 of Immoral Trafic prevention Act, 1956.
8. All persons convicted under Section 5 of the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful
Possession) Act, 1950, for unlawful possession of telegraph wires.

1669
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

9. All persons convicted under Railway Property (Unlawful Possession) Act,

1966.
10. All professional criminals and persons of dangerous character externed from
any area under any State Act.
11. All foreigners externed under the Foreigners Act, 1946.
12. All members or leaders of organized crime syndicates and approvers in
gang, dacoity and criminal conspiracy cases.
13. Persons whose measurements or photographs are taken but released
discharged without trial or acquittal shall be destroyed unless the court, District
Magistrates or SDM for reasons to be recorded in writing otherwise directs
(U/s 7 of Identification of Prisoners Act).
14. All persons convicted for attempt or abetment (Section 511 or Section 109/
114 of the Indian Penal Code) and criminal conspiracy (Section 120 B of the
Indian Penal Code) for offences mentioned in this Order.
15. All Indian nationals convicted outside India of any offence for which finger
prints have been received at the State Bureau from those countries.
16. All international criminals and absconders whose finger prints are sent to
the State Bureau from countries outside India.
17. All persons convicted under the Explosives Substances Act, 1908.
18. All persons convicted under the Official Secrets Act, 1923.
19. All persons convicted under Sections 126 and 128 of the Indian Railways
Act, 1890.
20. Any other person whose fingerprints are ordered to be maintained by the
Government of India from time to time subject to the provisions of the
Identification of Prisoners Act.
21. Foreigners who are convicted for offences punishable with rigorous
imprisonment for a term of one year or upward under the Indian Penal
Code.
22. Persons registered under the Andhra Pradesh Habitual Offenders Act, 1962.
23. All persons, not specially provided for above, regarding whom it is considered
desirable that there should be a permanent record. These include:
A. persons of disreputable antecedents,
B. persons who take part in violent crimes, whether political or non
political, involving injury to body, life or property, and or indulge in

1670
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

rigging elections by impersonating or booth capturing by violent means

and convicted for the relevant offences at least once either under
IPC or RP Act or known habitually to indulge and organise such
activities including those for gain or other advantages.
24. The following classes of persons connected with political and terrorist
offences:
A. persons who use aliases or otherwise endeavour to conceal their
identity to facilitate commission of terrorist crime, or political offences
and
B. persons about whom because of their hidden activities, it is desirable
that there should be permanent record.
Note: The finger prints of persons, who are locals and who have been
convicted of offences of trivial nature, need not ordinarily be taken.
Procedure regarding fingerprint slips to be sent by Station
House Officers for record in Finger Print Bureau through
District Crime Records Bureau.
770-1. It is the responsibility of SHOs of L&O/DPS/Inspector in charge of
investigating unit to take the finger prints of persons who, on conviction,
have to be finger printed in terms of Order 769 above.
2. Five sets of finger prints (three sets only in the case of persons falling under
items (21) to (23) of Order 769) shall be taken on the arrest of an accused
person and the name and other particulars filled in, immediately after the
prints have been recorded.
3. Resistance to, or refusal to allow, the taking of finger prints is an offence
under Section 186 of the Indian Penal Code read with Section 6 of the
Identification of Prisoners Act. If a person, who is required to allow his
finger prints to be taken, resists, or refuses to allow, the taking of the same,
it shall be lawful, under Section 6 (1) of the Identification of Prisoners Act,
to use all means necessary to secure his person for taking such prints.
4. The Station House Officer or the concerned officer will, at the time of arrest,
fill up the description of the arrested person in Form 146, sign on the first
page, and send one set for search direct to the State Bureau.
5. If the person charged is convicted, all the particulars of the conviction should
be filled in and, if the convict has previous convictions, all particulars of his
previous and present convictions in the chronological order with their Finger
Print Bureau serial numbers and regular criminal number shall be entered in
the second and third sets of finger print slips and forwarded to the District

1671
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Crime Records Bureau, together with the Court Disposal Form (Conviction
Memorandum).
6. The finger print slip should be folded in accordance with the directions on
the form.
7. Should the Superintendent of Police decide on the Court Disposal Form
(Conviction Memorandum) that the finger prints of an accused person
undergoing imprisonment in a jail are to be recorded, the Court Disposal
Form (Conviction Memorandum) will be numbered and forwarded with the
finger print slip to the District Crime Records Bureau of the district, in which
the jail where the prisoner is imprisoned, is situated. If the finger print slip is
obviously unfit for record in the Bureau, the Finger Print Head Constable
attached to the District Crime Records Bureau of the district in which the
jail is situated will prepare a fresh slip and make it available to Finger Print
Expert, who will proceed according to the instructions in Order 775.
8. Persons who are likely to pass quickly out of custody : In the case of a
person sentenced to fine or imprisonment in the sub jail, the Station House
Officer will proceed as directed in sub order (7) above. If the Superintendent
of Police or, subject to his general supervision, the Sub divisional Officer,
decides that it is unnecessary to send the finger prints for record, the slip will
be destroyed. If he decides to the contrary, he will forward the finger print
slip direct to the State FP Bureau for record and return the Court Disposal
Form (Conviction Memorandum) to the Station House Officer. Such finger
print slips and Memoranda will be numbered and placed on the file but will
not be submitted to the Expert (Tester).
Finger Print Slips to be sent for record to the Central Finger Print Bureau
through the State Bureau.
771-1. Finger print slips of all persons convicted for offences mentioned in the
Order 769 should be sent to the State Bureau, along with a duplicate finger
print slip in each case for record in the Central Finger Print Bureau. The
finger print slips intended for record in the Central Finger Print Bureau should
be sent through the State Bureau and not direct. However the finger print
slips of suspects, intended for search to trace their antecedents, can be sent
to CFPB directly by the SHO.
Procedure for sending finger print slips by DCRB to the State and
the Central Bureau
2-A. One set of finger print slips of all persons convicted of any offence mentioned
in items (1) to (23) of Order 769 shall be prepared by the District Crime

1672
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Records Bureau for being sent to the Central Finger Print Bureau, in addition
to the number of sets required for the State Bureau.

Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh

Police Police Police Police

OfficeCopy. To be filed in CFPB To be filed in FPB To be filed in DCB

Cheque No. Dist. Cheque No. Dist. Andhra Pradesh, Cheque No. Dist.

Dated: Dated: Dated:

Cheque No.
To To To
The Superintendent The Superintendent Dated: The Superintendent
of Police of Police To of Police
The Director, FPB., ..................District
Central FPB, Central FPB,
Andhra Pradesh,
Calcutta Calcutta
Through
Through Through
Acknowledges the
The Director, FPB,
The Director, FPB, The Director, FPB, receipt of the FP
Andhra Pradesh,
Andhra Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Slips of the following
convicts sent for
record. FP
Acknowledges the
Forwards F.P. Slips Forwards F.P. Slips of Classifications are
receipt of the FP
of the convicts named the convicts named noted against each.
Slips of the following
below for record below for record
convicts sent for
Superintendent of
record. FP
Superintendent of Superintendent of Police,
Classifications are
Police Police CFPB, Calcutta.
noted against each.
......................District ......................District
Sl. No. Superintendent of
Serial No. ................. Forwarded Police,
Name
Director, FPB.,
Name ....................... A.P.FPB. Sl. No. CFPB, Calcutta.
Father’s Name .......... Central FPB. }
Sl. No. Forwarded
Name Classification.} Director, FPB.,
A.P.FPB. Sl. No.
Central FPB. } Sl. No.
Classification.} Name
A.P.FPB. Sl. No.
Central FPB. }
Classification.}

B. The District Crime Records Bureau, with the help of District Finger Print
Unit staff, should scrutinise the slips for clarity of prints and the correctness
of entries before sending these slips for record to the State and Central
Bureau.
1673
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. While sending finger print slips for record, despatch memoranda (Form 148)
should be used, filling the relevant entries in all the foils of the Form.
FORM - 148 See Order No.771-2-C,771-2-D.
PROFORMA FOR SENDING FINGER PRINT SLIP TO CFPB.
D. All finger print slips of convicts for record at the Central Finger Print Bureau
shall be sent in triplicate despatch memoranda (Form 148) through State
Bureau. When the State Bureau sends finger print slips for record to other
Bureaux, it shall issue triplicate despatch memorandum along with these
finger print slips.
E. In no case, should finger print slips of more than ten persons be sent under a
single despatch memorandum.
Procedure for sending finger print slips by the State Bureau to the Central
Bureau

3-A. The State Bureau shall maintain a register (in Form 149) to keep an account
of the despatch memoranda received from the District Crime Records
Bureaux.
FORM - 149 See Order No.771-3- A.
REGISTER FOR FINGER PRINTS TO BE MAINTAINED IN STATE
BUREAU FOR CENTRAL FINGER PRINT BUREAU
District.........................................
State............................................
Date of despatch of D.C. or invoice to the district
Number of slips returned to district for correction
Despatch Cheque or Invoice number and date

classification formula from Central Finger Print

Number of Finger Print slips sent to Central

Date of receipt of the D.C. or invoice with

Signature of the Expert taking action.

Finger Print Bureau by State Bureau

Local Bureau Finger Print number

Number of Finger Print slips sent

Signature of Expert taking action

District Finger Print Number

Serial Number

Date of receipt

Remarks
Bureau

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1674
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. The State Bureau, on receipt of finger print slips meant for record at the
Central Bureau, shall once again examine the clarity of finger impressions,
scrutinize the order of impressions and entries on the slips, and return to the
District Crime Records Bureau those finger print slips that are unfit for
record or do not contain full particulars.
C. The State Bureau, which is to issue despatch memoranda for sending finger
print slips to the Central Finger Print Bureau, New Delhi shall also maintain
a register similar to one mentioned at (A) above.
D. The State Bureau shall forward to the Central Bureau only such finger print
slips that are fit for record and contain correct particulars.
E. The State Bureau shall keep an account of the finger print slips returned to
the District Crime Records Bureau for rectification of defects.
F. The State Bureau shall ensure that all finger print slips returned for
rectification of defects are submitted to the Central Bureau under a fresh
despatch memorandum.
G. All intimations regarding absconders shall be sent by the State Bureau to the
Central Bureau (and, if required to the FPBx of other States) under a despatch
memorandum along with a finger print slip, if available, with particulars of
the case in which they are wanted, and the office to which the intimation of
arrest is to be given (in BLOCK LETTERS).
H. In the case of intimation regarding absconders, whose finger print slips are
not available, the State Bureau shall send a photocopy of the F.P. record slip
of the State under a despatch memorandum.
I. The State Bureau shall ensure that finger print slips of persons convicted for
the first time and finger print slips of persons re convicted are sent under
separate despatch memoranda.
J. In sending finger print slips of persons traced by the Central Bureau, the
formula supplied by the Central Bureau on the search slip shall be noted on
the finger print record slip of the State Bureau.
K. The State Bureau, on receipt of duplicate despatch memoranda, with
classification formula, from the Central Bureau, shall file one copy at the
State Bureau and send the other to the District Crime Records Bureau.
L. The State Bureau shall ensure that intimation regarding absconders is
despatched to the Central Bureau within a week from the date of its receipt
of the information.

1675
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

M. The State Bureau shall ensure that all finger print slips meant for record at
the Central Bureau are despatched within a week from the date of its receipt
of the slips.
N. The State Bureau shall ensure that one extra copy of each finger print slip of
inter State/international criminals, illicit fraud explosives traders and smugglers,
‘auto’ thieves, hotel thieves, poisoners, forgers of currency, cheats and coiners
those who deal in forged or false travel documents and certificates is taken
for single digit record at the Central Bureau and sent to the Central Bureau
with a short note on the modus operandi.
O. The State Bureau shall bring to the notice of the Central Bureau all new
features regarding the science of identification from fingerprints observed
by them and any forgery of fingerprints, which they may come across.
P. The State Bureau may refer to the Central Bureau for scrutiny any case of
difference of opinion arising between two State Bureaux.
Q. The State Bureau may seek the help of the Central Bureau in solving all
problems relating to the science of identification from papilary ridges.
R. All correspondence with the Central Bureau shall be addressed to the Director,
Central Finger Print Bureau/NCRB, RK Puram, East Block VII, New Delhi
110066. (NCRB Ph Nos. EPBAX 011-26105353, 011-26172324)
Search slips to be sent by Police Stations and Investigation Units
772-1. The finger prints of all unidentified persons who are arrested as suspects or
are under trial on a criminal charge will be taken on Form 145 by the SHO/
IO and submitted to the District Finger Print Bureau for search with a Search
Slip in form 146. In such cases, the search slip should contain full details of
the circumstances under which the suspect has come into the hands of the
police and also information regarding convictions, with the Bureau serial
numbers, if known. The State Bureau will return the counterfoil of the search
slip, duly filled in, for file with the trifoil in the Police Station.
2. For this purpose, every person in custody whose residence and antecedents
are not known or have not been fully ascertained during police investigation,
or of persons, who, though known, have been out of view for some time, will
be considered to be ‘Unidentified’.
3. Action after conviction: If the person is convicted, the counterfoil of the
search slip should be returned to the State Bureau with Finger Print Slip for
record.

1676
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. The finger prints of all unidentified persons who are arrested as suspects or
are under trial on a criminal charge, taken on Form 145 by the Station House
Officer, will be forwarded also to the District Finger Print Unit of the district
for comparison with the ten digit Finger Print Record maintained by them as
also the photo chance prints.
Submission of Finger Print Slips for search to the Bureau of the State of ar-
rest as well as to the Bureau of Home State of the criminal

773-1-A.The Finger Print slips of all unidentified persons reasonably suspected to be

residents of, or to have extended their criminal operations to another State
or States shall be sent for search direct to the Bureau/ Bureaux of the State
or States of which they are residents or to which their operations are believed
to have extended.
B. Copies of all such slips should be sent to FPB, Police Head Quarters as well
for search and on the slip sent to FPB, Police Head Quarters, it should be
indicated to which other Bureaux slips have to be sent for search.
Method of proving previous convictions in traced cases

2-A. If on the return of the search slip from the Bureau, it is found that previous
convictions have been traced against the accused, steps should be taken to
prove such previous convictions, when necessary, under Section 298 of the
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (Act No.2 of 1974) which requires:
a. that a certified copy of the previous conviction should be filed; and
b. that the identity of the accused should be proved.
B. Proof of last conviction will generally suffice: In the case of a person
who has been previously convicted more than once, it will generally be suffice
to prove last conviction only, provided that the former convictions were
proved in that case and are mentioned in the judgment.
C. Method of proving identity of accused : The identity of the accused
should ordinarily be proved by the evidence of a police officer who is
personally aware of the previous convictions or by a prison officer who can
recognise the accused as the prisoner who underwent the previous sentence.
However, if such witnesses to identity cannot be obtained, identity may be
proved under Section 45 and 73 of the Indian Evidence Act, by means of
expert evidence, for which purpose the record slip must be obtained from

1677
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

the Bureau by which the accused was traced and services of an “Expert”
requisitioned from the State Finger Print Bureau at Police Head Quarters.
Finger Prints of persons convicted in one State whose origin is another
State

774-1. The finger prints of persons convicted in one State who are believed to have
had their origin in another State, though not actually identified as residents
thereof shall be taken in triplicate and sent to the Bureau of this State, one
copy for record in the State Bureau, one copy for the Finger Print of the
District Unit for record and comparison with the photo chance prints and the
third for transmission to the Bureau of the State of origin of the convict.
Finger Prints of adolescents sent to a special Institution

2. The Finger Prints of an adolescent sent to special institutions like Juvenile

Homes should be sent for record to the Bureau of the State of which he is a
resident and a copy kept in the Bureau of the State in which he is convicted.
Transfer to another jail

3. If a convict is transferred from a jail in one district to a jail located in another

district before the arrival of the Tester (Expert), the Superintendent of Police
of the district from which the prisoner has been transferred will forward the
finger print slip and Court Disposal Form (Conviction Memorandum) to the
Superintendent of Police of the district to which the prisoner has been
transferred where it will be placed with the other slips of the district awaiting
test. In case of a district without a district/central jail the finger print slips
and the Conviction memoranda will be sent to the Superintendent of Police
of the district where the jail in which the convict is imprisoned is located.
Such slips with the conviction memoranda will, after test, be returned to the
Superintendent of Police of the district of conviction for transmission to the
State Bureau.
Responsibility of Tester (Expert)

775-1. The Tester (Expert), while proceeding to a jail to test the slips, will take with
him the files containing the Court Disposal Forms (Conviction memoranda)
and fingerprint slips, besides a letter from the concerned Superintendent of
Police addressed to the jail authorities. In conducting the test, the Tester
(Expert) will prepare for each prisoner a slip in Form 150 and will satisfy
himself that the prints have been properly taken on the original finger print

1678
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

slips and that they are those of the convict named in the slip, that all the
particulars recorded in the slip are correct, that all convictions are properly
and correctly entered and that the required number of copies have been
taken. Any mistakes should be brought to the notice of the Superintendent of
Police. Finger print slips on which the impressions are blurred or indistinct
should be rejected and should be replaced by fresh slips prepared by the
Tester (Expert); but where the finger print slips prepared by the Station
House Officer are sufficiently clear, those slips should be sent to the State
Bureau for record.
FORM - 150 Order No. 775-1.
TESTER’S FINGER PRINT SLIP
Name of convict...................................... Jail No..........................

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

Plain Print of the four fingers. Plain prints of the four fingers.
Taken simultaneously. Taken simultaneously.

Rolled impression of Rolled impression of

Left thumb. Right thumb.

*******

2. After having tested the slips, the Tester (Expert) will note the word “Tested”
with his initials and date (i) against the prisoner’s name in the jail admission
registers, (ii) in the District Crime Records Bureau Finger Print Register,
(iii) on the back of the conviction slips, and (iv) on the history tickets.
3. The Tester (Expert) is responsible for the correctness of the convictions and
all other details entered by him or the Station House Officer on the reverse
of the slip. He will sign each slip that he has tested and his signature will be
held to show that he has verified the sentence, previous convictions and
personal details of the convict from the judicial and jail records.

1679
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Disposal of finger print slips and Court Disposal Forms (conviction memo-
randa)

776-1. Finger Print Slips and Court Disposal Forms (conviction memoranda), after
they have been tested will be made over by the Tester (Expert) to the
Superintendent of Police, who will send the slips with their relative Court
Disposal Forms (conviction memoranda) to the State Bureau, provided that
the time of appeal is over or the appeal (if any) has been decided.
2. Every finger print slip sent for record in the State Bureau shall be accompanied
by its relative Court Disposal Form (conviction memoranda). The State
Bureau will return the Court Disposal Form (conviction memorandum) duly
signed by the Director, Finger Print Bureau, with the PIN (Personal
Identification Number) should be mentioned and Regular Criminal Number
noted in the space provided for the purpose. On receipt of the Court Disposal
Form (conviction memorandum) from the State Bureau, the Superintendent
of Police will send it to the Station House Officer, who will enter the Bureau
serial number and Regular Criminal Number in the concerned Station records
and keep the conviction memo in connected file. In subsequent references
to the State Bureau, this serial number shall invariably be quoted.
Number of copies of slips required for record

777-1. Of ordinary convicts convicted in their home State, two copies will be taken,
one for record in the State Bureau and one in the District Finger Print Unit
of the concerned district.
2. Of all convicts, who;
A. are wanderers, unidentified or whose operations are known to extend
beyond the limits of their home State, or
B. though residents of the State of conviction are really outsiders and
are thus likely to have relations with criminals of other States, or
C. have been notified under the Andhra Pradesh Habitual Offenders
Act, 1962, and are known or believed to be connected with organised
gangs in other States, or
D. have been convicted of theft of firearms and ammunition or under
Arms Act, NDPS Act or Excise Acts, in circumstances which render
it likely that they are illicit inter State dealers in arms and ammunition,
opium, cocaine, drugs or psychotropic substances, or members of an
organised crime syndicate or a terrorist.

1680
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

E. who have been convicted under Section 328 r/w 379 of the Indian
Penal Code, if the offence was of a professional type or under Sections
231 to 253 of the Indian Penal Code, and Sections 489 A to 489 D
and who are believed to be operating in other States, as many copies
will be taken as are required for record in (i) the State Bureau, (ii)
District Finger Print Unit (iii) the Bureau of the State of which the
convicts are alleged to be residents or to which their operations are
known to have extended, and (iv) the Central Finger Print Bureau,
NCRB, New Delhi.
3. Of a foreigner convicted of an offence of the type in which finger prints
would ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, the finger prints and
photographs should be taken in duplicate and sent by the Superintendent of
Police of the district in which the case was registered, one for record in the
State Bureau and the other for transmission to the Central Finger Print Bureau.
Prisoner’s Escape to be immediately reported to the Bureau

778. When a prisoner escapes from police or jail custody and his finger prints
have been taken previous to his escape, the finger print slip, whether it would
otherwise be forwarded to the State Bureau or not under the rules, should
be forwarded to the State Bureau at once with particulars of the
circumstances of the escape, so that it may be placed on record. When the
slip has already been forwarded, it will be necessary to inform the State
Bureau of the escape, in order that the slip may be suitably marked in
accordance with Order 781 below.
Action on finger printed ex convicts absconding

779-1. If any person whose finger print slip has been sent for record is subsequently
declared a proclaimed offender, or escapes from jail or police custody, or
absconds after committing some offence, the Station House Officer will
immediately send information in Form 147 to the Superintendent of Police
for transmission to the State FP Bureau. The same procedure will be followed
when a criminal for whom a History Sheet is maintained in a station goes out
of view.
2. On receipt of the report referred to in sub order (1) above, a red slip in Form
151 will be attached to the slip so that immediate information may be given
to the police by whom the absconder is wanted, in the event of the absconder’s
finger prints being subsequently traced. In such cases, a copy of the finger
print slip, if available, or the PIN (Personal Identification Number) should be

1681
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

mentioned will be sent by the Bureau receiving the report to the other Bureaux
in which the absconder’s fingerprints are on record.
FORM - 151 See order No.779-2
RED SLIP – IMMEDIATE INFORMATION TO P.S.

Absconder
O.V.K.D. of ................................................................................................... Station

Name ..........................................................................................................................
Case for which .....................................................................................................
wanted; date .....................................................................................................
Warrant, etc. .....................................................................................................

Intimation of .....................................................................................................
arrest to be .....................................................................................................
sent to .....................................................................................................
Vide letter from ................................... No ..................................................................
Dated .............................

C.No.__________________ of Director
O.V. Finger Print Bureau,
Police Head Quarter

( To be Printed in Red Paper )

Report of deaths

780. If a convict whose fingerprints have been taken dies in the jail, the
Superintendent of Police of the district in which the deceased was convicted,
will forward a death report in Form 152 to the State FP Bureau. Should such
convict die in jail after transfer, the Superintendent of Police of the district in
which the jail is situated, will forward the death report to the SP of the
district in which the deceased was convicted, who will forward the same to
the State FP Bureau.

1682
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 152 See order No.780

DEATH REPORT OF A CONVICT

DEATH REPORT OF A CONVICT DEATH REPORT OF A CONVICT

WHOSE FINGER PRINT SLIP IS WHOSE FINGE RPRINT SLIP IS
ON RECORD IN THE FINGER ON RECORD IN THE FINGER
PRINT BUREAU. PRINT BUREAU.

1. Name 1. Name

2. Father’s Name 2. Father’s Name

3. Residence 3. Residence (1) Village

(2) Police Station
4. Details of last conviction
(3) District
5. Date of Death
4. Last conviction (1) Court
6. Jail No. (2) Date and C.C.No.
7. Date of despatch to Finger Print (3) Section
Bureau (4) Sentence
5. Death (1) Place
(2) Date
(3) By whom reported
6. Jail No.
7. Bureau Serial No.
District
Station Signature

Maintenance and scrutiny of Finger Print Slips by the State Bureau

781-1. All classifications and arrangements of slips will be done in the State Bureau
in accordance with the instructions contained in the book ‘classification and
uses of Finger Prints’ by Sir E.R. Henry.
After computerization of State Finger Print Bureau, the arrangements of FP
slips done away with in the District Units and State Bureau according to
PIN numbers.
2. Punctual disposal of search slips: All slips received for search will be
returned by the State Bureau, after due search, to the Station House Officers
concerned within 24 hours of receipt, as far as possible.

1683
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Slips received for record to be carefully scrutinised: Every slip received

for record shall be carefully scrutinised before being classified, checked and
recorded. If found deficient in any respect, it will be returned with an objection
memorandum in Form 153 for the submission of amended or fresh slip. If
the prints in a slip are found to be smudged or otherwise unfit for comparison,
a fresh slip has to be taken by the Finger Print Head Constable in the Jail
before it was tested by the Tester (Expert).
FORM - 153 See order No.781-3.
FINGER PRINT OBJECTION MEMORANDUM
No. No.
Finger Print Bureau, ……………….……………
Andhra Pradesh …………….……......20 .
…………..…..20.
To To
The Superintendent of Police The Director,
………………………….…….. Finger Print Bureau,
Andhra Pradesh.
Returns herewith the finger print slip of the
prisoner named below, forwarded with his
No……………………dated……………….
for reasons noted as Point………
..............……………………………………
(Space for Prisoner’s Name)
Requests that the Name be re-submitted with-
out delay after necessary action has been
taken.
1. The rolled impressions are so faint and
blurred that no sub-classification is pos-
sible.
2. The rolled impressions have not been
taken in their proper places.
3. The plain impressions have not been taken
simultaneously nor in the place assigned
for them.
4. The plain impressions of the Right/Left
hand do not tally with the order of the

1684
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

rolled impressions of that hand.

5. The impression of the …………. finger
has not been fully rolled.
6. The name, father’s name and place of
the convict’s residence have not been duly
noted.
7. The convictions noted on the slip are in-
complete and wanting in the following
particulars:-
(a) Name of the Headquarters Station of
the Magistrate or Court.
(b) Calendar Number and date of
sentence.
(c) Section of law under which
convicted.
(d) Sentence, substantive or in default of
payment of fine.
(e) Name of Jail and Jail admission
number.
(f) Numbers and names of Police
Officers to prove the conviction.
(g) Crime Number and Name of the
Police Station.
8. The previous convictions have not been
entered through Section 75, I.P.C., has
been applied to the present conviction.
9. The Officer preparing/testing the slip has
not signed his name.
10. The Date on which the slip was prepared/
tested has not been given.
11. The slip has been submitted before the
time for appeal is over.
12. The entries in the slip are in a language
other than English.

1685
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

13. The age of the convict has not been fur-

nished.
14.(a) The alternate headings at the top (im-
pression side) have not been scored
out.
(b) Counterfoil of the search slip has not
been attached.
Director Finger Print Bureau.
4. Removal of slips on receipt of death report: The slips of a person
reported to have died in jail will be removed from the record and destroyed
at once. In case of the reported death of a person other than in jail, the date
of death will be marked in red ink across the slip, which will remain in the
record for another two years when it will be removed and destroyed.
5. Periodical Elimination of Finger Print Slips: All slips should be examined
annually and, in the absence of any special reasons to the contrary, those
enumerated below shall be withdrawn from the record and also from the
data entered in the computers.
A. In the case of a person who is a professional poisoner, note forger,
coiner, arms smuggler, organized crime syndicate or gang members
or leader or a habitual offender notified under the Andhra Pradesh
Habitual Offenders Act, 1962, on his attaining the age of 80 years or
on his death whichever is earlier.
B. In the case of any other person:
a. If he has not more than two convictions in his native district
(not having been convicted outside his native district) and has
not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case
may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry
of ten years from the date of his release or last release from
jail, as the case may be; or
b. If he has been convicted outside his native district or has more
than two convictions in his native district and has not more
than two convictions in his native district and has not subsequent
to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been
suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of 15 years
from the date of his release or last release from jail, as the
case may be; or

1686
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

c. on his attaining the age of 80 years; or

d. on his death, whichever is the earlier.
6. To prevent the possibility of wrong destruction of a finger print slip in the
Bureau, slips withdrawn from record will be sent to the Superintendent of
Police/C.P. concerned for information and destruction. The SP will pass
them on to the Sub divisional Officer/ACP concerned for necessary action.
If the Sub divisional Officer has any objection to the destruction of any
particular slip, he should return it to the Bureau through the Superintendent
of Police explaining fully why he wants it to be retained.
7. Distribution of slips by Bureau of State of conviction: All copies of
slips taken for record shall be forwarded by District Crime Records Bureaux
to the State Bureau, which in turn will transmit the slips intended for other
State Bureaux, noting on all copies the names of the other Bureaux in which
the finger prints are on record.
8. The destruction of finger print slips, which are on record in other Bureaux,
will be intimated to those Bureaux by the State Bureau.
District Finger Print Units

782. District Finger Print (DFP) Units have been created and established in all
the districts and cities to provide means for rapid identification and expeditious
comparison of chance prints left by criminals at the scene of crime with the
finger print records maintained by such DFP units. To ensure this objective
and to provide means for rapid identification and expeditious comparison of
chance prints left by criminals, the SP/DCP shall take steps to arrange for
adequate staff to be within the reach of Detective Police Station.
The DFP Units are under administration control of Addl.DGP, CID
and technical control of Director, FBP, but their functional control
lies with concerned SP/CP.
783. Originally Single digit FP System was devised by Harry Battley who was
the in-charge of Fingerprint Bureau, Scotland Yard, UK.The DFP unit which
is created is required to perform the following functions :
After computerization of Finger Print records the Single Digit Finger
Print system was discarded and District finger print unit was created.
The SP/CP of the District / City will provide the following
infrastructure / man power / resources for smooth and effective
functioning of District Finger Print Units.
1687
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Suitable accommodation in SP/CP office for the following should be

provided by SsP/CsP concerned.
1. For installation and maintenance of independent
AFIS.(Automated Finger Print Identification System) with
provision of network.
2. Space for one Inspector, One SI and two ASIs with the facility
of computer tables to enable them work with desktops.
3. A good condition four wheeler Vehicle for visiting scenes of
crime.
4. Two PC drivers for the Mobile Vehicle to operate round the
clock and one home guard for assisting the staff in crime scene
processing.
5. Consumables such as development Powders, brushes, CD/
DVDs, batteries, camera cells, stationery etc., for day to day
operation.
6. Payment of repair charges for UPS, Printer and Digital
Cameras, Video cameras etc.
7. Mobile Cell phones to the staff of District Finger Print units
for immediate communication between IOs and the higher
officers regarding visiting scene of crimes.
8. Extension telephone from City/District police EPBAX exchange
for office and residence of Finger Print Inspector who is the
incharge of District CLUES teams.
Functions of the District Finger Print Unit staff

1. To visit the scene of crime along with investigating officer if possible or

separately for detection and development of chance prints whenever
requisitioned.
2. To visit the Police Stations and investigating teams within the District for
collection of finger print slips of all ex convicts concerned in property and
other grave offences for building of accurate database for the efficient
functioning of the District Finger Print unit.
3. Comparison of chance prints and search slips received from Police Stations
and investigating teams with DFP record and communicate results thereof
to sender.

1688
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. To scrutinize all fingerprint records slips of the convicts received by DCRB

from SHOs and Investigation Units/DPS for transmission to the Main Bureau
and advise whether they are correctly taken and fit for record; or to return
them with suggestions if they are not suitable.
5. To visit the District/Central jails once a month to test the FP slips of those
convicts received by DCRB who are undergoing imprisonment, and to prepare
fresh slips for record if the slips are not properly taken on the earlier occasion
or worn out.
6. To testify in the courts in cases where chance prints are identified with the
FP records of the District Finger Print section.
7. When the chance prints are not identified, to forward them to neighbouring
districts and Main Bureau for comparison. The SHO and IOs may utilize the
services of the Experts from the District Finger Print Units to visit scenes of
crime for development of chance prints and obtain their guidance on various
aspects of fingerprint work.
8. The DFP units shall function under the technical control of the Director,
FPB and over all control of State Crime Records Bureau, CID, Andhra
Pradesh.
9. The DFP sections will, however, work under the immediate administrative
supervision and control of the Superintendent of Police/Commissioners of
Police/ DCP Crimes concerned. The Finger Print Inspectors in charge of
the units shall be responsible for the day to day functioning of their units.
Procedure for submission of FP slips for record in the DFP Unit’s collection

784-1. Immediately after the conviction of criminals concerned in crimes listed in

order No. 769, the Station House Officer, (Investigating Officer) who is in
charge of the team should take the finger impressions of the ten fingers of
the convict on the prescribed form in duplicate (Form 145) and send it to the
District Finger Print Unit of the district along with two sets of palm and foot
prints of the convict, taken on plain white paper of reasonably thick quality.

1689
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 154 See Order No. 784-2

FOOT PRINT FORM
Name .................................................................................
Father’s name ..................................... Caste ....................

Village ......................Police Station ......... Dist .................. Single Print

Ref: ..................

FOOT PRINT Right

Left

Signature of Sub-Inspector Plain Right thumb Print

Left thumb print
Name of Station .......................................

Date .........................................................

FORM - 155 See Order No.784-2.

PALM PRINT FORM
Name .................................................................................
Father’s name ..................................... Caste ....................

Village ......................Police Station ......... Dist .................. Single Print

Ref: ..................

PALM PRINT Right

Left

Signature of Sub-Inspector Plain Right thumb Print

Left thumb print
Name of Station .......................................

Date .........................................................

1690
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. The finger impression forms and foot and palm impression forms of the
convict should contain the name, parentage, place of residence, address etc,
of the convict and invariably with the signature of the Station House Officer.
Care should be taken to see that the prints are very distinct and show the
whole contour of the bulb of the fingers. The fingerprints, palm and foot
impressions, which are meant for record in the DFP unit, should invariably
be sent to the Inspector, District Finger Print Unit through a name cover and
marked as “Meant for District Finger Print Unit record Collection”. Care
should also be taken to see that the prints are not damaged in folding the
paper containing the prints.
3. The success of the District Finger Print units depends on the quality of
record that it builds up. Criminals belonging not only to towns but also those
residing or operating in the entire District should be brought on to the record
in the District Finger Print Collection. Inter district and inter city criminals
must also be included.
4. The services of district Finger Print Unit staff concerned must invariably be
requisitioned by SHOs for the development of chance prints left by the
criminals at the scenes of crime.
5. Every Police Station, (CCS, DPS, District investigation squads) in the district
should submit to the District Finger Print Unit, a list of all history sheeted
criminals along with their fingerprint slips. When finger print slips are not
available, the Finger Print Bureau, Police Head Quarters should be intimated
of the PIN numbers or Regular Criminal Numbers (RCN) of the criminals,
with a request to forward the FP slips to the District Finger Print Unit
concerned. If even this method fails, the concerned criminals should be
physically located; their fingerprints secured and sent to the District Finger
Print Units.
6. The PIN numbers assigned to the classified prints of the criminals by the
District Finger Print unit should be recorded against corresponding entries in
Station Crime History part III (GCR) in the Police Stations and Investigating
Units.
7. The SHOs and IOs must ensure the preservation of the scenes of crime and
safe custody of suspected articles, in as is where is condition. The scene of
crime (SOC) articles should not be disturbed, touched or tampered with by
any body until the development of chance prints by the DFP unit staff or the
expert attached to the team is complete.

1691
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

8. SHOs and all IOs in the districts should visit the district Finger Print Unit
regularly during their visits to DCRB (at least once in a quarter) to review:
A. the stage of all such cases in which the services of the District Finger
Print unit staff were requisitioned.
B. whether all the FP slips of the persons sent by the SHO were received
in the DFP unit.
C. Whether the chance prints developed in crimes are matched against
local and State Finger Print database on AFIS (Automated Finger
Print Identification System). If so, the results of comparisons, thereof;
D. any new orders or instructions received from the Director, SCRB,
and/or DCRB for compliance for greater co ordination between the
DFP unit and SHOs to update their knowledge of the latest changes,
if any, made.
E. any other reconciliation.
9. Station House Officers should requisition the services of the DFP Unit staff
and facilitate their visit to crime scenes in all cases where finger print clues
are likely to be available.
10. The Station House Officers should promptly furnish to the DFP Unit full
details of the case in which chance prints were developed, whenever they
are finally detected.
11. SHOs should send the finger print slips of all persons arrested in specific
cases or under preventive sections, on day to day basis, to district Finger
Print Unit for comparison with the collection of unsolved scene of crime
chance prints.
12. The Station House Officers of Railway Police Stations will comply with the
above instructions treating the district Finger Print Unit having jurisdiction
over the locality in which the offences occurred, as their own district Finger
Print Unit concerned.
Finger printing the dead

785-1. In every case of murder or other unnatural death of an unidentified person

or recovery of an unidentified dead body the fingerprints of the dead body
must be taken for comparison with the prints on record in the Finger Print
Bureau or elsewhere.

1692
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. In taking fingerprints from a dead body, it is a wise precaution to wear

gloves.
3. The technique to be employed in taking the fingerprints of a dead body will
greatly depend on the state of the body.
4. If the body is fresh and its fingers flexible, fingerprints can be taken on a
standard finger print form through the usual inking and rolling process. The
fingers of the corpse should be carefully cleaned and all moisture removed.
A piece of clean cloth soaked in turpentine oil may be used for the purpose.
5. When rigor mortis has set in, the usual inking and rolling process will not
succeed and ink has to be directly applied to the finger with a rubber roller
and the print taken by holding the paper in the palm of the hand and pressing
it against the finger. A curved metal or wooden spoon cut to fit the fingers
and provided with a slot to hold the paper is best used for the purpose. If the
fingers are clenched, they will have to be forcibly straightened either by
bending the hand forward or backward at the wrist or forcibly stretching out
the fingers. In extreme cases, a surgeon should cut the controlling tendons in
order to straighten the fingers.
6. When the skin of the fingers is shrunken or wrinkled due to submersion in
water etc., the surface of the fingers can be rounded out and smoothened by
injecting glycerine or melted paraffin or hot water or air into the tissues.
7. In case of any difficulty in obtaining inked impressions from the fingers of
dead bodies, efforts should be made at least to obtain two thumbs several
times on a white paper. It is possible through the computerized system of
identification even a single thumb impression can be matched against to the
entire database and result can be furnished.
8. When putrefaction has started, the skin of each fingertip should be carefully
cut and placed in a labelled bottle or tube containing formaldehyde solution.
A separate container should be used for the skin of each finger and properly
labelled.
9. Points to be noted for forwarding the amputated fingers of unknown dead
body for identification:
A. The skin (upper layer Epidermis portion) of each finger should be
carefully cut up to the end of the first phalange and placed in an
unbreakable screw type bottle with wide mouth with a preservative
(solution). A separate container should be used for the skin of each

1693
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

finger and properly labelled indicating the name/digit of each finger

and hand.
B. All the bottles containing the skins of the fingers should be carefully
packed in a carton and sent to the District Finger Print Unit through
a special messenger for examination and obtaining of inked finger
impressions.
Photographs and Videographs – Instructions for Recording

786-1. The District Police may have photographs taken.

A. of any object concerned in investigations for examination by the
concerned experts and for evidence in courts.
B. of persons who are convicted of offences falling under chapter XII
or XVII of Indian Penal Code and punishable with rigorous
imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards or who are habitual
criminals;
C. when photographs are necessary for purposes of investigation, and
in case of persons during investigation under the orders of a First
Class Magistrate, and
D. of foreigners when convicted for offences punishable with rigorous
imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards under the Indian
Penal Code.
2. Videographer should observe following instructions and the instructions
contained in Chapter 22 for Video graphing the scene of offence.
A. The Video should be taken as it is without adding or deleting anything
to the existing and should contain the time and date and programmed
accordingly.
B. The approach to the scene from all possible directions.
C. The general view of surroundings .
D. The overall scene of occurrence.
E. Details of the scene and objects, materials, blood stains, trails, weapon,
dead bodies in cases of homicides, their position and close up from
different directions to facilitate identification of dead body and injuries.
F. Object materials or matters found in surrounding area or vicinity or
when discovered subsequently.

1694
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. For the Suspects, History Sheeted persons, Convicts, still photographs

giving a profile or front view and full length of the person should be taken,
including the dress they wear. Video clippings should contain their movements
and audio recording of speech etc., but the clipping should not be too lengthy.
The persons or the places, which can be photographed, are given below.
A. Unidentified Dead bodies.
B. Movements of persons suspected to have designed to commit an
offence.
C. House or premises or persons who are suspected to be sheltering
persons who are either wanted, or absconding or designing to commit
offences.
4. The photograph of a person should be taken with his ordinary every day
attire.
5. In the case of persons whose history sheets are on record or are proposed
to be recorded, in the State Crime Records Bureau, Crime Investigation
Department, one set of the photographs shall be kept in the District Crime
Records Bureau concerned and another set sent to the State Crime Records
Bureau.
Photographs and Video graphs - Periodical Elimination

787. All photographs or Video graphs will be examined annually and in the absence
G.O. 548,
Pub. (Pol.), of special reasons to the contrary those enumerated below will be withdrawn
dt.
20.10.1963. from record.
1. In the case of a person who is a professional poisoner, note forger, coiner,
arms smuggler, or a member of organised criminal syndicate, terrorist, on his
attaining the age of 80 years or on his death whichever is earlier; and
2. In the case of any other person,
A. If he has not more than two convictions in his native district (not
having been convicted outside his native district) and has not,
subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be,
been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of 10 years from
the date of his release or last release from jail, as the case may be, or
B. If he has been convicted outside his native district or has more than
two convictions in his native district and has not, subsequent to his
conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of

1695
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

crime or convicted on the expiry of 15 years from the date of his

release or last release from jail, as the case may be, or on his attaining
the age of 80 years, or on his death whichever is the earliest.
Computerization of Finger Prints and Photographs
Advantages of computerization.

788-1. Use of Computer Technology in storing and retrieval of data will ensure
availability of required information to the IOs in the field with speed and
accuracy.
A. The voluminous increase in fingerprint records has become laborious
and time consuming. It is also difficult to identify chance prints
developed at the scene of crime in the manual system.
B. Several days are required before a search slip can be identified and
the result communicated to the field officers.
C. The record slips, which are subjected, to frequent handling, are liable
to wear and tear and damaged soon.
D. Diligence and continuous concentration and very careful maintenance
is required to prevent mismatch and wrong identification.
E. Updating of records is a serious problem, as classification formula
or serial number furnished by the police is not always correct.
F. Every incoming FP slip has to be searched with reference to the
main records to avoid duplication.
G. FP slips bearing smudged prints, missing prints, and gradational type
prints consume a great deal of time in the main bureau collections.
2. To overcome handicaps in manual searching, computerization of fingerprint
records and introduction of computerized search is necessary.
3. In the manual system fingerprint slips sent to FPB for record as prescribed
are scrutinised first, registered under a serial number known as FPB serial
number. A thorough search of the previous records is done to verify whether
a duplicate FP slip is available. If available, the duplicate will be taken out
and the new slip is placed in the records. The duplicate slip is sent to the
assembly bureau after comparing it with all the conviction particulars, etc.
The computerised system assigns a serial number (Regular Criminal Number,
RCN) to each convicted person instead of to the slip based on first crime
number. This number consists of 12 digits, the first five indicating the police
station in which the criminal was first convicted, the next two the year of
conviction and last five digits for the serial number. This RCN once given to

1696
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

a convict will remain constant throughout his criminal career, irrespective of

the number of convictions he may accumulate.
4. Fingerprint slip of a suspected person is sent to the FPB to trace previous
convictions, a provisional criminal number consisting of 11 digits and an
alphabet is given by the concerned police station. The first three digits indicate
the district, the next two indicate the police station where the individual is
arrested, the next two the year of arrest and the next four digits are the
crime number in which the person is arrested. The provisional criminal number
of the suspected person has to be noted on the conviction memo and FP slip
and then it is sent for record.
5. To derive maximum advantage from the system the SHOs should ensure
that every FP slip sent to FPB for search or record must contain clear and
fully rolled fingerprints. The services of District finger print unit attached to
each DPO/Commissioner office should be taken.
6. Since the inception of CCTNS Crime and Criminal Tracking Network and
Systems (dt. 27th October 2009 MOU signed between the Govt. of A.P.
represented by Chief Secretary to the Government with MHA Government
of India) programme, the FP data of the state of A.P. is linked with the
CCTNS to generate instant out put on available data. As on May, 2016 in
A.P. and Telangana states 6.21 lakh FP data is available for comparision in
the AFIS. Upgradiation of existing AFIS (Automated Finger Print
Identification System) in to latest speedy and accurate verification software
to carter to the instant need of the SHOs or other units. Comparision with
other state FP data need to be put in place with latest software by ADGP
CID, Director SCRB A.P.
7. Provisional Criminal Number (PCN) : It is again 12 digit number which
is given to the arrested person by the Investigating officer. The first 5 digits
represent the code of the District and the Police Station where the FIR for
the crime is registered. The next 2 digits represent the year of the FIR
followed by FIR Number in 4 digits. The last digit, which is an alphabetic
character, identifies the arrested person of that FIR from other arrested
persons, if any, under the same FIR.
8. The investigating officer with the help of District Finger print expert should
upload the chance prints taken at the scene of offence to the state FPB for
immediate comparision. The Director FPB should get it verify and endeav-
our to send the result on the same day to the IO. He should also keep experts
on holiday duty for taking up comparision.

1697
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Computerization of Automated Finger Print Identification System(AFIS)

9. The Indian version of Automated Finger Print Identification System(AFIS)

called FACTS-5 (Finger Print Analysis and Criminal Tracing System) devel-
oped by CMC Limited has been installed in July, 1999 for the Computerisation
of Andhra Pradesh Finger Print Bureau operations of the entire State. The
System uses Image Processing and Pattern Recognition technique to cap-
ture, encode, store and match finger prints, including comparision of chance
prints. It uses pattern class, core and delta information, minutiae location,
direction, neighboring information, ridge counts and distances, density, type,
print background/for ground information etc., for matching Finger Prints.
Apart from the above details, FACTS also stores non-fingerprint information
i.e., Criminal Attribute Database (CADB) or demographic details like gen-
der, region and conviction details.
10. AFIS functionality:

AFIS provide functionality for creating and maintaining a database of Ten

Digit Fingerprint slips of the Finger Print Bureau. The daily ten digit FP slips
(of arrested persons) and the chance prints developed from the scenes of
crime can be compared/searched on the database. The Latent Prints (also
known as Chance prints) are the partial prints developed at the scene of
crime. In the manual system, the search and comparison of these latent
prints is restricted to a small single digit collection taking lot of time to give
final report. AFIS provides a facility to search the latent prints on the entire
ten digit database and provides more accurate results. The AFIS at State
FPB is connected to the 18 AFIS Remote Work Stations located at each of
the Districts / Commissionerates. The Latent prints of the District /
Commissionerate are first searched on the local database maintained on the
District System. The unsolved latent prints are transmitted to the AFIS at
SFPB for search against the Ten Digit database which communicates result
to the search initiating District. Once a search slip or a Latent print is traced,
the textual details stored in the Criminal Attribute Database of SFPB can be
made available to the Investigating Officer.
Absconder and Death Reports being maintained by Finger Print Bureau can
also be maintained in AFIS. The System is fully operational at AP State
Finger Print Bureau and in all the Districts/Commissionerates of A.P.

1698
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

11. Scene of Crime to FACTS

Under Modernization of the Police forces all the District Finger Print Units
were provided Laptops, digital Cameras and Mobile Modem to connect Scene
of crime(SOC) to FACTS Central Server at State FPB for instant and speedy
comparison of Chance print lifted from the Scene of Crime on the Database
of the Central site without loss of time. So that criminal can be caught with-
out undue delay and property recovered intact. For connecting SOC to Cen-
tral Server by taking a photograph of chance print with a Digital Camera,
verify with the finger impressions of inmates and sent the print image through
Laptop-Mobile Modem to the Central Server, it take 30 to 45 minutes for
matching the print and informing the FPB Inspector at SOC of the offenders
details.
12. A. Finger Print Live Scanners.

Instead of taking finger prints and palm prints by using ink, Finger print and
palm prints can be scanned directly by the scanner and printed copies can be
obtained as we required. In printed copies the finger print and palm print
images and ridge characteristics will by very clear for comparison and clas-
sification. The solution to the above problem to the most advanced “Ink less
Live Scanners” Like lbios, Papillon, Sonda, etc., were the companies which
introduced them. Some of them are combination of both fingerprint scanners
and identification Systems like FACTS, Jaygox and AFIS are restricted to
scanning only. Finger print Live Scanner is an Electronic device which is
used to record the finger prints with out ink and also search against the finger
print database.
Advantages of Finger Printer Live Scanners:

a) Ink, Paper, roller, Slab are not necessary.

b) Trained professionals are not required.
c) Physical stress is not required (Rolling over the slab etc)
d) Problems like fluctuations of the pressure do not arise while obtaining
of Fingerprints.
e) Clear prints will be recorded even with different levels of pressure
applied.
f) Reserve rolling or repeated rolling is not problem in this system.

1699
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

g) “Self Correction System” allows the arrangement of the prints even

if the prints are taken wrongly in this system.
h) Number of copies of the prints can be taken once a person’s print are scanned
in this system.
i) The data can be sent online from one place to another place easily and
quickly as the data is in digital format.
j) Even if the same person’s finger prints are recorded several times there will
be no duplication.
k) Mismatching of the chance prints does not arise in this system as the
fingerprints recorded in this system are very clear in the database.
l) Criminals can be identified even from the partial chance prints.
13. FINGER PRINT EXPERT EVIDENCE IN COURTS (Sec. 45 of I.E.Act)

Evidence is means sanctioned by law, to ascertain the truth in judicial

proceedings, of a fact in issue. Scientific evidence is that evidence collected,
analyzed, examined and presented for consideration of the court, by the
application of various branches of forensic science including finger prints.
Expert evidence on finger prints is to assist the court in forming an opinion,
if a questioned print either from the scene of crime or on a crime article or
the document could have been formed by the accused person whose prints
are available for comparison. “When the court has to form an opinion upon
a point of foreign law or science or art as to the identity of handwriting or
finger impressions, the opinions upon that point of persons specially skilled in
such foreign law, science or art or in questions as to the identity of hand
writing or finger impressions are relevant facts”.
An expert witness is one who by reason of his acquired special knowledge,
skill and experience is qualified to express an opinion which an ordinary
witness is not competent to do. An expert evidence is an opinion evidence
based on special skill and experience.
Under what authority of law a Finger Print expert can depose evidence in a
court of law :
Section 45 of the Evidence Act, 1872 deals with this, when a court has to
form an opinion upon a point of foreign law, or of science or art or as to the
identity of handwriting or finger impressions the opinions upon that point of
persons specially skilled in such foreign law, science or art or in questions as

1700
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

to identity of hand writing or finger impressions are relevant facts. Such

(specially skilled) persons are called experts.
METHODS OF PROVING FINGER PRINTS :
a) Under sec. 60 of the evidence act the oral evidence of a person who
has seen a person thumb marking a document is relevant
b) Under Sec. 73 of evidence act to ascertain whether a signature,
writing, finger print or seal is that of the person by whom it purports
to have been written or made, any signature, writing, finger prints or
seal admitted or proved to the satisfaction of the Court to have been
written or made by that person may be compared with one which is
to be proved, although that signature , writing or seal has not to be
produced or proved for any other purpose.
c) Sec. 293 Cr.PC Reports of certain Government scientific
experts :
(i) Reports submitted by the Director, FPB as expert opinion may
be used as evidence.
(ii) The court may, if it thinks fit, summon and examine any such
expert.
(iii) If Director, FPB is summoned by a court and he is unable to
attend personally, he may, unless the court has expressly
directed him to appear personally, depute another expert who
is conversant with the facts of the case.
d) Identification of Prisoners Act, 1920 :
Sec-4: Empowers police officers for taking of measurements, F.Ps
photograph etc. of non-convicted persons who have been
arrested in connection with an offence punishable with R.I for
a term of one year or more.
Sec.6:(i) Empowers the use of necessary means to secure the
measurements, F.Ps photos etc., of any persons who have been
resists or refused to allow the taking of the same and who
under this act is required to allow his necessary F.Ps, photos
etc. to be taken.
(ii) Resistance to or refusal to allow the taking of measurements,
F.Ps., photos are deemed to be an offence u/s 186 IPC.
14. Evidence of Finger Print Experts : The evidence of a Fingerprint expert,
a person specially skilled in fingerprints is considered relevant evidence by

1701
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

virtue of Sec. 45 of the Indian Evidence Act. In view of the general recognition
of the individuality of fingerprints the Cr.PC recognises the report of Director,
FPB as evidence without being examined as a witness. The expert can
however be called for evidence under clause (2) of 293 Cr.PC.
ComPHOTOfit
(A software using five basic components : foreheads, eyes, noses,
mouth, chins)
15. A major part of the forensic scientist’s work involves identification. If
fingerprints are found at the scene of crime and if matching FPs are available
in the records of the Fingerprint Bureau, identification is easily achieved. If
no chance prints are found there or if no records of fingerprints of suspects
are on file, or the police have not identified any suspect, the other methods
of identifying the suspect have to be used.
16. The most common way of identifying a person is by his appearance, i.e., his
face profiles. If the IO secures a fairly accurate picture of the suspect’s
physical appearance through careful examination of witnesses it will render
the search easier. With the help of Identikit process, line drawings of the
suspect’s likeness can be made on a paper or transparent sheet.
Improvements, modifications, touch ups, etc. to achieve a near likeness of
the suspect can be drawn on the basis of descriptions given by the victim or
witnesses.
17. An improvement of this method described above is called Photo-Fit which
makes use of numerous photographs of facial features of several subjects.
The features most resembling those described by the witness are assembled
to make the portrait. Before assembling the portrait the individual elements
of the subject’s face, i.e. pair of eyes, nose, mouth, chin, cheek, forehead,
hairline, moustache, beard, spectacles, headwear and all the face contours
and features are separately taken from original photograph files to facilitate
assembly of a portrait which most nearly resembles the description given by
the victim or eyewitness.
18.A.A recent innovation in the field of personal identification is ComPHOTOfit.
This is a computerised facial identification system that allows an operator to
quickly and easily develop a facial composite features of an unknown suspect
from a description given by a witness or victim of a crime. To accomplish
this task the system utilizes a database of images taken from subjects of
known origin, comprising forehead, eyes, nose, mouth and chin sections. All

1702
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

these images are used to build the facial composite by a selection from the
keyboard of a computer. In addition to the above images there are accessory
images, which include moustaches, beard, eyeglasses and headwear, which
are also provided in the database, again taken from the same people.
B. All the above images are referenced from an image index provided in the
system. The index is provided so that the witness may select the image
selections he or she feels most closely resemble the suspect by mixing,
combining, or interchanging various features. The original system images
are all derived from actual photographs or from people themselves through
a video camera interface. The database consists of a fairly large volume of
images enabling the victim or the IO to select the right features by
permutations and combinations. It is even possible to manipulate the skin
tones, addition of moles, scars, wrinkles, complexion and change the hair
line, darken or lighten the hair, or add or delete colours, recheck each
improvement and recall the previous improvement, by means of a simple
mouse mechanism attached to the computer. It is capable of producing millions
of facial combinations. It is also possible to simulate hand sketching with
computers. The latest models are capable of producing copies on paper for
circulation of the photographic likeness pictures of suspects. These facilities
wherever, available should be fully utilised by the Investigating Officers.
Footprints and Track Marks

789-1-A. A large percentage of people still walk barefoot in the country and almost so
inside the homes. The criminal perhaps finds it convenient to operate barefoot
as it gives him a better hold to climb or slide, walk or run and also it does not
make any sound, which might draw the attention of people during his
operations.
B. The human foot is unique in its structure and is therefore readily distinguishable
from the foot of other animals. There are 28 bones in the human foot of
which seven are tarsal bones, five are metatarsals, fourteen phalanges and
two small bean size sesamoid bones. The two sesamoid bones are located
below the head of the first metatarsal bone. The heel bone (calcaneum) and
other tarsal bones bear most of the body weight while the metatarsal bones
and the phalanges articulate with the tarsal bones in the process of locomotion.
The bones and other soft tissues like ligaments, muscles, padding material
and skin on an applied pressure of the body produce a foot print that is
proportional to the build and other characteristics of the foot.

1703
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. The shapes of foot impressions differ from individual to individual. Broadly

the shapes can be categorised into:
A. (i) Normal type foot, (ii) Club shaped foot, (iii) Bow type foot, (iv)
Flat foot, (v) Broken bridge type foot and (vi) Accidental foot or
Abnormal foot.
B. Depending on the surface on which the prints are made, footprints
can be classified into (i) Surface footprints and (ii) Sunken footprints.
3-A. Surface prints : Surface prints are formed on hard surfaces like cement/
stone floorings, tables, chairs, walls, etc. They are formed when the surface
of the foot is coated with dust, dirt, oil, ink, blood, etc. Surface prints do not
undergo any distortion and they register the distinguishing characteristics of
the foot better than sunken prints. Surface prints have two dimensions, viz.,
length and breadth.
B. Sunken Prints : Sunken prints are those that are found on pliable surfaces
like soft clay, mud, loose soil, etc. Slightly sunken prints are usually formed
on a small quantity of accumulated mud or soil on hard surfaces, e.g. a
verandah. Moderately sunken prints are formed on slightly loose soils and
deeply sunken prints are formed on mud, wet loose soils, clay, etc. The less
sunken footprints offer a more definite clue for comparison than moderately
sunken or deeply sunken footprints. The sunken footprints have an extra
dimension in addition to surface print, i.e.; the depth (or height).
Location of footprints

4-A. At the scene of crime : The scene of crime is often a good source for the
location of footprints as this is where the criminal primarily operates. The
place should be properly searched for footprints from the focal point of the
crime scene. Focal point in a murder case is the dead body at the scene of
crime, and in a burglary the almirah, cash chest or cupboard from where the
cash, jewelry or other valuables have been stolen. The search may be
extended to the entire crime scene, from the focal point.
B. Along the route : The route taken by the criminal both at the time of entry
and exit should be thoroughly searched for his footprints. Entrance points
like doors, windows, ventilators, and roofs could contain the footprints of the
criminal, which should be properly collected.

1704
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Sometimes the criminals may assemble together at some secluded place

near the scene of crime to plan before the crime or to share the booty after
the crime. Such assembly sites if identified after the reconstruction of the
crime should be searched for footprints.
5. Collection of footprints : The methods commonly used for collecting
footprints are :
A. By preserving the original impression intact : If the foot print
is found on a portable object such as a mat, slab, plank, card board,
etc. it is convenient to carry the object bearing the print to the
laboratory for photography and further analysis. It is advisable to
take the photograph of the print even in such cases before removing
them, as there is always the risk of the original impression being
damaged in packing or transit.
B. Photography: All foot prints, whether sunken or surface or any
other track marks should first be photographed by keeping the lens
of the camera parallel to the surface on which the marks or impression
is found. The aperture of the diaphragm should be adjusted to get a
proper depth of field. At least three photographs are to be taken, one
direct view from the top and the other two from either side at an
angle of 45°.
C. Before taking the photograph place an identification slip or card
(containing crime number, section of law, date, police station, district
etc. with initials of the IO) close to one side of the print and a foot
rule on the other side to record the actual size of the footprint.
6-A. Tracing: Tracing is a rough method to record surface prints. A glass (or
preferably a celluloid sheet) is held over the print as close as possible. Care
should be taken to ensure that it does not come in contact with the print.
Then a sketch pen draws the contours along the print line. Details such as
the characters of the toes, ball of the foot, instep and heel together with
crease; cracks, warts, etc. should carefully be traced on the sheet. After the
tracing is complete the sheet is removed and all the particulars of the case
should be written on the glass together with the signature of the investigating
officer and the witnesses. On the basis of such prints on glass any number
of tracings can be obtained on tracing paper. The glass sheet and a tracing
paper should be packed in between two cardboards for transport to the
court. The value of a traced print depends upon the personal observation
skills of the person who is tracing the print and therefore is highly subjective

1705
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and not very reliable. Other methods of recording like lifting and casting are
preferred to tracing.
B. Lifting: When the print is formed on a surface that is of a similar colour to
the print, for instance, a blood stained print formed on a red surface, dusty
(white) print formed on a white surface, dark (black) print formed on a
black surface, it becomes difficult to photograph the print because of the
similar colour of the background. In such conditions the print could be
collected using an appropriate photographic paper, like black photo bromide
paper for a dusty or light coloured print and white photo bromide paper for a
blood stained or black print.
C. This black or white photo bromide paper can be obtained by exposing the
photo sensitive paper to light before development to get black paper and
directly developing it to obtain white bromide paper.
D. The processed paper so obtained should be moistened for few minutes in
water, preferably with a few drops of ammonia added. When all the excess
water is removed it is placed over the print with the emulsion side of the
paper in contact with the print and beaten firmly with a cloth taking care to
prevent slipping or sliding of the paper over the print. The paper is lifted
after few minutes and allowed to dry. The foot print particles get attached to
the surface of the photo bromide paper forming a clear and visible print. The
side should write particulars of the case with signature of IO and witnesses
without disturbing the print.
E. Footprints can also be lifted using photographic film or transparent adhesive
tape. The fixed photographic film is moistened in water for few minutes until
the emulsion side becomes tacky and then placed over the print with the
sensitive side in contact with the print. A uniform pressure is applied over
the film for few seconds and it is then lifted carefully. The print is transferred
on to the film, which can then be used as a negative to make copies from.
7. Casting: Casts are prepared from foot impressions (sunken foot prints),
tyre impressions or other impressions left behind by the criminal. A variety
of materials are used to prepare the cast, e.g., plaster of paris, wax, resins,
plastic powders, modelling clay, sulphur, lead, wood metal, plasticine, moulage
material, silicone, etc. However plaster of paris is most commonly used.

1706
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Guidelines for obtaining prints of good quality

8-A. Carefully remove extraneous matter (grass, twigs, stone, etc.) from the
impression without disturbing it.
B. Place a metallic or a wooden frame around the impression to prevent wastage
of plaster of paris. Do not apply pressure on the frame as it will damage the
print.
C. Spray shellac solution (about 250gm of shellac dissolved in one litre of alcohol
or a thinner solution) from a distance over the impression. Spray enough
solution to get a thin film of shellac over the impression and allow the shellac
to dry for 10-15 minutes.
D. A thin layer of talcum powder is sprinkled on the layer of shellac to separate
the shellac from the cast. Mineral oil or sewing machine oil is also employed
for this purpose.
E. Take a container with 3 mugs of water and slowly pour 3 mugs of plaster of
paris into the water. Gently mix till it reaches a thick creamy consistency.
The water and plaster of paris are taken in a 1:1 ratio. Pour the solution into
the impression at an unimportant place e.g. a corner of the frame to avoid
damage to the impression due to pouring. It should be allowed to flow slowly
till it fills the impression to a uniform thickness of about 1/2 an inch.
F. Reinforce the cast at this stage with wire gauze pieces and pour the remaining
solution till it acquires a thickness of about one inch.
G. The cast is allowed to set for 10-15 minutes. With the copying pencil engrave
the details of the case on the mould including case number, date, police
station, location, right or left foot, time of recording, person responsible for
recording, signature of the investigating officer and signature of the witnesses.
A sample of the plaster of paris and soil should be preserved for obtaining
test prints of the suspect under similar conditions.
H. Remove the retaining walls (wooden frame) by digging away the surrounding
earth and gently slip your fingers under the cast to lift it very carefully. Pour
water over it to remove any adhering earth particles. Care should be taken
not to brush it to prevent obliteration of the details of the footprint.

1707
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 42
City/District Armed Reserve/Special Armed Reserve Police
District Reserve Police
790. Every Police Officer is considered to be always on duty. Reserve Police
is stationed in the Headquarters of every district / City and in some
important towns in a District and in cities having Commissionerate system.
The CP/SP of the commissionarate / district will be in charge of the city /
District Reserve assisted by DSP/Addl. SP. The City Armed Reserve is
under the overall control of C.P. with the Joint CP/DCP as in charge, assisted
by Addl. DCP/ACsP. If the strength of City Armed Reserve is more than
that of one battalion, the Joint Commissioner of Police will be in overall
charge. The SAR/CPL Amberpet (AP Unit) Hyderabad city will be under
the command of IGP APSP Bn. The SAR/CPL Amberpet (AP Unit)
Hyderabad city will be under the command of IGP APSP battalions. The
functions of the above reserve police are intended :
1. to maintain good health and physically fit to supplement the local
police strength where it is not adequate to deal with law and order
disturbances;
2. to provide specially trained personnel like “Special Weapons And
Tactics (SWAT)” to deal with terrorist / extremist and other organized
gangs;
3. to provide security to authorized persons or places; SAR/CPL to
provide escorts to AP from Hyderabad city and will be transit halt
for the police personnel coming from AP to Hyderabad for duty.
4. to guard vital installations, arms and ammunition and other important
places and to escort the prisoners;
5. to participate in ceremonial parades, guards of honour and to conduct
Annual mobilization of entire AR;
6. to help in rescue operations in the event of natural calamities and
other disasters;
7. to man armed outposts and conduct armed patrolling where called
for;
8. to provide outdoor training for the personnel of the commissionarate
/ district and Home Guards;
9. to provide striking forces or mobile squads for special bandobusts
including elections;
10. to keep arms and ammunition in the commissionarate / district
operationally perfect

1708
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

11. to maintain motor transport of the commissionarate / district;

12. to ensure that the ‘morale’ of the force is always kept high (morale
means).
Movement of the Reserve Police

791-1. The SsP in the districts and the CsP in the Cities shall have powers to deploy
the Reserve Force anywhere in their jurisdiction for any of the purposes
stated in the preceding order.
2. In case of emergency the SP or CP may request DGP for reinforcements,
through their Zonal IG /DIG/ ADGP L&O .
3. The Zonal IG/DIGP, Addl. DGP L&O and DGP should be kept informed by
radio/Fax of the mobilisation and demobilisation of the Reserve whether for
emergency or for annual training.
4. The deployment for the purpose of riots and serious disturbances shall not
exceed one week and shall be withdrawn thereafter. The deployment for
festivals shall be limited to the duration of the festival. In all other cases
rotation should be provided with intervals for rest.
5. Duties of DSP AR (Rc No. 4037/C3/2012, dt: 29.11.2012 of AP DGP)
depending on the need.
a. DSP, AR should ensure proper training and conduct Physical test of all AR
personnel. He should also ensure master health check-up of all AR personnel
and maintain individual health profile.
b. He should check proper rotation of duty, discipline, turn-out and welfare of
the AR personnel. He must attend AR parade daily. Addl. Superintendent of
Police (Admn.) and SP of the district must attend parade every Monday and
Friday, if they are at headquarters. SP/CP shall ensure all Police personnel
at Headquarter including DCRB/CCRB/SB/e-COPS personnel attend the
parade on every Monday and Friday.
c. DSP/ACP AR/CAR should be the Estate officer of the District/
Commissionerate. He should collect data on Police lands and buildings
including ownership documents and maps and keep a copy with concerned
Police Station and one with DPO/CP Office and inform State Estate Officer
through SsP/CsP.
d. DSP, AR will be responsible for the upkeep of the campus of all Police
establishments in the district. Policemen residing in quarters at all places will
form a Residents welfare committee with concerned SI/CI/RI as president.
He will be responsible for cleanliness of the campus. DSP, AR will monitor
all matters related to upkeep of the campus, quarters and office buildings.

1709
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

e. DSP, AR must ensure Annual classification firing of the civil Police personnel
without fail. He should maintain firing range.
f. The Inspectors, DCRB should ensure timely dispatch of monthly returns
preparation of comparative statements and other statements with the help
of IT core teams.
g. The DSP, AR/ACP/DCP,CAR should render all necessary assistance to the
District Training Centre (DTC) and conduct in-service-tactical Training
courses for AR Personnel.
h. The DSP,AR/ ACP, AR should keep himself fit and healthy. He should be
a role model for his force.
6. Arms and Ammunition for public order duties.
As public order duties are delicate and sensitive, the AR should be armed
with non-lethal weapon while deployed on duty. Non-lethal weapons include
polycarbonate lathi, shield, body / shin guard, vajra, water cannon, rubber
bullets, and public address systems. The objective is to control crowd with
minimum injuries to the crowd.
7. Only in case of serious Public order issues like arson, looting, attacking of
Police party or Government or private buildings, controlled firing can be
resorted to, under the specific orders of senior officers and stopped when
situation is under control.
792. When called out for the maintenance of peace, and public order the RIs,
RSIs and ARSIs shall be armed with pistols/revolvers and the HCs and PCs
besides lathies with muskets or rifles with 20 rounds of ball ammunition
unless ordered otherwise. Other weapons like SLR, AK 47 and Carbines
are also issued. In case of SLRs and AK 47, 60 rounds of ammunition may
be carried. The tear-gas squad will be armed with its equipment. When
detailed for other duties connected with anti-terrorist or extremist or anti-
criminal gang operations or special tasks requiring superior fire power, they
should be armed with SLR, AK 47 and carbines and other weapons with
sufficient ammunition provided the personnel detailed for the duty are trained
in the handling of the weapons.
Organisation of City / District Reserve Police
793-1. City / District Reserve Police is organised on the administrative pattern of a
Battalion. The City or State Reserve Police may have more than one
Battalion. The District Reserve Police shall have 4 to 8 companies. Ordinarily
there shall be three platoons in an active company and three sections in a
platoon. A section consists of 4 HCs and 12 PCs.

1710
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. Functionally the Reserve Force shall consist of General, Special operations,

Security and Logistics groups.
3. An officer of the rank of DSP/ ACP / Addl. SP shall assist the SP/CP and be
in charge of District Reserve Police. A Deputy Superintendent of Police/RI
shall be in charge of 2 or more Companies or in charge of Administration.
Reserve Inspector (RI)/RSI will be the Company Commander. A platoon
shall be commanded by a Reserve Sub-Inspector (RSI)/ARSI assisted by
HCs and PCs. Each section will function under the command of the senior-
most Head Constable of that section designated as Section Commander.
4. The ARSI of the platoon will be the staff officer of that platoon. He will be
under the immediate control and at the disposal of the platoon commander,
and follow all instructions of the platoon commander.
5. One Reserve Inspector each will be in charge of Administration and
operations, motor transport, quarter master duties, and welfare and training.
They will be assisted by such staff consisting of RSIs, including technical
staff as indicated in this Chapter.
Ordinary duties of the Reserve Police
794-1. The duties to be performed by each Policeman will be classified as “fixed”,
“special” and “general” duties besides the functional classifications mentioned
above. “Fixed” duties are those where the personnel performing those duties
cannot be withdrawn in times of emergency, e.g., armoury and motor transport
staff. Personnel for “fixed” duties will be provided from the headquarters
company. “General” duties consist of guards, escorts and other miscellaneous
duties. The personnel for “general” duties are provided from the active
companies. The company or platoons employed at any given time on general
duties are called Duty Company or platoons.
2. The duty platoons will be employed as such for a month at a time in rotation,
the others being mobilized and exclusively engaged in training when not
called out for any definite or emergent duty.
3. Emergency strength - (a) A minimum “emergency strength” as laid down
below for each Reserve Police must always be available and ready for
immediate action.
4. The active strength of the reserve minus the headquarter wing.
A Of the active strength, the sections meant for duties, such as guards
and escorts, should be deducted, and the remaining sections, is the
emergency strength. The emergency strength once fixed as above
shall not be changed without the prior sanction of the Director General
of Police in writing.

1711
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. The emergency strength shall be deputed in complete sub-formations,

i.e., platoons, sections or half sections, as the situation requires. The
purpose and duties to be performed should be specifically mentioned,
briefed and understood by each person on each and every occasion.
Utilisation and Briefing of the Reserve Contingents

5-A. The Reserve Police shall normally be deputed to assist the local police to
meet the exigencies for bandobust, preserving order at festivals, large public
assemblies and when disturbance to peace is anticipated. The deployment
of force for this purpose is fully at the discretion of the SP/CP, on the
assessment of the situation. The L&O police can only requisition but non-
deployment according to their requisition cannot be pleaded as an excuse
for their failures, if any.
B. Whenever such reserve is deputed, a thorough briefing should be done by
ARSI/Head of the section/Platoon Commander concerned with respect to
their specific duties, topography, discretion of the task, reporting mechanism
likely difficulties to be encountered and the way to overcome them. The DSP
/ ACP of the reserve police is responsible for the performance of the force.
Off-duty and relief

6-A. All Head Constables and Constables in the Reserve should have a clear day
off every week. Ordinarily, the whole Reserve, except those employed on
such duties as stand-to, motor transport and guards, should have their “off
duty” on Sunday. The stand-to motor transport men who are on duty on a
Sunday should be given “off duty” the next Thursday. Each Company
Commander should display such a list of Head Constables and Constables.
B. The personnel of mobilized platoon or platoons will have Sundays free, but
they shall not leave their places without permission. Whenever permission is
given the platoon Commander shall see that 50% of the force are available
on Sundays.
C. All those on fixed duties shall attend morning parades at the Headquarters
on Mondays and Fridays.
D. Those who are on off duty should attend the Roll call and failure to do so
without valid reason will entail disciplinary action.
E. Normally it must be seen that policemen avail their weekly holiday undisturbed
but they can be deprived only in exceptional circumstances and unavoidable
circumstances.
F. Other instructions in Order 617 will apply to the Reserve Police also.

1712
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Use of the Reserve by the Railway Police

795. Whenever the reserve police is required by the Railway Police, the SP of
the District / CP of Commissionerate in consultation with the SP Railway
Police District deploys necessary force. Those given for fixed duties at
Government Railway Police District Hqrs. are those permanently required
for assisting in violent crime control measures and shall be paid for by the
Railways in the agreed proportion of 50:50. Such reserve shall work under
the SRP during their deployment. Such permanent service should be rotated
at periodical intervals. SsRP shall keep the force in readiness and in a fit
condition.
Duties of the Personnel of Reserve Police

796-1. The departmental status of Reserve Inspector is equivalent to that of an

Inspector of the civil police.
2. The Reserve Inspector in charge of active Company shall check the platoon-
wise duty rosters of his company daily and on that basis prepare the daily
morning statement (Form 156) and submit it to the concerned Addl. SP/
Addl. DCP through the DSP / ACP recording his own arrival and departure
at Company Headquarters. He shall personally maintain all other records of
the Company he is in charge as contemplated in Order 797. He shall hand
over his sealed duplicate keys to the Reserve Sub-Inspector when he leaves
headquarters. He shall assign, by specific written orders every week, for
the checking of all Reserve Police guards of his Company. In case he is
outside district Headquarters with the deployed company, the daily report
will be submitted by the Addl. SP/DSP in charge of AR. A consolidated
statement of deployment shall be submitted daily to SP. No exemption is
given by RI AR for anyone without the orders of the SP/ Addl.SP / Addl.DCP
and such orders shall be mentioned in the General Diary (GD).

1713
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 156 See Order No.796-2 & 796-9-C

MORNING STATEMENT OF DUTY OF ARMED RESERVE POLICE FOR ______
PLATOON

RSIs. ARSIs. HCs. PCs. Remarks

1. Sanctioned Strength
2. Actual Strength
3. Present on Parade.
4. (1) Guards
(2) Escorts Local
(3) Escorts distant
(4) Tappal Orderlies
(5) Long Leave
(6) Casual Leave
(7) Absent
(8) Under suspension
(9) Medical Leave
(10) Hospital In patient
Out patient
(11) Reporting sick
(12) Under strength
(13) Blue colts duty / Rakshak mobiles duty
(14) Miscellaneous duties
5. Fixed duties
(1) Armourers Sanctioned
on duty
(2) Drivers Sanctioned
on duty
(3) Cleaners Sanctioned
on duty
(4) Orderlies Sanctioned
on duty
(5) Carpenter Sanctioned
on duty
Total of 5
6. Available in Emergency
7. Total of 4, 5 and 6

1714
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

REPORT OF GUARD CHECKED

Day and hour of check Checking
Officer Remarks
Location of the Guard Day Day Night Night
RSI HC RSI HC

1. Armoury Guard

2. Treasury Guard

3. D.P.O. Guard

These will be necessary for platoon statements

DAILY DIARY OF RESERVEINSPECTOR ( full name with cell No.)

RESERVE SUB-INSPECTOR FOR PLATOON ( full name with cell No.).

Reserve Inspector.
Reserve Sub-Inspector.
3. Reserve Inspector - Operations: One Reserve Inspector will be earmarked
for all operational functions of the district/city reserves. He will report to the
DSP Reserve Police in the districts and to the ACP in the cities. He will be
assisted by 3 RSIs, 3 ARSIs, 6 HCs and a specified number of PCs apart
from the required ministerial staff. His functions and responsibilities are—
A. In charge of Police Control Room, if any,
B. Dispatch and receipt of Reserve Police Contingents, deputing
personnel for guards, escorts, bandobust duties as per orders, issue
of passports and inspection of personnel being deputed on duty and
on their return, checking arms and equipment and other material and
stores issued to them or brought by them, and making entries
accordingly in the General Diary.
C. Safe custody of Railway and bus warrant books.
D. Preparation of day-to-day schedule of duty and deployment.
E. Custody of all working keys and of all the Duplicate keys in sealed
covers.
F. He should be available at Headquarters and not leave his residence
without prior permission of the DSP.

1715
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

G. Reception of all sick personnel from platoons recording their names

in the sick register, dispatch to hospital in charge of an officer along
with their medical history sheets, to enable the Medical Officer to
make entries in the case of the discharged men. The Medical History
sheets of the discharged personnel shall be returned to the Platoon
Commander.
Quarter Master :

4. The Quarter Master RI/RSI will be in charge of the armoury, arms and
ammunition, web the equipment, Tentage, Stores, Government property, sports
and duty meet and band. He is responsible for the distribution, maintenance,
upkeep of arms and ammunition to the reserve police as well as to the local
police of the district. He will be in charge of tear gas and other riot control
equipment, other accoutrements for the Reserve and District Police.
Armourers and other staff for the discharge of these duties assist him. He
shall frequently use anti-pest control measures to prevent damage by rats /
white ants etc. Fumigation be done as is necessary.
Reserve Inspector - Motor Transport

5. The functions and responsibilities are -

A. In charge of Motor Transport of the district and maintenance of
records of all motor vehicles of the Reserve Police as well as the
Civil Police.
B. Maintenance, timely repairs and good upkeep of all vehicles, fix up
responsibility of drivers.
C. Efficient upkeep of all repair facilities, workshop equipment, P.O.L.
outlets and spares and stores.
D. Ensure economy in fuel, Tyre and other expensive items and avoid
wasteful journeys.
E. The efficient performance of duties by the drivers of the Reserve
Police and other vehicle users.
F. Ensure availability of vehicles for various duties including
requisitioning, hiring of vehicles for Police Bandobust.
G. Prisoners escort vehicle should be specially made with strong mesh
and double doors.
H. Vajra and water cannon shall be kept in readiness.

1716
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

I. The drivers shall be imparted skills in minimal repair techniques and

in dispatch of tappals, writing tappal register etc.
Reserve Inspector in charge of Training and Welfare and Home Guards

6. His duties are as follows -

A. In charge of the District Training Centre and its management.
B. Training courses both in-service, on-job and outdoor for the Reserve
Police as well as the civil police of the district.
C. Training of Home Guards with multi-tasking techniques like driving,
typing, tappal dispatch, PCR duty etc.
D. Assistance in recruitment of policemen and Home Guards.
E. Police welfare and line discipline. He will be welfare officer for the
district and will also be overseeing the cooperative stores, societies
etc.
F. Target practice of Reserve and local police.
G. Designing and running of special courses on various tasks for Reserve
and L&O Police suited for the district.
Reserve Sub-Inspectors

7. The departmental status of Reserve Sub-Inspector is equivalent to that of a

Sub-Inspector of the civil police.
Headquarters Reserve Sub-Inspectors

8.A. The Headquarters Reserve Sub-Inspectors, will be assisting the RI Operations

in the running of the Reserve Police Control Room and assist him in all his
duties. One RSI will always be on duty in the Headquarters of the Reserve
Police which would also function as a Reserve Police Control Room.
The duty RSI/ RI shall hold roll call every working day at 6 am, 9.30 am, 4
pm and 8 pm and on holidays at 8 am, 4 pm and 8 pm. He will brief the DGP
office/Range office circulars to the men and officers and latest news about
terrorists and extremists.
B. Whenever the Headquarters RSI leaves the control room or the armoury, he
shall hand over charge to the ARSI by an entry in the general diary.

1717
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Personally keeps armoury clock right

C. Maintenance of the general diary in which everything that happens in the

armoury as well as in the Control Room all events that are reported to the
Reserve Police, the incidents and information given should be recorded. He
shall exchange charge under record and signature in general diary, whenever
he leaves the Control Room/armoury and returns to it.
D. Despatch of all escorts and parties of men and issue passports noting the
same in the general diary the departure and arrival of all escorts including
escorts and parties of men from other districts. He shall inspect all men
going out on escort and other duty and also after they return from, such duty
including check of all equipment or stores or other material issued to them or
brought by them and record it in the general diary.
F. Mounting and relief of armoury, magazine and District Police Office Guards.
G. Assisting RI in reception of sick personnel and sending them to Medical
Officer.
H. Management of the Control Room, prompt dispatch of messages and keep
the senior officers informed of the happenings, reported in the Control Room.
I. Ensure security of all equipment and other property, arms and ammunition,
personnel who are in the premises during his spell of duty.
J. Keep in close touch with the District Police Control Room and other Control
Rooms of the town/city.
K. Learn skills in writing, giving T.P. messages and other scriptory work including
computer data entry operations.
Duties of Platoon Commander/Reserve Sub-Inspector

9-A. The efficiency of his platoon and the Reserve depends on his capacity,
commitment and professionalism.
B. Maintenance of the duty roster of his platoon and compliance of orders of
Reserve Inspector/Company Commander regarding deputation of personnel.
C. Receiving of all sick reports of his platoon and their production before the
Reserve Inspector Operations for passporting to hospital. He shall form up
his men on parade each morning and evening and present to the Reserve
Inspector of the Company a parade statement (Form 156) showing the details

1718
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

of the Head Constables and Constables who are present, those absent, and
those on sick leave etc.
D. Nomination of HCs and PCs of his platoon for duties as may be required
E. Inspection of the personnel before sending them to the Reserve Inspector
Operations for passporting on duty.
F. Production of Head Constables and Constables at the orderly room who
have misbehaved.
G. Implementation of orders awarding extra drill or guard to personnel of his
platoon.
H. Service of orders on the personnel, received from the Reserve Inspector of
the Company and obtain their explanations. Taking personal care of their
health, welfare and other difficulties.
I. To know all about each Constable and Head Constable and prepare an
inventory of their skills and achievements and qualities and make entries in
the small service books.
J. Enhance his own skill by constant training and self effort and his capacity
for bold action in times of crisis.
K. Learn skills in writing, giving T.P. messages and other scriptory work including
computer data entry operator
RSI - Motor Transport (Technical)

10. One technical RSI will assist the Reserve Inspector in charge of the Motor
Transport Wing of the Reserve. This Wing will consist of drivers both PCs
and HCs as well as maintenance staff. The upkeep, maintenance and
deployment of vehicles of Reserve Police of the district will be his main
function. The vehicles of the district other than those of Reserve Police will
also be in his charge for repairs and servicing. Day-to-day upkeep will be
the responsibility of the Units to which they are attached. His duties and
responsibilities are -
A. Check the kilometres done for every day for each vehicle and POL
used and make entries in the Vehicle diary each day;
B. Maintenance of all records relating to vehicles viz, MT Registers,
MT returns, petrol/diesel Registers separately, hired vehicles Register;
C. Servicing of vehicles as per norms laid down.

1719
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D. Implementation of maintenance schedules for all vehicles directly

or through the concerned officers if vehicle is not at Headquarters.
E. Prompt carrying out of minor repairs and arrangements for major
repair as per prescribed procedure.
F. Hold charge of stock of essential accessories and spares.
G. To be in charge of Motorcycles, Scooters or other vehicles at
Headquarters including cycles, get them cleaned weekly on every
Thursday, inspect them and enter in the Diary the condition of each
and get necessary repairs done.
H. Framing of guidelines and procedure of pre-maintenance and repair
of vehicles, motorcycles, cycles etc. which are outside Headquarters
and transmitting them through Addl. SP/SP to all SDPOs outside
Headquarters. Such action in respect of those outside district
Headquarters should be done by concerned SDPOs on the basis
of instructions sent from Headquarters.
I. He shall be responsible for training the drivers and maintenance
staff with particular reference to fuel efficiency, condition of the engine
and tyres, electrical fittings, brakes, lights, tail and indicator lamps,
wipers, traffic rules, use of siren etc. He will also be responsible to
see that all those who drive vehicles are in possession of valid driving
licences. He should bring all violations to the notice of SP through
proper channel promptly.
11. His duties further consist of assisting the RI in the following responsibilities:
A. Safe custody of the Railway and Bus Warrant books
B. Custodian of all working keys. Duplicate keys in sealed covers shall
be in custody of Reserve Inspector
C. In charge of all arms and ammunition in armoury
D. Not to leave lines without prior permission and relief by RI or another
RSI.
Assistant Reserve Sub-Inspector

12. The Assistant Reserve Sub-Inspector assists the Reserve Sub-Inspector in

the scriptory and general work of the platoon and such other work entrusted
to him by the RSI. The ARSI attached to RI Training shall also be responsible
for the state of the lines and other District Reserve buildings and the parade
ground. He shall report any irregularity or misconduct in the lines to the
platoon and company commanders and correct it on the spot. He will attend

1720
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

parade and hold charge of the platoon or sections, if required. One ASI or
HC from each colony of police quarters will be attached to the RSI for
making comprehensive maintenance of quarters located in the district
headquarters and the city. He should be in touch with Municipal Corporation
Officials of the District and ensure cleanliness. Implement procedures for
self-discipline in waste-management.
Records in the District Reserve Police

797. The SP/Addl. SP of the District will check these records frequently and
record his comments with signature and ensure compliance of instructions,
if any.
Long Leave Register

1. Applications for leave will be entered in a register in Form 157 as and when
they are received. Leave should be granted in that order except in the case
of emergencies. Each platoon will have a register which along with the
leave rolls, with leave eligibility noted therein by the DPO is placed before
the SP/Addl. SP to enable him to know the number on leave in the platoon,
and assess feasibility to grant the leave. It is desirable to grant leave at the
Orderly Room, as it enables personal interaction and counselling and better
judgment as to duration and need for leave. The leave granted should be
sufficient for the purpose for which it is applied and should not be refused
except in emergencies.
FORM – 157 Order No.797-1 & 797-2
LONG LEAVE REGISTER
Sl. No. Rank Name Petition Leave Reasons Orders of Leave Date Date Remarks
No. date required Super- Roll of of
with intendent Number availing return
dates of Police
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)

Casual Leave Register

2. This will be maintained for each platoon in the same Form 157 as the Long
Leave Register. The Reserve Inspector of the Company shall record his
orders granting or refusing leave in the register. All cases of refusal shall be
placed before the SP/Addl. SP. It is desirable that long or casual leave is
granted according to eligibility. The availability of adequate strength in a

1721
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

given situation, whether the leave is a ploy for malingering or avoid a particular
duty should be the factors to be borne in mind. While casual leave or any
leave is subject to exigencies of administration, there should be no room for
favouritism or vindictiveness in this matter.
Duty Roster
3. This has to be maintained by each Platoon Commander in his own hand,
checked and initialed by the concerned RI at least once a month. The nature
of the Shramdan if any, performed should be clearly recorded.
Family Quarters Register

4. This Register should be maintained in Form 158, indicating the names of the
personnel in occupation of the quarters and the names of persons in the
waiting list. The names should be entered in the waiting list in the chronological
order and the allotment of quarters made in the same order.
FORM - 158 Order No.797-4
LINE QUARTERS REGISTER
Date of
Number Rank Name occupation Remarks
Lines Line Quarter and vacating
Block Number Number

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Transfer Seniority List

5. Applications meant for transfer of constables from Reserve Police to Civil

Police shall be strictly in accordance with rules. The seniority list in Form
159 for transfers will be maintained and effected by the competent authority.
FORM – 159 Order No. 797-5
TRANSFER WAITING LIST
Sl No. Number Name Date of Place or Native Date of C.No. S.P’s Remarks
Petition District to Place and Dis- orders
which District of patch
transfer is P.C.
requested
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1722
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Seniority lists (also showing eligibility to promotion)

6. Up-to-date seniority lists and promotion panels if any, in Form 160 for
promotion and automatic advancement scheme should be kept with SP/Addl.
SP and DSPs concerned. Every entry or removal or alteration must be by a
District Order. For promotion, each District, Commissionerate, CAR Hqrs.
and SAR-CPL Amberpet should be treated as separate Units. Separate and
similar seniority lists with eligibility criteria noted must be maintained for the
motor transport staff. Special rules have been laid down for all the above
categories.
Counseling / Orderly Room

7. At the ceremonial and other weekly parades the SP shall ask the men whether
they have any representation to make. If it is possible he shall take on the
spot decision or otherwise announce his decision later. He shall also hold
orderly room treating such situation as personal interview/Counselling. In
the absence of SP, Addl. SP/DSP should hold orderly room once a week at
about 10-30 AM. It can also be held on working days by the RIs except
Thursday. Platoon Commanders should personally march in their men and
be present in the orderly room. Representation and Counselling including the
sanction of leave, grant of PF advances, request for transfer, allocation of
quarter and such other matter shall be dealt with. The particulars shall be
entered in two registers (Form 161 and 162). The request for orderly room
by HCs and PCs shall be complied with. It should be treated as personal
interview cum Counselling. The following instructions shall be kept in mind
in conducting orderly room.
A. The officer while holding orderly room shall be dignified, firm, fair,
understanding and sympathetic.
B. The decision should be swift but not hasty.
C. Patient hearing is necessary. Insulting, belittling or abusing or shouting
or losing temper should be avoided at any cost.
D. If the request cannot be considered, the current position should be
explained in clear terms.

1723
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM No. 161 Order No. 795-7

ORDERLY ROOM REGISTER I

Name of Constable or Head Constable..................................................................

Number............................and Cell phone No..................

Sl No. Date of Held by Details of Orders Signature Date on Signature of Reference to

O.R. RI/ charge of officer of officer which orders Reserve page number
SDO/ and date holding holding have been Inspector of O.R.
AO/SP of offence O.R. O.R. carried out Register II

1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8

N.B.: - Four pages should be left for each person.

FORM - 162 See Order No.797-7
ORDERLY ROOM REGISTER II

Date of Officer Numbers and Nature of Punishment Signature Reference Remarks

O.R. holding ranks of offence awarded of officer Page numbers
O.R. persons placed committed holding of O.R.
before the O.R. Register I
officer
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Pay Disbursement Register

8. Pay and travelling allowance and all other monies due, if the same is not paid
through the banks, should be promptly disbursed by platoon commanders
under the supervision of RI/DSP.
Scale of Arms and Ammunition of the District Reserve Police

798. The following are the scale of arms and ammunition for the District Reserve
G.O.
Ms. 63, fixed by the Government of India.
18-1-
1954.
1. Arms for service:
A. One rifle or SLR per Head Constable and Constable
B. 4 Carbines for each 100 rifles authorised
C. One revolver/pistol per officer of and above the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspector

1724
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D. 4 V.L. Pistols for Reserve

E. One Bren Gun per 100 members
F. One E.Y. Rifle with discharger cup per platoon
G. Special arms
a. Self-loading rifles @ 1 per HC/PC
b. Carbine machine gun @ 1 per section
c. AK 47 assault rifle @ 1 per section
2. Arms for training :
A. .22 rifles - one per 20 trainees
B. .303 rifles/410 muskets/SLRs - one for each trainee
C. .455/.38 revolver - one per 10 trainees
D. Carbines Machine Thompson - one per 10 trainees
E. One Bren Gun per district
F. One AK 47 per platoon
3. Ammunition for service :
A. 100 rounds per rifle
B. 30 rounds per revolver
C. 192 rounds per CMT
D. 500 rounds per Bren Gun
E. 19 rounds per V.L Pistol - illuminating 12, red 4, and green 3
F. 20 grenades per E.Y. Rifle
G. 27 ballistic cartridges per E.Y. Rifle
H. 40 rounds .303 cartridge tracer S.G. per platoon of Armed Reserve.
4. Ammunition for practice : (per annum)
A. .303 rifle / 60 rounds per capita
B. .38/.455 Revolver - 60 rounds per capita
C. Carbine Machine Thompson - 15 rounds per capita
D. Bren Gun - 360 rounds per weapon
E. E.Y. Rifle - 10 grenades, 6 Dummy grenades, 50 Ballistite cartridges-
per weapon

1725
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. Ammunition for training: (per annum)

A. .303 / 100 rounds per trainee
B. .38/.455 Revolver - 70 rounds per trainee
C. Carbine Machine Thompson - 50 rounds per trainee
D. .22 rifle ball - 10 rounds per trainee
E. Bren Gun - 300 rounds per weapon
F. V.L. Pistols, illuminating 1 round per 15 men, red/green 1 round per
20 men
G. E.Y. rifles - 10 grenades and 20 ballistite cartridges per E.Y. Rifle
Note: Blank ammunition will be supplied @ 10 rounds per weapon per annum.
Care and Custody of Arms

799-1. History of Arms: All SHOs and other designated Officers of other Units to
which arms and ammunition are issued shall maintain histories of the fire-
arms supplied to each in Form 163. The Quarter master/RI shall also maintain
a similar register for all weapons on the charge of the district/city. He shall
scrutinise this register and ensure that each fire-arm is rebrowned in due
time and also produced for AIA’s inspection in accordance with the orders
on the subject.
FORM - 163 Order No.799-1
ARMS HISTORY SHEET
Type of Weapon
Unit No. Body No. Bolt No.
Issued on Date of issue

Lubrication date Details of all repairs and Initials of the

Inspections rebrowning and new parts armourer
supplied and remarks of
inspecting armourer, etc.
By whom Date Initials of the armourer

1 2 3 4 5

1726
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Inspection of Arms in Sub-Divisions by District Armourers

2. During the course of a month, preferably in the first and the last week, the
armourer of the Reserve shall inspect the arms of two sub-divisions including
Detective and Traffic in the district. He shall inspect every weapon borne
on the strength of the L&O Police Station, Detective PS, Traffic Police
Stations etc. including scabbards and bayonets. The Sub-Divisional Police
Officers shall arrange to get all the weapons including those of Railway
police stations of the area, to the sub-divisional headquarters and get them
examined and repaired by the armourer. The armourer will attend to only
minor repairs at the sub-divisional headquarters. He will make out a list of
arms requiring major repairs and the SDPO concerned shall send such arms
to the district headquarters, where repairs shall be undertaken at the police
armoury. This procedure should strictly be followed to enable the district
armourer to test every weapon twice a year. The SDPO shall ensure that
the civil officers respect the AR officers.
3. Store day generally falls in the third week of every month. The weapons
brought from a sub-division would have been repaired by then by the
armourers. They should send all of them back to the sub-divisional
Headquarters through the store Constable of the sub-division.
4. During the course of the second week of a month, the armourer shall inspect
the arms and automatic weapons of the Reserve police and point out the
defects, if any, to the concerned Platoon Commanders. He shall also attend
to the half-yearly lubrication of arms.
5. When weapons are taken out, the policemen shall dry clean them and before
returning them to the armoury, they shall apply oil to all the metallic portions.
All RSIs shall inspect weapons of their respective platoons after every parade
and see whether any parts are missing and whether they are cleaned properly.
Any neglect in the care of arms shall not be permitted and such instances
should be promptly brought to the notice of the senior officers concerned for
suitable action.
6. If any musket or rifle is found rusty or any barrel bulged or neglected, the
PC or HC to whom the weapon has been issued shall be dealt with in a
disciplinary case. All RSIs shall maintain a book wherein details of inspection
done and action taken against any Constable or Head Constable for missing
parts or causing damages to his weapon should be entered. The RI/RSI,
Quarter Master should effectively supervise the work of armourers and
more so, the work of the Platoon Commanders in this regard. Reports of the
armourer, after his inspection of arms, regarding losses of and damages to
arms due to neglect shall be promptly attended to by the concerned.

1727
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

7. The following are the special instructions to armourers going out to inspect
weapons of the Sub-Division.
A. Thorough inspection of each and every arm including bayonets and
scabbards that are produced for inspection. He must be supplied
with a complete list of arms held by each sub-division.
B. The armourer on the spot shall carry out all minor repairs to weapons.
C. The armourer shall maintain a separate general diary in triplicate
indicating the work done by him on each day. He shall send a copy of
his general diary to the SDPO concerned and get his
acknowledgement and another copy to the Addl. SP/SP through the
Quarter Master, Headquarters.
D. He shall ensure that linseed oil is applied to the wooden portion of all
muskets / rifles.
E. He shall take with him his tools and a few spares for the weapons to
be inspected. Those arms that need attention in the armourer’s shop
shall be marked separately and brought to the District Headquarters.
F. It is neither the work nor the duty of the armourer to clean weapons
but only to repair them. SDPOs shall, therefore, ensure that all arms
are cleaned thoroughly before the district armourer inspects them.
G. A small table and two Constables shall be provided by the SDPO to
enable the armourer to carry on with his work at the Sub-Division.
H. The armourer shall on his return to headquarters, submit a report in
duplicate to the SP through the RI Headquarters on the work turned
out by him and the condition of the arms in the Sub-Division. A copy
of the report will be sent to the SDPO concerned.
Annual Mobilisation

800-1. All personnel of District / City / Railway Reserve Police have to be mobilised
for training for 15 days once a year preferably, during the months of January
or February. The main objectives are i). to tone up professional skills, ii).
Update knowledge levels to tackle extremists, rowdy-elements and terrorists,
iii). To develop right attitudes and impart behavioral skills iv). To tone up
disaster management skills. One third of the SDPOs / ACP shall be present
on parade every day and take an active part in the mobilisation. It is important
that officers should not permit themselves to become so rusty in their drill
and out-door work as to be unable to efficiently command the Reserve Police
when necessary. The Addl. SP / Addl. DCP and the DSsP/ACP AR and

1728
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

concerned Reserve Inspectors, an SDPO/ ACP should attend the annual

Mobilisation at least on one of the working days. The Reserve Inspectors
and DSP / ACP of AR whose company Units are mobilised must attend all
days the different sessions of the training throughout the day. Addl. SP should
be present every day at one or the other sessions throughout mobilisation.
2. The SP / DCP should personally supervise the organisation of the mobilised
Reserve and should ensure that Addl. SP is present throughout at
Headquarters. SP / DCP should also keep himself in touch with the progress
of training and attend parades regularly during the mobilisation unless he is
away from Headquarters.
3. During the annual Mobilisation, Sundays should be totally free. The full
Mobilisation routine will be carried out during the other days. If, however, a
public holiday intervenes, it should be treated as a holiday without parades,
classes or fatigues. The SP should so schedule mobilisation of each company
for training that there is a minimum of 12 or 13 training days for each company
in a fortnight. The programme should be drawn up in such a manner that the
specific requirement of the district / commissionarate are taken into
consideration and the stress is more on practical demonstration and actual
field situations and specific standards to be achieved in various spells.
4. During the annual Mobilisation, the personnel in training shall not be deputed
for other duties.
5. Thorough medical examination of all the Police personnel should be conducted
and they should be treated with due care, over weight persons should be
given special weight reduction training for a month.
Mobilisation Orders

801-1. During the Mobilisation of the Reserve Force, all standing duties of the
company under mobilisation shall be taken over by the civil police and in
some instances by Home Guards. Standing orders for this purpose shall be
drawn up for each district, city and State Reserve, containing the details of
the duties; L&O P.Ss shall send their personnel to perform these duties.
2. Instructions on the following points shall be conveyed in respect of the
personnel to be drafted from the district for the purpose.
A. the number of police officers of each rank to be sent;
B. the officer and place where they should report;

1729
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. their likely duties and

D. the arms and ammunition to be taken by them.
3. The following instructions shall be followed.
A. The policemen shall carry their full kits.
B. If a mobilisation is to last for more than 15 days, they should be
relieved by substitutes from the same sub-division once in ten days.
C. Care should be taken, when drawing up Mobilisation orders, not to
unduly weaken important L&O Police Stations.
D. None of the staff of Detective Police Stations, CCS or DCRB or
any Unit of Investigation Branch shall be drawn for mobilisation duty.
Reserve Police on detachment duty

802-1. A General Diary shall be maintained by the officer in charge of detachment,

in which the movements of the officer in charge and of all personnel, the
duties for which they are employed, any incident and all particulars such as
discipline, presence or absence of any personnel, sickness, injuries, use of
fire arms or other events shall be entered.
2. A copy of the General Diary should be sent to RI of the Company and to the
SP of the district, if deployed outside the district, to which the detachment
belongs.
3. The officer in charge of the detachment should equip himself with the briefing
documents and instructions on the task to be performed and brief the personnel
thoroughly before proceeding and after arrival. The requisitioning officer is
responsible for making available all material in advance and any additional
material on arrival.
Curriculum for intensive training of the District Reserve
803. The training shall be done on the following lines:
1. From March to October, the weekly programme of work should be provided
for parades of one and half hours duration in the morning and 45 minutes in
the evening except on Sundays, Thursdays and other holidays. Lectures and
demonstrations by officers from Addl. SP to RSI should be arranged between
9:30 and 10:15 a.m. three times a week. The prescribed firing practices
should be completed before onset of monsoon. Hours of work for those on
rifle firing practice at the range shall be specially detailed. Due provision
shall be made for regular instructions and practical training in—

1730
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Squad, Company and arms drill, P.T., B.T. and lathi drill, Skirmishing
(instructions),
B. Route marches and small tactical schemes,
C. Mob operations (drill and practicals), / use of non lethal weapons
D. Cordon and search (instructional and practical) operation.
E. Elements of bomb disposal,
F. Picket duties in disturbed conditions (including temporary, stay in
localities),
G. Patrolling (riot affected, crime-prone, terrorist affected areas and
highways)
H. Road bandobusts on VVIP security,
I. Election duty (mobile force or striking force),
J. Disaster and natural calamities,
K. Anti-terrorist operations (ambush, Counter-ambush and reaction),
L. First aid and Life saving
M. Camp layout discipline and routine
N. Field firing
O. Construction of bivouac shelters (instructional and practical)
P. Tent-pitching
Q. Musketry (instructional)
R. Care of arms
S. Anti-malarial, anti-dengue fever, swine flu prevention measures and
sanitation
T. Care of clothing and equipment
U. Leadership
V. Night marching by compass
W. Marine Police duties
X. Cooking (selected men) and games
Y. Prisoners escort duties - Do’s & Dont’s
Z. Organizing health and awareness camps in interior areas
2. November - Preparation for and performance of the reserve force, area
tours by all Reserves.
3. December, January and February - specially intensified training in the selected
subjects indicated above should be given to the mobilised portion of the
Reserve in each of these months. The CP/SP and Addl. SP/Addl DCP should
carefully identify the specific problems of the district/city and have clearly

1731
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

defined training modules for this period and ensure compliance. The ordinary
parade programme in December, January and February, excepting holidays,
should provide for two hours work in the mornings and one hour work in the
evenings, instead of the one and half hours and 45 minutes prescribed in (1)
above and for practicals and lectures on five days of the week. The CP/SP/
Addl. SP/Addl. DCP must attend all parades during mobilisation and as many
as possible during other days. The CP/SP should be present for all mobilisation
parades if at Headquarters. SDPOs should also be brought into headquarters
at this time for a week each as convenient and should attend parades daily,
unless prevented by other really urgent work.
4. During the month the CP/SP/DCP/Addl. SP / Addl.DCP should attend
parades at least twice a week, the Headquarters SDPO/ACP at least once
a week, and other SDPOs /ACP whenever they visit district headquarters.
Remote Areas :

804-1. To accustom the District / City Reserves of conditions prevailing in forest,

hilly, inaccessible tracts on coast or other areas (to be specifically identified)
the SP/Addl. SP of all districts should tour once a year with the non-duty
platoons for fourteen days in such areas within their respective districts.
During these tours, the Special Reserve shall be trained specially in tactical
work and anti-guerilla terrorist operations in the field and other duties, which
they might be called upon to perform in the forest areas, hilly and inaccessible
areas.
2. The boarding arrangements shall be at the cost of the Government, apart
from their entitlement to DA as per rules. Medical arrangements shall be
made to look after the health of the personnel. Commissariat and medical
arrangements are part of the camp training.
3. The Superintendent of Police will fix the date for the tour in consultation
with the Zonal Inspector Generals/DIGP concerned.
4. The camp site selected should vary from year to year and should be deep
inside the forest, hilly areas, or remote areas and not in a village or hamlet or
any habitation.
Proficiency Tests
805-1. The ACP/DSP/Addl. SP AR shall ensure physical fitness in accordance
with Chief Office Circular Rc No. 64/2 training 2/2016 dt. 2-2-2016 where
A (fully fit), B ( moderatly fit), C (unfit), obese categerisation is done. (Ref.

1732
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

APPM Part 1 Volume II-B PSO 744-18 for details. Overweight personnel
should be sent for weight reduction training.
In order to motivate for a higher standard of individual efficiency in Reserves,
the Government have approved the holding of annual proficiency tests for
Head Constables and Constables and to grant proficiency pay to those who
passed the Test at the Rate of Rs.60/- per month for Head Constable and
Rs.40/- per month for a Constable.
2. The proficiency test mentioned in sub-order (1) above is open to personnel
who obtain 50 per cent or more of the possible score in the prescribed
musketry (Rifle/SLR/revolver/carbine) practices held in the presence of CP/
SP/Addl. SP/Addl. DCP/ACP/DSP during the preceding year and who during
the same period are not awarded a recorded punishment or three orderly
room minor punishments. The test is not open to those who have not
completed probation. The personnel satisfying these conditions shall be
selected by the SP/Addl. SP of the District. Such personnel will appear for
tests given below;
A. Head Constables - Personal handling of arms issued and in the control
and drill of all kinds including PT and BT and in mob dispersal
exercises, and the special training given in Riot control or Commando
etc. given to him.
B. Constables - An examination in the handling of arms issued and in
drill of all kinds including special skills imparted.
C. MT Staff - An examination held by the Motor Vehicle Inspector in
motor driving, maintenance, mechanism and running repairs (under
the personal supervision of the CP/SP/Addl. SP) and other skills like
swimming, typing, writing, etc.
D. Armourers - An examination held by the Reserve Inspector in
armourer’s work (under the personal supervision of SP/Addl. SP).
E. Those who obtain 50 per cent of the total marks in the tests will be
granted proficiency pay for one year at the rates mentioned above.
The Superintendent of Police, who will sanction the grant of
proficiency pay to successful personnel, will conduct these tests in
January each year. The sanction will run for one year from the date
of passing the test and its continuance will depend on passing the
next annual test. Proficiency pay will be forfeited for serious
misconduct or if the PC/HC becomes physically unfit for duty.

1733
 1734
Sl.No.
Rank
Number
Name
Bull Practice
FORM - 164

Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Preliminary

Classification

Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
__________________________

Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
Trained
Recruits

Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points
Bull Practice
Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
TARGET PRACTICE REGISTER FOR ARMED RESERVES

Outer H.P.S..............
Practice for ____________________ Men in Rifle for the

Total Points
Bull Practice
Inner .......................
Magpie No. of Rounds
Outer H.P.S..............
Total Points

(Note:- Same form to be used for practices with other weapons such as T.M.C., Bren, Revolver, etc., with suitable modifications)
Total H.P.S.
Total Score
Merit
REMARKS: Regarding eligibility to badge,
reasons for not completing of practice, etc.

Year ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Armed Reserve ..................................................... Platoon ............................... Name of the Reserve Inspector.................................................................................

APPM Part-I Volume - III
Order No. 806-1
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. The qualifying standards for the proficiency pay should be applied very strictly.
Zonal Inspectors General/DIGP will pay special attention to this matter during
their inspections and ensure that the above orders regarding the qualifying
standards and grant of proficiency pay are complied strictly.
Target Practices and Good Shooting Badges
806-1. Target practices shall be held as laid down in the Drill Manual and the scores
noted in Form 164.
2. Badges for good shooting shall be awarded to the men as follows on the
completion of the annual individual practices.
A. Silver badges to “Marksmen” that is, those who obtain 79 points and
above out of 100, and silk badges to “First Class Shots”, that is those
who obtain 63 to 78 points out of 100. A gold badge will be awarded
to the person who obtains the highest marks in the Reserve, provided
the marks obtained do not fall below the minimum required for a
silver badge.
B. The entitlement to wear the badges shall be for a year after it is
awarded and can be continued only if he obtains required score in
the succeeding year.
3. Money prizes of the following values may be awarded to the best
shots in the Reserve Police in different types of weapons and
practices.
Gold badge - Rs.500
Silver badge - Rs. 400, 300 and 200 respectively for the first
three.
District Reserve Police Annual Shooting Competition
807-1. The competition shall be compulsory for all personnel of the Reserve police
irrespective of their deployment.
2. The competition should be completed by the end of the second quarter of
each year and results communicated to the IGP Training who is the Honorary
Secretary for this competition. The IGP Training should bring to the notice
of the Addl. DGP (R&T) and DGP the results giving a critical appraisal of
the standards and type of weapons and practices after the competitions are
completed and suggestions for improvement.
3-A. The strength of the teams shall be the multiple of ten nearest to the 50% of
the sanctioned strength of HCs and PCs. For the purpose of this competition,
ARSIs shall be reckoned as HCs. Not less than 50% of the sanctioned
strength of HCs shall take part in the competition. A gazetted officer, who
will accompany it either on a bicycle or vehicle, shall command the team.
The orders to “Fire” for each section will be given by a HC.

1735
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. If the 50% of the strength of PCs and HCs is, say 95, the number of men
that have to take part in the competition shall be 10 and not 9. The RIs and
RSIs fit for duty shall form part of the teams and shall, if less than 40 years
of age, march with it and if over 40 years, may accompany on a bicycle or
foot or vehicle as he chooses.
4-A. The team shall march 16 kilometers and fire 5 rounds by sections of not less
than 7 and not more than 10 in single rank, in kneeling position, from a range
of 200 yards. Then the sections will double up 10 yards forward and fire 5
rounds in standing position on the same target. The firing shall be without
fixing bayonets.
B. The time allowed for the march is 2 hours and 40 minutes. The additional
time allowed for firing is calculated at 6 minutes for each section. The time
allowed for 5 rounds for each section shall be 23 seconds. The time shall be
calculated from the word of command “Five rounds fire”. The command
“Fire” shall be given by the section Commander when the section has loaded
the ammunition. At the 20th second the umpire will caution the section by
calling the time and blow the whistle on completion of time i.e., 23 seconds
when the section shall Cease Fire. As soon as the section has completed
firing 5 rounds at 200 yards the section commander will give word of command
“Unload Ease Spring”. As soon as the section has eased spring at 200 yards
the section commander will give word of command “Prepare to advance”.
As soon as the personnel are ready, he will give the word of command
“Advance”, when the section will double up 100 yards in the walk up position.
On arrival at 100 yards firing point, section commander will give word of
command “5 rounds standing load at the target in front fire”. The time
allowed to complete 5 rounds at this point will also be 23 seconds from the
command “Five rounds fire”. Words of command shall be in Hindi.
5. Official target No. 3 (service target 4’ x 4’) will be used in case of 303. For
SLR and AK 47 rifles figure 1 & 2 targets should be used. The scores will be
counted as per ring value or place value in case of figures as shown below:
DIMENSIONS AND SCORING
Circle Diameter in inches Scoring
Bull Circle 12" 10 Points
Inner Circle 24" 8 Points
Mag Pie Circle 36" 6 Points
Outer Circle 48" 4 Points
Note:- To obtain the result, the number of HCs and PCs who commenced the march,
excluding the Section Commanders who give the fire orders, will divide the total points

1736
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

scored. HCs other than Section Commanders will fire. Gazetted Officers, RSIs will
not fire.
6. If the RIs or RSIs fail to complete the march within the prescribed time,
10% will be deducted from the total number of points scored for each RI or
RSI. The penalty for firing after the umpire sounds the ‘Cease fire’ will be
20% of the highest possible score obtainable by the section.
7. The personnel who have fired should not be allowed to mix up with those in
other sections, which have not fired. To ensure this, the men who have fired
should march 100 yards off the firing point and stand away from the men
who have not fired. As soon as firing is completed, the target should be
brought from the butt to the 100 yards firing line in the immediate presence
of the judges. The target should, however, be away from the firing line.
8. The following dress will be worn:
A. Gazetted Officers and RSIs:— Working dress, revolver in holster
and 12 rounds of ammunition in pouch.
B. HCs and PCs:— Working dress, beret, haversack containing full
water bottle. Jungle boots must be worn. Rifle belt, pouch with 10
rounds ammunition and bayonet in the scabbard.
9. Each competing team shall be judged by a committee consisting of the following:
A. Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP or the Commandant of an APSP Bn/
SAR CPL or the SP of a neighbouring district.
B. A Local District Officer (not a Police Officer)
10. The results of the competition shall be reported to the Secretary in the following
form. Failure to comply with these instructions will render the district liable
for disqualification.
Competition for District Reserve Police
Reserve Reserve Head Constables Constables
Inspectors Sub- including Asst.
Inspectors Reserve Sub-
Inspectors
Sanctioned strength
Number competing
Number firing
Scores: First and Second practices
HITS
10
8
6
4

1737
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Total of the scores of the two practices X

Total number of men who fired Y
Average score per head X/Y
Time taken for marching
Date of competition
Judge : 1. Judge : 2.
Tear Gas Squads
808-1. In every district Reserve Police, there should be one squad for each company
attached to the headquarters company consisting of 1 RSI/ARSI, 2 HCs
and 12 PCs. The strength of the squad should be drawn equally from each
active company and attached to the headquarters company by rotation. The
personnel should be replaced once a quarter by fresh batches drawn in a
similar manner. This is to ensure that every person in the Reserve is trained
in the use of tear smoke.
2-A. The following is the scale of equipment for each squad -
a) Riot Guns 7
b) Truncheons 1
c) Shell carriers 7
d) Grenade carriers 7
e) Gun carriers 7
f) Fliterite shell carriers 1
B. The following is the scale of auxiliary equipment for each squad -
a) Rag “E” type container for the squad 15
b) Rag “E” type container for armed protective squad 20
c) Rag DP 36
d) Shoulder pad 7
e) Torch holder apparatus grenades 1
f) Disinfectant (Joyes Fluid) 1 bottle
g) Sponges for cleaning of respirators 2
h) Capsules heating apparatus 1
i) Spirit lamp 1
j) Bottle of spirit 1
k) File small 1
l) Pliers, with wire cutting Fixture 1
m) Wire binding 11" 16
n) Cleaning rods for guns 1

1738
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

o) Grenades (dummy) 24
p) Sacks (for grenade practice) 2
q) Almirah (for increased munitions) 2
r) Respirator almirah 1
s) Win indicator 1
t) Medical First Aid Outfit 1
C. The following is the initial supply of tear gas ammunition for each squad -
a) Sped heat Grenade C.N. 63
b) Three way Grenades C.N. 63
c) Shells Long Range C.N. 84
d) Shells Short Range C.N. 84
e) Truncheon Cartridges C.N. 12
f) Fliterite Shells C.N. 8
g) Spedeheat Grenades D.M. 12
h) Shells Long Range D.M. 12
i) Shells Short Range D.M. 12
D. The following are the scale of tear gas ammunition for practice and service
for each squad -
FOR SERVICE QUARTERLY
a) Spedeheat Grenades C.N. 5
b) Three way Grenades C.N. 5
c) Spedeheat Grenade D.M. … 1
d) Fliterite Shell C.N. 1
e) Long Range Shell … 1
f) Short Range Shell D.M. 1
g) Truncheon Cartridge C.N.… 1
E. FOR PRACTICE ANNUALLY
a) Caps for practice shells … 400
b) Refills for practice shells … 150
c) Gas pellets … 120
d) Firing Mechanism … 130
e) Tuncheon cartridge C.N. … 12
f) Practice shells with 4 refills each … 50
g) Two-second firing Mechanism … 12
h) Practice Grenades (excluding delay 14
i) firing mechanism and gas pellets)

1739
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Housing

809. All ranks of the District Reserve shall reside, so far as accommodation
permits, in the lines provided for them at the Reserve Headquarters.
Kit and arms inspection

810. The RI of each company will hold a kit and arms inspection for each mobilised
platoon and the RIs of Headquarters company on the first Monday of every
month. Platoon Commanders will make lists of deficiencies and see that
they are made good during the month.
Roll calls

811-1. Roll calls of HCs and PCs will be held daily at 6 AM, 9.30 AM, 4 PM and at
8 pm, on working days and at 8 AM and 8 PM on holidays. No officer, HC
or PC shall leave his lines or his notified residence after the evening roll call
without the previous permission of his Campus Commander or Platoon
Commander or the Duty Reserve Sub-Inspector.
2. The ARSI or, in his absence, the senior HC of each platoon shall call the
morning roll of his men at the lines in the immediate presence of the Platoon
Commander, who shall thereby check his parade statement. Bandsmen will
also fall in for the roll call.
Motor Vehicle Maintenance and duties of Personnel

812-1.All motor transport of the District Reserve shall be in the charge of the
Motor Transport Reserve Inspector/RSI assisted by RSI/ARSI, Motor
Transport (Technical) and at least 3 HC mechanics with 3 PCs as per norms
one set for 15 to 20 vehicles. They will be responsible for keeping the vehicles
in readiness at all times either for the transport of prisoners or a police force
in emergencies. The mechanics shall be sent to the authorized showrooms
specially when new vehicles are procured, for learning the techniques.
2. The RSI (MT) shall ensure that the vehicles are kept greased, oiled, clean
and in perfect order, and will bring any defects promptly to the notice of the
higher officers. Take up servicing from time to time.
3. He is directly responsible for all trips from MT HQRs.
4. He shall exercise supervision over the daily diary maintained by the drivers
under his control and scrutinize all expenditure on account of the vehicles.

1740
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. All requisitions for the use of vehicles shall be made to him and he shall
comply with them if the vehicle is not otherwise engaged at the time, after
obtaining the orders of the superior officers.
6. In case of any breakdown or damage or any incident affecting the running
of the vehicles reported by the drivers, he shall take such necessary steps
for their repair and submit a detailed report through the RI to higher officers
immediately, as to the circumstances, the cause of breakdown or damage,
and the steps taken for their repair.
7. The prior sanction of the SP should be obtained for all purchases in connection
with the vehicles, except oil and petrol, and for repairs except those urgently
necessary. The details of the repairs required should be reported to the
sanctioning authority immediately after they are noticed.
8. He will issue petrol and oil as necessary, care being taken that requisitions
are not in excess of probable requirements. Spare petrol may be carried in
cans at the discretion of the Headquarters RSI. The driver will be supplied
with a two 10 litre tins for oil and will be responsible for ensuring that he has
sufficient oil for any journey. One 10 litre can of petrol shall always be
carried in the vehicle as a spare.
9. He shall take all measures to reduce evaporation at the petrol pump and
get the pump calibrated by Weights & Measures Department and seal the
pump.
10. A stock of 150 litres of petrol, 10 litres of oil and one tin of grease will
always be kept on hand with the RI/RSI (MT) in case there is no petrol/
diesel outlet exclusively to the police.
11. The RI (MT) or RSI (Technical/MT) shall inspect the vehicles every morning
before they go out and check the petrol on hand and in tanks, both before
and after each trip, and shall record the fact in the daily diary submitted by
drivers.
12. He will periodically inspect the vehicles and ensure that the drivers and
cleaners keep them in good and clean condition and report any neglect to
higher officers for suitable action.
13. He will submit a report through proper channel to the Addl. SP/SP regarding
major repairs required giving details.

1741
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Duties of Driver HC and Constable Assistant

14. Each vehicle will be in the immediate charge of a driver of the rank of HC,
assisted by a Constable in the case of vehicles other than Jeeps, Land Rovers,
pickup vans and cars. The Driver and his assistant will jointly and severally
responsible for the clean and efficient condition of the vehicle. Both of them
and Constable Assistant shall clean the vehicle personally and go through all
daily maintenance schedule. The HC should see that the Constable Assistant
does his work well including cleaning the vehicle and thoroughly understands
his job, and also brings to the notice of the RI/RSI (MT) any neglect or
misdemeanour on the part of the Constable. He will report to his superior for
any repairs and replacements that he considers necessary. He will check
up distilled water in the battery, coolant in the radiator and check electric
connections.
The Other Duties are

14 A. They must be always available for duty. Ordinarily, when not on actual
driving duty they should be at the vehicle between 7 am and 11 am and again
between 2 pm and 6 pm and not leave the lines without the special permission
of the RI or RSI Hqrs. and when they leave, they should leave word as to
where they will be found.
15. Under no circumstances both should be absent at one and the same time.
16. Permission given for any absence from the lines must be for a definite period.
17. HC and PC Assistant when at headquarters they will attend morning parades
daily unless they return from duty after 10 pm the previous night, in which
case they may attend for duty at 10 am.
18. The Driver HC will be held responsible for the consumption of oil, petrol and
grease according to norms set for each vehicle. Any wastage or unusual
consumption should be accounted for by him and should be recorded in
vehicle diary daily.
19. Before starting the vehicle, he should carefully examine and see if the vehicle
is in running order and properly equipped.
20. Immediately on return from a trip, the vehicle should be properly cleaned by
both and left in the garage under lock and key.
21. The Driver HC of a heavy vehicle will not make a journey without the PC
Assistant who may be dispensed with only when one of the police constables
travelling in the vehicle is detailed to be with the Driver HC.

1742
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

22. They will always be in uniform and will take rifles/muskets (without bayonets)
or other prescribed weapons and the quantity of ammunition with them when
out on duty with the vehicle except when the Reserve games team are being
carried within the town.
23. The rifles/muskets will be carried in clips provided for the purpose. They
should be secured by a chain and padlock, the key of which will be carried
by the driver attached to his vehicle ignition key. Ammunition will be carried
in pouches on the belt in the usual way.
24. The fact of taking arms and ammunition should be noted in the attendance
register.
25. In the event of any accident or breakdown immediate communication to the
nearest police station should be sent for necessary action and assistance to
get the vehicle to headquarters.
26. Any accident resulting in damage to any other vehicle or injury to any person
or animal should be similarly reported to the SHO of the nearest station and
detailed report to Hqrs RI giving details of damage or defect and cause. The
report should be placed for SP’s perusal. First Aid to injured persons should
be rendered and all assistance to send them promptly to nearest hospital.
27. They will be responsible for any damage to the vehicle or loss of any
component or spare parts attracting suitable disciplinary action unless the
preliminary enquiry shows that they were not at fault.
28. The driver, before proceeding out of headquarters on duty will sign the
attendance register-indicating destination and nature of duty and report his
return to Hqrs.
29. The attendance register in the General Diary format will be in the charge of
the Hqrs. RSI. A copy of this will be attached to drivers daily report.
30. The Constable Assistant will be responsible for the maintenance of the vehicle
in a clean and good condition and will assist the driver in carrying out repairs
and adjustments. He will, unless deputed on other duty accompany the driver
HC whenever the vehicle is taken out. The RI may provide a substitute.
31. During every ordinary run, the PC Assistant should practice driving under
the supervision of the driver. Every Constable Assistant should possess a
driving license or learners’ license.

1743
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

32. No unauthorized person will at any time be carried in the vehicle and nobody
other than the regular driver or his Assistant will drive, except with the express
permission of the SP.
33-A.Every police vehicle should be examined at least once a quarter by the
Motor Vehicle Inspector in order to ensure that it is mechanically and
structurally fit and safe. Motor vehicles belonging to the Special Police
Battalions should be inspected every quarter by the MVI having jurisdiction.
The Technical Officers of the Police Transport Organisation or Reserve
Inspector and above will inspect the vehicles in the Hyderabad City and RR
district, including those of the SAR CPL and the APSP battalion in the City.
B. The mechanic HC under supervision of RSI/RI will be responsible for the
proper upkeep and sound mechanical condition of all Police Vehicles including
Jeeps, cars, land rovers, and motorcycles. He will be present each day for
the daily check of the vehicles by respective drivers. He will test check their
reports and attend to any defect noticed on an inspection of the vehicle
including the starting of the engine. Mechanics should immediately report in
writing through proper channel the existence of any defects, which require
the issue of spares or other parts on stock in the Reserve or attention in the
workshop. He should acknowledge receipt of spares issued and see to their
being fixed properly and immediately. The road-worthiness of vehicles will,
to a great extent, depend on the thoroughness and efficiency with which the
mechanic HC attends to his duties. He will also ensure that orders relating
to the schedule of maintenance drawn for care of vehicles are meticulously
followed.
C. The CP/SP/Addl. SP should make it a point to inspect all the vehicles at
headquarters once a month preferably on the first Monday of the month,
and see that they are properly maintained. The Commandants, State Reserve
and Special Police Battalions, should conduct weekly inspection of motor
vehicles available at headquarters.
34. When a vehicle is not out on duty or being cleaned, it will be kept in the
garage, which will be secured with a lock.
35. One key of the garage will be with the RI/RSI or other officer-in-charge of
the Reserve, and the second key with the Duty RSI. The key will be issued
to the driver under acknowledgement.
36. No work will be done in the garage between sunset and sunrise, except
under the special order of the RI.

1744
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

37. No naked lights will be allowed in the garage at any time and “smoking”
when at work on the vehicles or in the garage is strictly forbidden.
38. Before the vehicle is taken out in the morning, the speedometer reading will
be noted and the petrol in the tank measured. The tank should always be
kept full. It should be refilled whenever the fuel comes down to half the tank
capacity, and metre reading taken and the kmpl calculated and noted in the
diary. The DSP AR should securely seal the metre.
39. For authorised private trips a special and additional reading of the meter
shall be taken at the commencement and termination of the trip.
40. The speedometer reading will be taken also when the vehicle is secured in
the garage. MTO should not let a vehicle be taken and with non-functional
Speedo-meter.
41. The daily reading of the meter shall be checked by the RI Hqrs or RSI Hqrs
if specially deputed. The Superintendent of Police/Addl. SP and RI Hqrs
will be responsible to see that meters are repaired immediately whenever
they go out of order.
42. The vehicle should be cleaned daily. All washing/cleaning of vehicles will be
done on the platform outside the garage.
43. The inside portion of all mudguards and the engine tray will be cleaned
regularly and will be painted every six months with an approved paint. The
under-carriage and chassis shall also be cleaned regularly. The tie-rods,
brake-rods and all exposed moving joints should be touched up once a week
with a mixture of kerosene and engine oil.
44. The issue of paint will be entered in the register of accessories and spare
parts.
45. Lubricating and greasing must be done according to the charts supplied and
displayed in the garage and the fact entered in the maintenance register.
46. Lubrication will be carried out once a week and as soon as the vehicle has
completed the minimum number of kilo meters after which lubrication is
recommended by the manufacturers and oil changed as laid down in the
Instruction Book.
47. The petrol tap must be shut whenever the vehicle is locked in the garage.
48. The engine should be periodically decarbonized.
49. The radiator must be filled with clean pipe water.

1745
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

50. The vehicle must never be driven faster than 60 kmph if they are heavy or
medium range and 80 kmph if they are light vehicles unless in a grave
emergency. In cities and inhabited areas the speed limits prescribed by
police for public should be followed.
51. The battery must be examined every week and distilled water added when
necessary. The level must never be allowed to fall below the level of the top
of the plates. The battery terminals should be greased.
52. The tyres must be maintained at the correct pressure recommended by the
manufacturers for the different types of vehicles.
53. The driver will see that he has a serviceable spare tyre and tube ready for
substitution as well as a complete repair outfit whenever the vehicle is taken
out. A list of the items of the outfit, which should be maintained and carried
in the vehicle, is given below:—
a. Hammer (medium) … 1
b. Screw driver large … 1
c. Brush engine cleaning … 1
d. Oil can … 1
e. Tyre pressure gauge … 1
f. Lubricating gun … 1
g. Jack (complete) … 1
h. Tape insulating roll … 1
i. Lever tyre … 1
j. Pliers … 2
k. Screw driver small … 1
l. Tyre valve tool … 1
m. Handle wheel nut wrench … 1
n. Range of spanner set of 6 … 1 set
o. Wheel nut wrench … 1
p. Pad locks with keys … 1
q. Starting handle … 1
r. Water can … 1
s. Box tool kit … 1
t. Wrench (adjusting) … 1
u. Air line (if supplied) … 1
v. Vehicle log book … 1
w. Block wood for jack … 1

1746
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

54. Should a tyre be punctured or changed with the spare, the meter reading
should be recorded in tyre maintenance register. The tyres should be examined
daily for cuts and for foreign bodies and nails, which may be embedded in
the outer cover and likely to work through and cause punctures. When
vulcanization is necessary, a report must be made to the Reserve Inspector/
RSI, who will immediately attend to the matter.
55. A driver who has to drive a vehicle for long hours at night should be given
rest the following morning. If the vehicle is required to be driven in the
morning, another driver should be detailed.
Registers to be maintained by RI/RSI (MT)

56-A.Register of accessories and spare parts in C.F. No. 268 (A) with appropriate
titles. This will show receipt from and return to stores of all equipment,
tyres, accessories and spare parts. The balance should, at any time,
correspond with a list maintained by the driver. This will be balanced quarterly
and a return submitted to stores for check.
B. A monthly motor transport return in Form 165. This return should be
maintained for the month and all items of expenditure on the vehicle including
petrol, oil and grease should be recorded. The return should be totaled each
month. It should be got verified by the Office Superintendent of the District
Police Office and checked by the Superintendent of Police monthly. A
separate return should be kept for each vehicle. When a journey is performed
for which hire is charged a reference should be made to the daily diary in the
registers of petrol, oil and grease in the return. The Reserve Inspector,
Headquarters at the end of the year will work out the all-in cost of running
per mile with reference to the following particulars —
a) Capital cost
b) Renewals and repairs
c) Maintenance charges, petrol, oil, etc. including the driver’s and
cleaner’s pay
d) Depreciation at 20 per cent of original cost to be written off each year
e) Amount of tax under the Motor Vehicle Taxation Act
f) Cost of registration fees
g) Cost of driving licence fees
Note:- The result should be reported to the District Police Office as
the vehicle completes each year.

1747
 FORM - 165 See Order No.812-56-B
MOTOR TRANSPORT RETURN FOR THE MONTH OF ................ 20 ...... .
Vehicle No.___________________ Original cost of Vehicle ._________________ Date of purchase ._________________ Mileage this year to the end of this month
REGISTER OF PETROL REGISTER OF OIL AND GREASE
Date Voucher Litres Miles COST Date Voucher Engine Gear Grease Driver’s Amount
Number /Kms Remarks Number Oil Oil initials Remarks
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Run (a) (b) (c)

{(a)

1748
Total Gallons Total Rs. Total < {(b)
{(c)

REGISTER OF LOCAL PURCHASES AND REPAIRS

Sl.No. Description No. Supplier Estimated Date of Date Suppliers Date Where Driver’s Passed Date Manager’s
Amount sanction and of Bill of fitted initials Amount of initials Remarks
sanctioning supply Number Bill Payment and date
Officer’s
initials
Rs. P. Rs. P.
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. A register of receipts and issues of petrol, oil and grease in C.F. No. 268-A.
D. Hire Account Register in Form 166. This will show the name of the Officer
who hired the vehicle, the journeys for which the hire is charged, the amount
of the hire and the dates of its receipt and credit into the treasury.
E. A Log Book for each vehicle in Form 167.
FORM - 167 See Order No.812-56-E.
TITLE SHEET
Registration No. AP 9P .....................................................
Police Transport No ...........................................................

VEHICLE LOG BOOK

( To be carried on the vehicle to which it pertains in the
receptacle provided for the purpose )
( The loss of this book should be reported to the Unit Head at once )
For Instructions see inside front cover )

INSTRUCTIONS
(To be printed on inside front cover)
1. This book will be carried on all vehicles in the receptacle provided for this
purpose. The Unit on whose establishment the vehicle is held, the Police
Transport Office and Workshop are each responsible for recording such
entries in the book as concern them.
2. In this book will be recorded: —
(i) Particulars of the vehicle;
(ii) Departures from standard specification;
(iii) Special maintenance instructions;
(iv) Record of transfer;
(v) Record of repairs including test of miles per gallon; (under this heading
a record of major assemblies exchanges will be made in red ink
giving the vehicle mileage on the date of exchange;)
(vi) Record of Drivers;
(vii) Record of mileage run monthly;
(viii) Tyre Record;
(ix) Record of oil changing; and
(x) Schedule of vehicle and equipment (in the pocket at the back).

1749
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. This book will accompany the vehicle to the workshop whenever repairs are
to be executed in order that the necessary entries can be made. In the case
of repairs executed in private shops, the necessary entries will be made by
the officer responsible for the maintenance of the vehicle.
4. This book will be transferred with the vehicle from unit to unit.
5. When the log book of a vehicle becomes full, a new book will be opened,
and will be attached to the old book. The following particulars will be
transferred from the old book to the new book;
(i) Particulars of the vehicle;
(ii) The last unit from which the vehicle was transferred, and the date of
such transfer;
(iii) Total mileage run by the vehicle;
(iv) Mileage since last overhaul
(v) Tyre record, (entries relating to the tyres actually on the vehicle at
the time the new book is opened);
(vi) Details of vehicle equipment.
6. Log books are open to inspection by Audit Officers.
CONTENTS
Page
Section I
Specification .............................................................................................................. 2
Departures from standard specification .................................................................... 3
Special maintenance instructions............................................................................... 4
Section II
Transfer ...............................................................................................................5 – 8
Section III
Summary or repairs executed ........................................................................... 9 – 26
Section IV
Record of Drivers ........................................................................................... 27 – 30
Section V
Record of Mileage .......................................................................................... 31 – 42
Section VI
1. Tyre Record ................................................................................................ 43 – 48
2. Record of oil changing ................................................................................ 49 – 56
3. List of Accessories ..................................................................................... 57 – 59
4. List of Tools ................................................................................................ 60 – 62
5. Spare pages................................................................................................. 63 – 73
1750
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

SECTION I
Specification
Make
Number
Chasis Number
Makers type of vehicle
Year of Manufacture
Type of body
Seating or carrying capacity
Number of cylinders
Bore and stroke
Horse power
Magneto type
Distributor type
Dynamo or generator type
Starter type
Battery type and voltage
Petrol tank capacity Main Gallons.
Reserve Gallons.
Size Pressure
Tyres Front
Rear
Type of drive
Oil specification numbers :
Engine
Gear box
Chasis :
Brake fluid
Shock absorber fluid
Any special instruction as regards lubricants for universal joints, wheels, electrical
equipment, Brakes, etc.
Date of purchase
Signature of officer who certifies to the correctness of above entries, with designation

1751
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

PARTICULARS OF SPECIAL FITTINGS PROVIDED

Date of fitting Departures from Officer’s initials
standard specification

SPECIAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION - II
Transfers
Signature of officer Signature of officer
and name of unit by Date and name of unit by Date
which transferred which transferred

SECTION – III
Summary of Repairs Executed
All repairs and important replacements will be briefly recorded in this section.
All replacements of major assemblies will be recorded in red ink.
In the case of overhauls carried out in 3 rd line workshops, brief details of the
work carried out will be entered.
The milometer reading will invariably be entered in the column provided, as also
any replacement or resetting of this recorder.

Date in shops
In Out Repair executed W/S Job No. Milometer Signature of Officer
reading i/c W/S

SECTION – IV
Record of Drivers

Name of the driver Signature of Officer

in charge From To effecting change of driver

1752
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

SECTION – V
Record of Mileage
Month Milometer reading at the Average miles Total mileage Mileage since Initials Remarks
end of the month and per gallon for upto date last overhaul
mileage performed the month
during month

SECTION – VI
1. Tyre Record
(Note also the particulars of spare tyres)
Date of Make of Tyre Makers Date of Remarks
issue number Replacement

2. Record of Oil Changing

Date Mileage Engine Gear Differential Air Initials Remarks
box Cleaner

3. List of Accessories
Sl.No. Nomenclature Numbers
1 All salon glasses/shutters
2 Brakes: Hand/Foot
3 Clutch pedal
4 Driver’s seat cushion
5 Dash board light
6 Dynamo
7 Dtl. light
8 Engine oil level stick
9 Fuel tank cap
10 Fuel guage
11 Horn electric/bulb
12 Hub cap
13 Head light bulbs/rims/glasses
14 Interior light bulbs/glasses
15 Mirror (rear vision)
16 Oil guage
17 Radiator cap
18 Rear ladder

1753
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

19 Rear light bulbs/glasses

20 Self starter
21 Switch key
22 Starting handle
23 Side curtains
24 Seat frames
25 Side lights/bulbs/glasses
26 Seat cushions
27 Streeing wheel
28 Tarpaulins
29 Tyres
30 Tool box
31 Towing hook
32 Valve cap
33 Vehicle Log Book
34 Wind screen glass/wiper
35 Wheel box spanner

4. List of Tools
Sl.No. Nomenclature Numbers
1 Air line (if supplied)
2 Brush engine cleaning
3 Box tool kit
4 Block wood for jack
5 Handle wheel nut
6 Hammer (medium)
7 Jack complete
8 Lever tyre
9 Lubricating gun
10 Oil can
11 Pad lock with key
12 Petrol can for water
13 Plier
14 Range of spanners set of
15 Screw drivers (small)
16 Screw drivers (large)
17 Starting handle
18 Tyre pressure guage
19 Tape insulating roll
20 Tyre valve tool
21 Wrench
22 Wheel nut wrench
23 Wrench adjusting

5. Spare Pages
(A pocket has to be provided on the inside of back cover)
F. Stock Register of Motor Vehicles in Form 168.

1754
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 168 See Order No.812-56-F

STOCK REGISTER OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Note :- Instructions regarding entries in the Lists of Accessories and Tools.
(1) Details of the accessories and tools not mentioned in the lists should be
entered up at the end of the lists.
(2) Changes, if any, in the quantities issued should be noted and the entry regarding
the previous quantity struck of and initialed by the officer certifying the
correctness of entries, as well as of the driver of the vehicle.
INDEX
Sl.No. Make Registration Number Page No.

Vehicle No.
1. Make Engine No.
2. Type of body Chasis No.
3. Year of manufacture
4. Seating capacity
5. Date of acquisition
6. Authority
7. From whom obtained Cost of Chasis Rs.
Body Rs.
Sales Tax Rs.
Total Rs.
8. No. of Cylinders
9. Bore and stroke
10. Horse power
11. Magneto type
12. Distributor type
13. Dynamo or Generator type
14. Starter type
15. Battery type and voltage
16. Petrol tank capacity Main Galls.
Reserve Galls.
Size Pressure
17. Tyres Front Nos.
Rear Nos.
18. Type of drive
19. Oil specification Nos.
Engine
Gear box
Chasis Brake fluid
Shock absorber fluid
20. Year of provision
21. Date of transfer
22. Transferred to
23. Condemned on
Date:
Signature of Officer Certifying
correctness of above entries

1755
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. List of Accessories

Sl.No. Nomenclature Numbers

1 All salon glasses/shutters
2 Brakes: Hand/Foot
3 Clutch pedal
4 Driver’s seat cushion
5 Dash board light
6 Dynamo
7 Dtl. light
8 Engine oil level stick
9 Fuel tank cap
10 Fuel guage
11 Horn electric/bulb
12 Hub cap
13 Head light bulbs/rims/glasses
14 Interior light bulbs/glasses
15 Mirror (rear vision)
16 Oil guage
17 Radiator cap
18 Rear ladder
19 Rear light bulbs/glasses
20 Self starter
21 Switch key
22 Starting handle
23 Side curtains
24 Seat frames
25 Side lights/bulbs/glasses
26 Seat cushions
27 Streeing wheel
28 Tarpaulins
29 Tyres
30 Tool box
31 Towing hook
32 Valve cap
33 Vehicle Log Book
34 Wind screen glass/wiper
35 Wheel box spanner

1756
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. List of Tools
Sl.No. Nomenclature Numbers
1 Air line (if supplied)
2 Brush engine cleaning
3 Box tool kit
4 Block wood for jack
5 Handle wheel nut
6 Hammer (medium)
7 Jack complete
8 Lever tyre
9 Lubricating gun
10 Oil can
11 Pad lock with key
12 Petrol can for water
13 Plier
14 Range of spanners set of
15 Screw drivers (small)
16 Screw drivers (large)
17 Starting handle
18 Tyre preasure guage
19 Tape insulating roll
20 Tyre valve tool
21 Wrench
22 Wheel nut wrench
23 Wrench adjusting

57. The Reserve Inspector/RSI will also maintain a rough register showing all
purchases (petrol, oil, tyres, grease, cotton waste, etc.) and issues and obtain
the driver’s signature for the leter.
58. The Reserve Inspector/RSI will also maintain a list of the tools and articles
of outfit supplied to each vehicle.
59. The driver will maintain a diary in the prescribed form (driver ’s daily diary,
Form 169). In this will be entered all supplies of petrol, oil, etc. and the
mileage covered on all trips. This diary will be submitted daily by the driver
through the Headquarters Reserve Sub-Inspector to the Reserve Inspector,
who will forward it to the Superintendent of Police with his ordinary diary
after entering the details in his records. When no journey is performed a
“Nil” diary will be submitted on plain paper.

1757
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 169 See Order No.812-59

DAILY DIARY OF DRIVERS
For.................................... No. For.....................................
(Type of vehicle) (Date)
Driver...........................................(Name and Rank) Cleaner (Name)......................................
Mileage First Second
milometer milometer Government Private Total for the day
reading reading

Petrol Balance Receipts Total Balance Miles per gallon

consumed
WORK DONE

Instructions to be printed on the Fly leaf.

This form should be written up in the form of a General Diary and everything
should be reported in it chronologically, i.e., all trips, time of start and finish, work
done, tyres changed, etc. It should be put up to the Superintendent of Police daily.
Two copies should be made, one for the Superintendent of Police and one office copy.
The driver can write up the form from his notebook, if the daily diary book in the
printed form is considered too bulky to take in the vehicle.
60. He will maintain a list of accessories, equipment, spare parts and tools supplied
to him, giving full particulars of the articles supplied, including the numbers
or other marks, if any, on them. This list will be hung up in the garage.
61. He will maintain a note book showing work done by him with or to the
vehicle, and submit it daily to the Reserve Inspector through the Headquarters
Reserve Sub-Inspector.
Use of vehicle

62. The vehicle will be used.

A. for the transport of police parties called out on public duty;
B. for the conveyance of under-trial and other prisoners at the district
headquarters or else where
C. for the conveyance of reserve games teams within the town, and

1758
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D. for taking reserve and other local police men to the parade grounds
for holding combined parade. (This should be an exception rather
than rule).
63. Cases of the use of Government vehicles by officers or Government
departments may be classified as follows for the purpose of levying charges
for their use:
A. where the vehicle is used solely for the conveyance of officers and
men of the department on duty and for the material, records, etc. of
the department and its detention is necessary in order that such
Government servants and material may be conveyed when the
necessity arises;
B. where it is used solely for the conveyance of an officer’s personal
servants and effects and is detained in order that it may be available
for the same purpose when a necessity arises; and
C. where it is used partly for Government purposes and partly for the
conveyance of an officer’s personal servants and effects.
64. When a vehicle is used for the purpose mentioned in (A) above, no charge
should be levied. In the case of uses specified in (B) and (C) above, the
charges as prescribed by the Government should be levied;
65-A. Vehicle hire charges should be recovered ordinarily by deduction from pay
G.O. Ms. 1479,
bills in the case of non-gazetted officers. The recoveries affected from bills
G.A. (Est.B)
should be treated as receipts of the department owning the vehicle and the
31-8-1957 &
1678 G.A.
(O.P.II)department, which owns the vehicle, will watch the realisation of credit as in
31-10-1958.
the case of other departmental revenues.
B. The above rules will apply to all cases in which an officer on tour uses a
Government vehicle and no exception is made on the ground that the purchase
of Government vehicle may have been or may be declared necessary for
the use of a particular officer. When such an order is passed, its effect will
merely be to give the officer referred to a first call on the vehicle in preference
to others and to vest in him the authority to allot the vehicle at his discretion
to other officers who may require it for use on tours, when it is not required
for his own touring, subject, of course, to the payment of the prescribed hire
charges.
66. In order that the vehicle may be available when required, it will ordinarily be
necessary for it to return to headquarters at once after taking out an officer’s
kit.

1759
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

67. As soon as the journey for which hire is charged is finished, the Reserve
Inspector will submit a report to the District Police Office showing the distance
run and the amount of hire due so that a bill may be sent to the party concerned.
68. The office will then take steps to collect the amount from the party concerned,
credit it into the treasury and intimate the fact to the Reserve Inspector for
entry in the Hire Account Register. If, however, hire charges are recovered
by deduction in the pay bill of the officer concerned as required by sub-order
(812-65-A), the fact will be noted in the last column of Form 166. In the
case of Government servants not belonging to this department, the requisition
should pass through his pay drawing officer, who should certify that the cost
of conveyance will be deducted from the Government servants’ salary and
remitted to this department.
69. All Reserve Sub-Inspectors and Armed Reserve men, at a minimum number
of three men per vehicle including motor cycles, should be taught to drive
and be licensed under the Motor Vehicles Act after they have been passed
by the Superintendent of Police.
70. For details of maintenance, care and upkeep of vehicles, reference should
be made to the “Vehicle Maintenance Guide” issued by the Police Transport
Officer. The procedures laid down therein should be strictly complied with.
Cash-Book in Armed Reserves - Maintenance - Instructions

813-1. A cashbook in C.F. No. 119 shall be maintained in all District Reserves. It
will be a record of all cash transactions of the Reserve. All moneys received
on Government account, whether in cash, cheques, cash orders, DDs
remittance transfer receipts or passed bills, which are convertible into cash,
shall be brought to account in it. However, all salaries, allowances etc., are
directly credited into individual accounts of personnel through banks.
2. The book shall be in the custody of and maintained by the DSP/RI AR
personally. It shall be closed at the end of each day on which there is a
transaction and signed by the DSP/RI concerned. The amount of cash on
hand should be shown as the last entry for the day on the credit side and
brought forward as the first entry of the next day on the debit side.
3. The Company Commanders and Platoon Commanders should render
accounts to the concerned DSP/RI every evening for the amounts entrusted
to them. When a platoon goes out on duty for a long spell, a temporary cash
book will be maintained by the Platoon Commander. The DSP/RI concerned
should indicate in the cash book the amounts entrusted to the Platoon
Commander and make entries showing the expenditure and balance returned
as soon as the platoon returns to headquarters, or within a month, whichever
is earlier.

1760
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. On the last working day of the week, one of the Office Superintendents of
the DPO, selected by the SP shall check the cash balance and audit the
entries in the cash book for the week with reference to the vouchers. The
DSP Reserve Police shall scrutinize the cash book and initial it every week.
5. At the end of the month, a detailed balance sheet in Form 34, shall be made
out in the cash book. Office Superintendent of the DPO shall check and
countersign it. The SP/Addl. SP or AO shall also scrutinize the balance
sheet in the course of their examination of the cash book.
6. The instructions in Chapter 13 shall generally apply mutatis mutandis to the
maintenance of the cashbook in the District Reserve Police.
Rules Governing the Police Bands in the State

814. The following are the rules regarding the formation and maintenance of
bands in the Reserves and elsewhere in the police department.

1. There will be a pipe or brass band in every District Reserve, Special Police
[G.O. Ms. Battalion, consisting of at least 16 persons excluding one RSI BM and one
110, Home ARSI. The ratio of HC to PC in the band should be 1:3. The larger reserves
(Pol.A)
15-7-1957 should have a full band of 30 men including bandmaster RI and ARSIs. This
strength is provided separately in the Headquarters wing of the Reserve and
not as Unit of active company. A Committee of SP and Addl SP shall make
the recruitment for this. SP and one officer expert should be nominated by
Addl. DGP, Recruitment and Training, to select from open market persons
with necessary skills subject to minimum qualification of 10th Standard pass.
The relaxations may be given in height and chest and PE test by the DGP
after he is found suitable in the specific items of band for which recruitment
is made provided he is medically fit as per standards laid down for Reserve
Constables. The existing band personnel should be transferred to the
Headquarters as and when the sanction for separate band strength is given.
They shall undergo full training as reserve Police Constables and subject to
all other conditions attached to police force. Non-gazetted officers and
Constables of the Units concerned will man it. Units having 12 or more
platoons may have both pipe and brass bands.
2. The strength of the band for the District Reserves having more than one
active company should not exceed PCs and HCs (16 men), an RSI and one
ARSI. The District Reserves having more than two companies may increase
the strength proportionately. The bandsmen will be members of the police
force and will be governed by the rules applicable to other members of the
police force.

1761
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. The band is primarily intended for use at parades, and during police sports
and other ceremonial functions of the Government. However private
engagements may be accepted from persons, institutions or associations on
application to the head of the office, provided it does not interfere with the
Government duties, and subject to the conditions that the fees prescribed in
sub-order (12) are paid in advance and that the band shall not march on foot
in processions.
4. The head of the office will be the sole administrator of the police band and
the Band Fund.
5. The RI or RSI/Band Master in charge of the band will act under the orders
of the Head of the office in all matters connected with the band and the
Fund. The band and the bandsmen will be under his supervision. Where an
RSI is in charge of the band it will work under RI Hqrs.
6. The band shall not be detailed for any private engagement without obtaining
written orders of the SP. The fees will be paid to the Audit Office
Superintendent of the district or unit office, as the case may be, who will
make out a voucher showing the name of the person or institution engaging
the band, the purpose, the period and the amount collected.
7-A. The Audit Office Superintendent of the District Police Office Unit office
shall be the ex-officio Treasurer of the Band Fund. He will maintain a
separate cashbook for the Band Fund, wherein all receipts and disbursements
of money shall be regularly entered. [He will credit all receipts, as and
when received, to the Band Fund Account in any of the nationalised banks in
terms of Article 269, APFC, and Vol. I].
B. He shall not withdraw any amount from the Personal Deposit Account or
spend any amount available with him in cash without the definite orders in
writing of the SP/DCP. He will be responsible for the correct maintenance
of the accounts, and shall produce the account books for check by the head
of the office or anyone authorised by them whenever there is a transaction
and also when the general cashbook of the office is produced.
8. The bandsmen are solely responsible for the proper maintenance and upkeep
of their uniform and instruments. If an instrument is lost or damaged owing
to the carelessness of any bandsmen, he will be held responsible for its
replacement or repairs.
9. The Reserve Inspector (QM)/RSI/Band Master is responsible to see that
the bandsmen have regular practice. He will inspect the instruments once
a week and report any defect or damage immediately to the head of the
office.

1762
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

10. All instruments and spare parts required for the band should ordinarily be
purchased from the Band Fund under the orders of the head of the office.
In exceptional cases, when there is no amount in the Band Fund, the Zonal
IG/DIGP may be addressed for the purchase of any essential instruments or
spare parts. RI, AR shall ensure that adequate training and practice is given
to the personnel.
11. A register of band equipment will be maintained, wherein a separate sheet
will be set apart for each instrument. The date of purchase, cost, date and
cost of repairs and other particulars will be entered in respect of each
instrument in the sheet.
12. Private persons, institutions and associations shall be charged at the following
rates for the engagement of the band. These fees shall be collected in advance
as laid down in sub-order (3). However the Zonal IG/DIGP may use his
discretion in granting exemption or half concession in payment of the above
fees to Government institutions and bona fidepublic bodies. In case of private
parties no exemption from payment of fees is permissible except that the
Zonal IG/DIGP or Commissioners of Police, Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada
Cities or IGP APSP or IGP Training may in certain deserving cases grant
50% concession to the personnel of the Police Department.
A. Brass Band (full band)
- For 3 hours or less Rs.2500
- Each additional hour Rs. 500
- Transport Rs. 300
B. Brass Band (half band)
- For 3 hours or less Rs.1500
- Each additional hour Rs. 300
- Transport Rs. 300
C. Pipe Band (full band)
- For 3 hours or less Rs.1200
- Each additional hour Rs. 300
- Transport Rs. 300
D. Pipe Band (half)
- For 3 hours or less Rs. 800
- Each Rs. 200
- Transport Rs. 300

1763
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

13-A. “A Band whose strength is not more than 8 may be treated as half band and
one whose strength is more than 8 may be treated as full band for the purpose
of levying the band charges prescribed above”.
B. If the Band is utilized at two points (bride and bridegrooms residence etc.) in
the same function the engagement should be treated as one for the collection
of Band charges from the parties engaging the Band.
14. The full amounts collected from private parties/institutions/associations shall
be remitted by the Audit Office Superintendent to Band Fund, immediately.
15-A.At the end of each month, the Reserve Inspector/RSI (QM) will prepare a
list of the bandsmen who rendered service at private engagements during
the month and the collections made for these engagements. The list should
show the names and full particulars of the bandsmen the number of hours
for which each man rendered service on each occasion, the total amount
collected for each engagement and the amount recommended by him to
each man for each engagement. This should be submitted to the head of the
office through the Audit Office Superintendent, who will scrutinize it and
make a note regarding the availability of funds in the Band Fund.
B. The head of the office will sanction a suitable share out of these collections
for each bandsman. The total of this sanction for each month shall not exceed
50 per cent of the total collections from private engagements during the
month. The following uniform pattern of allotting the amount of 50% of total
collections among the various ranks of bandsmen ......
Band Master (Inspector/ SI rank) 3 shares
ARSI/HC 2 shares
PCs 1 share
16. The Audit Office Superintendent will draw the amount from the bank and
deliver to the Reserve Inspector/RSI Hqrs, who will pay the amount to the
men on proper acquittance. The acquittance roll will be sent to the Audit
Office Superintendent after disbursement. This shall be a voucher for the
Band Fund cash book.
17. A register showing the details of all engagements of the band will be
maintained in the Form 170 by the Reserve Inspector/Subedar/Band Master
and shall be checked at least once a month by the head of the Office.

1764
 FORM - 170 Order No.814-17
REGISTER OF ENGAGEMENTS OF POLICE BANDS
Sl.No. Date Type of By whom Hours of play Band fee Transport Reference of Registration No. Signature of Remarks
band demanded and collected, charges credits (C.B.F. of the vehicle R.I./Subedar/
place where if any collected, if any & Date) detailed Band Master
required From To
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1765
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

18-A. A Personal Deposit Account in State Bank of Hyderabad or State Bank of

India shall be opened. The head of the office shall sign all cheques.
B. The concerned head of the office shall be the administrator of the Personal
Deposit Account and he shall follow the relevant subsidiary rules and
instructions under Treasury Rules 10 and 16, APTC, Vol. I governing the
personal deposit accounts.
19. The Administrative Officer of the District Police Office or the Unit Office,
as the case may be shall audit the Band Fund account every half-year ending
30th September and 31st March and submit a report to the head of the
office.
815. The following further instructions in regard to bands should be complied
with.
1. The brass bands of City Police Reserve should cater to all the
Government functions in the cities of Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada
2. The pipe bands of all districts/ Commissionerates and the Special
Police Battalions will cater to the respective local needs.
3. 50 per cent of the fee collected should be spent on the maintenance
of the bands and purchasing modern instruments.
4. The cost of the maintenance of the band is also allowed to be met
from the police budget.
5. The Police Training College Bands are provided with an annual grant
of Rs.10,000 for their maintenance.
6. The Government have authorised the delegation of powers mentioned
in column (2) of the table given below to the police officer specified
in column (3) thereof, in regard to the purchase and repairs of band
equipment.

Description Limit Officer to whom the power is

of powers delegated
(1) (2) (3)
Purchase and Full powers subject SsP, Commandants, SAR
repair of band to availability of funds CPL and APSP,
equipment Principal, PTC and DCP CAR

1766
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

816. (1) Disciplinary action against erring Armed Reserve Police personnel :
The SP/CP/ Addl. SP (Admn) / DSP AR/ ACP AR shall go through chapter
No. 15 for details of the procedure to be adopted in dealing with major and
minor punishments.
(2) As regards ‘user charges’ for deployment of AR personnel, PSO No.282-1
be referred for details.
(3) As regards the major Bandobust like pushkarams, mass gathering etc., PSO
No.302-1 be referred for clarity.
817. Bhadratha and Arogya Bhadratha.

The SP/ CP/ Addl.SP (Admn) DSP AR / ACP AR should refer to chapter
20 for details of entitlement of Police Personnel under various schemes.

1767
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 43
GOVERNMENT RAILWAY POLICE - ORGANIZATION
General Organisation

818. The Railway Police is a branch of the general Police and Railway district
is a part of General Police District and hence the orders in the Police
Manual equally apply to them. Railway Police is organised into 2 districts
each headed by a Superintendent of Police. The Addl. Director General of
Police, Railways is the head of the organization in the State. Each Railway
Police District has Sub-Divisions, Circles, Police Stations and Outposts and
is generally organized on the lines of district police subject to such
modifications and special provisions in this Chapter. In this manual every
use of noun ‘District’ applies to Railway District also.
Role, Functions and Duties

819-1. The role of the Railway Police is to promote and preserve public order.
a. To prevent and detect crimes, maintain Law and order, communicate
intelligence on criminals,
b. Apprehend wanted persons,
c. To identify problems and situations that are likely to result in
commission of crime
d. To aid and co-operate with other relevant agencies (like RPF/ local
police) in implementing the prescribed measures for prevention of
crimes.
e. To investigate crimes, apprehend the offenders and participate in
subsequent legal proceedings connected with these.
f. To set up anti-human trafficking units within the railway limits and
g. To provide over all safety and security to the passengers at the
platform and during rail journey.
h. To upload Crime - Criminal Data in AP Police intranet and implement
CCTNS. To send chance prints to Finger Print Bureau for
documentation, identification and follow up.
i. To summon all the accused and ex-convicts for counseling to refrain
from committing crime, in the presence of their parents.
j. To liase with RPF, NGO’s, Local police, IB and State Intelligence.

1768
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

The ADGP Railways and SsRP have been designated as Anti-Human

Trafficking Nodal Officers vide G.O.Ms No. 138 Home (PS & C A 2)
Dept., Government of AP, Dt: 08.04.2012.
Liability of SHOs :
The concerned Police Officer is liable to be punished u/s 166 A IPC
with rigorous imprisonment for a term not less than six months which
may be extended to two years for non registration of cases under
Sections 326 A, 326 B, 354, 354 B, Sec 370, Sec 370 A, Sec 376, 376
A. 376 B, 376 C, 376 D, 376 E and Sec 509 IPC.
Victim Compensation :
SsRP shall ensure payment of victim compensation u/s 357, 357 A to
C Cr.PC or under other GOs like G.O. Ms 28 of WCD dt: 13.06.2011
or social welfare department G.O.s in respect of compensation to
SC/ST Victims.
2. The duties of Railway Police are summarized below:
Crime Prevention and Investigation

A. Arrest, detection and investigation of cognizable offences within the

jurisdiction of the railway police; — applying latest Criminal Law
(Amendment) Act 2013, other amendments from time to time and implement
POCSO Act, 2012.
B. Prevention of suicide of persons while on platforms, watch prompt registration
of Sec. 174 Cr.PC cases and identify the dead bodies, inform the kith and
kin and adopt SOP for investigating Sec. 174 Cr.PC cases.
C. Inquiry and report under Section 132 of the Railways Act;
D. Preventive policing like Frisking of persons, checking of luggage for
contraband (u/s 149 Cr. PC)
E. The prosecution of cognizable offences under IPC, Railway Act and other
Acts wherever applicable;
F. Assisting Fire Services and Disaster Management department in case of
fire/accident to douse the fire immediately, rescuing passengers, women
and children to safety place. Liaison with Ambulance Services to shift injured,
if any, to hospitals.
G. The reporting of all instances of illegal activities including fraud on the part
of railway subordinates and others; to the concerned.

1769
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

H. traveling in trains where VIPs and other selected officers travel to watch
out for suspicious persons,
I. Organising specific drives in 2 wheeler and 4 wheeler parking area to identify
stolen vehicles and handing over them to local police under proper
acknowledgement
J. Make entries prescribed registers and books of offence, reports and
complaints of all descriptions brought to the notice of the police;
K. collection, collation communication of criminal intelligence, interception and
arrest of wanted persons.
L. Providing safety to Railway property, handling Rail Roko agitations
M. Rescue of Children found in platforms or wandering in trains, in liaison with
local police, NGOs like child line, HELP, Divya Disha and registration of
FIR cases (W.P. Civil No. 75 of 2012 of 10/05/2013 in Bachpan Bachao
Andolan Vs U.O.I Supreme Court of India.) and re-integrate through
Child Welfare Committee (CWC)
N. To Prevent and detect movement of Ganja / Narcotic and Psychotropic
substances in trains and platforms
O. Checking Bogies / Coaches for Improvised Explosive Devices, Explosives
or other explosive substances, combustible materials.
Maintenance of Order

3-A. control of passenger traffic inside the station premises, more particularly on
the platforms, in the booking offices, waiting halls and at the entrance and
exit gates, and wherever specially required on emergencies by the station
officials;
B. the control of vehicular and other traffic in the station compound, though
RPF has been given responsibility.
C. the maintenance of order in standing passenger trains, prevention of
overcrowding, etc.;
D. Providing adequate bandobust during “Rail Roko” or other agitations
E. watching loaded passenger trains when standing in stations; the arrest of
those found committing nuisances or suffering from infectious diseases and
keeping the station premises clear of idlers and beggars, K.Ds , DCs and
rowdy elements.

1770
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. The examination of all empty carriage/ coaches on arrival at terminal stations

for property left behind by passengers, if any.
G. The removal of dead bodies of persons dying in the trains and in station
premises taking measures for registrations and identification and conveyance
of sick passengers to hospital liaising with ‘108’ services/other ambulance
services.
H. Communicate information of any agitation likely to obstruct movement of
trains, destruction of Railway property or installations, to the local police
and take their help to maintain law and order.
820. The jurisdiction of Railway Police extends over the area included within the
boundary of the Railway line and covered by Stations, Station Yards, Goods
Sheds and Booking Offices (excluding City Booking Offices). This area is
called Railway limits. This jurisdiction does not extend to the areas occupied
by the residences of the railway staff, parking areas of cycles, cycle
rickshaws, animal drawn carriages, and automobiles in and outside the railway
limits.
Order of Command during combined operations

821. When the Railway Police and the District / City Police are on duty together
within Railway Police jurisdiction, the senior Police Officer present, whether
belonging to the Railway Police or the District / City Police, will take
command of all the police present. If, however, any doubt arises about the
relative seniority of the Railway and the District / City Police Officer, the
officer of the Railway Police having jurisdiction will take command.
Organization of Railway Police District

822-1. The RP district has a specified number of sub-divisions, circles and Railway
Police (RP) stations and outposts. A separate investigation Unit may be
organised with its headquarters at the Railway Police (RP) district
headquarters consisting of investigating teams located at convenient stations.
Each Unit has 2 or more teams and other personnel on the pattern of the
District Police. The Investigating Teams may, at the discretion of the IGP
Railways be located at places other than the headquarters of the Unit. These
Units unlike the District Police shall be located in the Railway Police Station
Buildings with clearly earmarked space. The Units will have all the facilities
and logistic support which an Investigation Unit in the District Police has.
DSsRP Railways are located at Vijayawada, Visakhapatnam, Rajahmundry,

1771
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Guntur, Guntakal, Nellore, Tirupati. A Sub-Inspector is the SHO of the Railway

Police Stations. Inspectors as SHOs, head, Guntur, Rajahmundry,
Vijayawada, Guntakal and Visakhapatnam Police Stations.
2. The Railway Crime Records Bureau, the District Investigation Squads for
special cases will be located at the Headquarters of the RP district and work
under the supervision of Superintendent of Railway Police (SRP). The
Railway Police (RP) districts should utilize the forensic lab and sniffer dog
squad located at, Vijayawada and Anantapuramu whichever is convenient.
The bomb disposal squads of the concerned District Police or City Police or
CID may be requisitioned when required.
3. Each RP district is provided with one Company of Reserve Police for dealing
with emergent duties to maintain order and also for guards and escorts.
One Reserve Inspector shall be in charge of these reserves. They are
organized as a Company in the manner of a District Reserve. The Motor
Transport of the RP District is attached to this Reserve for maintenance as
well as for administrative purposes.
4. The Railway Special Branch (RSB) with an Inspector is located in the
concerned Headquarters and shall work directly under the SRP.
5. The Railway Police Office with an Administrative Officer as its ministerial
head on the same pattern of the DPO, is located in each RP district.
Working of the Railway Police Stations and Investigation Units
823-1. The Railway Police Station staff are divided into two sections, viz., the
travelling and detective staff, and the platform staff excluding those required
for Police Station duty HC and PCs. There should be rotation of duties
every month between the platform staff and the travelling staff. The detective
duty personnel in the Police Station are intended to assist the SHO in the
investigation of such cases, which the Police Station is authorized to investigate
in terms of this Chapter. All other duties shall be performed and records
maintained in the same manner as are prescribed for law and order Police
Station s of the district including those specifically prescribed for Railway
Police in this Chapter.
2. The Investigating Units headed by Inspector and such number of Sub-
Inspectors and Head Constables as determined will be responsible for
investigation of the cases as contained in this Chapter. The duties connected
with investigation of any case are the same as prescribed for the police in
this Manual and shall be complied with in toto.

1772
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

The Role and Functions of Officers of the Railway Police

824-1. The IGP, Railways, is the head of the Railway Police in the State. His main
function is to supervise, monitor and coordinate the functioning of the Railway
Police and ensure the efficient performance of duties by them.
2. It shall be his duty to establish close cooperation between the Railway
administration, Railway Protection Force State Police and the Railway Police
to maintain order, prevent and detect crime on the Railways. He shall have
the same powers and duties like inspections and disciplinary powers, which
the Zonal IG/DIGP has, in respect of the Railway Police in the State. He
should, by constant liaison with his counter parts in other States, work out
and implement the schemes for Interstate coordination in matters relating to
service of beats, exchange of information, surveillance over wanted persons
and investigative assistance wherever required. He should constantly review
the facilities, the state of training and the problems of the personnel and take
suitable steps. He should be in close touch with SRPs and personally guide
them in the matter of maintenance of order and prevention of crime. Liaison
shall be maintained with Chief Security Commissioners of the concerned
Railways.
Superintendent of Railway Police

3. The SP Railway Police will perform the role, functions and duties including
those relating to supervision, Investigation, coordination and management in
respect of the Railway Police District as the SP of a District. He shall
report to the IGP Railways. He is mainly responsible for prevention of
crime in the Railways. He must also ensure for the application of professional
methods of investigation besides utilizing scientific aids.
Deputy Superintendent of Railway Police

4. The duties of the DSRPs in respect of the Sub-Divisions are the same as
that of DSPs/SDPOs of District.
Inspectors
5. The duties of Inspectors in the Railway Police are similar to those of
Inspectors in the District Police. They should maintain good relations with
railway officials RPF and local police. They shall take up Investigation in
serious crime or accidents and in other cases guide the subordinates by
visiting the scenes. Constantly pursue progress of trial of Railway cases.
They should attend half yearly meeting of District Police Officers.
1773
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Sub-Inspectors
6-A. The position and duties of a Railway Police Sub-Inspector correspond to
those of a Sub-Inspector of the District Police. He is the Investigating
Officer for the specified cases and is responsible for the efficient performance
of duties by the personnel of his Police Station.
B. He must acquire local knowledge not only of the employees of the Railway,
but also of the criminals residing in his jurisdiction and also those who operate
in Railway Limits.
C. He shall personally move on the railway platform at the time of the arrival,
halt and departure of Express and Mail and other important trains. This
should be done not only at his headquarters, but also at the places of his halt
in his jurisdiction outside his headquarters.
D. He shall travel throughout his jurisdiction in the train when the Governor and
persons of high position travel in trains/ special trains.
Platform Staff – Reserve Sub-Inspectors

825-1. The duty of Reserve Sub-Inspectors at railway stations is to supervise the

platform staff, assist in preserving order and teach PT and drill.
2. Reserve Sub-Inspectors will receive their orders for normal day-to-day duties
from the SHO or SDPO and assist the Station House Officer when required.
They shall submit a daily report of duty performed. The report should be
attached to the general diary.
3. He is responsible for arranging escorts to VIPs according to the instructions
received from the Railway Police Office from time to time and to attend all
trains in which the VIPs travel.
4. He is responsible for rounding up unauthorized vendors, ticketless travelers
and beggars in the station premises.
ASIs and Head Constables

826-1. The platform ASI or Head Constable has to supervise the police personnel
on duty on the platform. He should not leave the neighborhood of the railway
station without orders. His duty should be so arranged as to enable him to
have three nights off in the week. In his absence, another ASI or Head
Constable shall invariably be deputed to work in his place. He is responsible
for informing by quickest means any important occurrence to the Sub-
Inspector during his absence, unless already done by the Station Writer. He

1774
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

shall be present at the arrival and departure of all important trains. One of
the HCs should take care of trial of cases.
In-Charge Constable

2. At railway stations where three or more Constables are employed and to

which no Head Constable is allotted, a senior Constable shall be appointed
to be in-charge and he shall perform the duties of a platform Head Constable.
When two Constables are posted to a railway station, the senior will be
considered as in-charge.
Duties of the Railway Platform Staff

827-1. The main duties of the platform staff are:-

A. Maintenance of order at the Railway station and;
B. watching passenger trains standing at the station;
C. watch on suspects and wanted criminals;
D. collection of intelligence on crime and other aspects; and
E. prevention of thefts and maintenance of order on the platform.
2. Where sufficient platform staff exists, the Inspector into sections shall
divide the platform, called posts, which will be numbered. Men will be
detailed to these posts and their numbers entered against them in the Duty
Roster (Form 171). Men shall move about within the limits of their posts. A
plan shall be displayed in the police station showing the limits of each post
and specifying the posts to be manned and the timings with duration. The
Inspector with reference to train timings will fix the hours of duty. At Railway
Police Outposts, a Duty Roster in Form 172 shall be maintained.

1775
 FORM - 172 Order No.827-2
DUTY ROSTER FOR RAILWAY POLICE OUTPOST
Nature of Duty Number of Police Officers performing duties Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1. Platform duties NOTE

** Section I from to (1) If a police officer does more duties

Section II from to than one on a single day, the
Section III from to additional duties must be shown
in red ink in the respective
2. Station Sentry.
columns.
3. Yard Patrol.
(2) The Station House Officer will sign
4. Investigation of cases. the roster at the end of the month.

1776
5. Court attendance. If he leaves the station during the
6. Process service. month, he will sign it while giving
over charge.
7. Escort duty.
(3) Time spent by Station House
8. Men doing duty at
Officer at out-stations, absence or
headquarters
suspension or mobilization or
9. Leave. other duty must be specified.
10.Sick. ** Extent of section and hour of
11.Absence or suspension or work to be specified.
mobilization, or other duty.
12.Off duty.
13.Vacancies.
APPM Part-I Volume - III
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Railway Stations with two Constables

828. At railway stations where two Constables are employed, one shall stand
near the entrance gate and observe the passengers going out/coming in. the
other shall stand on the platform where the rear brake van will halt and,
after the arrival of the train, shall move slowly up and down looking into
carriages. He shall also watch the offside of the train, crossing the railway
line from behind the rear brake van of the train.
Train Beats

829-1. A train beat consists of the train by which a Head Constable or Constable
travels. The numbers of the trains which form a beat shall be entered in the
duty Roster.

2. Beat Constables shall report themselves at the railway police stations and
outposts en route and at the termination of their beats. In all the railway
police stations and outposts, there will be a point book and the Beat Constables
should sign in this book soon after their reporting at the station or outpost
noting therein the train number, the date and also their numbers.
3-A. Relief of beat Constables on trains proceeding beyond the State is done in
the manner indicated in the following Table.

Station furnishing Train proceeding Relieved at Relieved by

beat towards
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Chirala Chennai Gudur GRP,Tamil nadu
2. Guntur Hubli Guntakal GRP, Karnataka
3. Guntakal Banglore Hindupur GRP, Karnataka
4. Guntakal Raichur Raichur GRP, Karnataka
5. Guntakal Arkonam/Katpadi Renigunta GRP, Tamilnadu
6. Hyderabad Mumbai Wadi GRP, Karnataka
7. Hyderabad Manmad (Via Parli) Bidar GRP, Karnataka
8. Hyderabad Manmad (Via Nanded) Mudhked GRP, Maharashtra
9. Kazipet Nagpur Balarshah GRP, Maharashtra
10. Visakhapatnam Howrah (Kolkata) Barahampur GRP, Orissa
11. Vizianagaram Bokaro/Raipur Rayaghad GRP, Orissa
12. Noupada Gunupur Parlakimidi GRP, Orissa

B. The policemen so relieved will, in turn, relieve the beats of the bordering
Railway Police on the returning trains at the points noted in column (3) of
the above table.

1777
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. For Superfast Trains which do not stop between Vijayawada and Chennai
and Secunderabad and Bangalore, the RP Stations of Vijayawada and
Secunderabad will provide beats from Vijayawada and Secunderabad
respectively. The Tamilnadu and Karnataka GRP will provide escorts
from Chennai to Vijayawada and Bangalore to Secunderabad
respectively. For superfast Trains going to Kerala the relieving point
shall be Renigunta.
4. The IGP Railways and Superintendents of Railway Police concerned should,
during their meetings with their counterparts, ensure that reciprocal
arrangements as made in the Table for the trains or any other New Trains
are strictly adhered to by all concerned.
Organization of Train Beats and Station Patrols – Instructions

830-1. There are certain obvious handicaps in the detection of Railway crime.
Offences committed in trains are, generally, discovered by victims many
kilometres from the place of occurrence and the investigator, too, has generally
no means of ascertaining the exact scene. The cases are detected only
when they are caught red-handed. It is therefore necessary that preventive
methods like efficient beats and patrols are undertaken.
2. The SsRP during their monthly visits to station must ensure that the beats
are well organised to cover most crime prone trains and they are checked
frequently by SHOs, Inspectors and SDPOs.
3. The bulk of the crime on railways consists of:—
A. thefts in running passenger trains
B. thefts on platforms, in passenger sheds and stationary trains
C. thefts on running goods trains
D. thefts from goods sheds and stationary wagons, and
E. thefts of railway materials
4. Thefts in passenger trains are committed either by individuals or by organised
gangs. Individuals escape by committing theft of bag and baggage.
Organised gangs board the trains at station during nights, rob the passenger
by show of force and get down with the booty by pulling the chains.
Sometimes culprits stand waiting at the windows for the train to move and
snatch chains from the necks of ladies sitting by the side of window. The
following instructions should be complied with for prevention and detection:

1778
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Acquaint thoroughly with details including identification particulars,

modus operandi of the old offenders and look for them in the train
or platform.
B. Some of the indicators to identify an unknown person whether local
or non-local who is likely to commit offences are given below. While
any one of the may not by itself be sufficient always to spot old or
likely offenders, these coupled with proper observation will enable
the police to nab suspicious persons thereby preventing platform or
passenger train thefts.
a. Persons loitering on the platforms and trains under suspicious
circumstances,
b. Not having any hand baggage or a ticket,
c. Having a ticket without reservation,
d. A person unaccompanied by family or others,
e. A person observing other passengers or avoiding police or
Railway staff,
f. Inability to answer normal queries and prevarication,
g. Resemblance to photographs of wanted persons circulated in
CIG, press or media;
h. A person answering the description of wanted persons
C. When the doubts entertained about such persons are confirmed or not fully
cleared they may be arrested under section 41 or 42 Cr.P.C.
D. The locking of reserved compartments is the responsibility of Railway staff,
Ensure that they discharge this important duty.
E. Enlist cooperation of traveling Railway staff particularly TTE, Attendants,
Catering staff and others in reporting of any suspicion on any one.
F. Beat constables should be moving about on platforms and waiting rooms
watching out for suspicious persons.
5. There should be a beat in the station premises half an hour before and after
the arrival and departure of a passenger train. Patrolling on the platform
through out night where passengers sleep should be organised. Platform
beats should be intense on crime prone railway stations.
6. Thefts can be prevented effectively from running goods trains, goods sheds
and stationary wagons by studying crime prone areas and by GRP combinedly

1779
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

working with RPF in guarding, patrolling the above places. Where there is
likelihood of armed attack, co-ordinated action by Local Police, Railway
Police and RPF is necessary.
831-1. Railway PCs shall be detailed for travelling duty by rotation and kept on that
duty for a calendar month at a time. The travelling staff must be kept up to
required strength even at the expense if necessary, of the platform staff.
Transfers from the travelling staff will be by a District Order. The police
have a duty to watch Railway Stations for suspicious strangers. Where the
Railway Police is unable to spare a Constable or two to a Railway Station,
which is likely to be crime prone, or rendezvous of criminals, arrangements
should be specifically made with local police by SHO and SDPO.
2. Personnel of the traveling staff are as a rule, to be exempted from travelling
every third day. On such days they shall perform platform duty, if they are
not otherwise detailed.
Duties of Beat Constables

832-1. Beat Constables while on beat duty shall be in uniform. Before being deputed
for beat duty the SHO shall show them the most wanted property / stupefying
drug offender and the data in the AP Police intranet. Descriptive particulars
of dangerous and desperate offenders and photos to be affixed in the beat
book. At every station they should contact the station master and ascertain
from him whether he wishes to make any report or complaint and whenever
time permits they shall patrol from one end to the other of the train watching
out for suspicious persons carefully all along. At important specified stations
where there are point books, the beat Constables should sign these point
books recording therein the train number, the date and also their names,
numbers and station. They should also note in their beat book (Form 173)
the page number and the serial number of the point book wherein they have
signed. On returning from the beat, they shall return the beat book to the
officer in charge of the station.

1780
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 173 See Order No.832-1

RAILWAY POLICE - BEAT BOOK
Railway Beat Train Return Signature Crime Packets or
Stations Constable’s number journey of Constable occurrence letters received
number and and hour train or Station or other or delivered
date of starting number, Master information
and arrival hour of
at the starting
distant and of
stations return to
police
stations

List of Railway Thieves or Suspected Persons

Name ............. Cell Phone No. ................. Village................. Nearest Railway Station ........

* If convicted put C. after the name; if a K.D. put K.D.

On label outside : Railway Police Beat Book.
2. As an additional precaution, the railway Guard should be required to inform
the travelling Beat Constable by writing in his Beat Book, the train number,
the date and the number of each carriage in which accommodation is reserved
only for women. The Beat Constable will be required to keep a watch on
the compartment reserved for women. He should maintain a watch at each
halting place, particularly to ensure that no one is travelling on foot boards or
couplings of such carriages. Whether these duties would require an increase
in the strength will be determined by the circumstances existing from time to
time. Both the train guard and travelling beat Constable shall be jointly held
responsible for compliance of this Order.
Plain Clothes Officers
3. In addition to Beat Constables, Police Officers in plain clothes may be
employed to travel by train on detective duty, such as shadowing suspects.
The SHO or IO should brief them clearly and personally.
Railway Protection Force
833. The Railway Police are not responsible for watch and ward duties, but they
should patrol station yards and goods shed. The Railway Protection Force
is intended to safeguard all railway property and property carried by railways
excluding the passengers’ luggage. All watch and ward duties are performed
by RPF.

1781
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Urgent Communication of Important Offences

834-1. All cognizable cases, serious losses of property, all offences falling under
Section 150 of the Railways Act, and other important occurrences reported
outside Railway Stations but with in railway premises shall be telefaxed,
informed by telephone SMS, Whatsapp or by Radio communication at once
by the senior member of the platform staff or the Beat Constable to the
Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station of the section and also
to the nearest L&O Police Station House Officer and to the Superintendent,
Railway Police. The descriptive particulars of the property should also be
telegraphed and informed to all Railway Police Stations on the line and
connecting lines.
2. When the SHO is absent from his headquarters, all reports of the above
nature received in the station shall be telegraphed or informed over telephone
or by Radio communication to him.
3-A. SHOs shall inform by SMS, Whatsapp telegram, fax or RM serious cases
and occurrences to the Inspector, Sub-divisional Police Officer concerned
and Superintendent, Railway Police.
B. All grave crimes and offences under sections 150 and 151 of the Railways
Act and strikes including hunger strikes, bundhs or attempted strikes of
Railway employees shall also be reported by telefax, SMS, Whatsapp / RM,
telephone or express report to the CP/SP of their district and District
Magistrate having jurisdiction.
C. The offences under section 152 of the Railways Act, may be treated as
minor offences and no report need be sent. However, offences u/s 151 and
152 of the Railways Act committed by any political party or in an organized
manner with a motive to wreck the train and causing damage to a train or
hurt a person should be reported to DGP and all officers as in cases of
specially grave nature immediately by wireless/fax followed by detailed
reports.
4. Telefax concerning railway cases shall be sent “On Railway Service” and
other telefax as “State messages”. Where there is a police radio station,
reports should be sent by police radio and not as State telefax.

1782
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Investigation of Cases

835. The Railway Police shall investigate cases like local police under Chapter
12 of Cr.P.C and take assistance of APPs /Addl.PPs while finalizing charge
sheets.
1. When a passenger sends a report or a telefax to the en-route railway police
station after reaching his destination, SHO on finding its authenticity, should
register a case without insisting on the presence of the complainant if the
contents of the report/telefax reveal the commission of a cognizable offence.
2. The sub divisional police officer (DSRP) will transfer important cases
registered at the Railway Police Station to the investigation units, there by
the Inspector or investigation unit will take up investigation of such cases in
the same way as if they are reported to them directly. Besides this, the
investigation unit also shall register cases independently when they are directly
reported to them and investigate. He is directly responsible to the DSRP of
the jurisdiction for his investigation.
Case diaries
836. The writing and maintenance of case diaries for the investigation of cases is
the same as provided under chapter 12 of Cr.P.C. The investigating officers
whether of Railway Police Station or of investigation unit shall maintain the
G.O.519, Judl. case diaries and send them regularly to the Inspectors and SDPOs for their
22-3-1902,
G.O.221, Pub. perusal, guidance and supervision.
(Pol) 20-4-1932

Personal Investigation by DSRP

837-1. The DSRP shall at once proceed to the scene of occurrence of crime and
conduct the investigation on receiving the report of any case coming under
Section 150 of the Railways Act, which involves danger to human life.
2. He shall also send a copy of the grave crime report of his investigation to the
concerned District Magistrate besides to the SRP/IGP Railways.
3. Such cases shall be thoroughly investigated from all angles with the co-
operation of the District Police and others.
4. The instructions relating to investigation of any case given in this Manual in
various Chapters apply to the investigations by Railways. In the case of
Railway Accidents accompanied by loss of human life the steps and measures
should be taken as given in Order No. 854-1.
5. DSRP shall follow the detailed duties of SDPO mentioned in PSO-52

1783
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

6. DSRP to take help of Forensic engineering wing in case of Railway accidents,

sabotage cases.
838. For efficient discharge of duties, the Railway Police require the following
facilities: -
1. Police Stations, Outposts, Investigation Units should be located on
the platform of the main Railway Station building at a convenient
spot.
2. For on the spot registration of cases, arrests of accused, and for
taking up investigation immediately where possible mobile police
stations are arranged. In the absence of such arrangements, facility
must be provided to receive reports and pass on to the nearest
Railway Police Station. Mobile Police station is being arranged in all
important passenger trains with sufficient staff including beat.
Accommodation should be earmarked accordingly.
3. The office accommodation for supervisory officers should be provided
near the Railway Stations.
4. The Police Stations, Investigation Units and supervisory officers
should be linked with the Railway Communication Network as well
as AP Police intranet.
5. The number of duty passes should be calculated in such a manner as
to enable travel of the staff of Police Stations and Investigation Units
without inconvenience.
6. These facilities, which are the minimum to be laid down by the
government provided by the Railway authorities without fail. SsRP
and IGP Railways should prevail on Railway authorities to provide
these.
Telefax Complaints by Railway Officials

839. In the matter of complaints or information reported by railway

officials by telefax, the same shall be confirmed by a further
report in writing.

Complaints by Railway Officials

840-1. Separate entries either in separate registers or in different

parts of the same register (Form 174), will be made for -
A. shortages of goods or parcels
B. shortages or loss of railway materials, and
C. loss of property of passengers
1784
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 174 See Order No.840-1

REGISTER OF SHORTAGES AND LOSSES

Sl. Station Designation of Nature of the Value Name of Dates of Final

No. or area Railway goods or Guard, RVC Enquiry, by action
and Official property lost Travelling whom taken
Date of Reporting, and brief porters or (including
loss Date of Report, particulars Train G.S.M., other Police
and Date of of the Number C.G.C. and Stations)
receipt by circum- C.R.C, particulars of
Station House stances Lost Recovered Railway information
Officer under which Officials secured
the loss connected
occurred
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2. Entries in classification (i) will clearly distinguish whether the shortage or

loss occurred in a stationary wagon, a wagon in transit or from a transhipment
shed or platform. When making entries in the register, care should be taken
to note in column 10 whether a report against any railway official was sent
to the railway authorities and the action taken by them thereon.
3. The Station House Officer can himself dispose of any case of shortage or
loss amounting to a maximum or Rs.500/-. The orders of the Sub-divisional
Police Officer should be taken where the value exceeds Rs.500/-.
4. Particular attention will be paid by inspecting officers with regard to the
action taken and enquiries made by the SHO in regard to such shortages
and losses.
5. The register will include reports which the Station House Officer transfers
to another jurisdiction. He should state his reason for such action and the
Inspector must ratify this.
Nuisances

841. All nuisances committed within railway limits and all violations of Special
and Local Laws including relevant Police Acts occurring in Railway Police
Limits should be handled by the Railway Police in the same manner as law
and order Police.

1785
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Petty Thefts

842. Care must be exercised in the matter of refusing to investigate petty thefts
on the ground of the small value of the articles stolen. The theft of an
important piece of mechanism, though of small intrinsic value, may amount
to a grave offence under the Railways Act.
Custody of Prisoners

843. At Railway Police stations where there is no lock-up, prisoners who are not
immediately sent for remand shall be sent to the nearest district or city police
station for custody. The hour at which a prisoner is thus sent shall be entered
in column 6 of the Search Register. The latter will provide the guard for the
Railway Police prisoners in district police lock-up.
Copy of Inquest Report to be sent to Railway Officials

844. In cases of death within railway limits, whether by a railway accident or

otherwise, in which an investigation is held under Section 174 of the Code
of Criminal Procedure, an extract of the investigation report in Form 175,
176 and 177 shall be forwarded to the Divisional Engineer in all cases, and
the Divisional Operating Manager, in cases occurring within the limits of a
railway station, if requested by him. In the event of the investigation having
been held by the district police, a copy of the report shall be obtained from
them.

1786
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 175 See Order No.844

REPORT IN CASES OF ACCIDENTAL DEATHS AND
SUICIDES NOT WITNESSED
1. (a) Name of deceased
(b) Caste
(c) Occupation
(d) Residence
2. By whom the deceased or the dead body was first
found and under what circumstances.
3. When and where (mileage).
4. Sex and age of the deceased.
5. Injuries found on the body.
6. If found living, to which hospital the patient was sent, by
which train, and when and where the death occurred?
7. Whether investigation was held by the police and, if so,
whether the deceased was identified, by whom and
with what result ?
8. If not identified, whether finger prints were taken and
sent to the Finger Print Bureau, and if so, with what
result ?
9. Verdict of the panchayatdars.
10. Whether body was sent for Post Mortem examination
and, if so, the opinion of the Medical Officer as to the
cause of death. If not sent, why not ?
11. Circumstances under which the deceased met with the
accident ?
12. Probable train, which killed the deceased, with reasons.
13. Statements of engine crew.
14. Result of examination for blood marks on the engine or
carriage.
15. Conclusions arrived at by the Railway Police as to the
nature and cause of death.
Forwarded to the : Deputy Inspector-General of Police / IGP, Rlys,
: District Collector,
: Government Inspector for Railways,
: District Traffic Superintendent, Railway,
: District Engineer, Railway.
Office of the Superintendent, :
Railway Police : Superintendent Railway Police.
Date.
* To be sent only when the circumstances of the case present any unusual or important features.

1787
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 176 See Order No.844

REPORT IN CASES OF ACCIDENTAL DEATHS, SUICIDES AND
SUICIDES WITNESSED
1. (a) Name of deceased
(b) Caste
(c) Occupation
(d) Residence
(e) Phone No.
2. By whom the accident was first witnessed, under what
circumstances and the condition of the deceased.
3. When and where (mileage).
4. Number of train which caused the accident.
5. Sex and Age of the deceased.
6. Injuries found on the body.
7. If living, to which hospital the patient was sent for
treatment, when and by which train, and when and
where the death occurred ?
8. Whether investigation was held by the Police and, if
so, when and by which Police Officer and whether the
deceased was identified by whom and with what result
?
9. If not identified, whether Finger Prints were sent to the
Finger Print Bureau, and, if so, with what result ? (with
availability of Intranet FPs can be sent on line to Director
Finger Print Bureau).
10. Verdict of the Panchayatdars.
11. Circumstances under which the deceased met with the
accident.
12. Conclusions arrived at by the Railway Police as to the
nature and cause of death.
13. Name and Phone No. of the person to whom
information was sent with date in addition to cell phone
message a written information should be sent.
: Deputy Inspector-General of Police/IGP, Rlys,
Forwarded to the : District Collector,
: Government Inspector for Railways,
: District Traffic Superintendent, Railway,
: District Engineer, Railway.
Office of the Superintendent, : Superintendent Railway Police
Railway Police. :
Date
* To be sent only when the circumstances of the case present any unusual or important features.

1788
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 177 See Order No.844

REPORT IN CASES OF NATURAL DEATHS
1. (a) Name of deceased
(b) Caste
(c) Occupation
(d) Residence
2. By whom first found dead or living. If living,
when did he die ?
3. When and where ?
4. Sex and Age of the deceased.
5. Injuries, if any, on the body.
6. Whether investigation was held by the
Police and, if so, whether and by which
Police Officer and whether the deceased
was identified, by whom and with what
result ?
7. If not identified, whether Finger Prints taken
and sent to the Finger Print Bureau, and, if
so, with what result ?
8. Verdict of the Panchayatdars.
9. Whether body was sent for Post Mortem
Examination and if so, the opinion of the
Medical Officer as to the cause of death.
10. Circumstances under which the deceased
met with his death.
11. Conclusions arrived at by the Railway
Police as to the nature and cause of death.
12. Name of Phone No. of the person to whom
information was sent with date. In addition
to SMS / Cell Phone oral message, a written
information should be sent Forwarded to the
Railway (when reports are called for by
him).
Office of the Superintendent.
Railway Police Superintendent Railway Police
Date :

1789
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Disposal of Bodies:

845. The Railway Police shall take steps to hand over the body of any person
who has been killed or who died within the Railway limits to his relatives or
G.O.Ms.No.
if for any reason that is not possible, to any friend of the deceased, or to the
2547, Home member of any society or institution willing to perform the last rites for such
(Pol-C),
dt.. 23-9-1955 persons. If none of these agencies undertake the task, the railway police

shall be responsible for the burial or cremation in a proper manner and in

accordance with the nationality and religion of the deceased and the cost
defrayed by the Superintendent, Railway Police, from contingent charges
under appropriate head.
Station Crime History

846. To facilitate the study of crime and criminals, the Station Crime History will
be maintained in all stations in five parts as prescribed below. The Station
Crime History is a confidential record.
Part-1: Crime, Occurrence and Classification Register

1. All true crimes and attempts coming within the classification given below
shall be entered in Part I (Form 178) of Station Crime History chronologically.
Additional classes of crime will be included only with the sanction of the
Addl. DGP CID.
FORM - 178 See Order No.846-1
RAILWAY POLICE STATION CRIME HISTORY FOR….. 20.
Part - I Station District
Crime Name of Scene of Modus Name of accused or Cross
Nature and value
Number complainant offence operandi, suspect, reasons for latter, references,
of property
Section of classification old railway offenders to be associates
law and and brief underlined, old references
date (day description of being quoted and result of
or night) offence case. Any other useful
information
Lost Recovered
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1790
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Classes of Crime
I. Thefts in running passenger trains
(a) Pocket picking
(b) Jewel snatching
(c) Personal effects, in upper class
(d) Personal effects, in lower class
(e) Mails
(f) Luggage van
II. Thefts in passenger sheds, stationary trains and on platforms.
(a) Pocket picking
(b) Jewel snatching
(c) Luggage
(d) From stationary trains, upper class
(e) From stationary trains, lower class
III. Thefts from running goods trains
(a) Of whole consignments
(b) By extraction
IV. Thefts in yards and stationary wagons
(a) Of unshipped consignments
(b) During loading
(c) By extraction
(d) From sealed wagons
V. Thefts in goods sheds and parcel offices
(a) Of whole consignments
(b) By extraction
VI. Thefts of railway material
(a) Iron material from the track and yard
(b) Stationery stores
(c) Coal thefts
(d) Carriage fittings
(e) Dynamo belts
(f) Electric Bulbs
(g) Miscellaneous
VII. Miscellaneous thefts
(a) Bicycles
(b) Other articles

1791
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

VIII. Murder for gain, dacoity, robbery

IX. Drugging or poisoning for the purpose of committing theft, looting, robbery
and dacoity.
X. House - breaking
XI. Receiving stolen property
(a) Consignments
(b) Personal effects
(c) Railway materials
XII. Cheating
(a) By sale of tickets
(b) Confidence trick
(c) False personating
XIII. Counterfeit coin and currency notes
XIV. Railways Act
(a) Section 150
(b) Section 151
(c) Section 152
2. Entry in column 4 should be brief, clear and include all classifications that
are covered by the offence.
3. In column 7 all the useful information and facts discovered during the
investigation, including the names of the known or suspected, accused with
grounds for suspicion, peculiarities in the commission of the offence, and the
result of the investigation shall be entered. The names of old offenders in
railway offences shall be underlined quoting the relevant records.
4. At the close of each year, the Inspector shall enter an analytical review of
crime and formulate a programme for prevention and detection during the
ensuing year. The Sub-divisional Police Officer will approve this review
before the end of January of the next year and before it is entered in Part-I
of the Station Crime History.
5. A FIR Index (Form 96) will be kept. In the remarks column cross reference
to all other records should be given.

1792
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Part II – Crime Charts

847. A Crime chart will be maintained in every Railway Police Station in the
same way as in local police station. Figures and letters as shown in Order
846 will chart the modus operandi classification of crime. For example, a
case of pocket picking in a running train on 5th March, 1998 will be shown as
1(a) on the crime chart for 1998 at the place where it has occurred, or
believed to have occurred.
Station Crime History – Part III

848-1. Part III of the Station Crime History shall be in Form 77. The names of the
G.O.Ms. following persons shall be entered in the register, provided the offence is in
2133, Home,
connection with the railway or in railway premises and also those persons
dt. 1-9-1943.

listed in order No.848-1-G in whose case orders for the retention of finger
prints have been passed by the Superintendent of police.
A. Persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII and XVII of the
Indian Penal Code of which a punishment of three years or upwards
is prescribed.
B. Persons convicted of offences under sections 498-a to 498-D of the
Indian Penal Code (forgery of currency notes and bank notes).
C. Persons notified under the Habitual Offenders Act, 1948, convicted
under section 12 of the Act and of any of the offences narrated in
the schedule to the said Act.
D. Persons bound over under Sections 109 or 110 Cr.P.C.
E. Persons convicted under Sections 150, 151 and 152 of the IR Act.
F. Persons convicted under the Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession)
Act, 1955, and Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act, 1950.
G. Unconvicted persons reasonably suspected to have committed
offences with particulars of offence, selected for inclusion with the
approval of a gazetted officer. These shall be retained only so long
as reasonable suspicion exists against them.
2. This register will contain convictions in cases registered at the station and of
persons living in the station local area convicted of offences on the railways
elsewhere. If a conviction is reversed on appeal, the entry should be crossed
out unless the person is brought under clause (g) of sub-order (I). In the
“Remarks” column of the form shall be entered a broad classification (as
specified in Order 846) of the crime committed by the criminal.

1793
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. The names of persons registered in Part-III shall be struck off after a period
of ten years from the expiry of their last sentence undergone, or if History
Sheets opened for any one of them have been discontinued. Inspectors may
affect the removal. A gazetted officer may, however, sanction the removal
of names at any time within the period mentioned above, if the retention of
such name is considered unnecessary.
4. Convicted and unconvicted persons not removed from Part III shall be
enquired about frequently. The Station House Officer must make detailed
enquiries about them at least once a year.
Part IV – General Information

849-1. The Station Crime History, Part-IV, will contain general information. It will
be kept in loose sheet forms, with appropriate headings, as detailed below.
A. Extent of station jurisdiction, quoting actual distance and a list of
railway stations in the jurisdiction, giving actual mileage and code
name of each station.
B. Plan of the railway line in the station jurisdiction showing railway
stations and important bridges with distance in each case.
C. Local police station and district in which each railway station lays.
D. Magistrates, noting against each his headquarters and his jurisdiction
as far as the railway police are concerned.
E. List of festivals, their probable dates and duration, and the strength
required for each, and any special precautions necessary.
F. List of weekly markets, commodities sold, the nearest railway station
and the average number of passengers alighting there.
G. A note on the Railway Protection Force staff.
H. Notes on important disputes which may cause interference with the
running of the railway. These should include all labour disputes and
special note on any friction or dispute among the subordinates of the
railway.
I. A register of ex-convicts containing the names of all railway criminals
residing within eight KM radius of the railway police station jurisdiction
will also be maintained by every railway police station.
J. A list of dismissed railway employees and members of political parties
and criminal gangs likely to indulge in acts of sabotage.
2. This register should in fact contain a summary of such information as will be
useful to a new Sub-Inspector taking charge of the station.

1794
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. All entries in this record should be edited, signed and dated by the Inspector.
Only the station copy of the record is to be maintained. The Inspector will
not maintain a copy with his circle records but will summarise all important
points in his Circle Information Book as is done by the Circle Inspectors in
districts.
Part V – History Sheets

850-1. Part V consists of history sheets (Form 79) of persons residing permanently
or temporarily in the station local area, who are known or believed to be
addicted to or to aid or abet the commission of crime on the railway, whether
convicted or not, or who are believed to be habitual receivers of property
stolen in offences committed on the railway.
2. The opening and closing of history sheets will be governed by the orders for
the local Police contained in the Chapter 33.
3-A. The Railway Crime Records Bureau will maintain dossiers for selected
criminals of special importance who operate over an extended area. These
persons will be known as railway dossier criminals. The SRP, will decide as
to who should be registered as Railway Dossier Criminals.
B. The instructions regarding the reporting of the activities and movements of
District Dossier Criminals apply equally to Railway Dossier Criminals. The
SHO is responsible for reporting to the RCRB particulars of arrest, conviction,
release from jail, passing out of view, conduct and movements and any other
information likely to be of use or of general interest, in respect of every
RDC for whom a history sheet is maintained in his station and any other
RDC about whom he may obtain information on the points specified.
4. For a criminal, who has a history sheet in a railway police station, a history
sheet will also be maintained in the L&O Police Station in the jurisdiction of
which he resides. Such sheets will be marked with a red “R” and below it
will be noted the name of the Railway Police Station and history sheet
number-
R
Guntur - 11
The Railway Police Station sheet will be marked similarly with a letter “L”, e.g.
L
Vijayawada - 15
Local and Railway Police SHOs will report to each other information of arrest, con-
viction and all other matters of interest in respect of such persons.

1795
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. A list of ex-convicts and KDs shall be maintained in every RPS.

Volume and page number of Name, Father’s name, Village Crime

Police Station of the convict Number
Part – I Part – III or suspect

(1) (2) (3) (4)

6. Name index of criminals: An alphabetical name index of persons entered in

Part III.
Co-operation and Co-ordination

851. For prevention and detection of crime and for maintenance of order in
Railways the co-operation and co-ordination between Railway police, local
police, Railway protection force, Railway administration and State
Government is necessary. The following are some of the guidelines to achieve
such co-operation.
Co-operation with the District Police

1-A. There should be the closest cooperation between the District and Railway
Police.
B. The Railway Police should assist the local police in arresting escaping
offenders, and also informing the movements of criminals.
C. In matters of placing obstructions on the line, tearing lines, stone throwing at
trains, and the like, the help of the local Police should be promptly sought.
D. In the event of crime being committed in the limits of the local Police, but in
the close neighborhood of the Railway, the Railway Police shall take the
necessary legal action pending the arrival of the local Police.
E. The SRP may require the local Police to take over the entire responsibility
for the investigation of a grave crime, such as murder or dacoity, the
circumstances of which are of a local nature quite unconnected with the
railway, even though the case occurred within the jurisdiction of the Railway
Police. On his requisition, the local Police shall at once take over the
investigation.

1796
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. In the event of a strike on the railway the local police will deal with the
offence arising out of strike while the Railway police will be performing
their normal duties dealing with ordinary offences.
G. The Sub-Divisional Police Officers of the local Police should call on the
SRP if he is camping in the district and when the DSsRP are on tour they
should call on the SsP.
H. When a cognizable crime outside the jurisdiction is reported to the SHO of
RP Station, he should register and transfer to the local police and take such
steps as necessary pending arrival of the local police.
Procedure in cases of theft of materials from Railway track

2-A. As soon as theft takes place from the railway track or premises, the railway
authorities will send immediate intimation not only to the RPS having
jurisdiction but also to the local Police. This is necessary because very
often such thefts occur at considerable distances from the RPS. It is
necessary that immediate local enquiries should be made in the area, pending
the arrival of the Railway Police Officers on the scene.
B. When the cases are reported or come to the notice, the Railway Police shall
register and investigate such cases and shall be wholly responsible for all
further action in the matter.
C. The local Police SHO or Investigation Unit, on receipt of the intimation from
the railway authorities, shall enter it in their respective Station General Diaries
and cause local enquiries to be made in their jurisdiction regarding the possible
culprits and the disposal of the property. They shall also render the Railway
Police such assistance as may be necessary from time to time in the
investigation of the case.
D. Thefts of materials in railway station yards and goods yards will be reported
to the RPS having jurisdiction. The Railway Police can always call on the
local police for such assistance as may be necessary, from time to time, in
respect of these cases.
E. A complaint of theft or loss may be accepted for registration and investigation
at the first RPS at which a theft on a running train or from railway premises
is reported and then if the scene of offence is definitely located to be under
the jurisdiction of some other police station, the case may be transferred
promptly to that police station. Otherwise, the police station at which the
case is first registered shall pursue the case to its end.

1797
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Steps to minimize thefts on the Railways

3-A. Frequent surprise checks of local criminals and receivers of stolen property
and constant watch by the Railway Police over their movements, especially
in the vicinity of railway premises. The help of local Police who may have
a better knowledge of local criminals should be obtained.
B. The local police in whose limits a criminal resides should open a history
sheet if one is opened for such person in RP station. If he is absent from his
residence, all RP stations where he is likely to operate should be informed
and the local SHO should be in touch with those RP stations by
communication and personal meetings.
C. Meetings between SP of a District/CP attended by all RP officers having
jurisdiction should be held once in six months. At these meetings, every
offence reported subsequent to the previous meeting, ways and means of
improving the prevention and detection of crime, with particular reference
to crime-prone areas should be discussed.
D. In crimes suspected to be the work of habitual criminals, a crime card shall
be sent to all neighbouring police stations, Inspector, Investigation Unit, the
SDPO and the Railway Crime Records Bureau. If offenders are outsiders
information by quickest available means should also be sent to the neighbouring
local Police Stations, Investigation Units, and RP SIs. SHOs and Investigation
Units who receive information whether by crime card or by other means
should immediately institute necessary enquiries and promptly report the
result. SHOs are responsible for the prompt circulation of lists of property
lost and description of absconding offenders to stations where they are likely
to be found.
E. Offences on railway lines, such as thefts of sleepers, fishplates and dog
spikes, are common. Most of these materials are useful in preparing
agricultural implements or for sale to scrap dealers. Contact with local
blacksmiths and close touch with village police, Beat Police and good set of
informants will help in detection of these offences. Some of the cases of
this type might be the mischief committed by cattle boys or others, not knowing
their seriousness. The local people should be made aware of consequences
of such incidences by proper publicity and education by both local Police
and Railway Police together.
F. Thieves may get down with the stolen property from the running train en
route and try to dispose of the property with known receiver in the nearest

1798
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

town. Information giving the details and description of the property lost
should be sent to the Railway police station and local police stations to look
out for such persons.
Co-ordination with Railway Protection Force

4-A. The SHO of every Railway Police Station shall hold every month a
coordination meeting with the officers in charge of the RPF Posts in his
jurisdiction to review crime situation and to exchange information for effective
control, prevention and detection of crimes and maintenance of law and
order in the railway limits. Minutes containing the summary of discussions,
information exchanged, decisions taken and follow up action taken on the
last meeting shall be drawn up and submitted to the Sub-Divisional Police
Officer with copies to the concerned officers in charge of the RPF Posts.
B. The SRP and the SDPOs should hold once in two months such meetings
with their counterparts in RPF and draw proceedings and send them to the
IGP Railways.
Co-ordination with Railway Administration

5-A. Coordination meetings should be held at the Railway Divisional level with
Divisional Railway Managers and other officers in the manner indicated in
the Order 57 of Chapter 3 of this Manual.
B. A zonal level coordination meeting has to be held once in 6 months under the
92-Sec. Chairmanship of the General Manager, South Central Railway in which IGP
Spl.)/ 200/
96, / Addl. DGP Railways, Superintendents of Railway Police, Chief Security
dt. 13.7.93
of Railway Commissioner, Divisional Railway Managers and Divisional Security
Board.
Commissioners should participate. All matters concerning crime, law and
order as also the difficulties and problems may be discussed and appropriate
decisions taken. The Chief Security Commissioner of South Central Railway
is the convener of this meeting.
Coordination with State Government

6. A Standing Committee with the Chief Secretary to Government as Chairman

G.O.Ms. has been formed to ensure coordinated working of the Railways and the
No. 558,
dated State Government for prevention of crime in Railways. The Committee
27.9.84 of
Home consists of the Chairman, the Home Secretary, DGP, IGP / Addl. DGP
(Pol.D), A.P.
Railways (Convener), General Managers and Chief Security Commissioners
of SCR, SER and SR as members. The Committee meets once in a year

1799
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

preferably in the first quarter of the year. The IGP, Railways shall prepare
all items of the agenda and after approval by the Director General of Police
circulate the minutes of the meeting and also take follow up action.
Co-ordination with neighbouring States

7. The Railway Police Officers from SHO up to the IGP / Addl. DGP level in
Railways shall meet their counterparts in the neighbouring states as often as
possible with a view to sort out all problems particularly in relation to prevention
and detection of crime and movement of criminals and a relief of beats,
escorts and patrols at mutually convenient points.
Stopping of Trains at non-stopping Stations

8. In special and urgent cases, a police officer of the gazetted rank may, by
G.Os 19,
Rlys. P.W.
written requisition to the concerned local railway official, cause a train to be
14.3.1932 & stopped at a station at which it is not scheduled to stop either to effect an
593, Pub.
(Pol.) arrest or to safeguard the public peace and safety.
31.10.1932

Accidents on Railways
Notice of accidents to the Police

852-1.Under Section 113 of the Railways Act 1989 and the rules made by the
Government of India under Section 122, the station master nearest to the
place at which the accident has occurred, or where, there is no station master,
the railway servant in-charge of the section of the railway on which the
accident has occurred, is bound to give information about the following
accidents without unnecessary delay to the Station House Officer, in whose
limits the accident occurred, and to the District Magistrate, the Superintendent
of Police and the Superintendent of Railway Police. Government of India
has made rules in this regard and circulated it widely.
A. Any accident attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt
as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property;
B. any collision between trains of which one is a train carrying
passengers;
C. the derailment of any train carrying passengers or of any part of
such a train;
D. any accident of a description usually attended with loss of human
life or with such grievous hurt as aforesaid or with serious injury to
property; and

1800
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

E. any accident of any other description which the Central Government

may notify in this behalf in the Official Gazette.
Accidents on private sidings

2. Section 113 of the Indian Railways Act and the rules framed under Section
122 of the Act apply also to accidents on private sidings. Accidents occurring
on such sidings should be reported in the same way as accidents occurring
on main lines.
Duties of Police in connection with accidents on the railways
853-1. The duties of the Police in connection with accidents on the railways are laid
down in rules 28 to 33 of the Rules made by the Government of India under
Section 122 of the Railways Act 1989.
Mobilization in cases of accidents

2. On the occurrence of a serious accident, the SRP shall requision NDRF

unit. The SHO of the Railway Police shall mobilize staff of the station and
take them to the spot with utmost expedition. If the staff of one station is
insufficient, the SDPO shall mobilize the strength from other stations also.
The Railway Police in liason with RPF shall guard property and help injured
persons. The local Police shall send police parties to the spot to assist the
Railway Police in guarding property and helping the injured. Both the Railway
Police and the local Police should send as many Head Constables as possible
to the accident spot to assist the DSRP particularly for holding inquests in
cases where there are large numbers of deaths.
Reports of accidents, injury and death

3. All cases of accident, injury and death occurring on the railway shall be
recorded by the SHO in the general diary and by the DSsRP in their diary.
Investigation and Prosecution in Railway Accidents
Scene of Occurrence

854-1. A close examination of the scene gives clues to the cause of accident. The
scene must be guarded as far as possible undisturbed to protect from offenders
concealing evidence of negligence or other defects. Steps must be taken to
restore the track, moving the injured to hospital, completion of inquests on
dead bodies. Following steps are necessary to secure the scene undisturbed
during investigation.

1801
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Make arrangements to see that as many Head Constables, ASIs

and SIs are available at the spot.
B. Assign holding of Inquest to as many SIs, HCs, as possible including
L&O Police or Local Investigating Units.
C. Direct Local Police and RP Station to shift injured to hospital if already
not done by others. If they are already sent to hospital send either
the local Police SI or HC to examine the injured in the hospital and
report.
D. Ask the photographer attached to the Investigating Team to take
photographs and videograph in the prescribed manner indicating
additional points if any.
E. Depute a small team particularly those who are good at observation
to examine the track on both ends of the scene and sides for some
distance and locate the possible exact spot from where the derailment
started. Photograph and collect all material observed and available.
If for example nuts and bolts are found lying, collect them and also
collect the other nuts and bolts still remaining unfastened or partially
unfastened or damaged from near the place where the earlier ones
are collected. Also collect control sample of earth. Any pieces of
the Engine, wheels, fittings or any object for that matter including
ballast pieces, which have any clue, should be collected. It may not
be possible to list all items, which may be collected, as it depends on
the circumstances of each case.
F. Personally go over the whole scene and study the reports being given
from time to time by the staff deputed. Set up a camp office near
the scene or a convenient place from where Investigation can be
directed. The spot should be near the same spot where other senior
officers like SRP or IGP, Zonal IGP/DIGP etc. have set up a control
center for directing operations.
G. Requisition and ensure Inspection by expert from Forensic Science
Laboratory or other expert body through the Director, FSL.
H. Examine all witnesses including Railway officials and informant of
the accident at the spot by detailing teams if number is too large.
The entire Railway staff on the train including the driver and of the
neighbouring stations should be examined. The local people who
first come to the spot should also be examined besides any other
relevant witness.

1802
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

I. The damages caused to the track, carriages and the exact scene as
it looks from its observation giving distances etc. should be noted.
J. A sketch should be drawn up containing IO’s observations.
K. After the staff deputed on various assignments have given their
reports, the scene has been completely examined, Inquests completed,
injured sent to hospital and available witnesses examined, clearance
should be given for track restoration and clearing of debris. Unlike
other cases where there may be some time available, Railway
accidents do not admit of any delay in the matter of track restoration
except to the extent absolutely necessary. The officers who have
been given different assignments may be returned to their other work
after they have submitted their reports.
Enquiry by Chief Commissioner/Commissioner of Railway Safety

2-A. The Commissioner of Railway Safety is the statutory authority according to

Chapter 12 of the Railway Act to inquire into the cause of accident. His
opinion is in the nature of an expert on the cause of accident just as a PM
certificate or MVIs certificate in Motor accidents. It is therefore necessary
that SRP/DSRP should furnish full and correct details. The SRP may seek
any clarification from the enquiry report since the opinion in the report is
vital. Prosecution may be launched only after receiving the Commissioner
report.
B. A copy of the findings of the Commissioner for Safety, will be sent to the
Superintendent, Railway Police, within seven days of its receipt by the
General Manager. The Superintendent Railway Police, will consider the
report and inform the General Manager, within seven days, whether or not
a prosecution is to be launched. In considering the report the SP, Railways
or SP CID concerned who is entrusted with investigation should ask the
team of investigators to go through the report and take their opinion into
consideration.
C. After investigation is completed the process of consultation with APP/LA
should be started and decision taken.
D. The IG/ Addl. DGP Railways is the authority to pass final orders on the
cases of Railway Accidents with loss of life.

1803
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Miscellaneous Instructions
Unclaimed Property

855-1. Unclaimed property should be made over to the stationmaster for disposal.
If, however, the unclaimed property consists of arms, ammunition, explosives,
intoxicating liquor, opium and its preparations or hemp drugs, the sale of
which by unlicensed persons is prohibited by law, it should not be made over
to the station master for disposal, but should be disposed off by the Railway
Police themselves in the manner provided in the Relevant Acts and Rules.
Railway Servants as Witnesses

2. When railway subordinates are bound over by the police to appear as

witnesses, the Divisional Officer of the department concerned should be
informed so that he could arrange for their relief.
Railway Police not to purchase tickets for passengers

3. The Railway Police are strictly prohibited from purchasing or selling tickets,
collection of excess fare or checking ticket less travellers.
Watching of Criminals

4. It is the duty of the Railway Police to carefully watch the travelling public
and spot out suspects, anti social elements, terrorists, criminals, and pass on
information about their movement to the concerned police station or
department for appropriate action. In case of need they may go to the
extent of arresting these people and handing them over to the concerned.
Professionalism and skill is required in performing such jobs.
Festivals

5. As laid down in Order 849, a list of festivals held near the railway line, with
details of the police arrangements to be made should be kept in every Railway
Police Station. In the event of any festival or large gathering not included in
the list being held, the SHO should give timely information to the
Superintendent, Railway Police.
Railway Strike

6. In the event of a railway strike, the whole or part of the Railway Protection
Scheme should be put into operation by the Superintendent Railway Police,
after obtaining the orders of the Director General of Police.

1804
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Drill and Instructions

856-1. Platform Constables at outstations should be changed at least once a week.

2. Hours of drill and instruction, which should necessarily depend upon train
timings, should be specified by the SHO and displayed in each Police Station.
The instructions, catechism and on-job training of the personnel should be
imparted in the same manner as specified for the law and order Police.
Rules for the use and custody of arms

857-1. The arms in the Police Stations will be kept secured to an arms rack by
means of a chain fastened with a lock, and be under the charge of the Sub-
Inspector or other officer in-charge of the Station in his absence. Station
sentries or those posted for Station watch will keep the key and be responsible
for the arms during their respective spell of duty. The ammunition will be
kept in a locked ammunition box, with the key being kept by the station
sentry. The Sub-Inspector or the officer in charge of the Station, in his
absence, will be responsible for the correctness of ammunition. The
ammunition may be issued as per the need and requirements by the SHO.
2. HCs and PCs will be armed with rifles on such occasions as may be
prescribed by the SRP, but the SHO may direct rifles to be used in any
emergency or for the following purpose:
A. patrolling station yards, goods sheds, tranship sheds and yards,
B. escorting running goods train, and
C. escorting prisoners.
Journeys by train of the Governor and persons of high position

858-1. When the Governor of this State or any other State or the wife of a Governor
travels by train, the crowding of people should be prevented on the platforms
in between stations.
2. The SRP need not travel in the same train as the Governor, but the DSRP
having jurisdiction should do so.
3-A. A guard of one SI or RSI armed with revolver or pistol and four PCs suitably
armed shall travel with the Governor. At all train halts, two out of the four
Constables will station themselves on either side of the Governor’s saloon/
Compartment, as near as possible to the windows of the compartment
occupied by the VIP. When the train stops at a place where the halt is short,

1805
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

one Constable each will get down on each side and keep a watch along the
train particularly the compartment in which the VIP is traveling.
B. The Officer in charge of the party will maintain a Sentry Relief Book showing
the hours of duty for each pair of Constables.
C. When the wife of a Governor travels by train, a guard of two HCs/PCs of
the Railway Police suitably armed shall be provided for protection.
Journey by Ministers

859. The following security arrangements will be made for the Ministers of Andhra
Pradesh and other State Governments and for the Ministers of the
Government of India when they travel by rail:
1. A Railway Police guard armed suitably of the strength indicated in Order
Government 365 should be provided as escort party whenever a dignitary travels by train.
Memo 93982/
57-10, Home The members of the guard will travel as nearly as possible to the compartment
Police ( C ) in which the high personage is travelling. Where the train halts for any
30.4.1958
length of time one Constable will immediately take his position on the platform
at such a distance or at entrance of the compartment in which the VIP is
travelling to enable a careful watch and effective access control. The second
Constable will be posted on the off-side of the compartment for the same
purpose. The Constable will guard against any unauthorized person gaining
access to the compartment. Particular care should be taken to avoid
unnecessary interference with the travelling public. It is important that the
Constables perform their tasks unobtrusively. When the train is about to
start, the Constables shall board their compartment. If the halt is only for
two or three minutes, or if the train stops outside a station, the Constables
will get down on either side of that compartment and watch along the train
towards the dignitary’s compartment to ensure that nothing untoward happens.
If he observes anything that is likely to jeopardize the security of the person
he should rush to his aid summoning such help as is available.
2. In all other respects, the Constables will function as a regular guard; the
only difference being that they will be armed with lathies and not with
firearms.
3. If the journey is a short one during the daytime, it is enough if two Constables
under a Head Constable are detailed for this duty.

1806
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. When a Minister arrives at or departs from a railway station, the senior most
railway police officer present at the railway station at the time should receive
or see him off.
Relief of Escorts of High Personages

860. Escorts of High Personages will be relieved by the Respective Railway

Police escorts at the centres specified below:

Line Centre of Relief Remarks

(1) (2) (3)

1 Chennai-Vijayawada Gudur Guntakal Railway Police will take over from and hand over
to the Tamilnadu State Police
2 (a) Chennai-Raichur Renigunta Guntakal Railway Police will take over from and hand over
to the Tamilnadu State Police
(b) Katpadi-Gudur
3 Raichur-Chennai Arkonam Guntakal Railway Police will hand over to the Tamilnadu
State Police
4 Gudur-Katpadi Katpadi Guntakal Railway Police will hand over to the Tamilnadu
State Police
5 Mumbai-Chennai(Via Wadi) Raichur Guntakal Railway Police will take over from and hand over
to the Karnataka State Police
6 Bangalore-Guntakal Hindupur Guntakal Railway Police will take over from and hand over
to the Karnataka State Police
7 Guntakal-Hubli Guntakal Guntakal Railway Police will take over from and hand over
to the Karnataka State Police
8 Vijayawada –Kolkata Berhampur Vijayawada Railway Police will take over from and hand
over to the Orissa State Police
9 Visakhapatanam-Raipur Rayagada Vijayawada Railway Police will take over from and hand
over to the Orissa State Police
10 Viajayawada – Kazipet/Warangal Khammam Vijayawada Railway Police will take over from and hand
over to the Telangana State Police
11 Guntur –Nalgonda Nadikudi Vijayawada Railway Police will take over from and hand
over to the Telangana State Police
12 Kurnool-Secunderabad/Kacheguda Kurnool Telangana Railway Police will take over from and hand
over to the A.P. State Police

Note: In case of Superfast trains not stopping at the centers mentioned in column
(2) above, the relief shall be at the next immediate halt of the Superfast train.

1807
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 44
Crime Investigation Department
861-1. Functions of Crime Investigation Department are:—
A. Investigation of specified cases registered on the orders of ADGP CID ;
cases entrusted by the Government and DGP
B. Maintenance, up-dating and use of crime-criminal classification network
(CCTN), e-COPS, crime and criminal records, planning and implementation
of criminal intelligence and crime analysis to improve prevention, investigation
and prosecution.
C. Coordination of investigation in the State and with other States and National
Institutions/ Organisations dealing with crime investigation.
D. Efficient, professional and independent functioning of SCRB, FPB and their
modernisation.
E. Advise, assist and report to DGP and Government on matters concerning
investigation and prosecution.
F. Interpol liaison, prevention of video-piracy, drug trafficking, taking up anti-
human trafficking measures.
G. Updating AP Police Intranet applications and missing persons monitoring.
H. Investigation of white collar crime including Multi-level Marketing (MLM)
frauds, chit fund frauds and malpractices in examinations.
I. Investigation of organized crime having state-wide ramifications from its
source, transit and destination.
2. The control, supervision and responsibility for efficient functioning of CID
G.O.Ms.No vests in Addl. DGP, CID. His functions and responsibilities are detailed in
438 mc
(Police D) Dept Order No. 35-3. The categories of officers in the CID, their functions and
dt.. 5-10-1986.
responsibilities are given below:
Police Officers

A. Inspectors General of Police,

B. Dy. Inspectors General of Police
C. Superintendents of Police
D. Dy. Superintendents of Police, Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors
E. Head Constables and Constables

1808
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Civilian Staff

F. Technical experts, Specialists in Finger Prints, Accounts, Audit, Banking,

Revenue, Taxation, Engineering, Computer professionals, Crime analysts
and Research Assistants (both police and civilian).
G. Ministerial staff
Officers of CID
862-1. Inspectors General of Police CID :- There will be Inspectors General of
Police in CID who assist the Addl. DGP CID. Their general role and functions
will be same as detailed in Order 42. The responsibility of supervision,
direction and powers will be similar to those exercised by Zonal IsGP to the
extent of the charge they are entrusted in CID. The main functions of IGP
CID is supervision of crimes investigated by the CID, Co-ordination of
investigation with local police/city police, building up and maintaining an
efficient and up to date, crime and criminal information system.
2. One IGP / DIG / SP each will be in charge of
(i). SCRB called Director SCRB including supervision of FPB.
(ii). Economic offences
(iii) Crime against Women & Children called Women Protection Cell,
(iv) Protection of civil rights and SC /ST matters.
(v) General Offences Wing (GOW)
(vi) Cyber Crime
(vii) Narcotics Cell/ Video piracy cell / FICN Cell / Human rights Cell.
(viii) Anti-Dacoity Cell (AD Cell)
3. One IGP called Director State Crime Records Bureau (SCRB), Police
Research Center (PRC) exercising overall supervision of Crime Records
Bureaux in districts and cities. He will be competent to conduct inspections
of DCRBs and CCRBs. He will also be in charge of Co-ordination of
Crime investigation, investigative assistance with other States, Countries and
liaise with national agencies.
4. Under the CID, there will be a Director for Finger Print Bureau who will
report to the Addl. DGP, CID through the IGP, SCRB.
5. All the IsGP, including IGP, SCRB, the Director FPB shall assist the Addl.
DG CID and through him the DGP in the functioning of CID and Crime
investigation. The IsGP of CID shall have personal staff of two PAs/CCs,

1809
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

trained or familiar with Computer functioning and data entry. The PAs/CCs
should be drawn from the ministerial staff of CID.
6. The Addl. DGP CID, shall allocate subjects to the IsGP and DIsG where
subjects are not allocated hitherto and shall also give directions to the DIsG
as to which IGP they have to report to in case where subjects are not
specifically and exclusively allotted to them.
7. Superintendents of Police: The first supervisor in all cases of CID shall
be Superintendent of Police. They will be in charge of one or more wings or
Regional offices. They will be responsible for ensuring investigation in
accordance with procedure and method prescribed, as are applicable to each
case. The submission of case diaries, their scrutiny, timely steps to be taken
for prompt investigation of cases taken up by CID, preparation of report for
legal opinion, and liaison with local police for assistance to Investigation
teams are some of their more important functions.
8. Regional officers are furnishing at Visakhapatnam, Rajahmundry, Vijayawada,
Guntur, Nellore, Tirupathi and Kurnool headed by an Addl.SP / DSP rank
officer. The Addl. Superintendent of Police / Deputy Superintendents of
Police and Inspectors of Police will be Investigating Officers of cases
entrusted to CID. In more important cases the DSP will be in charge of
investigation directly. Both Inspectors and DSP will report to SP directly. If
the DIGP is in-charge of certain wings, they will report directly to him.
9. The Ministerial staff shall be responsible for maintenance of crime files and
the office administration. One of the IsGP CID will be in charge of
administration.
10. The experts drawn from other branches are responsible for scrutinising the
documents and records and giving advice and opinion on matters of their
specialisation and aid in the investigation. They shall report to IGP CID,
concerned and IGP, SCRB.
11. The Chief Legal Advisor and other Legal Advisors will be mainly rendering
legal advise and opinion in all cases investigated by CID. In all cases the
written opinion of the Legal Advisor or Chief Legal Advisor shall be taken
before any orders of disposal are passed by the concerned officer. The
procedure and format as prescribed for disposal of cases should be adopted
in CID for reports of Investigating Officer and Legal Advisor.
12. Except on ceremonial occasions and other occasions as may be specified,
the Officers in CID should not wear uniform and should not, except when in

1810
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

uniform, salute their senior Officials but instead observe other informal form
of salutation. All correspondence intended for the CID shall be addressed
to the Addl. Director General of Police CID.
863. The CID consists of — (1) the Investigation Teams of conventional crimes
including murder, robbery, thefts etc.; (2) the SCRB which includes the
G.O.Ms.No.
438 Home
Criminal Intelligence, crime analysis and research centre (PRC) and a
(Police D) coordination cell (3) Protection of Civil Rights Cell (SC/ST Cell); (4) Anti
Dept,
dt: 5-10-1988. Dacoity Cell; (5) Finger Print Bureau; (6) Women Protection Cell (Dowry

Deaths Investigation Special Cell); (7) Financial Crimes Cell; (8) Organised
Crime Cell; (9) Anti-Drug Squads; (10) Terrorist Investigation Cell; (11)
Counterfeit Currency, Forged Travel Documents Squad; (12) Regional
Investigation Squads; (13) Police Sniffer Dog Squads; (14) Legal Branch
(15) Civilian Expert Group and (16) Cyber Crime Cell.
864-1. CID will assist and support the district or city police either by taking up the
entire investigation of a case, or by sending one or more of the specialist
investigating officers or civilian experts to the Superintendent of Police or
Commissioner of Police; by providing technical support, criminal intelligence
and information, crime analysis and specific advice on investigation or
coordination within the state and other states, securing investigative assistance
from other states and countries. The Superintendents of Police and the
Commissioners of Police will act in a similar manner and furnish all necessary
information and assistance to the CID. Further, they are responsible to
inform all occurrences of offences of specially grave nature (Order 55-2)
and the apprehension of important gangs, criminals etc., promptly to CID
and coordinate CID in the investigations.
2. There should be specific authorisation from Inspector or higher officers when
SIs are deputed to investigate a case, but such an authorisation is not
necessary for officers of the rank of Inspector and above. Only officers of
rank of SIs and above should be utilised for investigation duties. All
Investigating Officers and Investigating Assistants shall carry photo
identification cards always with them.
3. The Crime Investigation Department in no way relieves the district/ city
police of their responsibility for the prevention, investigation and detection of
crime.

1811
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Furnishing Information - Responsibility of Districts, City and other

Organisations

865-1. All criminal information as prescribed shall be gathered and recorded by all
Police Units in the state and furnished to the SCRB in CID.
2. All departments of the State Government particularly Excise, Forest, Revenue,
Social Welfare, Women and Child Welfare, Anti-corruption Bureau, all
Vigilance and Security organisations, Prisons, Fire Services, A.P.Transco
and others who are authorised to deal with offences under State and Central
Acts, either cognizable or non-cognizable, should furnish the crime
information to the SCRB in CID in the proforma prescribed by SCRB.
3. The Central Government departments and organisations including Railway
Protection Force are to furnish criminal information relating to offences
reported and dealt by them to National Crime Records Bureau, New Delhi.
They should furnish copies of such reports, to the SCRB in CID. The SCRB
need not include the information so furnished by Central agencies in the
reports sent to NCRB.
4. The CID will assist all these organisations in their investigations in the State
and furnish copies of the information and analysis reports if any.
Sharing of information and concerted action

5. A comprehensive view of crimes and criminals of all description, the links

between various types of crime and violation of any law is necessary to
tackle effectively the lawbreakers, particularly networked and organised
crime syndicates. Sharing of information and coordination between all
concerned agencies is therefore essential. The information indicated in paras
2, 3, 4 in this Order are intended to serve this purpose.
6. Some departments of the State Government and Central Government have
law enforcement functions. The police have to function in close co-operation
with these agencies in the matter of investigations of cases for which, they
are, by law the main agency or have concurrent powers. Sharing of
information without prejudice to investigations by each is necessary for a
comprehensive and effective enforcement of all laws, to prevent, detect
offences and bring offenders to justice, particularly in the area of organised
mafia crimes, drug related offences, terrorism, bio-terrorism, economic
offences, offences against environment, flora and fauna, crimes relating to
antiquities, art pieces and cultural properties, counterfeiting currency and

1812
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

many conventional crimes where it will be advantageous for the enforcement

agencies to share relevant information with each other and act in furtherance
of common objective of bringing offenders to justice even if each agency
alone is competent to deal with them. While in specific cases the information
sharing can be limited by, the need to know basis, in other cases the information
shared should be with a view to identify offences, the offenders, their identity,
the areas of their operation, the methods they employ and the disposal of
proceeds of crime etc.
7. One to one meetings between Addl. DGP, CID or one of the concerned IGP,
CID should be conducted periodically with other departments with a view to
ensure sharing of information between the two and secondly to render mutual
assistance in cases requiring such help. The agencies and departments include
both state and central governments.
Class of crime to be investigated by the CID and procedure

866-1. The Crime Investigation Department, will ordinarily, deal with crimes of the
following classes. Request for taking up of investigation by CID can be
made by any Unit Officer, but without the orders of Addl. DGP CID or DGP
no enquiry or investigation shall be taken up by CID.
A. Counterfeit currency and important thefts of currency notes.
B. Counterfeit coining when the counterfeits are struck from dies, and
other cognate offences in respect of coining by dies.
C. Professional poisoning
D. Theft of Government arms and ammunition
E. Illicit manufacture, transport, sale, possession of firearms, ammunition,
explosives and explosive substances
F. Important cases in which foreigners are concerned (including cases
of international criminals and trafficking in women by foreigners).
G. Frauds by means of advertisements, bogus funds and companies /
societies, impersonation of public servants, and swindling.
H. Specially important cases of murder, all important and inter-State
dacoities, robbery and housebreaking.
I. Frauds, thefts or cheating of a peculiar nature affecting more than
one district.
J. Stock market and Bank frauds

1813
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

K. Important terrorist cases and cases of bio terrorism

L. Important defalcations of public money and theft of public property.
M. Smuggling of narcotics and psychotropic substances, drug trafficking
and serious offences under NDPS Act.
N. Financial and Economic crimes i.e., money laundering, bank frauds,
forgeries, misappropriations, cheating, breach of trust.
O. Organized crime (Mafia type) and gang cases
P. Important conspiracy cases whose ramifications extend to several
districts.
Q. Organised offences relating to environment, flora and fauna
R. Trafficking in women, girls and children
S. Important cases of rape and dowry deaths
T. Pornography
U. Any serious crime, which appears to have a political motive, including
all offences, connected with arms and explosives, which are suspected
to be of a political nature.
V. Organised thefts of motor vehicles
W. Other cases of Inter-State or International nature requiring specialized
investigation and co-ordination.
X. Organised cases of atrocities against Scheduled Castes or Scheduled
Tribes and important communal or caste riots accompanied by
murders and arson
Y. Cases of such a nature as, in the opinion of the DGP, the Addl DGP
CID or district authorities, call for investigation by an officer of the
CID.
Z. Cases of bringing fraudulent civil suits.
2. The decision of the Addl. DGP CID and DGP as to which case falling in the
above categories should be or need not be taken up shall be final.
3. Government of Andhra Pradesh have declared the Office of the CID as a
G.O. Ms. No.
438 Home
Police Station for the entire state of Andhra Pradesh under Section 2(s) of
(Police-D) Cr.PC 1973 and directed that one of the Dy. Supdt. of Police (DSP) working
Dept.,
dt. 5-10-1988. in the said Office nominated for this purpose by the Head of the said office
shall be the Station House Officer within the meaning of Section 2(s) Cr.PC
1973 for the said Police Station.

1814
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. Scientific experts trained in the examination of counterfeit currency and

other security and valuable documents are stationed in APFSL for giving
expert advice and evidence in respect of counterfeiting of currency and
other valuable documents like stamps excise labels, postal covers and stamps
etc. Experts in computer forensic are also available in APFSL for assisting
in computer related crimes/frauds.
5. Whenever it is intended to launch a prosecution in a case in which apparatus
or materials for counterfeiting coins or forged currency notes are seized, the
FSL’s expert opinion should be sought and obtained before the case is put up
in court.
Radio/Fax reports to the CID in certain serious cases

6. If, in any case specified in Order 866 taken up for investigation by CID, the
local police discover any concrete fact or information of importance, and the
CID officer is not actually present at the time, such a fact should be promptly
reported by fastest means to the CID and to the SP of the district.
Reports from SsP and CsP for CID Investigation

867-1. In all the cases detailed above where CID is to take up investigation fax/
radio messages should be sent to the Addl. DGP, CID under information to
the Zonal Inspector-General/DIGP in three parts as shown below.
A. All relevant facts of the occurrence
B. Action already taken and ordered
C. Suggestions for further action as indicated by City/District Officers.
2. On receipt of the report, the Addl. DGP, CID, will decide whether the CID
should investigate the case or not.
3. Weekly progress reports in Form 5 should be sent in all such cases investigated
by the district police where CID has not taken up investigation to the Zonal
IG/DIGP till they lay the charge sheets or the case is otherwise disposed
off. A final report shall also be sent after the disposal of the case to Zonal
IG/DIGP.
Classes of crime and information to be reported to NCRB

868-1. The information on crime and criminals may be communicated to NCRB in

the format prescribed by them. For every prescribed return to be sent by the
CID (SCRB) to NCRB, specific approval of DGP should be taken. Once

1815
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

approval is accorded for sending a periodical return, there is no need to take

further approval unless the Addl. DGP CID feels that it is necessary.
2-A. Whenever a foreigner is convicted of an offence of the type in which finger
prints would ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, the finger prints
and photographs of the convict as well as the details of the offence described
in words (and not merely referred to by their Indian Penal Code section
numbers) should be sent to the State Intelligence Branch and CID for
transmission to the IB, NCRB and Interpol, New Delhi. They will make
arrangements to forward the information to the head of the police of the
country of which the prisoner is a resident/citizen.
B. Before the release of such a prisoner, a report in the same manner as
above should be sent to the above agencies furnishing information regarding
the date, route, flight/boat, etc., on or by which the prisoner will be travelling,
to enable transmission of the information to the country of the prisoner’s
origin.
C. In counterfeit coins and currency cases, in which a foreigner is convicted
and there is reason to believe that the counterfeit coins or notes have been
manufactured abroad, a report should be forwarded to the CID by the Unit
Officer. In such cases the help of Interpol, New Delhi should be requisitioned
for investigative assistance abroad if any.
D. If any foreign criminal is convicted in a counterfeit coin or currency case,
which may arouse international interest, a similar report should be sent by
the SP/CP to the CID and State Intelligence as well as NCRB, IB and
Interpol, New Delhi.
Organisation of CID wings / Regional Offices

869-1. The investigating wings of CID each headed by either an Inspector or a

DSP are located in various districts with the area of their jurisdiction
determined by Addl. DGP CID. These squads are intended to take up
cases which are ordered to be investigated by the CID in that area and
also to maintain general liaison with the local police and state intelligence
branch units. The cases to be investigated by the regional squads are of all
types, which can be locally handled. The collection of criminal intelligence
is one of the important duties of the squad. Preliminary enquiries and
verification of investigation are also entrusted to these squads. They shall
send case diaries and such other reports on cases to their immediate superior
in CID.

1816
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. Each regional office is provided with vehicles and necessary communication

equipment as well as secretarial assistance. A personal computer with a
printer, fax and a photocopier are also provided to the regional offices. The
officer in charge of the regional officer should be provided with a permanent
advance of Rs.10,000/- and necessary bus/railway warrants. In urgent cases
he is permitted to hire more vehicles after obtaining orders from the
Superintendent of Police Admin in CID or the concerned.
Officers of the CID - relations with District/City Police

870-1. The cases in which the services of an officer of the CID are requisitioned or
whenever an officer is deputed to conduct an investigation / enquiry of any
kind, the officer deputed should take with him an authorisation addressed to
the SP / CP indicating the purpose of his deputation. The authorisation can
be sent by fax/radio message in advance.
2. If the SP is on tour, the officer deputed should hand over the authorisation to
the Addl. SP or his immediate subordinate at the District Police Headquarters
and should soon thereafter call on the SP if the enquiry is likely to be spread
over a longer period.
3. In the absence of special orders from the Addl. DGP, CID, to the contrary,
if the case or enquiry exclusively concerns only one district, the officer
concerned shall work under the supervision of SP or DCP concerned who
will then be responsible for the enquiry. In such cases, copies of case diaries
should be submitted to the SP concerned.
4. If, however, the enquiry extends over more than one district, the case diaries
need be submitted only to the CID, but the officer should keep the SsP or if
authorized by them, the Addl. SP of the district, in which he is working, fully
informed of the investigation, consult them, take their instructions on matters
relating to their jurisdiction, and inform them the results of the enquiry.
5. The SP, Addl. SP and SDPOs of L&O Police or Crime Investigation or
Traffic, or Railway should give the Officers of the CID every facility, support
and help, for conducting investigation in their jurisdictions and should share
all information and make available for their assistance the Officers or staff
with local knowledge. The CID staff should not think that, once they take
up a case, the L&O Police or Detective Police Station have nothing to do
with it. Officers of the CID should realise that the CID is to assist the
district police by taking up investigation in cases where local police may not
have the time, wherewithal to pursue clues to a successful end. Investigating

1817
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CID officers should meet the concerned SP, SDPO as often as necessary
and take the needed help from the L&O police or Investigation Branch of
the District or City.
Crime Investigation Department - Gazetted Officers Reports

6. Officers of the CID of and above the rank of Inspector should send copies
of the reports of investigation to the SP/CP concerned, and communicate to
these officers information of matters of interest or importance which comes
to their notice pertaining to crime and criminals of the district.
Case diaries and other CID records

871. Case diaries of CID officers are subject to the same rules as those of the
district police. All other records of the branch are confidential. The officers
of the CID have the same authority to inspect records as the district police.
Criminal Intelligence Section

872-1. Criminal information and intelligence is vital for controlling and detection of
crime. The nature of information to be gathered, the records and files in
which it has to be stored, whether in a computerised or a manual system are
dealt in Chapters relating to functioning of the police stations and the district
crime records bureau. As the main investigating agency of the state and
responsible for SCRB, the CID has an important and necessary responsibility
in this respect. The criminal information and data is available from various
sources like criminal records, periodical and special reports received on crime
and criminals, interrogation reports, intelligence gathered from sources,
surveillance, open information from the media and the official statistics. The
specific items on which information has to be gathered and the priorities
should be determined from time to time. New patterns of crime require
suitable methods of prevention and detection.
Once information or intelligence is gathered on standard items as well as on
special priority items, its analytical assessment, evaluation, collation,
integration, interpretation and dissemination has to be undertaken. Only then
the purpose of collecting the data will be of any use. This function has to be
performed in the CID by the SCRB and its special units. The state crime
records bureau, the district crime records bureau and all detective police
stations are expected to undertake this function within their respective
spheres. The analysis and generation of the required output in the desired

1818
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

format by use of appropriate computer system on the priority as well as

standard subjects has to be planned and implemented.
2. The general items on which information to be gathered are given below.
A. Serious crime of all categories including series of crimes of same
nature or outbreak of crime of a particular nature in a geographical
area; terrorist crime; important crimes against women, children,
Scheduled Castes and Tribes; crime relating to environment and
financial offences.
B. Property stolen, lost, or detained as suspicious especially automobiles,
Fire Arms, Explosives, works of Art, Antiquities, art treasures;
C. Persons wanted by the police or persons arrested by the police, who
are suspected of being professional inter-district criminals/Inter State/
International Criminals. This should be done in the prescribed form;
D. Foreigners involved in offences, suspicious characters and strangers;
E. Criminal gangs;
F. Organized Crime Syndicates;
G. Specific information about wanted offenders, suspects;
H. Missing persons and un-identified dead bodies;
3. The information to be gathered on the targeted subjects or persons is secured
by prescribed periodical reports from the district crime bureau, the crime-
criminal information system which is entered in computers, reports from the
district/city officers on certain types of crimes and criminal activity, source
intelligence or other information secured by at the police stations and the
district levels.
4. The CID for its part should organise its own intelligence gathering mechanism
through the various squads that work on specific cases or areas. The data
relating to the specialisation of various officers in the department from police
station to the state level and available in the Units has to be classified and
kept for use when required. This information particularly relating to various
skills of officers should be fed into the computer system and be available in
the CID. The sources recruited and the handlers of the sources in the CID
should follow the same method as prescribed for the police stations in the
districts. The register of informants with necessary precautions regarding
secrecy and security will be maintained by the Head of the CID and the
utility of each informant determined from time to time. It is important that
the analysis of crime based on various parameters and generating the required
1819
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

statements, graphs, charts, statistics and specific guidelines for detection is

done by the special group in the SCRB as prescribed in Orders 880 to 884.
Criminal Intelligence Gazette

873-1. Information on the lines indicated in 872-2 should be published in the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette. Matter intended for publication should be sent by all
Unit Officers or Investigating Officers of CID through their superiors,
carefully drafted and written or typed on one side of the paper only. Attention
must be paid to the proper spelling of names.
2. Advertisements regarding the missing of persons when foul play is not
suspected, the loss of currency or promissory notes or other property when
they are not the subjects of a criminal case, which are sent to the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette, and published in the interests of private persons, shall
be charged for in advance. If the persons are white ration cardholders
charge shall not be levied. In forwarding such notices for publication, the
Unit Officers, particularly the CCRB and DCRB shall report whether the
person advertising has paid the cost in advance.
3. Notices regarding loss and recovery of arms and ammunition, explosives,
motor vehicles, travel documents shall be published free of cost.
4. The following scales of charges are laid down for advertisement in the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette — First insertion Rs.10 per line; Second insertion Rs.7.50
per line, and Third and subsequent insertions Rs. 5 per line.
5. The CIG must be published promptly and should reach all the concerned unit
officers in the department by 15 th and 31st of every month. The gazette
should be despatched directly to all the recipients in the state within time, if
it has to be of any value. The unit officers will in turn send copies of the
CIG to all SIs / CIs and SDPOs within 2 days of its receipt.
Language Extracts from the Criminal Gazette

6. The Criminal Intelligence Gazette will be issued in English and Telugu only.
The English copies will be sent to all States and National agencies authorised
to receive and Telugu copies for circulation in the State. When any Unit
Officer considers that any information contained in it should be circulated in
Telugu or Urdu, he can do so by publishing it in the District Crime and
Occurrence Sheet. Any information of a confidential or sensitive nature,
should not be so disseminated, but be communicated to the concerned officers
only.

1820
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Criminal Intelligence Gazette — Distribution

7. The Criminal Intelligence Gazette will be supplied to all Superintendents of

Police bordering the State of Andhra Pradesh including Superintendents of
Railway Police of the neighbouring states, the Commissioners of Police of
all cities in India, all the Directors General of Police of states and all the
heads of the CID of all the states, the NCRB, National Narcotics Control
Bureau, CBI and the Intelligence Bureau, New Delhi.
Instructions for Reporting Information

874. The following instructions for reporting information in the prescribed format
should be complied with:
1. Serious crimes:— These will include cases in which special reports have
been prescribed in Order 866 and any other cases possessing special and
instructive features, which should be made generally known to police officers
all over.
2. Property:— List of stolen or lost properties should be confined to articles
capable of identification, numbered items and rare and highly valuable articles.
Arms and ammunition, explosives, automobiles should also be mentioned.
The numbered items are those, which carry a number or make or such other
letters or figures or specific markings.
3. Wanted persons:— Descriptive rolls, for persons wanted should be sent
for publication only when there is good reason to believe that the individual
will travel beyond the districts to which the District Crime and Occurrence
Sheet is circulated.
Release Notice of Dangerous Criminals

875-1. The CID should publish a release notice of all dangerous criminals shortly
before their release from the jails. This is intended to alert the concerned
police authorities.
2. The release notice will contain description and a concise history of the criminal
with a photograph.
3. These notices will be published for the following classes of criminals. (A)
members of gangs, particularly dacoit, organized crime syndicates who move
over large areas or through different States, (B) any particular criminal who
is likely to commit crime over a large area.

1821
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. The notices will be printed on separate sheets and sent along with the CIG;
5. All police officers, who receive the CIG, should place, in a separate file for
reference, the release notices of criminals who are likely to operate within
their jurisdiction and brief the personnel in the weekly classes.
Report of Conviction of Criminals whose Release Notice is to be Published
by SP
876. The DCRB or CCRB after approval of SP/CP should report to the CID
directly the conviction of any criminal included in the preceding order or of
any other criminal whose release notice, he considers, should be published.
The report should contain (a) full personal description and colour photograph,
(b) a brief history of the individual detailing his criminal career and criminal
propensities, whether member of a gang or not, and (c) the probable date of
release and the jail in which confined.
Surveillance over certain History sheeted criminals by CID
877. One of the important duties of the CID is to keep a watch or arrange to keep
a watch over the movements of the notorious, dangerous and professional
criminals, and members of organised crime and syndicates and disseminate
the information to concerned DCRB after it is fed into SCRB records. This
will be of great help to districts and must, therefore, receive close attention.
Similarly the SP shall arrange collection of such information, collate it and
communicate to (SCRB) CID. The CID shall organise the system of collecting
intelligence and information through District/city Units and through their own
sources so that accurate and up-to-date information is available, to be acted
upon to prevent crime and apprehend dangerous criminals in time. A detailed
scheme for this should be prepared in the CID and implemented, which
should include specially trained surveillance teams and properly organised
intelligence gathering.
878-1. The duties and functions of the gazetted and non-gazetted officers of CID
are similar to the corresponding ranks detailed in Chapter 3 and 5 in so far
as their work in CID is concerned. The weekly diaries and monthly reports
as contemplated in the above Chapters should be submitted to their superior
officers regularly.
2. The pay, allowances and other establishment matters in respect of all CID
personnel shall be done in headquarters i.e., in the office of Addl. DGP,
CID. The service books and all other personnel matters and the office
establishment shall be managed in the same manner as done in the office of
Head of the Department.

1822
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Since CID is declared as a police station for the whole State, the Addl DGP,
CID should earmark one DSP as the SHO, who shall be responsible for the
running of the CID Control Room, maintenance of General diary and all
other necessary records prescribed for a police station and control room.
Finger Print Bureau
879. The Finger Print Bureau of the State shall function under a Director, who
reports to IGP SCRB. Instructions regarding finger print work and the
working of the Bureau are given in the Chapter 41 of this Manual.
State Crime Records Bureau (SCRB) :
880-1. The State Crime Records Bureau is an integral part of State Crime
Investigation Department. Its primary role is collection, storage and retrieval
and dissemination of all information relating to crimes and criminals, to analyse
and formulate conclusions on crime trends, modus operandi, areas of
operation so as to help in the prevention and detention of all types of crime.
Specific clues and information in cases on the basis of recorded information,
analysis and intelligence available is a part of its vital pro-active role in the
entire crime investigation system of the state. The functions and
responsibilities of the Bureau are as detailed below:
A. Building, updating, maintenance and usage of computerised crime-
criminal information system in the state. The format and guidelines
of NCRB should generally be used. The circumstances, requirements
and the day-to-day needs of the state police and investigating units
should be the main objective.
B. Maintenance of all other criminal records and files using computerised
system.
C. Assist and guide City and District Crime Records Bureau in similar
functions.
D. Issue guidelines and devise training modules for recording,
maintenance and use of computerised system including
communication of data to Detective Police Stations.
E. Conduct studies and crime analysis to provide investigative leads to
CID and other Investigating Officers in the State.
F. Record, store and analyse all crime information and intelligence and
disseminate in appropriate format to the state police units and other
users.
G. Generating and sending periodical reports to NCRB as required by
them.

1823
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

H. To undertake research studies, crime analysis on relevant crime issues

and emerging patterns of crime with a view to provide useful leads
to Investigating Officers and police officers in prevention and detection
of crime. The Research Centre and Crime Analysis Group are to be
organised on these lines.
I. Assist Addl. DGP, CID in the coordination of investigation within the
state and outside and with Interpol, New Delhi.
J. Supervision of FPB, and liaison with national agencies.
K. Any other related functions that may be entrusted from time to time.
Organisation :

881. The SCRB is headed by one of the IsGP of CID. The Bureau has (1) Criminal
Records Wing; (2) Criminal Intelligence Wing, (3) Research Centre; (4)
Crime Analysis Unit; (5) Coordination Wing; (6) Technical Wing and (7)
Civilian Experts Group. The IGP, CID (SCRB) is assisted by police officers
of rank of DIGP, SP, DSP, Inspector, SI and HC apart from civilian staff of
various levels.
Records to be maintained in SCRB :

882-1. Dossiers for active professional and dangerous criminals who are addicted
to the commission of dacoities, robberies, burglaries, those who operate or
have the potential to operate in more than one district or state, professional
poisoners, kidnappers, cheats and members and leaders of organised criminal
gangs. The dossiers shall be updated on the basis of information furnished
by the Detective and L&O Police Stations, and intelligence gathered from
various sources or agencies. The information in Finger Print Bureau is also
a valuable input.
2. Indices for the criminals mentioned above in the following manner:
a) name (alphabetical) index
b) modus operandi index
c) sphere of operations index and
d) physical peculiarity and criminal characteristics index
e) All indices are to be kept updated using the flow of information from
the DCRB, Police Station, other sources and the FPB.

1824
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Criminal organisation files in respect of organisations of inter-district nature,

particularly the organised crime gangs, syndicates, financial companies that
indulge in offences of cheating, forgery and misappropriation, habitual
criminals or groups committing crimes against Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes, women and children.
4. General subjects files dealing with the conventional and emerging forms of
crimes.
5. Photo and videograph albums; Identity Kits, and an index of photographs
and videographs.
6. Indices and reports regarding missing kidnapped and abducted persons and
unidentified dead bodies.
7. Index of persons both male and female who are not available at their known
addresses and suspected to have gone astray i.e., victim of organised
trafficking in women, or drawn into life of crime or terrorism.
8. The crime-criminal information system; the information is to be stored in a
computer system following the NCRB format.
Research Centre (SCRB) :

883-1. The Centre will collect the required data from the SCRB’s system and also
obtain detailed reports, case files etc. from any officer of the state police on
the required subject of study. The functions of the Research Centre and
Crime Analysis Unit are as follows:
A. Undertake case studies of important forms of crime and specific
cases and bring out such aspects as legal problems, lapses and
handicaps in investigation if any, the areas affected, social,
psychological factors, specific strategy to be followed for handling,
prevention and detection of cases.
B. Provide clear investigative leads and advice in specific cases.
C. Study important judgments of trial courts and higher courts in cases
investigated by state police and suggest specific guidelines for
improvement of investigation and prosecution.
D. Comparative studies of crime area-wise and crime-wise.
E. Conduct studies on involvement of community and community policing
as a preventive and detective strategy.

1825
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. Identify training needs of investigating officers and assistants and

prepare handouts, brochures in intelligible language for distribution
and prepare course content for recommendation to training branch.
G. Identification of crime trends.
H. Prepare guidelines and check points for each type of case for
guidance of Investigating Officers.
I. Subscribe and maintaining all police journals published in India,
literature on crime prevention and detection publications of NCRB,
ICPO, journals from other countries and build an up-to-date library
on crime investigation.
J. Prepare visual presentations on different case studies for use in the
field.
K. The research Centre should be headed by an officer of the rank of
Addl. SP or DSP who has requisite faculty to direct its activities.
2. Reports will be received by the Centre from districts by radio or fax about
the absence or movements of criminals or criminal gangs and the occurrence
of important crimes, together with the details of the modus operandi
employed in the commission of each crime. The Centre will, on receipt of
such information, make an analysis of important crime with the help of the
Crime Analysis Group and also making use of information available in the
SCRB. Any clue so obtained on the result of the analysis should be
communicated to the concerned Investigating Officer. A critical study of the
District and City Crime and Occurrence Sheets and Monthly Crime Reviews
and other periodical reports generated by SCRB/NCRB help to know the
general trend of crime. It will function as a nerve centre for all the
Investigating Officers in the State.
Crime Analysis Unit :

884. The crime analysis unit is a part of research centre and shall function with a
view to conduct a systematic and scientific analysis of crime and criminals
and formulate advice to the Investigating Officers. The crime analysis unit
should adhere to the following guidelines.
1. The object of crime analysis is to identify the connection between crimes,
criminals and associations, the relationship between crime and other factors
such as the scene of occurrence, communications and many other variable
factors. It introduces a structured method such as assessment of the scale

1826
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and nature of high rate of crime like dacoities, robberies, burglaries etc. and
the activities of organised gangs including mafia type, or the identification of
a lone serial killer. The crime analysis is fully dependent on the intelligence
and information available and hence the different data collected and stored
and the information gathered should be utilised properly for crime analysis.
2. The crime analysis can be done in two ways; one is to meet the immediate
requirements of a particular case or a situation and another is a long-term
analysis to enable preventive intervention. Both analysis should take into
consideration, the crime, the criminal, the crime patterns, comparative case
analysis including series of crimes, and the methods of controlling crime.
The crime pattern analysis relate to the types of crime that occurs in a
particular area and the timing. A comparative case analysis relates to
identifying connection between similar incidents and to know if it is by the
same offender or different offender of a group.
3. The analysis in respect of criminals should include the previous history of
the offender if known, their profile as indicated by witnesses or other
information, the modus operandi, the timing, the dress and other peculiar
features.
4. Crime control methods emerge from an analysis based on file research,
statistics, structured reports, interviews etc.
5. The personnel of the Research Centre should be a mix of civilian and police
officers. The civilians should include social scientists particularly those from
disciplines of sociology, psychology, history who can introduce research
methods. The information technology and particularly the computers
technology is an essential ingredient of research and crime analysis.
Appropriate software applications should be chosen. The research and
analysis group will be the nodal agency for similar exercises eventually in
districts and cities.
6. A complete manual dealing with the work, functions and methods of the
SCRB including the police research centre and the crime analysis group
should be drawn up taking into consideration the NCRB’s guidelines and
also the research and experience conducted on the use of criminal information
system made available by the ICPO (International Criminal Police
Organization).

1827
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 45
AP State Forensic Science Laboratory
885-1. The A. P. Forensic Science Laboratory which is an ISO 9002 Certified
Laboratory, is primarily intended to see that all possible help that modern
science can render in crime detection is made available to investigating
officers. A separate chapter Scientific Aids to investigation may be seen at
chapter 31 of investigation Manual APPM Volume II “A”. The Laboratory
thus renders scientific analytical services to the police in the matters of
investigation; besides tendering expert scientific opinion to prosecution and
judiciary during prosecution and trial of criminal offences, respectively. The
Laboratory, equipped with modern sophisticated instruments and tools, is
headed by a Director, who is assisted by technical / scientific experts of
various ranks, in the examination of different types of physical evidences in
specialised sections of APFSL and Regional FSLs located at Zonal / Range
HQs. There are crime scene processing teams called Mobile Scientific
Investigation Units (CLUES Team) at all District / City HQs., under the
operational and functional control of the concerned unit officers, to
scientifically process the physical evidence and initiate crime scene
investigations by scientific means. The Director FSL works under the direct
supervision of the ADGP CID (Rc.No. 188/Plg-3/2015 of DGP AP dt.
24.11.2015).
2. The various analytical activities that are carried out in the 13 sections of the
main FSL (only 4 sections in RFSLs) or grouped in four divisions viz., Biology
Division, Chemistry Division, General Division and Physics Division. The
functions of the sections, division wise, are as follows :
A. Biology Division
(1). Biology Section deals with examination of Hair and Fibres
for their origin, individualization and comparison; diatoms to
confirm drowning by death; Insects, flies and maggots for
ascertaining time and place of death and other biological
materials of plant origin for determining the origin and species
etc.
(2). Bio-Medical section deals with superimposition of skull with
photograph of the deceased for identification of unknown
persons and also examines skeletal remains to determine origin
and sex etc.

1828
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(3). DNA Fingerprinting section examines blood, blood stains,

seminal swabs, skeletal remains, hair and saliva etc., to identify
and individualize persons and also materials of animal and plant
origin for identification of species.
(4). Serology section undertakes examination of blood, semen,
saliva and other body fluids on clothes and other surfaces to
ascertain origin and group of blood.
B. Chemistry Division
(1). Chemistry section deals with examination of remnants of
explosives to ascertain the nature of explosives; petrol, diesel
etc. to detect adulteration and its extent and other chemical
products for qualitative and quantitative analysis.
(2). Narcotics section deals with analysis of suspected powders,
liquids and unknown substances for identification of narcotic
substances which come under the purview of NDPS Act; toddy
/ liquor to establish adulteration and its quantity and to detect
poisonous substances and its quantity in adulterated toddy /
liquor.
(3). Toxicology section deals with analysis of viscera and body
fluids to determine the nature, composition and quantity of
poisons, and bone ash, vomit and exhumed material and any
other substances and objects like needles and syringes, powders
etc., for detection and estimation of poisonous substances.
C. General Division
(1). Computer Forensics section deals with examination of
computers and its components to restore erased information and
also to ascertain the authenticity of software and other computer
products, and deals with examination of cases of computer crimes
enlisted in Information Technology Act, 2000/2008.
(2). Documents section undertakes examination of various kinds
of questioned documents to ascertain whether they are genuine
or forged, by analysis of signatures, initials, handwriting and
also to establish authorship of writings and signatures. The
section also establishes the nature of tampering in documents
viz., alterations, erasures and obliteration. Type writing is also
examined for identification of typewriter.

1829
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(3). Polygraph section examines subjects viz., suspects, witnesses

and complainants to ascertain whether the statements given
by them are true or false in order to establish or eliminate the
involvement of accused in criminal offences. Polygraph or
Lie – Detector instrument is used for this purpose. (consent of
the person who is subjected to poly graph test is necessary).
D. Physics Division
(1) Ballistics section deals with examination of firearms,
cartridges, cartridge cases, bullets and other discharged firearm
materials and affected surfaces to ascertain the nature of
firearm, caliber and also to establish the range, direction of
firing, number of shots in cases of shooting by firearms and
conducts examination of cases under Arms Act.
(2) Physics section undertakes examination of counterfeit coins,
currency, erased numbers in stolen vehicles for restoration,
glass, paint chips etc. in hit and run accident cases and of
spurious articles to establish infringement of Trade Mark Act.
The section also under takes voice analysis to link suspects to
crime.
(3) Forensic Engineering section undertakes examination of
building materials such as bricks, cement, mortar, steel etc. for
their strength and specifications, and also mechanical, electrical
and electronic products for their authenticity.
(4) The detailed examinations carried out by the above sections of
APFSL/RFSLs and functions of CLUES Team as well as
detailed procedures and instructions for utilization of services
rendered by FSL/RFSLs are given in Chapter 31 of this Manual.
The rules made by the Government regulating application and
payment for the services of the Director, FSL are given in
Annexure XI.
(5) Preventive Forensics is being planned to prevent adulteration
of foods, seeds, edible oils etc., and quality check during
construction of bridges, Government buildings etc.

1830
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER - 46
Police Communications Organization
General Functions and Control of the Organization
886. The Andhra Pradesh Police Communications Organization, headed by the
Director Police Communications (DPC), who is an officer of the rank of
IGP(Non-Cadre), is part of the State police and serves the communication
needs and thereby provides a vital logistic support in all Police functions.
The communication facilities provided are meant for exchange of information
related to Law & Order, Prevention and Detection of Crime, Intelligence,
Public order and VVIP security. The communication networks are also used
for the clearance of messages of other departments in times of emergencies
subject to the approval of the Government of India. There are five modes of
communications, which are under operation throughout the State, as
enumerated below.
High Frequency Radio Communication Network- VOICE communication
(Radio Telephony)

1. The HF communication on voice is provided from State Hqrs., to the district

Hqrs., all District Special Branches, APSP Battalion Hqrs., are directly linked
to DGP Command Control at state Hqrs, Relief Control in AP Secretariat.
To ensure radio communication security encryption is used. Mobile HF stations
will be installed as and when required in the locations during the cyclone
prone coastal district headquarters to meet emergency communication needs
of the SP of the district during cyclones.
2. VHF/UHF Radio Telephony Network on Voice
Each district and Commissionerate cities are provided with their own captive
VHF/UHF communication networks for communication within their district/
city. All the L&O, Traffic, Coastal Security Police Station, Railway Police
Stations and all Investigating Units/CCS in the state are provided with static
VHF stations. Mobile and hand held VHF sets are also provided to the
officers of the rank of inspector and above. In addition to the intra-district
communication, inter-district communication between bordering districts as
well as States is provided for quick exchange of intelligence / information
related to various police matters and to ensure co-ordination in all aspects.

1831
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Data Communication: All the Police stations, Circle offices, Sub-Divisional

offices, DPOs, Crime Police stations, Traffic Police Stations, DCRBs, Police
Communication centers, SsRP, GRP stations and almost all Police
establishments are connected through APSWAN or BSNL Broad Band or
VPN Broad band to PCS&S data center for passing data messages through
AP Police Messaging System. All Police Communication Centers are inter
linked through respective DCC to state Hqrs Master control.
4. EPABX:- One EPABX (Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange)
is installed at state Hqrs. to provide Telephone connection to all senior officers
at state Hqrs. 60 party teleconference system is installed in the DGP Command
Control system for the Teleconferencing of DGP.
5. VIDEO CONFERENCE:- Video conference system is installed in the
DGP Office Mini Conference Hall from where the DGP can conduct Video
conference with all the District SsP, CsP of Vijayawada,Vishakhaptnam.
Range DIsGP and Regional IsGP.
887-1. The Police Communications Organization functions under the Director, Police
Communications Andhra Pradesh, who reports to Addl. DGP (Technical
Services). DPC is assisted by Addl. Director, Police communications (DIGP
rank, non-cadre), three SsP (C) and 8 DSsP (C). Its technical staff consists
of Inspector of Police (Communications), SI(C), ASI(C), HC Operators,
PC Operators. This organization is a statewide unit and not a Zonal unit in
terms of the Presidential Order, 1975 under Article 371 D of the Constitution
of India.
2. The Director, Police Communications (DPC) has jurisdiction throughout the
State. The Addl. DPC assists him. The SP (C) is in charge of one of the
three regions of the State. The DSsP(C) is in charge of Zones consisting of
two or three districts. If at State headquarters, he is in charge of one or two
sections.
Inspector (C) is in charge of district communications and if at headquarters
he will be in charge of a section. The SI, ASI, HC (Communications), PC
(Communications) are posted to various districts and sections at headquarters
depending on scale to each District/section. The territorial jurisdiction of the
SsP(C) and DSsP (C) shall be as indicated in the table below: All SsP(C)
will be stationed at respective Regional Hqrs.

1832
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

SP DSP Functional Territorial

Communications Communications unit jurisdiction
Addl. Dir. Police 1) DSP
Communications Commns Installation MMC R&D
Andhra Pradesh Installation Section
2) DSP Technical Technical Stores
Commns Stores Quarter Master
Installation M.T. Section
3) DSP Hqrs. Master Control
Commns Section Hqrs. Section
Hqrs. Section Crypto Section
Dial 100
4) DSP Training Training Section
Commns Section
Training
Supdt. of Police 1) DSPC City - 1 All Capital Entire capital city
Communications 2) DSPC City - 2 City Zones area
HQRS (Under (Under Proposal) & Hqrs
Proposal) Section
Supdt. of Police 1) DSP Tirupathi Kadapa Dist
Communications Commns Zone Ananthapuramu Dist
Tirupathi region TPT Zone Chittoor Dist.
Tirupathi Tirupati (U) Dist
Kurnool Dist.
2) DSP Guntur Guntur (U)Dist.
Commns Zone Guntur (R) Dist
GTR Zone Nellore Dist.
Guntur Prakasam Dist.
Supdt. of Police 1) DSP Vijayawada Vijayawada (u)
Communications Commns Zone Krishna Dist
Vijayawada region VZA Zone W/Godavari Dist.
Vijayawada E/Godavari dist.
2) DSP Visakhapatnam Visakhapatnam (U)
Commns Zone Visakhapatnam (R) Dist.,
VSP Zone Vizianagaram
Visakhapatnam & Srikakulam Dist.

4. The Administration of Office of AP Police Communications Organization is

headed by one Administrative Officer assisted by the Office Superintendents,
Senior / Junior Assistants, Typists, Record Assistants and Office Subordinates
as per the scale laid down. The office functions on the pattern of a District
Police Office.

1833
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Recruitment, Promotions and Service Conditions

888. The AP Police (Communications) service rules are applicable to the Gazetted
Officers of the Police Communications (G.O.Ms.No.319 Home (Pol-G)
Dept. dt: 16-10-1995).
Organization. The AP Police Sub-ordinate service rules and the special rules
for promotion are applicable to the Non-Gazetted executive personnel of the
Police Communications Organization. The Gazetted and non Gazetted posts
in the communication wing are as follows. (G.O.Ms.No.14 Home (Pol – G)
Dept., dated 20-01-1995).
1. Gazetted
A. Director, Police Communications (IGP rank, non-Cadre)
B. Addl. Director, Police Communications (DIG rank, non-Cadre)
C. Superintendent of Police (Communications)
D. DSP (Communications)
E. Inspector of Police (Communications)
2. Non-Gazetted
A. Sub-Inspector of Police Communications (Men & Women)
B. Sub-Inspector of Police Communications (Crypto)
C. Assistant Sub-Inspector of Police Communications (Men & Women)
D. Head Constable Communications(Men & Women)
E. Police Constables Communications (Men & Women)
As per G.O.Ms.No.4 Home (Police-G) Department, dated : 08-01-2010, the Govern-
ment merged the following categories of posts into respective common categories of
the concerned category of posts.
(a) The posts of Police Constables (Fitter / Electricians) into Police Constables
(Communications)
(b) The posts of Head Constables (Blacksmiths), Head Constables(Carpenter),
Head Constable (Fitter/Electricians) and Head Constables (Painter) into Head
Constables (Communications)
(c) The posts of Sub-Inspectors (Crypto) and Sub-Inspectors (Draughtsman)
into Sub-Inspectors(Communications).
Disciplinary Rules

3. The AP CCA rules are applicable as in the case of the non-Gazetted Officers
of the police department in the State to Police Communications Organization.

1834
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Powers, Duties and Responsibilities of Director, Police Communications (DPC) :-

(GO Ms No. 217 Home (Police-E) Dept., Dt 14.7.95.)
889-1. The DPC shall be the Unit Head of the Police Communications Organization
and all correspondence shall be made under his designation. The DPC may
allocate any sections at capital city to the officers in addition to the work
assigned to them as per the table shown in the Order 887-3 above.
The Powers and Responsibilities of the Director, Police Communications, shall be as
follows:
A. He exercises the same powers as that of Inspector General of Police, APSP.
B. He exercises general superintendence over the work of all Officers in the
Police Communications Organization.
C. He is the appointing authority of the directly recruited SIs of Police
(Communications) (Men & Women)
D. He initiates the transfer proposals of Deputy Superintendents of Police
(Communications)
E. He is competent to transfer Inspectors of Police (Communications & Crypto)
and SIs of Police (Communications and Crypto)
F. He shall periodically visit offices of the Sub-ordinate officers and also Police
Communication Centres in the State, and check up their functioning.
G. He submits monthly reports through Addl. DGP (Technical Services) to the
Director General of Police, AP,
H. He will inspect minimum 4 DCCs in an year.
Procedure for the purchases of stores and financial powers for purchase

890-1. For the purpose of maintenance and replacement of communications

equipment, the Officers mentioned below shall have the financial powers as
indicated herein:
Director General of Police/ Addl. DGP
(Technical Services) Rs.1, 00,000
Director, Police Communications Rs. 50,000
Addl. Director Rs. 10,000
2. Addl.DGP Technical Services or any other Addl.DGP nominated by DGP
shall be the Chairman of the Purchase Committee and the Director, Police
Communications is the Vice-Chairman and Convener of the Stores Purchase

1835
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Committee with Additional Director, Police Communications, SP(C) in-charge

of Stores, DSP(C) of Technical stores; Chief Accounts Officer of Chief
Office, nominee from Commissioner of Industries as members. For any
reason if the Chairman is not available, Vice-Chairman will chair the Stores
purchase Committee. The Quorum for the Stores purchase Committee shall
be the Chairman and four members. Since all items are technical in nature
the opinion of the Director and Additional Director (Communications)
regarding testing, and quality of items shall be given due weight and not be
rejected by the Committee without recording reasons. The acceptance of
items supplied as per procedure prescribed above and finalization of purchase
of technical items under DGS & D (Director General of Supplies and
Disposals) Rate contract and AP Technology Services (APTS) Rate contract
shall be decided by the technical committee of Director Police Communication,
Addl. Director, Police Communication and two technical members nominated
by Director, Police Communication.
3-A. All purchases above Rs. 1,00,000/-shall be decided by the Purchase
Committee headed by the Chairman viz. Addl. DGP (Technical Services).
B. All purchases above Rs.50, 000 and up to Rs. 1, 00,000/- shall be decided by
the Purchase Committee chaired by the Vice- Chairman viz. DPC.
C. All purchases up to Rs.50, 000/- shall be decided by the Director, Police
Communications.
D All purchases up to Rs.10, 000 shall be decided by the Addl. Director Police
Communications.
Powers and Responsibilities of Additional Director, Police Communications :-

891. The Addl. Director, Police Communications shall have jurisdiction throughout
the State, in addition to all the sections at headquarters including City. He
shall also be in charge of the office establishment of Director Police
Communications (DPC), AP,. His duties shall be as follows :
1. Exercise financial and disciplinary powers of a DIG of Police, as
enumerated in the Financial code and CCA rules.
2. General superintendence over the work of all Subordinate Officers
in the Police Communications Organization for efficient management
and up-keep of radio equipment and maintenance of communication
networks in the State.

1836
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Preparation of the promotion panel of SIs (Communications) Men

and Women fit to act as Inspector of Police (Communications)
following the procedure laid down in G.O. Ms. No. 14 Home (Police-
G) Department, Dated 20.1.95.
4. Preparation of the promotional panel of ASIs (Communications) fit
to act as SIs (Communications) as per the procedure laid down in
G.O Ms. No. 14 Home (Police-G) Department Dated 20.1.95.
5. Transfer of Officers of the Rank of ASI Police Communications
and transfer of all the Ministerial staff.
6. Condemnation of Radio equipment, Generators and other major items
as per powers delegated in AP Financial Code volume I & II.
7. Conducting of Auctions of Condemned articles as per powers
delegated.
8. Maintain original personal files of Inspectors of Police
(Communications)
9. Maintain Original Personal files of all Ministerial staff of the Head
Office.
10. Sanction Rewards
11. Inspect/visit the offices of the SP(C), Offices of the Zonal DSP(C)
once in a year, and workshop of Inspectors of Police (Communications)
and all District Headquarters PCCs once in 3 years by rotation.
12. Inspect/visit rest of the Police Communication Centre(PCCs) stations
in the state once in 5 years.
13. Submit monthly reports to the DGP, through the DPC and Addl. DG
Technical services.
14. Attend to such other duties as may be assigned by the DPC and
Addl. DG Technical Services.
Powers and responsibilities of SP (Communications):-

892-1 The SP(C) shall exercise all Administrative and Disciplinary powers in
accordance with various rules in respect of his charge.
2. As head of the police communications within his jurisdiction he shall be
responsible for supervision of work of the officers and staff, management
and functioning of all Police Communication Centres (PCCs) and VHF,
Repeater Stations, Workshops etc., within his jurisdiction. He is also
responsible for ensuring efficient and technical management of the Radio

1837
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

equipment and communication networks within his jurisdiction. He shall

examine and ensure security of the installation and information handled by
the units under his charge.
3. Preparation of promotion panel of HC(C) fit to act as ASI(C) following the
procedure laid down in G.O. Ms. No. 14 Home (Police - G) Department,
dated 20.1.95.
4. Preparation of promotion panel of PC(C) fit to act as HC(C) following the
procedure laid down in G.O. referred above.
5. Transfer of HCs and PCs(C), within his jurisdiction. Additional Director,
Police Communications, shall do transfer from the jurisdiction of one SP(C)
to the jurisdiction of another SP(C).
6. Condemnation of the un-serviceable kit articles of the staff and un-serviceable
Radio spares within his jurisdiction subject to monetary limits prescribed in
Appendix - VII of the AP Financial code Volume - II.
7. Verification of the stores of Deputy Superintendents of Police
Communications and carry out the test check of stores of Inspectors of
Police Communications at the time of Inspection.
8. Maintenance of duplicate personal files of Inspectors of Police
Communications and Original personal files of SIs of Police Communications
and Crypto.
9. Sanction of rewards as per rules.
10. Sanction of EL., sick leave etc., to all ranks from police constable
communications to SI (Communications) and Crypto except Inspectors of
Police Communications and DSP(C) within his jurisdiction. Sanction of casual
leave to the DSP(C) marking a copy to the Addl. Director, Police
Communications and Director, Police Communications.
11. Allotment of Government quarters to the communications staff working at
places other than Headquarters, Capital city
12. Verification of all the Service Rolls/Books under their charge.
13. Inspection of the Offices of the DSP (C) in his jurisdiction, inspection of the
office and workshop of Inspectors of Police (Communications) once in a
year, and all PCCs once in 2 years, and visit to all the VHF Repeater Stations
under his jurisdiction by rotation once in 3 years. The inspection shall be
programmed in such a manner that all districts in his jurisdiction are visited

1838
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

during the year. Inspection notes in the proforma prescribed shall be submitted
to the DPC through the Addl. DPC.
14. Send monthly itineration reports to the Director Police Communications
through the Addl. DPC.
15. Organize and ensure efficient management of Communications system and
coordination with local police during all important occasions like VVIP visits
and other occasions like cyclones, floods, pushkarams etc.
16. Attend to such other duties assigned by the Addl. Director, Police
Communications and Director, Police Communications from time to time.
Duties and responsibilities of DSP (Communications):-

893-1. Sanction CL. to Inspectors of Police (Communications) working under him.

2. Exercise the Disciplinary, Financial and other powers as enumerated in the
Rules/Powers vested with the post of DSP.
3. Be responsible for the efficient administration, security of all establishments
and information handled and efficient and smooth functioning of all
Communication Networks, Repeater stations, Radio workshops and Head
quarters sections under his charge. He shall also deal with the Communication
irregularities of stations under his charge.
4. Be responsible for ensuring efficient maintenance of equipment in the PCCs
and Head quarters section under his jurisdiction, he shall scrutinize the District
job extracts and dispose them promptly.
5. Supervise over the work of Inspectors of Police (Communications) and other
staff working in his jurisdiction.
6. Inspect all Police Communication Centres and connected Head quarters
VHF stations, Repeater stations, Radio workshops and Offices of the
Inspectors of Police (Communications) in his jurisdiction once in a year.
7. Visit as many VHF stations as possible in his jurisdiction during the Inspection
tours.
8. Physically verify all Government Property and Stores transactions at various
Police Communication Centres and Headquarters section under his jurisdiction
during their Inspections.
9. Attend to Stores audit work as ordered by Director, Police Communications.

1839
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

10. Maintain good liaison with the Local Police Officers and BSNL officials.
11. Submit monthly report to the Director, Police Communications through the
concerned SP(C) and the Addl. Director, Police Communications.
12. Attend to such other duties as may be assigned by the SP(C), Addl. Director,
Police Communications and Director Police Communications.
Duties of Inspector of Police (Communications):-

894-1. These categories, irrespective of the specialty to which he may belong have
powers, duties and responsibilities that are common, besides specific duties
indicated separately. The common functions, powers and responsibilities are
as below:
A. He has the same disciplinary and financial powers in respect of their
charge, which Inspectors of Police in Civil Police exercise.
B. Grant of Casual leave to all subordinates working in his charge.
C. He shall submit weekly diary of work done to the DSP concerned.
D. Be in charge and responsible for efficient management, secure and
smooth functioning of all communications networks, equipments,
stores all connected installations in his charge.
E. Supervision, guidance and corrective action on the work of the staff
attached or working in his charge.
F. Keep the senior officers informed of all matters pertaining to
communications, conduct, discipline and any irregularities, which come
to notice along with corrective action taken through DSP (C).
G. Maintenance of all records and registers connected with his charge
as prescribed and ensuring such maintenance by his sub-ordinates.
H. Responsible for Government property in his charge.
I. Periodical overhaul of equipment and maintenance of their History
sheets.
J. Perform such other duties as may be ordered by his Superiors.
Inspector of Police (Communications) in charge of District/Cities shall be
responsible for:-

2-A. The efficient administration and better functioning of communications

networks and Crypto centres, Repeater stations and Radio Maintenance
Centres in his jurisdiction.

1840
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. To keep the DSP(C) concerned informed of his movements and that of the
staff working under him and the functioning of all the Communication networks
in his jurisdiction, including irregularities if any, and also disciplinary matters.
C. The efficient maintenance and proper up-keep of the equipment in his
jurisdiction prompt submission of job extracts, supervision of repairs and
maintenance of equipment by the technical staff.
D. Daily scrutiny of traffic records and logs while at head quarters including for
days he was away from headquarters on his return.
E. Scrutiny of logs received every fortnight and initiate reports when necessary.
F. Hold weekly parade for the staff at the headquarters.
G. Allotment of residential quarters earmarked for communications by SP/CP.
H. Inspection of all PCCs in his jurisdiction once in a year and submission of
inspection reports in prescribed proforma to DSP(C).
I. Implementation of instructions issued on the working of the police
communication networks.
J. Liaison with the CPs/SsP.
Inspector of Police (Communications) (Technical Stores) shall

3-A. Be in charge of all classes of stores stocked in the Police Communication

Department and ensure that all the stores is properly arranged and properly
secured against loss, pilferage, damage or destruction by insects, or moths,
maintain correct account of all items of stores and ensure that all transactions
of stores are made according to rules and departmental orders and are duly
entered in the appropriate ledgers.
B. Work out the annual requirement of technical spares, stationery and clothing
items and takes further action.
C. Assist with the stores purchase section in the preparation of Tender, Tender
schedules, cost comparative statements and also procurement of store items,
clothing and stationary.
D. Scrutinize the periodical GP returns received from the Sub-Ordinate officers
for further action.
E. Correspondence and follow up action on the audit reports of the DSsPC.

1841
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Inspector of Police (Communications) State HQs Marconi Maintenance

Centre (MMC) shall

4-A. Be in charge of State Radio Maintenance centre, Battery charging section,

carpentry, painting and black smith sections and responsible for close
supervision over the work of technical staff in the State Radio Maintenance
centre, battery charging section, Carpentry, Painting, Black smith sections.
B. Carrying out repairs to all the defective Radio and allied equipments received.
C. Monitoring the progress of the periodical overhaul of all communication
equipment of various PCCs and keep SsPC informed for further action.
D. Maintaining of job register.
E. Testing and evaluation of all sample articles received and acceptance testing
of all technical stores purchases, before they are taken to stock by the central
technical stores.
F. The testing of all unserviceable equipment, spare parts etc., and their
condemnation by the competent authority.
G. Assist SsPC in scrutiny of reports on Job extracts from Zonal DSsPC and
follow up action on pending jobs.
Inspector of Police (Communications) (Master Communications Control) shall

5-A. Be in charge and responsible for the secure, efficient and smooth functioning
of all Communication Networks at state Hqrs. Shall enforce strict security
arrangements for this area.
B. Ensure that all the communication links are working on authorized frequencies
and that there are no infringements of the frequencies and no breakdown of
communications due to faulty equipment.
C. Ensure no breaches of security are committed in Radio Communications.
D. Ensure that there are no delays either in clearance or delivery of Radio
Messages to the addressees.
E. Personally supervise the clearance of traffic over the communication
networks during emergencies and visits of VVIPs to the state.
F. Ensure that all the communication network servers, connectivity are in good
working condition.

1842
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

G. Scrutinize the daily traffic and submit the scrutiny report to the SP(C)
concerned through DSP(C) Hq.
The Inspector of Police (Communications) (Crypto) shall be responsible for

6-A. The efficient functioning of Crypto cell at State Head quarters and responsible
for maintaining related correspondence with DCPW (Directorate of Co-
ordination of Police Wireless) and with districts.
B. Proper functioning of all Crypto centres working in the State and inspect
them once in a year as per DCPW, guidelines.
C. The collection of classified documents from DCPW, New Delhi and their
distribution to all Crypto centres in the State.
D. The proper accounting of the classified documents by maintaining prescribed
Registers.
E. The destruction of obsolete documents.
F. Imparting training to PCO personnel on various Cipher/PWCC systems.
G. Preparing the team for competing in the CRYPTOGRAPHY competition in
All India Police Duty Meet.
H. Correspondence pertaining to Communication irregularities, breaches in Radio
Communication security, infringements in the operation of wireless circuits,
Radio licenses and other subjects pertaining to DCPW, DOT, WPC wing,
Ministry of Communications Government of India and other Departments
concerned.
The Inspector of Police (Communications) (Headquarters) shall be responsible
for
7-A. The maintenance and up-keep of all Government buildings including residential
quarters under the control of Police Communications Department. He will
pursue with the concerned sections in Chief Office as well as A.P. Police
Housing Corporation (APPHC) and ensure prompt and timely repairs.
B. Maintaining a Register of all the buildings including the residential quarters
allotted to Police Communications Department in various locations at Capital
city, which will include the inventory of Civil and Electrical fittings for each
one and ensure their proper accounting while HO/TO.
C. Processing the applications for allotment of quarters to Police Communications
Department staff posted to capital city by maintaining waiting lists for the

1843
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

different types of quarters and take prompt action for allotment whenever
any quarter falls vacant.
D. The PC assistant and Foot Messengers at Hqrs, including attached personnel
and supervision of their day to day work.
The Inspector of Police (Communications) (Training) shall:-
8-A. Be in charge of the Police Communication Signal school and Library and
responsible for the efficient training of men in the training school and exercise
disciplinary and administrative control over the trainees under him.
B. Conduct weekly tests to the trainees and submit the results to the Addl.
Director, Police Communications through proper channel.
C. Ensure boarding, lodging and sanitary arrangements of trainees.
D. Maintain personal sheets for each trainee and enter the weekly results in the
sheet.
E. Assist in preparation of yearly programme for in service refresher courses
and other familiarization courses for the technical as well as operating staff
and preparation of list of relevant courses being conducted by other
Departments/Organizations/Institutions like DCPW, ATI, etc., and prepare
list of personnel eligible to undergo such courses.
F. Organize intensive training for the teams selected for participating in the
State Police Duty meet and All India Police Duty Meet.
G. Arrange conduct of weekly parades and drills as per rules in force at State
headquarters.
Inspector of Police (Communications) (Research and Development) shall be
responsible for
9-A. Studying the circuitry of all communications and allied equipment available in
the Police communication department, undertake appropriate changes /
modifications in the circuitry, wherever needed to suit operational needs for
better performance and maximum utility of various systems / equipments.
B. Keeping himself as well as the staff working under him abreast with the
latest developments in the field of telecommunications and suggest adaptation
of such techniques/technologies which are useful to the Organization/
Department for its efficient functioning.

1844
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Thorough testing of all new types of communication and Electronic test

equipment offered by the suppliers for purchase to the Department and
submits his evaluation report to the Director, Police Communications through
concerned superior officers.
D. Suggesting replacements for the obsolete parts which are out of production
and are not available in the market with the substitutes, readily available and
also cost effective.
E. Planning the distribution of allotted Frequency spots (HF, VHF & UHF) for
optimum utilization and operation without infringement or interference.
F. Planning and installation of VHF Repeater stations to achieve full coverage
of VHF communication in the districts.
G. Suggesting methods to improve the functioning of Communication networks
in the State.
H. Preparing schemes for large-scale communication arrangements during
special occasions like Elections, visits of VVIPs to the state, large scale
rallies and public meetings, Pushkarams and other important fairs and festivals
in the State.
The Inspectors of Police (Communications) (City) shall be responsible for

10-A. Efficient, reliable and smooth functioning of Communication networks

including the EPABXs, in their jurisdiction.
B. For the efficient functioning of Repeater stations functioning in their
jurisdiction.
C. Maintenance of close liaison with the City Police administration and DOT
authorities concerned.
D. Providing Communication facilities as ordered from time to time during special
occasions like Elections, Visits of VVIPs to the City, serious Law & Order
problems and other important fairs and Festivals in the city.
Duties and responsibilities of Non-Gazetted Officers in Communication wing:

895-1. The Sub-Inspectors of Police both Communications and Crypto and Assistant
Sub-Inspector of Police (Communications) generally assist the Inspector of
Police (Communications) concerned. In that capacity they shall be responsible
for the work entrusted to them by Inspector of Police (Communications)
inter-alia, the following duties shall be performed:

1845
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Attend to the repairs and maintenance of the equipment in the district/

section. In addition to this, Crypto trained SI (Communications) shall
attend to Crypto work.
B. Attend to operating duties in the link and other related duties during
emergencies.
C. Maintain security and upkeep of Government property and connected
records.
D. Maintain prescribed records, Registers, Files and related
correspondence.
E. Disbursement of cash, maintenance of cashbook and connected
records.
F. Supervise functioning of communication channels, take immediate
suitable action for restoration of communication during times of
breakdown, if any.
G. Establishment of communication during emergencies, such as VVIP/
VIP visits, Elections, Special operations and Natural calamities etc.
H. Ensure discipline among the staff working in Districts/sections and
maintain cordial relations with their sub-ordinate staff ensuring their
welfare.
I. Maintain liaison with the police officers to ensure proper functioning
of HF/VHF/UHF sets provided to them.
J. Submit weekly diary of the work done to the DSsPC through
Inspectors concerned.
2. The duties and responsibilities of the Radio Station Officer are as follows:

A. Be responsible for the efficient functioning of the PCCs and also its
cleanliness.
B. Maintain prescribed records and submit returns.
C. See that all instructions in regard to the Working of the PCCs and clearance
of messages issued from time to time are strictly implemented.
D. Be responsible for all government property in the PCCs and take such
measures as are necessary for their safety.
E. Attend to all correspondence relating to the working of the PCCs
F. Keep in touches with the local police officers and maintain cordial relationship
with them.

1846
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

G. Scrutinize the daily logs with the messages and the traffic records every
day.
H. Attend to the operation and maintenance of messaging systems and technical
as per instructions.
I. Attend to the routine maintenance of all the equipment and accessories in
the PCC.
J. Maintain a High standard of security and guard against leakage of secret
messages and sabotage by subversive and hostile elements:
K. Maintain close supervision over the working of all static and mobile VHF
stations, functioning in the jurisdiction of concerned sub-division/circle and
ensure their efficient functioning.
L. Attend to recharging of batteries of all VHF stations falling under his sub-
division/circle.
M. Attend to any other duties as assigned by the concerned Superior Officers.
N. Attend to weekly parades regularly if working at Head Quarters.
3. The PC (Communications) will :

A. Attend to the operation and maintenance of messaging systems and technical

work of the PCC and maintain log books (Form 179).
B. Attend to the proper up-keep of the equipment and cleanliness of the PCC.
C. Do any other duties assigned to them by Radio Station Officer and concerned
Superior Officers.
D. Have a joint responsibility for the safe custody of the equipment in the station
and
E. Maintain strict secrecy over the information of intelligence passing through
the Radio network.
F. Attend weekly parades.

1847
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 179 See Order No.895-3-A & 909

RADIO LOG
Station Frequency
Call Sign Date
Time To From Signal Strength Particulars
His Mine

Officers authorized to use Police Radio Grid

896 -1. The officers and the department shown in Annexure-17A (Enclosed) are
authorized to send messages on the police communication network provided
they relate to the subjects specified in Annexure-17B.
Message writing instructions :

2. The officers entitled to use Police Communications Network should send

only the messages pertaining to Law & Order, crime prevention,
investigation, prosecution and all connected matters therewith. Messages
about natural calamities, accidents and missing of persons, women or
children, dissemination of information or criminal intelligence also come
within the purview of Law & Order, for the purposes of use of the Radio
Grid. The communication staff have instructions not to accept any messages
which does not relate to the above. A detailed list of subjects, pertaining to
L&O, semi Law & Order etc. on which messages are to be originated is
given in Annexure 17-B.
3. APPD messages should be treated on a par with telegrams, and
messages conveying information, which could normally go by post,
should be avoided. Messages must be written legibly/type written in
the standard Police message Form 180, oral and casual instructions to
operators (for transmitting messages) to frame and transmit message
should be avoided.

1848
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 180 See Order No. 896-3

MESSAGE FORM
Name of State.............................................Reg. No............................................
In Call Priority trans Instruction NR GR

Out

Above the line for use of Radio Staff only

To ................................................................................................................................
INFO ...........................................................................................................................
From ............................................................................................................................
Originator’s Number Date In reply to Dated

Priority Originator’s Signature and Designation

Below this line for use of Radio Staff only

Time in Date Time out Date

Reader Sender

1849
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. Messages should not be communicated by telephone to the operating staff

for transmission over the grid as telephones are apt to cause phonetic
errors,and unreliable from the security point of view. The communication of
messages over telephone will also result in the telephone at the PCC being
kept unnecessarily engaged. However, messages may be conveyed over
telephone in case of any emergency followed by a written confirmation.
5. Normally each message should be sent in duplicate to the PCC, one copy of
which will be retained in the PCC and the other returned to the sender with
acknowledgement and THI particulars. In case of messages addressed to
more than one authority the number of copies required will be the number of
nets on which the messages have to be transmitted plus an office copy to be
returned to the sender with acknowledgement and THI particulars. The
officer-in-charge of the PCC should be consulted as to the number of copies
required for transmission to multiple addressees. This will avoid delay, in as
much as no time would be wasted in the PCC in making out copies of the
messages for transmission by different nets.
The following instructions should be borne in mind while writing up
messages in Form 180.
6. Address to: Designation of the official and/or name of the department along
with the name of the station should be inserted here. If approved abbreviated
addresses are available, they should invariably be used. Under no
circumstances should titles, prefix or suffix be used.
7. Address for information (Info): If the message is also required to be sent to
any authority other than the addressee for information only, the name or
designation of the official or the name of department together with the name
of the station should be inserted in this space. Approved abbreviated
addressees, if available should be used.
8. Address from (FROM): Name and / or Designation of the official or name
of the Department of the Originator along with the name of the station should
be entered here. If approved abbreviation is available it should be used.
9. Originator’s Number: The Originator should enter his reference number of
the correspondence.
10. Date: The date on which the message is originated should be entered in this
space. The date may be written in figures separated by slashes only for
example the 23rd of March 2002 will be written as 23/03/2002.
11. In Reply to: The reference of the correspondence to which the message is
in reply should be entered in this space. This eliminates use of common

1850
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

preamble in a letter. Example: “Reference is invited to your No....” or “With

reference to (abbreviated designation) No. :..........”
12. Dated: The date of the reference shown in (6) above namely “IN REPLY
TO” should be entered in this space. It should be written only in figures as
mentioned above under “date”.
13. Text: owing to the large volume of traffic handled in a PCCs/DCCs an
unnecessarily lengthy message may cause delay and hold up other messages
in the grid. It is essential to combine brevity with intelligibility. Before writing
a message, consideration should be given to the contents carefully. The text
should then be couched as briefly as possible in telegraphic language. The
use of words like “Please”, “Kindly”, “Would be grateful” must be eliminated.
Omission of these words in a Radio message does not imply lack of courtesy.
14. The following punctuation signs only must be used: Full stop should be written
within a circle, whether by hand or by type written, e.g. (.). No full stop is
required at the end of the text. While Comma (,); Inverted Commas (“ “);
Hyphen (-); Oblique or Stroke or bar (/); Brackets ( ); Decimal point (.) and
Apostrophe (‘) should be written in the same way as in ordinary writing.
Apart from the above signs, no punctuation or mathematical signs should be
written and care must be taken to ensure that their omission does not alter
the sense of the message. On no account should the text contain tabular
statements, as they cannot be transmitted by Radio.
15. Priority: If it is desired that a message should be transmitted more expeditiously
than as ordinary message the degree of priority should be entered in this
space. The categories of priority available and their use are given in the
succeeding order.
16. Originator’s signature and designation: The originator should affix his
signature and designation in this space signifying that he has approved the
contents of the message including the priority classification, if any, and
authorized its transmission by Radio. Messages not signed by an authorized
person will not be accepted for transmission by Radio.
17. Time of origin (TOO): The time (in figures) at which the originator signs a
message should be inserted in this space. The first two figures indicate the
hours and the next two, the minutes. Thus, five minute past six O’ clock in
the morning is written as 0605. The Abbreviation Hrs., should not be used.
In all cases “Time Of Origin” (TOO) must be entered by the originator.
18. The remaining spaces in the message form are for the use of the wireless
staff only and the Originator should write nothing.

1851
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

FORM - 181 See Order No.896-6 to 18 & 909-1-A.

RADIO STATION
IN MESSAGE REGISTER
Register number

Time of deli very

GR

Signature

Remarks
Address
Stn. FM

Time in
Priority
NR No

P R
Date

THI
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)

Instructions on Classified Messages :

897-1. Security: As all Radio transmissions are subject to interception by any person
possessing a receiver, there is no security attached to the transmission of a
message by Radio. Originators must therefore ensure that, if the contents of
a message are of classified nature, the procedure elaborated in the succeeding
paragraphs is followed.
2. Security Classification of Messages: Following will be security classifications:
classification Abbreviated form
(a) Top Secret Top Sec
(b) Secret Secret
(c) Confidential Confd.
Note:- Originator of a message is personally responsible for its correct se-
curity grading according to information contained therein. To grade a mes-
sage correctly and uniformly, particular attention shall be bestowed on the
definition of various security classifications as given below:
3. Top Secret : Messages containing information of such vital nature that, for
reasons of national security, it must not be disclosed to any one for whom it
is not essential to have knowledge of it for the performance of his duty, and
unauthorized disclosure of which would cause “Exceptionally grave damage
to the Nation”. This category is reserved for the Nation’s closest Secrets
and is used with great reserve.

1852
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. Secret: Messages, the unauthorized disclosure of which would endanger

national or internal security, cause serious injury to the interests or prestige
of the nation or serious embarrassment to the Government, or would be of
great advantage to a foreign nation. This classification should be used for
highly important matters and is the highest classification ordinarily used.
5. Confidential: Messages, the unauthorized disclosure of which, while not
endangering the national security, would be prejudicial to the interests of the
nation, any Government activity or individual or would cause administrative
embarrassment or difficulty or be of advantage to a foreign nation. Most
matters will on popular analysis be not higher than “Confidential”.
6. All Top Secret/Secret and Confidential messages will have to be encrypted
and as such they should be sent in double envelopes to the signal office/
PCC. The inner envelope containing the classified message should be properly
sealed, and should invariably be a new one while the outer envelope may
bear an economy slip. The inner envelope should be marked with the Security
classification i.e., Top Secret/Secret/Confidential together with appropriate
priority. The outer envelope should bear only the address of the SHP of
concerned PCC / DCC and will not have the Security classification of the
contents marked on it. However, the outer envelope should clearly indicate
that, it is a message for transmission by police communication network and
should also bear its priority.
7. The security classification should invariably be entered at the proper space
in the message form, before it is sealed.
8. Two skeleton copies of the message should also be attached to the sealed
envelope containing a classified message. The skeleton copies will contain
all details except the text of the message.
9. The person on duty in the PCC will give a receipt of the message to the
originator on one of the Skeleton copies with ‘Paraphrase warning stamp’ or
‘OTP stamp’ the paraphrase warning stamp makes it incumbent on the
originator not to transmit the message without being paraphrased or to
distribute the copies of the same to any unauthorized person. OTP stamp
imposes no such restriction on the Originator.
10. A classified message should be sent to the Signal office through dependable
couriers with utmost care and caution.
11. While originating a classified message, the originator has the responsibility
of determining whether a Radiogram is necessary or a letter or other form

1853
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

of communication would serve the purpose. He should grade the message

appropriately. A Radiogram is given security classification according to the
subject matter contained therein. It must be remembered that over grading
of message is as harmful to security as under grading. Priority should be
determined by the subject matter and the time factor involved in transmission
and for action required to be taken by the addressee. Priority higher than
what is absolutely necessary should not be given. Judicious use of priorities
will assist the clearance of really urgent messages in time. The text and the
address should be expressed correctly avoiding verbosity.
12. A Message, which has to be converted into a Cryptogram, has to be edited
carefully; the principles involved being clarity, brevity, accuracy and security.
13. Conversion of Radiogram into Cryptogram and transmission is a very tedious
process. It also takes considerable time to handle such messages. It is,
therefore, imperative that, only such classified messages should be sent over
police radio for transmission, which cannot be cleared by other means of
communication. The Originators should also be prepared for the consequent
delays that take place in the process of encryption/decryption.
Use of Priorities

898-1. Normally, messages are cleared according to the serial order of their receipt
at a PCC, i.e., according to the time handed in. However, to ensure faster
clearance, the messages are given priorities (a) CRASH (b) MOST
IMMEDIATE (c) IMMEDIATE (d) ORDINARY, according to the Urgency
and importance of the message.
A. Crash: When a message of this priority is received, communication
on all concerned channels is suspended forthwith, to clear message.
This priority is restricted to extreme emergencies and should,
therefore, be resorted to, only in very exceptional circumstances.
This priority is to be used where the recipient has to take immediate
action to save human lives or to prevent damage to valuable property
or immediate apprehension of criminals.
B. Most Immediate: This priority is restricted to messages conveying
information or instructions relating to natural calamities, disturbances,
(Communal, anti-social and political), strikes, accidents, riots, murder
security measures, criminal information and important movements
of the police, which in the opinion of the originators, should reach the
addressee immediately.

1854
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Immediate: This is restricted to messages conveying important

information relating to Law & Order and crime for immediate attention
and action, for instance, information regarding probability of strikes,
disturbances or any other upheaval, movements of high Government
officials dealing with Law & Order, Political leaders, Agitators and
Dangerous criminals.
D. Ordinary: This category is used for messages of routine nature which
do not come under any of the above categories but are connected
with Law & Order and crime, which are urgent enough to justify the
use of Radio network.
2. The instances mentioned are not exhaustive but only illustrative. The
Originator should consider each case and assign the minimum priority
compatible with the requirement. However, with a view to ensure the correct
priorities, the following officers are authorized to use the priorities noted
against them.
A. Crash: All persons authorized to use the grid may use this priority -
only in very grave emergencies.
B. Most Immediate: The Director General of Police, Addl. D.G.P.,
Inspectors General of Police, Commissioner of Police, D.I.G of Police,
Superintendents of Police, and other Police Officers of equivalent
rank.
C. Immediate: Assistant Superintendents and Officers of equivalent
rank, Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors, besides those entitled to send
‘MOST IMMEDIATE’ messages.
3. Only the minimum priority compatible with the circumstances of the case
should be used, and if an officer is authorized to use a particular priority, it
does not imply, he should use that priority in respect of all messages originated
by him. Officers may use higher priorities, which they are not normally
permitted in exceptional cases, if it justifies such use.
4. The working schedule of District H.F link is limited and also the reliability of
communication depends upon the climatic conditions. Further only two
operators to work one at a time man all the PCCs in the District link. Hence
A. All Unit Officers shall ensure that messages of routine, Office
administration, reminders and non-law and order messages are not
originated to clear on this grid. Like wise SDPOs and CIs shall be
strictly instructed not to originate messages on routine traffic etc.

1855
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. All unit officers should see that there is no mechanical repetition of

messages received from Chief Office or DGP or other Senior
Officers. They should study the messages and take appropriate action
and communicate only those required.
5. The unit officers and all senior officers of police department shall ensure
strict implementation of these instructions. The DPC should bring to the
notice of Addl. DGP Technical services, every fortnight instances of wrong
use of priority. Addl. DGP shall ensure suitable action on such reports to
eliminate such wrong use.
Schedule of Working Hours

899. The main police communication network, linking various district headquarters
to the State Police Head quarters, work from 0800 to 2200 hours on all days
of the week. The communication networks linking sub-divisional and circle
Hqrs., stations to the concerned district head quarters work from 0800 to
1300 Hrs and 1400 to 2000 Hrs, on all days of the week. All the
Communications Networks will work extended hours whenever required.
They will also work round-the-clock, in times of emergency.
Radio Telephony

900-1. All police stations and officers up to the rank of Inspectors have been provided
with VHF communication facility for quick exchange of information related
to Law & Order, crime prevention and investigation, extremist activities and
anti-smuggling operations etc., with the following Radio equipment.
A. VHF Static Station: Consists of VHF set, 12 V batteries, float charger
and G.P. antenna supported by a mast.
B. Mobile Station: Consists of VHF set, 12V battery and a whip antenna
C. Handheld set: Consists of a VHF Trans receiver with Ni-Cd battery
and helical antenna.
2. Safe custody: The S.H.O. of PS is responsible for the safe custody of the
static station equipment. The officer to whom a mobile station or a hand held
set is provided is responsible for their safe custody. The Inspector of Police
Communications is responsible for accounting and or carrying out repairs to
the equipment.

1856
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Working Schedule: The working schedule for VHF station is from 0600 hrs
to 2200 Hrs continuously. Depending on local requirements they may work
extended hours or round-the-clock.
Handling and Maintenance of the Equipment

901-1. The static station should be operated by the constables provided by the
SHO. The SHO should respond to the calls whenever he is present in the
station. Officer should only respond from the mobile/handheld set whenever
they are called. They should be well conversant with the handling and
maintenance of equipment, i.e., to check :
A. Condition of aerial, Radial Rods, Guy ropes & aerial cable.
B. Switches and channel controls of the set are in correct position and
the indicator lamps are glowing.
C. The Mains and Charge indicators of Charger are glowing.
D. Correct level of electrolyte by adding distilled water to battery and
tighten brass clamps to have firm contact with battery terminals.
2. They have to ensure daily maintenance of equipment. If any defect is noticed,
they should inform to the control station as well as Inspector Communications.
They should pursue the matter with Inspector Communications till the
Technical staff rectifies the defect.
3. Officers provided with Mobile/Handheld VHF sets should send their batteries
to the nearby PCC station for charging and ensure that no communication
breakdown occurs due to discharged battery.
4. Every care should be taken to protect the VHF equipment. In case it is lost
or damaged it should be immediately reported to the concerned
Communication Officer.
5. Equipment should always be safeguarded from drenching in rainy season.
6. Untrained and un-authorized persons should not be allowed to handle the set
and set should be used only for official conversation.
Radio Telephony Procedure

902-1. The following procedure should be followed while making conversation.

A. Should listen carefully before transmission
B. Should ensure prompt and intelligent reply to the calls.

1857
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Should observe grid discipline and obtain permission from the control
station to contact any other station in the grid.
D. Pressal switch should not be pressed more than one minute and
hand set should not be pulled too far.
E. Calls should be constructed in the sequence i.e. call sign of the station
called phrase ‘From’ and call sign of the station calling example :
Tenali from Guntur.
2. While transmitting operator should always bear in mind the rhythm, speed,
volume and pitch (RSVP) to ensure maximum intelligibility and figures and
difficult words should be repeated using phrase I say again. Phonictic
alphabets must be used to spell out a word-using phrase I spell
3-A. Phonetic Alphabets
A Alfa B Bravo C Charlie
D Delta E Echo F Foxtrot
G Golf H Hotel I India
J Juliet K Kilo L Lima
M Mike N November O Oscar
P Papa Q Quebec R Romeo
S Sierra T Tango U Uniform
V Victor W Whisky X X-Ray
Y Yankee Z Zulu

B. Standard Phrases
O.K Correct / Agreed
Out My Transmission Ended
Out To You Finished with you and no reply expected from you
Over Ended my transmission and expect Transmission from you
Report Signals Report my signal strength /Readability
Roger Message received.
Wait Out Wait for next transmission to respond
Wilco Message received, will be complied with
Location and Protection of PCCs

903-1. All the fixed PCCs should be located in the DPO, Reserve Police Hqrs., or
in police stations, establishments where guards are available. The Mobile
PCCs, when taken by officers on tour, should also be located at such places
where guard is available and if not possible, in the building premises where

1858
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

the officer using the mobile station, is camping. No other locations are
permissible.
2. Radio installations should be treated as vital and protected areas and their
security is the responsibility of the SP and CPs concerned.
Movements of PCC /DCC Stations

3. A fixed PCC cannot be shifted normally. In case of any emergency it can be

shifted on the orders of the Director, Police Communications/Director General
of Police. This requires the approval of Ministry of Communications,
Government of India as per the licensing conditions.
Delivery of Radio Messages
904-1. At the State Police Head Quarters, Capital city, Radio Messages intended
for officers located near the Master Communication Control station will be
delivered by Motorcycle or foot messengers. Motorcycle messengers will
deliver messages meant for officers, who are far away.
2. In the districts, the District Superintendents of Police/ Commissioners of
Police, will provide motor cycle /foot messengers, preferably 3 or 4 for Zonal
Head quarters, 2 or 3 for District Head quarters and one for each sub division/
Circle Head Quarters station, at all fixed Police communication centres, in
their jurisdiction to enable prompt delivery of messages. They will also provide
messengers for Mobile PCCs installed in their jurisdictions.
Use of Police Communication Network in Emergencies
905. The Police Communication Network should be normally employed only for
the transmission of messages pertaining to matters as defined in Order 895.
In times of anticipated emergencies, the prior approval of the Ministry of
Communication, Government of India, should be obtained through the
Directorate of Coordination, Police Wireless, New Delhi, for the use of police
communication network for the purposes other than those, for which the
PCCs are licensed. But in times of sudden emergency, like floods, Cyclones
and other such Natural calamities the Chief Secretary to the State Government
can authorize the use of police communication network for passing messages
pertaining to those events in anticipation of the sanction of the Government
of India. The post-facto sanction of the Ministry of Communication,
Government of India should however be obtained, as quickly as possible,
preferably within 24 hours. Such sanction may even be obtained over the

1859
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Police Wireless in case the Posts and Telegraph channels go out of

commission, due to disturbances.
Inter-State Police Radio Network
906. This service will be utilized by all Police Officers, District Collectors and
Secretaries to the Government, for the transmission of messages pertaining
to all police matters particularly crime prevention, investigation, Law & Order
and Security to New Delhi and other State capitals. Through the State capitals
the messages could be passed to all places provided with PCCs in the various
states. The Police Communications networks in other states and the national
capital are to be utilized for fast, reliable and secure communication and
interchange of information including that relating to crime and criminals.
Drawl and Disbursement of Pay and Allowances to the Staff

907-1. The General rules regarding the drawl of Pay and Allowances as are
applicable to police department, apply to the personnel of this organization
also. The pay and allowances of all the staff in the State will be drawn at the
Police Communication Directorate, Capital city and credited to the bank
account of the staff concerned every month.
Housing of the Staff
2. All members of and below the rank of Inspector of Police (Communications)
are entitled to rent free accommodation. Quarters will be provided to all
Ranks of Police Communications in the districts as well as at State head
quarters by the concerned SP or CP. Preference should be given to the
communication personnel in the allotment of quarters as the communication
personnel often work extended hours and as such should not be made to
reside far away from the DCCs / PCCs stations. Those who are not provided
with Government quarters will be paid HRA+AHRA, at the sanctioned rates.
Rewards

3. Personnel of this organization are eligible for rewards in accordance with

the rules governing the grant of rewards given in Chapter 11.
Musketry and Drill
4. SP/CP in the districts will arrange for musketry practice for all HCs and
PCs Communications according to the Civil police scale, Inspectors of Police
(communications), SIs (communications), ASIs (communications) will be
given revolver practice according to the scale prescribed for their counter

1860
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

parts in the civil police. The concerned SP may indent for the ammunition
required for this purpose. In the case of personnel working in the capital
city, the DCP CAR, will arrange for the practice.
Uniform

5. Officers and staff will be in uniform while on duty. The dress regulations are
reproduced in Annexure -17.
Training and Refresher Courses

6. A training centre for the Police Communications Organization/the Radio

Signal School is attached to Police Communications Organization. Specified
induction, in-service and on job courses shall be conducted by this centre.
The course content and duration, the type of courses and the personnel for
whom they are intended shall be drawn up by the Director of police
communications in consultation with the I.G.P., Training. A detailed training
manual shall be drawn up for the training centre sent through Addl. DGP
(Recruitment and Training) and approved by the Director General of Police.
The courses shall be conducted and training centre in accordance with that
manual. The DPC assisted by Addl. DPC shall directly over see the
functioning of the training centre. Specified in-service courses shall be held
periodically for the technical as well as operating staff to improve and update
their professional skills. Senior officers, Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors of Police
and other staff shall also be sent for the courses held under the auspices of
the Directorate of co-ordination police wireless, MHA, New Delhi or other
organizations in the field of communications.
Central Technical Stores

7. All types of technical, stationery and clothing items required for the working
of the police communications network are procured and stocked at the Central
Technical stores in the Directorate at Capital city. The Indents from the
Inspectors of police communications concerned are scrutinized and bulk
supplies are effected periodically once in six months, regularly. Emergent
requirements are met by monthly indents or whenever required. The Inspector
of police communications in charge shall supply the stationery and clothing
articles to the staff working under them. Adequate stock of stores is kept by
the district Inspector of police communications and i/c PCCs for their day-
to-day working of the PCCs/DCCs/ Maintenance Centres.

1861
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Library

8. The library attached to Police Communications Directorate at Capital city

is intended to improve the professional and technical knowledge and efficiency
of the staff. It contains up to date publications on communication engineering,
computers and latest technologies available in the field of telecommunications.
Newspapers and technical journals are also kept in the Library.
Liaison with other Government Departments/Organizations

908. Close liaison should be maintained between the police communication

organization of this State and Police Communications Organization of the
Defense Services, Department of Telecommunications, Civil Aviation and
Railways, especially during national emergencies. Standing reciprocal
arrangements for the transmission of messages to destinations covered by
any one of the organizations will be made from time to time by the
representatives of these organizations meeting in conference. The DPC should
maintain close liaison with Director, Police Telecom., DCPW, GOI, WPC
wing, Ministry of Communications, Government of India and his counter
parts in other states and Union Territories in the Country.
Records to be Maintained in DCC and by Inspectors of Police (Communications)
909. The following are some of the important registers to be maintained in the
DCCs and by the Inspectors of Police Communications. In addition, the files
will be maintained separately for circulars on each subject that is for
instructions on the maintenance of the sets Radio Procedure, natural
calamities, VVIP visits, administrative matters and other relevant matters as
per the instructions issued from time to time.
1. At PCCs:
A. In and Out message registers (Form 181 & 182)
B. Gazetted Officer’s visiting book
C. Non-Gazetted Officer’s book
D. Message Delivery book
E. Duty roster
F. Government property register
G. Attendance register
H. History sheets for equipment Batteries, Battery chargers, Clock etc.
I. Tappal (Dispatch) Book
J. List of Fixed PCCs in India (to be kept under lock and key)

1862
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

K. Registers for Petrol, Oil, distilled water, kerosene etc.

L. DCC / PCC log (Form 180)
M. Any other registers, Files and charts as ordered by the Director,
Police communications, from time to time.
FORM - 182 See Order No. 909-1A
RADIO STATION
OUT MESSAGE REGISTER
GROUPS
Originator’s Number

GR
Number (NR)

P R
Station To

Signature

Remarks
Time Out
Priority

TOO
Date

THI
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)

2. By Inspectors of Police (Communications):

A. Cash book
B. Government property register and Distribution register
C. Casual leave register
D. Communication irregularity register
E. VHF Communication breakdown register
F. NETWORK Break down register
G. Minor Punishment register
H. Railway and Bus warrant books
I. Long Leave register
J. Stock Registers for Technical stores, stationery etc.
K. Personal Records of Operators
L. Distribution Register for major equipment
M. Tappal Book
N. Job Register
O. Police Gazette file
P. Contingent Bill Book
Q. History sheet of all equipments in his charge
R. Any other Registers, files and charts as prescribed by the Director, Police
Communications from time to time.

1863
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

910. The abbreviated Telegraphic address of the Director, Police Communications

is “ANDRAD”. The un-registered telegraphic addresses of Inspector of
Police Communications and PCCs will be “Inspector Communication” and
“Police Communication Centre” respectively.
Source of Power

911. All fixed stations will be operated on local commercial electric supply. The
Superintendent of Police in the Districts and the SP(C) concerned at state
capital will be in touch with the local electrical engineers and ensure advance
information of any temporary shut down or break-down of electric supply,
particularly during emergencies.
Annexure 17-A
Officers authorized to use Police Radio Grid
1. All Ministers
2. Chief Secretary to the Government
3. Home Secretary to the Government.
4. Secretary (Political) G.A.D
5. All Revenue Officers of and above the rank of MRO.
6. All Police Officers of and above the rank of SIs and AOs.
7. Director, Finger Print Bureau and Officers of and above the rank of S.Is.
(on Law & Order subjects only)
8. Director, Police Transport Organization.
9. S.P. and above the staff of Vigilance cell of Civil supplies Department.
10. Officers of and above the rank of SIs of Central Police Battalions and RPF.
11. Officers of State Forensic Science Laboratory (Director, Joint Director,
Assistant Directors, Hand writing experts, Fire arms and ballistic experts).
12. Police Prosecuting Officers including APPOs.
13. Public Prosecutors of Districts (to contact Police Officers at mandal level
only on urgent matters).
14. Director of Prosecutions and his sub-ordinate Officers (Urgent and important
matters pertaining to Court matters only)
15. Legal Advisers of police department :

1864
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

16. Central Intelligence Officers : DCIOs, ACIOs of the Ministry of Home

affairs, GOI.
17. Gazetted officers of Chief Labour Commissioner Organization, GOI.
18. Government examiner of Questioned documents, IB (MHA), GOI.
19. Chairman, Regional, Planning and development committees.
20. Director General of Revenue, Intelligence and Investigation, GOI Officers
of the Central excise and customs in emergent cases where other channels
are not easily available or where due to needs of secrecy.
21. Superintendents of Central, District jails (on the following subjects for which
they are authorized).
(a) Messages relating to escape of prisoners and riots in jails.
(b) Messages relating to admission, release and transfer of detenues.
(c) Messages relating to Escort parole: Parole: Furlough: Deaths:
Production of UT prisoners before court: escape of/absence of the
convicts or surrender on due date, the services of Police required to
bring them back in respect of inmates of Juvenile Homes of,
Anantapuramu and Visakhapatnam by Police.
22. Collector, Central Excise Guntur (in emergent cases when other media of
Communication fail)
23. Leaders of Opposition in Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council if all
other available means of communications fail and in extraordinary cases.
24. Commissioner for Relief AP
25. Director General Forensic Science Laboratory, GOI.
26. Secretary Revenue, Government of AP, (Messages relating to cyclones,
floods and droughts).
27. Controller of Explosives (GOI).
28. Dy. Speaker, Legislative Assembly (Tour Programmes and Law & Order)
29. Chief whip to Government of AP (Tour programmes only)
30. Director General, Vigilance & Enforcement/District Vigilance &
Enforcement Officers.
31. Deputy Chairman, State Development Board (Tour programmes only)

1865
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

32. Director General of Fire services, Divisional Fire services, Assistant Divisional
Fire officer and Regional Fire service Officers in AP on the matters relating
to Natural calamities, Cyclone, Serious Fire accidents and VVIP visits only.
Note: In case of emergency, the Director General of Police may authorize Officers
of other Departments to use the Police Communication Net work to clear
messages subject to the license regulations.
Annexure 17-B
Messages on the subjects noted below will be accepted for transmission
Law and Order
1. Court attendance - Summons, Warrants, Trials
2. Information relating to arrests, Movements of suspects, history sheeted
persons dangerous criminals, Jail releasers.
3. Dacoities, Robberies
4. All grave crimes (Order 52-7) and crimes of specially grave nature
(Order 552)
5. Theft cases - Arrests and Proceedings relating there to,
6. Searches, Recoveries and possession of stolen properties
7. Look out of absconding warranties, wanted offenders and look out for stolen
properties.
8. Escort by police personnel
9. Corruption cases
10. Information regarding accused persons in custody
11. Verification of allegations against suspected persons
12. Descriptive rolls of deserters: Military / Police
13. Foreign Nationals - Passport verification
14. Verification of Deportation of foreigners
15. ‘Crime’ statistics
16. Identification parade
17. Failure of Static W/T Stations
18. Election duties and incidents relating to elections

1866
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

19. Demand for police personnel in emergencies and movement of forces during
election.
20. Tour programmes of VIPs. (for example Minister, Convoy)
21. Information relating to missing persons such as children/disabled persons:
Efforts of Police to trace
22. Movement of police Officers on duty
23. Verification of antecedents in respect of ex-convicts, movements of history
sheeted persons and matters relating to surveillance.
24. Death reports regarding Police Personnel.
25. Communal incidents where violence is threatened or has actually taken place.
26. Strikes: Hunger strikes and strike by labourers and workers etc.
27. Movement of personnel under C.I.D. Vigilance.
28. Offences under N.D. P.S.Act 1985 and preventive measures under the Act.
29. Opening of fire on mobs by Government servants in the discharge of their
duties.
30. Escape of prisoners and stay of execution of condemned prisoners.
31. Outbreak of riots in prisons.
32. Hunger strike of prisoners
33. Movements of prisoners having a special background
34. Public meetings
35. Prosecutions
36. Demonstrations, anti-government demonstration or proposed demonstrations
at the time of visit of VIPs and during other important functions.
37. Emergency cases of breach of peace or disturbances of public order and
agitation affecting Law and Order.
38. Natural Disasters / Calamities.
39. Information about death, serious injury, due to any offence, accident or illness
where no other means is available to the public:

1867
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Semi Law and Order Messages, Police Administration

1. Appointments and postings in the police Ranks and statistics relating to

strength, promotions, demotions etc., of police personnel.
2. Police courses, training etc.,
3. Character rolls, service books etc. of police personnel.
4. Police officers conference Inter-State and Intra-State.
5. Police business indirectly related to law and order.
6. Service to the public to communicate information regarding serious illness,
death, missing persons, children, women etc.
7. Messages relating to communication and technical maintenance of the Police
Wireless Grids (including Inter-State Police Wireless such as daily equipment
reports etc.,) and other technical service matters.

1868
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 47
Control and Co-ordination
Police Control Room / Response policing / Area Policing.

912. Police Control Rooms i.e. dial 100 (24x7) function in large towns where two
or more Town Police Stations exist, for a District as a whole, for cities
having commissionerate system and at the police headquarters of the State.
Control rooms are also set up on special occasions, for specific operations
and large-scale bandobusts. Elections / Pushkarams / Bramotsavams / Jatras
etc. Special units like CID, Intelligence, Traffic Police, APSP, District Reserve
Police, Special Groups, Railway Police etc. have their own control rooms.
These constitute an important part of the coordination, control and response
mechanism. It is a vital instrument for the convenience and benefit of public,
a source of immediate information to the police and a nerve centre of varied
police operations. They are intended to enable public to contact the police in
urgent cases and obtain assistance immediately. The functions of the Police
Control Room are:
1. To be an information centre to receive calls of dial 100 as well as cell phones
/ land lines and rush help or to send appropriate police assistance; Blue
colts / Rakshak of concerned PSs are directed to respond.
2. To keep the concerned police officers informed of all important incidents/
information / deployment / bundobust strength requirements.
3. To despatch, L&O police or detective teams to deal with crimes like theft,
burglary, murder, dacoity, rioting, arson, accident, kidnapping or abduction,
missing children or persons, terrorist crimes, list and new cases etc.
4. To aid the public during natural calamities like fire accidents, floods and
cyclones etc.
5. Maintain list of telephone numbers of all emergency hospitals services and
other officers phone Numbers like that of Revenue / Forest /Women & child
Department / Juvenile Justice board Magistrate and member / District
Probation Officers / District Child Protection Officers, Fire Officers, prison
/ Jail Officers, Railway Officers / Bus Stations / Railway Station
Superintendents.

1869
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

6. To co-ordinate the operations for maintenance of peace and public order in

times of large-scale riots, strikes, processions and other situations when the
peace of the city or town or of the district or State is likely to be disturbed;
7. Record all incidents, information in a given format and intimate the concerned
officers so as to enable them to take decision;
8. Maintain prescribed records;
9. To alert concerned police stations for naka bandi interception, seizure or
search or arrest;
10. To provide necessary information to public.
11. Any other function to save life and property or rescue persons in danger.
12. To display aressted person details with PS name and Crime No. (Sec 41C
CrPC)
Location :

913. A Police Control Room should generally be located in a central place in the
town and city and in premises other than a police station. Sufficient space
should be available for parking vehicles and to accommodate the staff as
well as striking forces, communication equipment and other related facilities.
They shall be located in the DPO, Zonal/Range office and DGP’s office.
Railway Police control should be located for each Railway district in the
concerned Railway police office. In Vijayawada and Visakhapatnam cities
each L&O Police Zone will have control room functioning under the DCP
concerned. The city’s main control room will serve the requirements of entire
city including traffic management.
Communications

914. All police personnel posted to Police Control Room should be trained to
communicate clearly specific inputs to officers. The control room
communications on the lines indicated above should be organised in all district
and major cities. The guidelines to be followed in setting up the control room
communication in small towns are given below. These are to be implemented
and upgraded on lines of major cities and districts where resources permit
and trained personnel are inducted.
1. At least two direct lines should be provided for the telephones and two cell
phone numbers with group SMS facility for Closed User Group
communication.

1870
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. A minimum of two direct lines with dial ‘100’ facility reserved for police
emergency should be installed at Police Control Room (PCR) having interface
with DG control monitoring, District / Cities control rooms.
3. Wherever feasible direct hot lines to Fire Services, Ambulance, District
Control Room, Reserve Police Headquarters, local Army, Navy or Air Force
stations, Railway Control Room should be provided.
4. A fax facility with a separate line, e-mail (internet) and intranet connection,
a personal computer with a monitor, printer and one photocopier should be
installed, to be integrated with the State Wide Area Network (SWAN) to
transmit information.
5. Arrangements to record all calls and every reply and response on telephones
and wireless should be installed to work on 24-hour basis to enable
communication to be activated at any moment.
6. The relevant useful information recorded should be transferred to the
concerned either for working out clues or evidence in cases. The data should
be erased only after expiry of the period prescribed for destruction of general
diaries.
7. Communications constitute the most vital part of an efficient coordination
and control mechanism apart from ensuring better service to the public. The
following communication systems should be installed in every city/district
control rooms.
A. Wireless communications: Radio telephone facility linking all
mobiles, police stations, supervisory officers and their offices with
separate channels for each zone in Vijayawada and Visakhapatnam
cities or sub-divisions or groups of sub-divisions in districts should be
provided. Separate channels should be reserved for traffic, security
and one spare channel, for radio alarms or mobile data systems. The
requirements for cities and districts are to be planned to suit local
topography and conditions. In other control room at State Hqrs., the
channels required should be to connect the supervisory officers of
each Branch with facility of listening all channels of cities. Hand
held wireless sets are provided for local communication in a limited
area particularly when field officers or those in charge of mobiles
are required to leave the vehicles and yet remain in touch with the
vehicle or the control room.
B. HF voice communication stations particularly for district control rooms
and state control rooms are necessary for distant communication

1871
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and linking district to district and district to State Hqrs., and linking
operational teams in the forests.
C. Telephone Communications: Where exclusive central police
telephone exchange operates particularly in large towns, the lines
should connect all desks to enable easy access to public. A separate
EPABX with necessary lines on well-publicised numbers is to be
positioned in such control centres. Direct dialling is yet another facility
connecting the duty officers and information officer. The free one
way call number 100 should be provided in the operating desks with
sufficient lines assessing the load at peak times.
D. The internal communication in the control room is essential and the
EPABX should provide for it.
E. The computerised equipment that records all calls from all sources
is an important part, where the incoming and outgoing calls are
recorded for an incident and a report in a prescribed form is
automatically generated with a printout facility to enable assessment
and further action in matters like the volume, duration, time, originator,
deployment of patrol vehicle or otherwise, disposal, cost effectiveness
etc. This system enables effective use of information.
F. Answering machines to record messages at every desk provide
standardised voice forms to ascertain information. The voice mails
provide notices and alert messages and also a secure message facility.
G. All computers in the control room are networked and connected to
police station and other unit computers through telephone wires
(telecom dept.) giving a dynamic access to needed information and
deployment of forces.
H. All calls on all systems and communications voice messages are to
be recorded on taped digitally recording on 24-hour basis, so that
they are available for evaluation and subsequent use. If necessary
they may even be used in courts as evidence. There have to be
sufficient and separate channels of recording equipment for various
applications. Tapes/disks may be reused after 3 months by which
time the necessary data would have been transferred to concerned
files and original required for evidence preserved.
I. If a burglar alarm system is installed to activate automatically the
police response, there should be complete control and management
of these to ensure proper use and prevent false calls.

1872
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

J. For all grave crimes a grave crime incident room is activated and all
the data received and transmitted is stored for pursuing investigation
by the detective units concerned. The Chief IO or the superior in
such incidents operates from the grave crime incident room until
investigations reach particular stage.
Wireless fitted Cars, Motorbikes, Vehicles, Equipment and staff
915-1. Wireless-fitted cars, vehicles or motorbikes are sanctioned for the Police
Control Room, the number of each being fixed with reference to the needs
of each town or city or district. These mobiles, shall be used for responding
to calls from the public or information from other sources. They will be
utilised for planned patrolling, crime incident control, grave crime investigation,
security duties, bandobust for festivals, strikes, processions, public meetings
and for conducting raids, searches or seizures or arrests in pursuance of a
case which require immediate attention. The mobiles should not be used as
conveyance to the officers save in, very exceptional circumstances.
2. They should carry first-aid kit foldable stretcher so that the Police during
traffic accidents or other cases could render first aid to the injured persons.
3. Effective public address system mobile PA system and searchlight should
be installed to all mobiles, besides siren and lights. Siren should be used only
when proceeding to meet an emergency only to have precedence in traffic.
If traffic conditions do not warrant there is no need to use the siren.
4. They may pick up L&O Police or Detective staff if it is in pursuance of case
investigation or follow up of incidents.
5. Those earmarked exclusively for patrolling should resume their normal duty
after the other resources to deal with the incident or crime are in place.
Working of the Control Room and Wireless fitted Cars/Vehicles
916-1. When a telephone call for police help is received in cases like petty theft,
loud-speaker nuisance, minor quarrels, missing children and persons, etc.,
which do not require immediate action by the control room staff, the Officer
in-charge of the control room (Chief Controller) should advise the person to
contact the concerned police station. At the same time he should telephone
to the concerned police station regarding the call and make entries in the
General Diary and the Telephone Message Register to that effect. Where
recording facility is installed naturally all details in the prescribed proforma
get recorded. He should telephone to the police station subsequently and
check regarding action taken and record it in the same registers and indicate
a completion report of that incident. The completion report on incident is
when control room requires no further action.

1873
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. On receipt of telephone call requiring immediate police help in cases like

drunken brawls, the criminal trespass, traffic accidents involving injuries or
death to persons, apprehension of criminals or suspicious persons in residential
areas, misbehaviour by rowdy elements in residential areas, etc., the Blue
Colts / Rakshak Vehicle on patrol duty or the police station or other nearest
mobiles, beat area constables at the time when the call is received, should be
immediately directed to the place of trouble. Simultaneously with the despatch
of the Wireless fitted car, the concerned police station should be contacted
by phone or Radio Telephone and the SHO present in the police station
should be informed of the incident and directed to proceed to the spot to take
appropriate action. Where automatic message facility is available the police
station would be following the conversation between the caller and control
and take action intimating control room. This avoids duplication and economic
use of resources. If the police station staff is on the way to the place of
incident already by foot, the wireless fitted car may pick up the SHO, SI or
the HC from the police station, on its way ensuring that there is no delay in
responding to the call. The police control room will be in-charge of the
situation till such time as the concerned police station staff arrives at the
spot and commences action. The wireless fitted car should then return to
the police control room or continue patrolling.
3. In cases of serious disturbances, riots, serious crimes like murder, dacoity,
kidnapping robbery or emergencies like out-break of fire or when there is
likelihood of the staff of the concerned police station not being able to reach
the spot promptly, the chief controller should rush an officer to the spot in
the wireless fitted car, who will take action and be in-charge of the situation
till the arrival of the concerned police station or DPS.
4. The Wireless fitted vehicle should patrol the area according to a prepared
programme from 0900 to 1100 and 1600 to 2100 hours daily. The patrol
should cover important places where people gather like bazars, schools,
colleges, bus terminals, banks, sports stadia, residential areas, etc. Night
patrolling may be done as and when necessary. While patrolling no siren
should be sounded and vehicle should move at a slow pace, stopping at
places to afford opportunity for observation and watch. A detailed working
plan for day to day should be prepared and be available with the officer in
charge of the Wireless fitted car.
5. The control room shall function under the Joint/Additional Commissioner of
police in-charge of Coordination in the case of Vijayawada and

1874
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Visakhapatnam cities the SP of the district in the case of District Control

Rooms. In other towns including district Hqrs town the DSP or Addl. SP
having jurisdiction shall be in charge of the control room. Superintendent of
Police, the Addl. DGP L&O and Addl. DGP CID shall visit the Control
Room as often as possible and ensure that it (Control Room) works efficiently,
that their equipment and recording system are in proper use and condition
and that the response time to genuine calls is prompt and effective. There
should be on the spot correction of any distortions, wastage or delay. Those
in charge, as and when necessary, shall issue suitable instructions, from time
to time. The control rooms are meant for all branches of the police, e.g.
Investigation, Traffic, Railway Police, Coastal Security Police Station, Armed
Police, Intelligence, CID etc. As such the officers in charge should assist
and provide all facilities to them and notify any information that is meant for
them. But it should be remembered that the chief controller’s decision on
priorities is binding on all as he has the authority of police chief of the district
and city.
6-A. The staff conversant in Telugu and English and preferably having working
knowledge in Hindi/Urdu should be posted to control room. They should be
trained to converse properly in Telugu or English and if possible in Hindi or
Urdu.
B. The staff should have thorough knowledge of the working of the City, Town
and District Police as the case may be, topography of the city or town and
suburbs location and jurisdiction of the Police Stations, Detective Police
Stations, Railway Police Stations, Coastal Security Police Station etc. location
of hospitals, Fire Stations and residential addresses of all officers of police
of and above the rank of SI in smaller towns and Inspectors in bigger towns.
C. The staff should be polite and courteous while dealing with the public directly
or over the phone. They should be capable of getting maximum information
from the callers by a helpful and understanding approach, in quick time, as
information determines the type of help to be given.
D. They should always be helpful to the public should they desire any assistance
or information regarding L&O police station, Detective Police Station, Traffic,
Women Police Station etc.
E. They should be always alert and fully alive to the proceedings in the Control
Room and keenly follow the movements of wireless fitted cars and other
mobile resources.

1875
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. They should be smartly dressed. The S.I. in-charge of the Control Room or
in his absence, Officer in-charge should maintain the general diary of the
control room and other prescribed records and equipment. They should be
trained in operating wireless telephones and know driving. The computer,
designed to store data and all calls and incidents should be maintained and
used. Till the system is firmly established both manual and computer aided
automated system should be used.
Striking forces

917-1. A striking force contingents of such strength and number as earmarked for
emergency should be at the police control room with the required wireless
fitted vehicles. Three or four constables of the striking force besides the
radio operator should be present with the wireless fitted car. They need
normally carry only lathies but firearms must be carried by some of them as
determined by SP/CP. These men should be instructed in advance by the
chief controller what they should do on reaching the spot. One or two of the
police party going in the wireless fitted car should be trained in first-aid and
also know driving.
2. All policemen posted to police control room should go through a course of
training designed for the purpose. The striking force personnel should be
briefed every morning on the likely nature of duties for that day.
Dissemination of information

918. The Police Control Room should serve as “Information Room” and “clearing
house” to disseminate information to various functionaries so that they are
fully posted with the information received in the Control Room in the town
or city from time to time. The dissemination of information to public or
officers or press should be strictly on need to know basis. The police officers
using the control room should realise that it is only meant to respond to
emergencies and pass on information and is not a substitute for police station.
control room is meant only to receive and convey information and urgent
instructions from concerned police officer.
Records to be maintained

919-1. The following records should be maintained in the Police Control Room by
the Sub-Inspector or, in his absence by the whoever is in-charge:
A. The police control room general diary

1876
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. Incoming Telephone Message Register

C. Out-going Telephone Message Register
D. Wireless fitted Cars working Evaluation Register
E. Data entry, storage, retrieval in the computers provided
2. The General Diary should be maintained from 8 a.m. to 8 a.m. of the next
day. In this, the details of telephone calls received from the public, details of
telephone calls made to the police stations or DPS and Police Officers and
instructions received from them and their compliance should be recorded.
Information received from wireless fitted cars, should be recorded from
time to time. It shall be the responsibility of the duty officer being relieved at
8 a.m. to note the various pending matters, instructions received from officers,
etc., close the diary for the day, open a new diary and hand it over to his
reliever. The incoming duty officer should despatch the previous days diary
to the DSP concerned or to the Superintendent of Police of the district in
case of District Control Room or the Addl./Joint Commissioner of police in
the case of Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada cities by 10 a.m. The concerned
after perusal and taking action where necessary should return them for record
in the Control Room.
3. The Incoming Telephone Calls Register shall be of foolscap size, and shall
contain the following columns:—
A. Date
B. Monthly Sl. No.
C. Time of receipt of message
D. From whom received (with telephone number and address etc.)
E. Details of message
F. Nature of the action taken with time including to whom informed
G. Signature
There should be sufficient space for recording details in column Nos.
D, E and F. Only messages received for emergency help or action
should be recorded in this book.
4. The out-going telephone message register shall also be of foolscap size and
shall contain the following columns:—
A. Date
B. Monthly Sl. No.
C. Time when the message is given number.
D. To whom message is given (with name rank and number)

1877
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

E. Details of message given

F. Serial No. of in-coming message to which this message relates
G. Signature
Only message given to the police station and police officers in
connection with calls received from the public for emergency Police
help should be recorded in this register.
5. The wireless fitted car/vehicle working evaluation register should contain
the following columns:
A. Date
B. Monthly Serial No.
C. Time of receipt of call for police help
D. Time of despatch of wreless fitted Car
E. Time of wireless fitted car reaching the spot
F. Time of wireless fitted car leaving the spot after completion of work
G. Time of arrival of the wireless fitted car back at the police control
room or resuming patrol duty
H. Remarks
Note:- In the remarks column the reasons for delay at any particular
stage of attending to the call should be mentioned. An extract of
entries in this register each day should be made out and forwarded to
the Superintendent of Police of the District or the Deputy
Commissioner of Police, concerned in the case of Vishakhapatnam
and Vijayawada Cities along with the General Diary.
Maps and charts

920-1. There should be a big size map of Town, City, Zone, District as the case may
be and of neighbouring areas marked with important Roads, Buildings, Hotels,
Markets, Offices, Schools, Hospitals, Colleges, Police Stations, District
Reserve Police, Police Units etc., displayed in the Police Control Room.
This map will help the Duty Officer to know the locality from where a call
has come, its distance from the Control Room and the journey to be made by
the Wireless fitted car. GPS/computer aided electronic map showing the
locations, important feature, place of incidents or trouble, location of mobiles
should be designed and used to deal with traffic jams or other hold ups,
scenes of offences in the last 24 hours till the police left the place after
containing the situation.

1878
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

2. The following charts should be maintained in the Control Room:

A. Deployment of striking forces at the police control room and other
places
B. A list of all Police Stations of the district (divisions), investigating
units, Traffic PSs, Railway Police Stations, RPF posts with their
telephone numbers.
C. A list of senior police officers, their official and residential addresses
together with their telephone numbers.
D. A list of all inspectors of police in the district together with their
residential addresses and their telephone numbers.
E. A list of all senior and important government officers in the town
with their residential addresses and telephone numbers.
F. Police residential quarters and the details of those residing in each
colony.
G. A list of all important hotels, with location and telephone numbers.
H. A list of all important government and private hospitals with their
location and telephone numbers.
I. A list of all important railway and bus stations and their location and
telephone numbers.
J. A list of all fire stations with their location and telephone numbers.
K. A list of taxi stands with telephone numbers, if any.
L. A list of Ministers, M.Ps, M.L.As, M.L.Cs with their residential
addresses and their telephone numbers.
M. A list of courts having jurisdictions over the divisions together with
their location and telephone numbers.
N. A list of all important State and central government establishments
with their location and telephone numbers.
Note: These should be constantly updated and new chart or list
prepared every year.
Opening of Temporary Control Rooms on important Occasions
3. Temporary control rooms should be opened where very heavy crowds are
Govt. Memo. expected such as big fairs and festivals, pushkarams, visits of VIPs, etc.
No. 1334/
Pol-D/74-1, The working of this control room will be similar to that of the regular control
dt. 1st July
1974. room in towns and cities. A scheme should be prepared regarding the working
No.903/R1/72 of the temporary control room and circulated among all officers well in
(IX List.
31-12- 1974). advance.

1879
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

4. The number of Radio Vehicles to be provided on each occasion depends on

actual needs, nature and volume of the crowds.
5. These instructions are in addition to those contained in Chapter 15 in regard
to festival bandobust.
The Organisation and functioning of District, Zonal and State Control Rooms

921-1. District Control Room: The Control Room in every District shall be located
in the District Police Office with an Inspector of Police in charge. A staff of
one SI and two ASIs/HCs in each shift shall be present in the Control Room.
The staff of the police communication organisation will man the wireless
communication, which will be the part of the Control Room. The hotline
connections to Reserve Police Hqrs, the Town Control Room, Fire Services
should be provided. The movement of all the mobiles in the district and any
information, which is passed on, should be recorded and communicated to
the concerned officers for necessary and immediate action. The emergency
public telephone ‘100’ number with as many lines as necessary should be
manned and answered and every call recorded as already indicated in the
foregoing orders. A reserve contingent meant for the entire district with
necessary transport should be maintained as a striking force at all times. If
any direct information of any crime or incident is reported it should be
informed to the concerned police station and the officers without delay. Even
if it relates to the Headquarters town it should be communicated to the
police station as also to the headquarters town control room except in major
towns where separate control rooms are provided. The police stations will
be in direct contact with the district control room for any information or
help. The district control room shall work directly under the SP. He may
instruct Addl. SP to be present in the control room on any occasion where he
considers an officer’s presence necessary to direct operations if any. The
control room shall be common for all branches in the district.
2. Zonal / Range Control Room: The Zonal/Range control room will be
located in the office of the Zonal IG/DIGP and functions under the charge
of an Inspector of Police. This control room is intended for departmental co-
ordination and not intended for direct action as in the case of the district
control rooms. All district control rooms will be in touch with the Zonal/
Range control room and vice-versa. The Zonal IG/DIGP shall be kept
informed of all developments in the Zone/Range by the control room. They
should maintain regular contact with the state control room.

1880
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. State Control Room: This will be located in the office of the Director
General of Police and shall work under the control of Addl. DGP L&O. It
shall be manned round the clock by a DSP assisted by adequate number of
officers and other civilian employees. The entire communication network
shall be located in such a manner that the control room is at all times aware
of every happening in the State. It shall also be responsible for receiving and
communicating information to concerned authorities and for conveying any
instructions to any officer or any police station in the State. The contacts
with the other state police headquarters and also the control rooms at Delhi
both in MHA and other organisations should be maintained round the clock.
Complete record of every communication and telephone calls should be
maintained in the control room. All information received from the public
from anywhere should be recorded and action initiated as per the orders of
the concerned officers. The despatch of fax messages and other
communications will however be the responsibility of the police
communication organisation and not that of the control room. The hotline
connections to all district and city police control rooms, intelligence control
room, APSP, Greyhounds units in the State, the Railways, the Army sub-
area, Fire Services and Commissioner of Relief should be maintained
efficiently. It will also obtain and maintain a record of all the arrests made in
the state as per the Supreme Court guidelines on arrest.
Co-ordination within the District and with the neighbouring Districts.

922-1. Co-ordination of police work within the district comprises of the following:
A. The communications made from one Police station to the other, from
one officer to the other and the replies and information to be sent.
B. Collection and entry of data through correspondence, messages in
the records system as prescribed.
C. When specific enquiry is made or assistance requested by any police
authority, the action initiated on receipt of such requisition.
D. The holding of border meetings, and entries made in concerned files
and records on the data collected in such meetings.
E. The nature of contact between police stations within the district and
the neighbouring districts and communication links.
F. The SDPOs in respect of their charge and SP/CP should monitor
the above through a structured management information system. The
system should generate information on various items of co-ordination

1881
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and mutual help to enable monitoring daily, weekly and at monthly

intervals.
G. The control room should be utilised for co-ordination of on-going
situations and to ensure coordination between different agencies of
the police whenever an incident is reported.
H. During the periodical visits and inspection the officers should verify
the correctness of requests and response attended to in the Control
Room and their suggestions if any.
I. The networked computer system is the best means of ensuring prompt
replies and initiating action at various levels to improve co-ordination.
J. Monthly crime meetings of SP/CP should be utilised for a scrutiny of
some of the items mentioned above.
Coordination within Zone/Range and other Zones/Ranges

2-A. The instructions regarding border meetings and other co-ordinating measures
contained in Chapter 3 should be perused and complied with. The Zonal IG/
DIGP will maintain a check register to monitor whether all the prescribed
meetings are being held and also to alert the concerned to keep to the schedule.
B. The contents of the proceedings of all meetings should be analysed and
implementation watched with the help of the information and reports
generated in the normal process. A specific review on the subject of
coordination based on all recorded information should be prepared in each
district to give an accurate account of requests, responses, alert messages,
meetings and results in an organised method or proforma.
C. The Zonal/Range control room and co-ordination centre should be the main
media of ensuring day-to-day monitoring.
Co-ordination within State and with neighboring States, other States and at
National level.

3-A. The State control and co-ordination centre shall be one of the instruments
through which Intra- and Inter-state co-ordination is ensured. The
computerised system in the State control room shall have an automatic
message transfer facility as also for monitoring action. One separate desk
for inter-state and international matters should be earmarked to handle all
messages, calls and information. This desk should transfer the information
to the concerned district, branch or unit recording the timings. The replies to
other States should similarly be sent by the desk. The activising of the

1882
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

concerned unit for action and report to the requesting party shall be the
responsibility of the concerned desk.
B. All inter-District, inter-Zonal or inter-Branch matters within the State will
be handled by another desk in the State control room. The same desk will
handle all emergency situations in the State.
C. A separate desk will be maintained for co-ordination with other departments
and also with other agencies outside the police.
D. Close contact through the communication network available shall at all times
be maintained with all the control rooms in the State.
E. The responsibility of keeping the concerned senior officers posted with matters
with which they are concerned, shall rest with the State control room.
F. The Addl. DGP L&O shall be in overall charge of the State control room.
He shall, besides ensuring effective operational efficiency of the control
room, deal with all matters of coordination in assistance to the DGP.
G. For co-ordination work an officer of the rank of AIGP or DIGP shall function
under the direct supervision of the Addl. DGP L&O.
Procedure for securing assistance from other States

4. The law and procedures prescribed permit direct contact with the other
State police authorities to obtain assistance. Similarly, assistance from this
State also has to be extended to other States as well. The senior officers
should be kept informed of any problems or any permanent arrangements to
be made regarding communications, reports, data transfer etc. The orders
of the Director General of Police should be obtained in this regard.
National Organisations

5. The State Intelligence Branch is the nodal agency for liaison with the
Intelligence Bureau and the CID for liaison with CBI and National Crime
Records Bureau and other Investigation Agencies of the Union Government.
In all internal security matters where specific case investigation is not involved
the Intelligence Branch will deal with the situation. In all investigation matters
including investigation of cases involving security, the CID will be the co-
ordinating agency. In most situations which require coordination with a central
agency both CID and Intelligence require to be in close touch with each
other under the direct supervision of the DGP.

1883
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Coordination with other countries and Interpol

6. All requests for investigative or other assistance from other countries has
to be routed through Interpol, New Delhi. The CID is the nodal agency to
take up such matter. All units in the State who require help in accordance
with the law should route their requests through the CID as indicated in
Chapter 44.

1884
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 48
Women Police - Role and Responsibilities
923-1. Police officers whether men or women have the same role, functions and
duties to perform and exercise the same powers under the law. They are
also subject to same service rules, conditions, discipline, status and obligations
as are attached to each post and rank they hold. There will be no separate
cadres for men or women police officers. The seniority is common to each
rank or category or class in accordance with relevant rules. There will be
no separate duties as such, except as provided under law or otherwise
specifically entrusted.
2. All postings and ranks in the police department are common, both to women
and men police officers. They can be posted to any position and are liable to
serve wherever posted. Where exclusive women police stations are
established for specific purpose on problems of women it is desirable that
the SHO is also a women police officer. They are eligible to be posted to
Sub-divisions, CID, Intelligence, L&O, Traffic, Detective and Railway police
stations. There shall be common seniority and promotion panels of all ranks
for all police officers irrespective of sex. There shall be no separate list for
men or women. Except the physical measurements and physical efficiency
tests which are separately prescribed for women, the recruitment procedures,
qualifications, age are the same for all. There is no limit on Women police
officers for recruitment against vacancies in the posts in any category on
the basis of merit.
3. There are certain duties which men police officers are not expected to
perform, or which women police officers can perform better. The special
protection available to women and children and the gender bias that denies
or deprives the women of their rights, require women police to be deployed
for such police duties. The communication and confidence levels of women
victims of crime would be substantially higher and more effective if women
police officers handle their problems. It is in this context that definition of
functions and duties of women police officers are indicated below.
4. The Women Police should be ‘child friendly’ means they should exhibit positive
behaviour, conduct, attitude and treat children with humaneness in the best
interest of the child. (Sec. 2(15) JJ(CPC) Act, 2015)

1885
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. The SsP/CsP should ensure that annual medical check-up is taken up for all
Women police personnel and train them in self-defence techniques (C.O
Circular Rc.No.424/M3/2014, dt.18/5/2014)
924-1. The functions to be exclusively entrusted ordinarily to women police officers
are detailed below:
A. Production of Children in Need of Care and Protection (CNCP)
before the Child Welfare Committee (CWC) at District Head Quarter
and escorting them to Children Home / Observation Home etc.
Production of CICL (Children In Conflict with Law) before JJB /
Children Court.
B. Arrest, search, guard and escort of women accused and convicts
C. Assisting AHTU ( Anti Human Trafficking Unit) while conducting
rescue / raid and be present during interview of victims and
interrogation of women traffickers.
D. Serving of summons to witnesses / accused in cases against women
and perform court constable /HC/ASI duties in Mahila Courts.
Production of victims / witnesses for recording statements u/s 164
Cr.PC after due counseling.
E. Work relating to women passengers, including security checks at
airports, railway stations and bus stations;
F. Conduct of enquiries in connection with passport applications of
women who observe “purdah” and family investigations;
G. Keeping order in women’s meetings, processions, elections, women
employees agitations, elections and women’s enclosures in public
meetings.
H. Looking after the arrangements to help women and children in fairs,
festivals, places of pilgrimage etc.
I. Guidance and help to women passengers at railway/bus stations and
to act as Child Welfare Officer at important Railway Stations.
J. Evacuation of and assistance to women and children during natural
calamities and in troubled areas.
K. Interview of girl children in conflict with law (CICL) and interrogation
of women offenders, under trials, interview of victims of sexual
offences/cruelty/dowry harassment/commercial sexual exploitation
etc.

1886
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

L. Interrogation of male offenders, suspects and witnesses in cases of

cruelty, assaults, outraging modesty and other offences committed
against women / children.
M. Security duties to protected persons (Women).
N. Preventive police duties at Bus stops, Colleges, Schools where eve-
teasing is prevalent and bring the eve-teasers to Justice.
O. Preliminary enquiry in matrimonial disputes leading to criminal cases
and counselling.
P. Helping / assisting victims of PWDV Act (Domestic Violence) to
meet Protection Officer for filing D.I.R. (Domestic Incident Report)
in D.V. (Domestic violence) Cases.
2. It will be advantageous to deploy women police officers separately or along
with male police officers for following police duties.
A. Escorting women (including child) victims of rape or Penetrative
Sexual Assault/Aggravated Penetrative Sexual Assault to hospital
for medical examination u/s 164 A Cr.PC and report. Under POCSO
Act 2012 ‘child’ is a ‘person’ (male / female) below 18 years of age.
B. Investigation of offences involving women and children and crimes
against women, particularly dowry harassment and deaths, cruelty
abetment to suicide and rapes
C. Investigation/Tracing of missing women and children, keeping watch
over places of ill repute, recovery and rescue of women and girls
from prostitution, escorting them to rescue, protective homes, hospitals
and to courts, rescue of women and girls who are victims in abduction
and kidnapping cases.
D. VIP and other security duties; Collection of intelligence;
E. Dealing with agitations in which women are also involved. Women
Police should wear riot gear ( helmets, stone guard, polycarbonate
lathi) with Public Address system.
925-1. Notwithstanding anything contained in the above order, women police officers
are liable to be employed or posted to any police duty. Where it is not
possible to find women police officers to the extent required for the above
duties, they may be performed by male police officers, taking such
precautions as are required by law, rules and procedures. Those responsible
for posting or allotment of duties, must consider all police officers as equal
irrespective of whether one is a male or a female. Women police officers

1887
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

are bound to work in any police post or duty entrusted and shall not be
entitled to claim any exemptions. They should not be discriminated in the
matter of posting to mainstream police positions, the WSIs (Women Sub
Inspectors) being posted as SHOs of important Law & Order Police Stations.
Service conditions for Women Police Officers
2. Women police officers are eligible for leave, medical facilities and all other
amenities to which women employees of Government are entitled. They
are however bound by the legal requirement of being considered to be always
on duty like other police officer.
3. The following guidelines should be observed in posting of women police
officers in mainstream positions, particularly in L&O, Railway, Traffic and
Detective Police Stations.
A. When posting to any L&O, Traffic or Railway police station it should
be ensured that there is a contingent of at least four women police
officers in a police station. In other posts there need not be any such
requirement.
B. Whenever posted to a beat area the SHO should ensure that there
are at least two women PCs in the beat area i.e. single women police
should not be posted
C. Sentry duty may be allotted, if the entire guard consists of women
police officers.
D. On bandobust duties, or while dealing with agitations and processions
women and men police contingents should be sent together.
E. At least two women police officers should be present when women
prisoners are being escorted. If the number of women police officers
is not adequate to escort as per scale the shortage may be made
good by other policemen.
F. Where police is deployed on festival bandobust duty a separate camp
with adequate wash facility for women police should be provided,
though boarding arrangements may be common.
G. A separate facility for rest and other amenities be provided for women
police officers in L&O Police Stations or other places of duty.
4. Superintendents of (i) Children Home (Where Children in Need of Care and
Protection are lodged), (ii) Observation Home (Meant for temporary
reception, care and rehabilitation for Child in Conflict with Law – CICL)
(iii) Open Shelter (for Children in need of residential support, on short term

1888
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

basis) and (iv) Special Home (for rehabilitation of CICL found to have
committed an offence).
5. Child Welfare Committee Chairperson and members before whom a Child
in need of care and protection – CNCP) should be produced.
6. Project Officers of Sarva Siksha Abhyan (SSA) for ensuring that Child
between 6 and 14 yrs go to school for education.
Women Police Stations and Women Protection Cell
926-1. Special arrangements are made for effective investigation of crimes against
women and protection of women. Women police stations are established to
focus on this aspect and to inspire confidence. The women protection cell in
CID is intended to monitor the crimes against women and take up serious
cases for investigation as detailed in Chapter 44. The safeguards and steps
to be taken for protection of women and children by the police and treatment
of women offenders are contained in Chapter 18 as also in Chapter 25 on
Arrests. The existence of women police stations or women protection cell
does not absolve the police as a whole of its duties in this respect. There is
no bar either to post men police officers to women police stations or to the
protection cell, except that it is necessary that more women police officers
than men are posted in those units.
Duties and Powers of Women Police Officers

2-A. The duties of women police officers are the same as are assigned to all
police officers, as are attached to the post to which they are posted. All
instructions and obligations, code of conduct, discipline, recruitment and
training procedures, as are contained in this manual, are applicable to them.
B. The uniform rules as are applicable to men, are also applicable to women
police officers except for those who complete sixteen weeks of pregnancy.
In such cases separate uniform as prescribed for IPS officers (women) or
Khaki colour Saree and Blouse or Khaki colour Salwar – Kameez can be
worn, with shoes.
C. The privacy and other personal inconveniences peculiar to women shall be
respected and necessary relief and amenities provided by the officers in
charge. Malingering shall be discouraged and dealt in the same manner as
done for other police officers.
D. The women police should be trained in crowd dispersal techniques (when
violent women agitators are involved) by using non-lethal weapons. They

1889
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

should wear helmet, sport stone-guard, poly carbonate lathi and be in a team
of 3 to 5 women. In such cases they should necessarily wear shoe.
E. In the exercise of powers, the women police officers shall strictly observe
the precautions, limitations and other procedures prescribed particularly in
relation to arrests, seizures, searches and investigation, handling of agitations
and remain at all times impartial, honest and dedicated in the discharge of
their duties.
F. After the agitators are taken, they should document details of arrested women.
G. Powers of Registration and Investigation by SHOs of Women Police Stations
As per G.O. Ms. No. 412, HOME (PSC) Department, dated : 25.09.2009,
16 Women police stations functioning in the state of AP are declared as full-
fledged police station to register and investigate crimes against women in
their respective districts.
Sl No. Name of the Police Station
1. Women Police station in Srikakulam District
2. Women Police station in Vizianagaram District
3. Women Police station in Visakhapatnam Rural
4. Women Police station in Visakhapatnam City
5. Women Police station in East Godavari District
6. Women Police station in West Godavari District
7. Women Police station in Krishna District
8. Women Police station in Vijayawada city
9. Women Police station in Prakasam District
10. Women Police station in Guntur District
11. Women Police station in Nellore District
12. Women Police station in Chittoor District
13. Women Police station at Tirupathi (Chittoor) District
14. Women Police station in Kurnool District
15. Women Police station in Kadapa District
16. Women Police station in Anantapuramu District
17. Urban women Police Stations in Rajahmundry *
18. Urban women Police Stations in Guntur *
* G.O.Ms. No. 137 Home (PSC), Department, dt: 08.06.2010

1890
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Criminal Liability of SHOs for non-registration of certain cases

Criminal action against SHOs for non-registration of IPC cases reported u/s
354, 354B, (assault or use of criminal force to woman with intent to disrobe). Sec.
370 (trafficking of persons), Sec. 370 A (exploitation of a Trafficked Child), Sec. 376
(rape), Sec.376A (Causing death or inflicting injury during rape) 376 B (rape by
husband upon his wife during separation), Sec.376 C (rape by a person in authority,
Sec.376 D (Gang rape) Sec. 376 E (Repeat offenders), sec.509 (causing insult to the
modesty of woman), Sec. 326 A (causing grievous hurt by use of acid, Sec. 326. B
IPC (attempt to throw acid ). Offence u/s 166 A IPC is cognizable and bailable, with
imprisonment of not less than 6 months which, may extend to two years.
Punishment to hospital management for non-treatment of rape case / acid
attack victims by hospitals (either Private / Public / State / Central Government) u/s
166 B IPC (Non-cognizable / bailable)
In such cases sanction orders u/s 197 Cr.PC are not required to prosecute the
erring officers.
The women officers at Police Stations should be in contact with the following
officials in connection with assisting women & children for protection, payment of
compensation of rehabilitation etc.
1. Protection Officers under PWDV Act, 2005 (Protection of Women from
Domestic Violence Act in AP the Project Directors of ICDS of Women &
Child welfare Department are designated as P.Os) for filing Domestic Incident
Report (DIR).
2. District Child Protection Unit (DCPU) officers of WCD regarding
implementation of POCSO Act, 2012 and Juvenile Justice (CPC) Act, 2015.
3. Special Juvenile Police Unit (SJPU) Police Officers (In AP, the Addl. SsP
/ Addl. DCsP (Crimes) are designated as SJPU Officers)
4. District Probation Officers of Juvenile Welfare & Street Children department
who conduct home verification in ITP Act, JJ(CPC) Act, 2015 and to
undertake Social Investigation Report (S.I.R)
5. Superintendents of
(i) Children Home (Where Children in Need of Care of Protection
(CNCP) are lodged
(ii) Observation Home (meant for temporary reception, care and
rehabilitation for child in conflict with Law-CICL)

1891
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(iii) Open shelter for children in need of residential support, on short

term basis
(iv) Special Home (for rehabilitation of CICL found to have committed
an offence)
6. Child Welfare Committee chairperson and members before whom a child in
need of care and protection-CNCP) should be produced.
7. Project officers of Sarva Siksha Abhyan (SSA) for sending Child between 6
and 14 yrs go to school for education, as part of re-integration of CNCP.
E. Maternity Leave :

The grant of maternity leave on full pay to married women employees of

State Govt. of AP vide G.O.Ms.No.152, Finance (FR.1) Dept, dt.4-5-2010
has been enhanced from 120 days to 180 days on par with the employees of
the Government of India subject to the condition that it shall be granted to
employees with less than two surviving children only. The latest Act 2017 ie
the Maternity Benefits (Ammendment) Act 2017 dt. 27-03-2017 of Govt of
India ammended it to 26 weeks.
That every establishment having fifty or more employees shall have the
facility of creche along with common facilities.
F. Police Bhadratha and Arogya Bhadratha :

Chapter 20 of APPM may be referred for details of various entitlements like

education loan to children, ex-gratia in the event of injury etc.

1892
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 49
Intelligence and Security
927-1. One of the principal duties of the police is collection and communication
of intelligence with a view to maintain peace and order and prevention
and detection of crimes. (Sec. 23 of The Police Act, 1861) The citizens
have the right to efficient police service and the Intelligence Department
assists the local police for maintaining public order and ensuring public
peace. The Intelligence Branch of the police is intended to collect, collate
and disseminate intelligence in all matters of police interest. However the
criminal intelligence is the responsibility of the L&O police and Crime
Investigation Department. The L&O police in addition to gathering criminal
intelligence, has the responsibility of gathering and communicating intelligence
on all matters. The SsP and CsP have Special Branches to concentrate on
intelligence work.
2. ADGP (Intel.) monitors progress of cases registered under Unlawful
Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 and matters connected with banning certain
organizations. The Addl. DGP (Intelligence and Security) is the head of the
Intelligence Branch of the State, subject to the control of DGP. He is assisted
by such number of Inspectors General of Police / DIsGP and other officers
as determined. The organisation and functions of the Intelligence Branch
are contained in the manual on District Special Branches and the State
Intelligence Branch.
3. The Intelligence Department is responsible for collection of intelligence
directly or indirectly affecting National Security, security of the State,
maintenance of law and order, maintenance of public safety, communal
amity, Coastal security and economic security of the State, prevention of
crime, ensuring security of vital installation and individuals facing grave
threats from terrorists, insurgents, secessionists, or extremists The
department also disseminates timely information and actionable intelligence
to the unit officers to avert breach of peace, threats to security, public order
and serious disturbances. The department also takes up measures to prevent
sabotage, subversion and espionage and training / empowerment of Police
personnel on deputation to learn soft skills, to enhance job performance.
4. Under the control of Addl. DGP (Intelligence and Security), there is a Special
Intelligence Branch (SIB) under the charge of an officer of the rank of
DIGP, to deal with all the intelligence matters relating to left wing extremism

1893
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

and to coordinate all the anti-extremist operations within the state. This
branch keeps liaison with the concerned officers and units of other extremist
affected states, dealing with the intelligence in the field of left-wing extremism
and the anti-extremist operations.
5 Under Addl. DGP (Intelligence and Security), an officer of the rank of DIGP,
called DIGP Operations will be in-charge of Counter Intelligence Wing of
intelligence.
6. The Intelligence Branch of the State shall send information and reports to
the Government of AP and Government of India subject to orders of the
Director General of Police.
7. The Addl. DGP (Int. & Security) shall be responsible for the efficient and
professional working of the branch. He shall exercise such control and
direction to ensure effective functioning of the District Special Branches.
The collection, collation, analysis, recording and dissemination of information/
Intelligence, provision of the necessary training inputs and keeping an alert
watch on the public order and security in the State shall be his main functions.
Towards this end he is competent to assign duties and set tasks to officers of
the branch and the District Special Branches.
8. In Vijayawada and Visakhapatnam cities, the Special Branch works under
the Commissioners of Police who are assisted by Joint/Deputy Commissioner
of Police and other officers. The State Intelligence Wing will maintain close
coordination with the city Special Branches at Vijayawada and
Visakhapatnam and vice-versa. The work of the City Special Branch may
be reviewed by the Addl.DGP (Intelligence) / DGP.
9. The executive personnel of the Intelligence Branch are drawn mostly by
deputation from the state police according to a quota fixed by the DGP. A
percentage of posts of SIs are set apart for direct recruitment. ID Assistants
are recruited from amongst type knowledge Jr. Assts./Typists who are
graduates.
10. Closest liaison shall be maintained with the neighbouring state intelligence
organisations and the MHA. The reports to MHA and other places shall be
governed by instructions of the Government and DGP from time to time.
Security:

928-1. The security wing is a part of the intelligence branch. It is headed by an

officer of the rank of an IG/DIGP. The functions of the security branch are
connected mainly with proximate security of VIPs and VVIPs and also to

1894
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

plan, coordinate and direct security measures for the protection of those
persons who face threat to their personal security. Though the security
wing provides proximate security to the VIPs/VVIPs, the responsibility for
their protection rests with the District/City police. The branch also assesses
‘threat perception’ of various protected persons, issues guidelines to the
various units in the state for ensuring their security. The other important
function is to monitor the programmes and tours of the protected persons,
assess information gathered and issue suitable and timely instructions to the
concerned, from time to time.
2. The security wing has specially trained personnel drawn by deputation from
other branches of police and trained for the purpose of providing proximate
security to VVIPs who visit the State. In the districts and the city plain-
clothes personnel who are trained in security duties provide security cover
when the protected persons tour the State and also to those who require
protection in the district. A special group in the various reserve police Units
of the State is formed for providing guards as well as uniformed gunmen.
3. The State security wing draws up the training programmes specifically in
respect of personal security of the VVIPs. These programmes are carried
out either in the AP Police Academy or in the other security training institutions.
The specialist support units like the bomb disposal squads and sniffer dogs’
squads are also attached to the wing. The detailed instructions and guidelines
to be followed by the various personnel providing security are drawn up and
circulated by the security wing.
4. The responsibility of the wing as detailed above is carried out through its
own personnel as well as through the district and city police. They are
responsible for coordination of all security arrangements in the State. This
wing shall issue the instructions and training for L&O police personnel and
their role in making security arrangements from time to time. The unit officers
are responsible to carry out all the instructions issued and to keep the personnel
fully trained and alert in carrying out the security duties.
5. The Addl. DGP (Intelligence and Security) is responsible for the effective
functioning and supervision of the security wing at the State headquarters.
Elsewhere in Districts/Cities, security matters are handled by the Unit
officers.

1895
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 50
Greyhounds
929-1. The Greyhounds is an elite force headed by an Addl.DGP /IGP who
works directly under the DGP. This force was raised as a vital organ of
G.O.Ms.No.
320 Home the State police as it had been found necessary to keep a specially trained
(SC.A), Dated
12-6-1989, force as separate entity to provide for flexibility in operations. The main
GO.Ms.No.437
Home (Pol-G)
object of the scheme is to ensure that this force is not engaged on routine
Dept., dt.16-12- duties, which may detract from it’s high level of efficiency. The main
95, GO.Ms.No.
30, Home (Pol- objectives of this force are:
D) ?Dept., dt.9-
2-99
A. To combat left wing extremism
B. To deal with certain emergent situations arising out of unlawful
activities of certain groups of lawless persons, terrorists and
desperadoes;
C. To combat terrorist activities and to assist local police in this regard.
D. To deal with emergencies arising in the wake of natural calamities.
Organisational Structure

2. The Chief of Greyhounds is assisted by Group Commanders of the rank of

Superintendent of Police. The Group Commanders will be in charge of such
functions like Operations, Administration and Training. The Squadron
Commanders, of the rank of Addl. Superintendent of Police assist the Group
Commanders. The force discharges its functions through Operational Units
and Headquarters Units, the number of which will be determined from time to
time. The following ranks of Police Officers constitute each Operational Unit.
Assault Commander (ASP/Dy. SP/Asst. Commandant)
Dy. Assault Commander (RI/Inspector)
Asst. Assault Commander (RSI/SI)
Senior Commandos (HC)
Junior Commandos (PC)
The Squadron Commander will be in charge of specified number of
Operational/Hq. Units. The Headquarters Unit consists of Communications
Wing, Sniffer/Tracker Dog Squad, Intelligence group, Motor Transport and
Quarter Master Wings. A consultant, with sufficient experience in the field
(preferably a retired officer of the rank of DIGP) will look after training of
Greyhounds, which is non-conventional in nature. A medical unit with adequate

1896
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

number of doctors will be part of this force. Organisational Chart of the

Greyhounds is appended to this chapter.
Weaponry and Equipment

3. The Force shall be provided with such modern weaponry, equipment,

transport, communications and other facilities that are necessary for efficient
and expert handling of the tasks for which it is intended.
Dress Regulations
4. The Greyhounds force shall use grey dungaree as working dress while Jungle
Patch (JP) / overall dress as operational dress with out badges of ranks.
Chief of Greyhounds will decide details of other dress for different occasions
from time to time.
Selection and Training
930-1. The executive force will be drawn on deputation from all the cadres of
police services in the state including IPS according to a quota fixed for each
Unit by DGP as proposed by Chief of Greyhounds. The selection is made
by the Chief of Greyhounds or on his behalf by the officers nominated by
him from the eligible members of the various units in the State. On selection
to the force, every member will undergo such training as per the programme
determined by the Chief of Greyhounds from time to time. The Chief of
Greyhounds will have the powers to repatriate any member to his parent
unit if he considers him unsuitable for continuation in the force at any time.
Service and Working Conditions

2. The service conditions, Conduct Rules etc. and other connected matters
applicable to the State police force are also equally applicable to the personnel
working in Greyhounds except to the extent specifically provided.
3. There shall be rotation of the members of the force in all ranks to maintain
the youthfulness and effectiveness of the force. The chief of Greyhounds
should take all steps that may be necessary to ensure this.
4. The Chief of Greyhounds may, with the approval of DGP, allow any member
beyond the normal tenure, if in his opinion he is suitable and fit enough to
continue provided that no one shall be continued beyond 10 years or as
determined from time to time.

1897
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

5. All the police officers working in this force are eligible for special pay,
allowances and other incentives as determined by the government from time
to time.
6. A detailed manual of instructions containing the training for the tasks
prescribed, specific duties, responsibilities of various ranks, working of the
force and other connected matters should be drawn up by the Chief of
Greyhounds and issued after approval by the Director General of Police.
7. The movement and operation of the force shall be task oriented under specific
orders of the Chief of Greyhounds with the approval of DGP. The force
deployed shall return to the Hqrs. as soon as the task is completed or with
the approval of the Chief of Greyhounds when it appears to the Commander
that the deployment is no longer desirable. Under no circumstances the
force will stay once the operation or purpose for which it is sent is completed.
Training of State Police and Other State Police Personnel

931-1. Greyhounds will undertake training of every directly recruited SIs/RSIs, Dy.
Ss.P. and Asst. SsP of A.P. as decided from time to time.
2. The Greyhounds Training Centre will organize training of Police personnel
of Andhra Pradesh and other States affected with the problem of left wing
extremism as decided from time to time.

1898
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

1899
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 51
Andhra Pradesh Special Police (APSP)
Organisation of Force

932. Every police officer be considered to be always on duty may, at any time,
be employed as a Police Officer in any part of the general police district
(Sec.27 of the Police Act, 1861). The Police Act, 1861 mandates penal
action u/s 29 against police men for neglect of duty or cowardice or for use
of any unwarrantable violence to any person in his custody.
The word ‘Police’ shall include all persons appointed under the AP (Andhra
Area) District Police Act, 1859. A Police Station General Diary entry of
APSP Unit reporting at a PS is important to enable the force with the
requisite powrs.
932-1. There are 8 APSP Battalions, including 3 IR Bns., in the State headed by an
officer of the rank of ADGP/IGP. All the Battalions are grouped into two
ranges, each headed by an Officer of the Rank DIGP. The ADGP/IGP
assisted by (2) DIsGP of APSP exercises the administrative control over all
the Battalions, under the overall supervision and control of the DGP. Details
are enumerated in APSP manual which is circulated by DGP AP.
2. Each Battalion will be under the command of an officer who will be of the
rank of superintendent of police, designated as commandant, is the leader
of the force.
3. Each Battallion will consist of one Hqrs. Coy and six or more active
companies. In the administration of the Battalion, an Addl. Commandant of
the rank of Addl. Superintendent of Police and three or four Asst.
Commandants will assist the commandant. The Addl. Commandant will
supervise the administration, discipline and training of Hqrs. Coy and all
groups thereof besides assisting the Commandant on the routine
administration of the Battalion. Each Asst. Commandant will be in-charge
of two active companies, for their administration, discipline and training.
Each coy is headed by an OC of the rank of Reserve Inspector (R.I) who in
turn will be assisted by RSIs who are platoon commanders.
933-1. The Andhra Pradesh Special Police, is an armed police force, on the lines of
Para-military forces, reckoned with special training, preparedness and rapid
deployment capabilities across the state. Its main role is to assist the local
Police in times of emergencies. This force pays a crucial role in the
maintenance of law and order, dealing with agitations and unrest, providing
1900
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

security to vital installations, establishments and VIPs apart from tackling

extremism, terrorist threats and responding to various emergent needs like
rescue and relief operations during disasters and natural calamities, elections,
communal outbreaks etc. Since inception it has been in the forefront in the
battle against the left wing extremism, directly as well as by lending its ranks
to specialized agencies designated exclusively to combat left wing extremism.
2. It may be used to prevent organized crimes, to curb the activities of subversive
and terrorist elements, or as deterrent against possible outbreaks of mob and
communal violence.
3. It may also be assigned any other duties by the State Government, such as
guarding of vulnerable points, manning of punitive Police posts, anti-smuggling
duties and rescue and relief operations during serious natural calamities.
4. It may also be called upon to maintain Law & Order within the Country in
close Co-operation with other state police or the Armed Forces of the Union.
5. In the discharge of the above duties, the force may be deployed, more than
platoon strength by the Director General of Police, in any part of the State
or outside the state.
6. The APSP also functions as the pre dominant feeder organization to other
specialized state level outfits such as the Grey hounds, Octopus, Intelligence
security wings etc; amongst others on deputation. APSP caters 84% of
strength to the Grey Hounds, 50% that of Octopus and 56% that of
Intelligence security wing on deputation apart from comprising sizeable
elements of various other specialist outfits and organizations.
Deployment of A.P.S.P.

934- 1.The operational deployment of APSP shall be on the specific orders of Director
General of Police.
2. When called out, the Andhra Pradesh Special Police will function under the
operational control of the Superintendent of Police / Commissioner of Police,
or the Senior Officer under whom they are assigned, but for all matters of
administration, discipline and the actual tactical handling of the force, they
will be under their own officers and there should be no interference in these
matters by local police authorities and the deployments will be more than
platoon strength. The SHO shall make General Diary entries regarding time
/ date / Strength.

1901
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Superintendent of Police of the District / Commissioner of Police in cities in

which the force is deployed is responsible to arrange for the basic amenities
before the deployment is ordered. These include providing reasonable
accommodation with adequate camp security, cooking, water and toilet
facilities, lighting etc., and the vehicles or POL to APSP vehicles for duties
in the district / Commissionerate.
4. The APSP should normally be deployed in platoon formation as there are
neither administrative or logistical facilities available for formation of less
than platoon strength nor the force is trained and equipped for the deployment
in twos and threes. In emergency circumstances where it is inevitable to
deploy in strength less than a platoon, the arrangements should be worked
out by the Superintendent of Police of the District / DCP of the zone where
the force is deployed in consultation with the Commandant of the Battalion
concerned and that too for a short period keeping in view the logistic
requirements. In any circumstances the APSP force should not be deployed
in less than one section strength, as it conflicts with the basic charter of
duties and training imparted to the force.
5. The Hqrs. of each APSP company should be located in such a manner that
communication facilities are available with the OC so that he will be in a
position to exercise effective control over the platoons deployed away from
company Hqrs. At least one platoon should be available where the head
Quarters is located. The location of Coy head quarters should be done by
the Asst. Commandant concerned in consultation with a senior officer of the
civil police of the area where the force is deployed.
6. The Andhra Pradesh Special Police is complementary to the civil police and
it should ordinarily be called upon to assist the civil police only when the
situation goes beyond the control of the Civil/Armed Reserve force of the
District / Commissionerate.
7. In case where a combined force consisting of elements of the Andhra Pradesh
Special Police and the Civil Police embark on an operation, the senior most
Officer will be in-charge irrespective of whether he is from the Andhra
Pradesh Special Police or the civil police. Due ‘ briefing’ and ‘ de-briefing’
are required to be done by the concern Civil Police Officer.
8. In deploying the APSP forces for operational functions or in assigning them
a particular task, clear indication of the objective, terrain, communication
and other relevant particulars should be given to the Commander of the
Andhra Pradesh Special Police forces and there should be no room for

1902
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

doubt or ambiguity. It should be clearly settled between the APSP Commander

and the Local Civil Police, as to what is required to be done by the APSP so
that there is no scope for any ambiguity or misunderstanding on this score.
While assigning the task to the APSP the civil police should also give APSP
officers benefit of their knowledge of local conditions and make what ever
suggestions they think would be helpful. However, it has to be clearly
understood that the APSP’s role is not to be regarded as replacement for
Civil Police role. The civil police must, therefore, refrain from interfering
with the APSP operations and leave decisions as to the strength, composition
and equipment of the force and the method of carrying out the operations
entirely to the APSP officers and men, once they are given a specific task
by the civil police. The civil police who accompany the APSP operational
force shall not leave the force till the operations is completed and return to
the base camp or coy Hqrs.
9. A civil police officer of or above the rank of a Head constable will invariably
be attached to the APSP platoons and this civil police officer will accompany
the APSP force when moved for raids and combing operations in the field
area and also for controlling the unruly mobs.
When APSP is deployed outside the State

10. The Special Police on deputation should proceed to the borrowing State with
its full complements of officers and men, transport, equipments, riot-gear
Public-address system stores, tents and Arms and Ammunition etc. as per
the scale prescribed scale.
11. The borrowing State should provide suitable accommodation for the borrowed
force in proper police lines or other suitable place away from congested
public localities, whereby close contact with the public can be avoided. It
will be the responsibility of the borrowing state to ensure that the borrowed
forces are provided good facilities for water, messing arrangements and
wash room facilities at the place of stay, and facilities for the procuring of
rations and other essential provisions etc. An officer of the rank of Asst.
Commandant shall proceed in advance to the borrowing state to have
discussions regarding providing of logistic facilities to the force by the
borrowing State.
12. The borrowed force is responsible for the security of their camp including
the mounting of guards, posting of sentries and preventing the un-authorized
persons from entering the camp area. To enable the borrowed force to

1903
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

enforce proper security measures in their camp, the intelligence input by the
local police and the co-operation and assistance of the local authorities of
the borrowing state will be sought for.
13. The APSP is having separate manual called “APSP Manual” in terms of
G.O.Ms.No. 516 Home (Police-D) department dated: 11-11-1983, which
should be referred to, for detailed instructions and standing orders.
Appendix. “A”
BASIC/MINIMUM INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIRED FOR A
COMPANY
(To be provided by SsP /CsP in Districts / Commissionerates)
Sl. No. Item Size Nos.
1 Barracks for accommodating coy personnel 16’ X 64’ 03
2. Office/ WT/Store 16’ X 64’ 01
3. Kitchen / Dinning cum Recreation cum conference hall 16’ X 64’ 01
4. Officers Hostel (size 16’ X 64’) with BHK + Toilet including 16’ X 64’ 01
5. Barrack for Kota / Magazine 16’ X 32’ 02
6. Toilets 10
7. Bathrooms 10
8. Morcha 05
9 Watch Tower / Morcha + Guard Room 02

1) Role of Commandant :

a. The Commandant of the rank of a Superindent of Police as the head of the

Battalion is responsible for all matters relating to its administration,
maintenance of its discipline, training and the efficient performance of all his
duties. He should inspect half the number of companies of his battalion once
in a year and send inspection notes to the Deputy Inspector General of
Police, Andhra Pradesh Special Police Battalions. He should endeavor by
frequent visits and personal inspections to establish and maintain efficiency
and discipline in the battalion. During his visits/inspections he should hold
orderly rooms for each company to examine any requests made by the
member of the Unit.
b. He should meet the concerned SsP/DCP/CP during his visits to places of
deployment and sort out administrative and deployment issues. The
Commandant must inspect one or two branches of his office. He will check

1904
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

the Cash Books, both Government and Non-Government and audit the ‘F’
Challan register at least once a week. He should forward to the Director
General of Police through his Dy. Inspector General of Police Bns., and the
Special IG (Bns) by the 5th of each month a monthly report as prescribed in
order No.53 of APPM Part-I.
c. He should instruct the subordinate officer to insist on provision of basic
infrastructure required for a company, besides sending advance message to
concerned SsP / CsP. The subordinates should be asked to get a copy of
General Diary entry of the Police Station regard reporting of the APSP
Platoon / coy. A G.D. entry enables the APSP to operate in their jurisdiction.
d. Being the leader of the Battalion, he should exhibit leadership qualities, be
accountable, be transparent, be accessible, and be sensible with right attitude
towards subordinates and their families.
e. He should focus on Human Resources Management (HRM) i.e. optimal
utilization of existing man power and Human Resources Development (HRD)
i.e always enhancing the capabilities of the force by capacity building trainings,
specialized trainings, devising and implementing standard operation
procedures on-job reviews, briefing and de-briefing of the force he commands
and be a role model.
f. He should constantly improve his own skills and upgrade his knowledge
levels of various policing problems and solution thereof.
g. He should take care of family welfare and health of the unit personnel.
2) Additional Commandant :

(i) The Addl. Commandant of the rank of Addl. SP will be in command of the
Hqrs. Coy and all groups thereof. When he is assigned operational duties,
likely to last for more than a month, he will hand over the command of the
Hqrs Company to the Assistant Commandant nominated by the Commandant.
(ii) When assigned operational duties, the Addl. Commandant will
1. Exercise general supervision and control of Platoons / Companies
posted in that area.
2. Arrange for supplies and management and providing amenities to
the platoons/companies under his command.

1905
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Maintain liaison with the Civil Police Officers in the area and supervise
planning and execution of the various tasks allotted to the forces
under his command.
4. Comply with the other orders issued by the Commandant from time
to time, with regard to the administration and deployment of the
platoon/companies posted under his command.
(iii) He will be responsible for conducting training of the Battalion personnel and
running of unit cadres and also deputing personnel for army / police courses
of instructions as and when vacancies are allotted for the same. He will
attend parades on all working days.
(iv) He will be responsible for conducting and supervising operations and
deployment of companies when ordered to do so by higher authorities and
take up ‘briefing’ and ‘debriefing’.
(v) The Addl. Commandant will be responsible for the security of the personnel
and property on charge of the Battalion.
(vi) He will be responsible for the coordination and supervision of the work of
the battalion headquarters and also subordinate officers.
(vii) He will be responsible a) for drawing the pay and allowances except TA and
DA for all Unit personnel, b) for the verification of cash balances and checking
of the cash books of the Battalion office and c) audit of ‘F’ Challan Register,
bills vouchers and d) battalion cash books.
(viii) He will supervise the work of Unit Motor Transport Office, Bn Quarter
Master and Store Supdts. He will also inspect vehicles and Battalion
Headquarters once a week.
(ix) He will be responsible for the monthly condemnation and auction of
condemned stores.
(x) He will be responsible for the sports and welfare of the unit personnel and in
that capacity he will be ex-officio vice-president of all the unit welfare
institutions. Powers of financial sanctions however, relating to the sports
and welfare will rest only with the Commandant.
(xi) He will carry out annual inspection of half the number of companies as
directed by the Commandant. As far as possible the companies inspected by
the Additional Commandant in one year will be inspected by the Commandant
next year.

1906
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(xii) He will audit the accounts of Head-quarters company and all accounts
maintained by other junior officers of Head quarters company, once in two
months.
(xiii) He will be the second-in-command and assist the Commandant in all
administrative matters and office work and will attend to any other duties
which may be assigned to him by the Commandant.
(xiv) He will be responsible for passing the indents for clothing, stationery, arms
and ammunition and other articles.
(xv) He will be responsible for verification of service of non-gazetted subordinates
as laid down in rule 12, Part-III of Annexure-II of fundamental rules.
(xvi) The Additional Commandant will in the absence of the Commandant perform
that officer’s duties. He should forward to the D.G.P. through his
Commandant, D.I.G. (Bns) and Special I.G. (Bns) by the 5th of each month
a report as prescribed in order. No.53 of A.P.P.M.Part-I.
(3) Assistant Commandants (AC) :-

(i) The Assistant Commandant of the rank of Dy SP rank will be in-charge of

tewo (2) or more active companies as detailed by the Commandant and
they will be known as Wing Commanders. The A.C is generally responsible
for all matters affecting the companies under his control and is directly
responsible for their efficiency, discipline, training, morale and welfare.
(ii) He will inspect each company once during the year.
(iii) He will audit the accounts of each company once in 2 months.
(iv) He will check the cash balance in each cash book maintained by the O.C. at
least once in two months by surprise. This is besides his check at the time
of audit.
(v) He will hold orderly rooms at least on two days in a week. If the Coys are
at Bn. HQrs, and if they are deployed for operational duties, he will hold the
orderly rooms whenever ‘he visits the AOPs.
(vi) He will scrutinize the training programmes drawn by the companies each
week and ensure that they are strictly according to the training directives
issued by the Commandant. He will also see that the training of the men is
satisfactory and that the junior and sub-Junior Officers, are proficient in
their work.

1907
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(vii) He is responsible for conducting the annual range practices and arranging
extra training for those who may not qualify. Reflex firing practice need to
be conducted.
(viii) He will inspect the arms and ammunition of the companies on his charge at
least once in two months.
(ix) He will inspect the Government property with the half yearly returns once
during the year. This will be done at the time of inspection.
(x) He will inspect the family quarters along with the AP State Police Housing
AE/DE, on charge of companies with him, once during the year at the time
of annual inspection and submit details of repairs etc., to the AE/DE through
CMT.
(xi) He will inspect the Cook houses of each company at least twice a month. If
the Coy under him is deployed on operational duty, he will inspect the cook
houses whenever he visits the AOPs. He will ensure that the messing is
satisfactory, clean and economical and that the men have no complaints.
(xii) He will exercise close personal supervision over the companies to ensure
that their work is satisfactory. Ensure their health and family welfare.
(xiii) He should scrutinize the P.E. reports and ensure the thoroughness of the
enquires. After a thorough enquiry is made, he should forward the report to
the Commandant with his remarks. The decision whether the defaulter should
be dealt with on a punishment roll or orderly room will be taken by the
Commandant.
(xiv) The gap between two inspections of the same company should not be less
than 2 months. The guide-lines for inspection of companies by Gazetted
Officers are given in Appendix No.III. He should forward to the Special
I.G. (BNs) through his Commandant and the D.I.G. (BNs) by the 5th of each
month a report as prescribed in order No.53 of A.P.P.M-Part-I.
4. Officer Commanding (O.C) :-
Each O.C of the rank of Inspector of Police will be responsible to the Wing
Commander for the efficiency, discipline training, administration messing
morale and welfare of all ranks in his company. His duties and responsibili-
ties are as follows:-
(1) He is responsible for making out the training programme according
to the training directive issued by the Commandant for each week
well in advance and for obtaining the approval of the Wing

1908
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Commander. He will ensure that all training is carried out efficiently

with definite and clear leaning outcomes.
(2) He is responsible for seeing that all training equipments are in
serviceable condition and that indents are placed on the quarter master
for any training equipments required.
(3) He is responsible for carrying out such extra training of junior officers
and Sub-Junior Officers as needed for their efficiency. In order to
ensure proper training to junior officers in administrative matters, the
administration of the company will be divided into 3 groups as follows:-
‘‘A’’ Group-Correspondence, company records, cash accounts,
welfare and messing.
‘B’’ Group-Training, Schemes, Sports and Games.
‘C’’ Group-Government properties, transport, movements, barracks,
sanitation, canteen and stores.
(4) Platoon commanders in the company will each be allotted one group
by rotation for a period of 4 months when the company is stationed
at one place so that in the course of a year they may gain all round
experience in the company administration.
(5) This distribution will not absolve the company Commander of his
personal responsibility in respect of the company administration and
every branch of it will be closely supervised by him.
(6) He is responsible for the correct accounting of the stores and
equipment on his charge. He will make frequent visual checks not
less than once a month in this regard. He will also see that all the
stores and equipment are serviceable.
(7) He is responsible for indenting on the store accountant and the quarter
master for the clothing kit, equipment and stationery required for his
company each month on the due date.
(8) He will ensure that all the personnel in the company are clothed and
equipped correctly according to scale. He will submit loss or
deficiency statements regularly each month on the due date. He will
ensure that the platoon Commanders hold kit inspections once a month
on the first Thursday and submit reports to him.
(9) He is responsible for ensuring that all the weapons on his charge are
properly looked after and are in a serviceable condition. Any
discrepancy in the weapons or damages will be promptly reported to
the Commandant. He will check all the arms and ammunition on his
charge and record their correctness or otherwise in the general diary

1909
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

every Saturday. He will hold arms cleaning parade every Thursday

and receive reports from platoon Commanders.
(10) He is responsible for the satisfactory running of the mess for the
men. He will closely supervise the work of the mess officer
particularly in regard to purchases and will inspect the mess and the
ration stores by surprise at least once a week.
(11) He is responsible for the drawal and disbursement of pay and
allowances of the personnel of the company and for promptly bringing
to the notice of the Commandant complaints from the men, if any in
this regard.
(12) He will ensure that all the cash books both for government and private
funds are maintained correctly and that daily balances are struck
each day, whenever there are transactions.
(13) He will hold orderly room for the men on each working day, except
Thursday; to receive complaints and requests from the men and also
to dispose off disciplinary cases.
(14) He is mandated to take keen interest in the welfare and solving the
problems of the men, and bring to the notice of the Wing Commander
such cases which he may not be in a position to deal with himself.
(15) He will maintain general diary in form P.B. New 62., (of APSP
manual) wherein he will record all events in the company. The diary
will be maintained on all days commencing at 1000 hours and closing
at 1000 hours the next day. It will be in duplicate and the original
copy submitted to the Wing Commander immediately after it is closed.
He should forward to his Commandant through his Assistant
Commandant by the 5th of each month a report in the form given in
Appendix-XXI of APSP Manual.
5. Platoon Commander:-

Each Platoon in an active company will be in-charge of an officer of

the rank of Reserve Sub-Inspector, designated as Platoon Commander.
His duties are as follows:-
(1) Whenever he reports for duty at any Police Station he must ensure
that the SHO makes a G.D. entry of the force strength, date and
time of reporting and he should send a TPM to his Commandant
about the same.

1910
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(2) He is responsible to the company Commander for the drill turn out, training
and discipline of his men, for the serviceability and correctness of the kit,
clothing, accouterments and arms on their charge and for cleanliness of the
barracks they live in.
(3) He will examine, thoroughly all cases of irregularities which may occur in
his platoon and will pass on for decision by the O.C. such cases as he may
not be in a position to dispose off himself.
(4) He must have an intimate knowledge of his men and will ensure that all
reports made by them are promptly and correctly settled.
(5) He is responsible to see that all the clothing and necessaries of men are
properly marked immediately after issue. He will maintain a kit deficiency
register in which he will mark all the deficiencies or losses noted by him
during his monthly inspections.
(6) He must acquaint with the area where his platoon is posted and get a
thorough ‘briefing’ from him of the specific duties to be performed by his
platoon and request for suitable accommodation with electricity, water and
toilet facility for the force.
(7) He is responsible for inspecting the arms every week and bringing to the
notice of the O.C. any defects or damages discovered by him.
(8) He will inspect the barracks daily before early morning parades to ensure
their cleanliness and also that the men have arranged their kit according to
the accepted procedure.
(9) He will supervise the messing and welfare of the men.
(10) He will maintain a general diary like in the company when on independent
charge of a detachment.

1911
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Confidential
MONTHLY REPORT
Monthly Report of Sri .............................. Commandant/Addl.Commandant/Astt.
Commandant….. Bn, A.P. Spl. Police.,.................................., District for the month
of............20…..
PART-I (General Review)
Mention name of the company with deployment date along with the area police station
and name of the District / Commissionerate :
1. Force deployment for Law & Order purpose :
2. Force deployment for crime purpose
3. Force deployment for disaster management
4. Force deployment for Left-wing extremist Op-
erations (With PS & District area where force is
deployed)
5. Force Deployment for guarding Police Station /
Circles / Sub-divisions / Vital installations (in-
cluding Central jail) with area PS / Districts.
6. Communal activities area policing. (with PS &
District / City area where force is deployed)
7. Force deployment on major Bandobust duties
like festivals / elections / Pushkarams etc.
8. Force deployment for VIP static guard duty /
escort duties
9. State of Discipline

PART -II
I.Itineration of Sri........................,Commandant / Addl. Commandant/ Asst.
Commandant , ……Bn. APSP.,
FOR THE MONTH OF______________20_____.
Date Hours Place KMS Purpose Mode of Journey
From To From To

1912
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

PART – II
II. INSPECTION OF DETACHMENTS, COMPANY OFFICES AND
OTHER RECORDS OF BN. APSP, Dist.
Total Location of Number of companies Number
No. of the company inspected prior to the inspected during Remarks
companies PS and month under review the month
District / City under review
1 2 3 4 5

VISITS TO APSP COMPANIES OR DETACHMENTS

(OTHER THAN INSPECTION)
Name Place of Deployment Purpose Date of Submission
of the Date with PS name of Visit of Visiting Notes
company / district
1 2 3 4 5

IV. DATES OF:

Parade Attendance :
Visit to RPCs barrack :
Visit to Unit Canteen :
Visit to Armory :
Attended to Roll Call :
Visit to M.T. Park :
Visit to B.W.O. Stores :
Visit to men quarters :
Visit to Unit Hospital :
Orderly Room :
Durbar :
Parade :
Kit Inspection :
Visit to Battalion

1913
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Training Centre
V. Orientation training/Courses attended by the Officer.

Name of the Course Place of training Duration Learning Points

1 2 3 4

VI. In service / In house trainings conducted by the Officer

Name of the Course Place Nature of training Result

1 2 3 4

VII. Oral Enquiries: - (Give a list of all disciplinary pending Oral Enquiry)

Name of the Date of Date of Stage at

delinquent entrustment which the
with No. / rank of OE Proceedings Discoveryof the Charge Explanation enquiry
Delinquency stands
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VIII. Matters of interest (Which the Officer would like to mention)

1.
2.
Addl. Commandant/
Astt. Commandant.
Bn. APSP.,

MISCELLANEOUS WORK
1.1

Forwarded to the Dy.Inspector General of Police….., APSP Battalions Head

quarters for favour of perusal.

Commandant,

….Bn.A.P.Spl.Police.,

1914
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 52
Home Guards Organisation
935-1 The Home Guards Organisation is intended to provide trained volunteers
to help, assist, supplement and handle essential services like electricity,
transport, fire services, water works, nursing and first aid through its
functional units, as an auxiliary to the police. Home guards will perform
the duties and tasks assigned by the organisation to which they are deputed
and are subject to all responsibilities and obligations attached to that post
or duty. They will exercise the powers and enjoy the protections attached
to the organisation by which they are employed.
2. The organisation consists of volunteers who are called home guards. All
volunteers with prescribed qualifications are given initial training of such
nature and duration as laid down. The membership of home guards
organisation is open to all fit persons whether employed or unemployed.
The employers whether of Government or private have instructions to
relieve the employees who are home guards, when they are drafted for
any duty with full pay. Besides their normal pay, they are entitled, for the
period they are employed on any duty as home guards, for such
remuneration as prescribed by the Government from time to time.
Membership of the home guards organisation is not an employment, but
is a volunteer service. They offer to receive training during peacetime
and place their services at the disposal of the Nation during the country’s
hour of need in peace or wartime. While discharging the duty as home
guards, they are deemed to be public servants as defined both in the
Indian Penal Code and the Prevention of Corruption Act.
3. There is no special enactment for home guards and therefore they are
guided by the instructions issued by the Government of India from time
to time. These instructions / guidelines are contained in the Compendium
of Instructions on home guards of the Government of India published by
the Ministry of Home Affairs in 1994 and thereafter. All police officers
and the officers in charge of home guards should be familiar with these
instructions.
4. The home guards organisation has two categories. The first category is
those who are volunteers and work only occasionally or when required
in emergencies. They are employed in several capacities including
gazetted ranks in Government, public sector and private organisations.
The second category is those who have no particular employment or
avocation but volunteered to work continuously.
5. The control, administration and deployment of home guards throughout
the State shall vest with Director General of Police (DGP) who is

1915
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

designated as the Commandant General of Home Guards. The Inspector

General of Police Home Guards and the Zonal IsG/DIsGP are designated
as Additional Commandants General, Home Guards. The IGP Home
Guards at the State Headquarters for the entire State, the Commissioners
of Police of cities and SsP of the districts are designated as Deputy
Commandants General for their jurisdiction. One Addl. SP or DCP/Addl.
DCP shall be Commandant Home Guards of that unit and work under
the supervision of the SP or CP, as the case may be. Civilians drawn
from the first category may be appointed as platoon, company
commanders and also as Additional Commandants home guards at district/
city level or as Deputy Commandant General at State level. The DIG
Home Guards is assisted by one senior staff officer of the rank of Addl.
Superintendent of Police and one junior staff officer of the rank of Deputy
Superintendent of Police and other staff at the state level. At the district
level one officer of the rank of DSP designated as Deputy District
Commandant, assisted by such staff as are authorized, shall be in charge
of the home guards in the district. The other staff, vehicles, equipment,
uniform and other accouterments shall be as per scale laid down in
Chapter 2 and 3 of the Compendium.
6. The civilian office holders of the rank of Additional Commandant and
above will have powers of supervision of work of Home Guards who are
deployed on duties and assist the Commandant and Deputy Commandant
General in maintaining discipline, skills and satisfactory performance of
duties. They are to be associated with all the activities of Home Guards.
Only those who attend the parades regularly or other duties should be
chosen and appointed to those posts by the Commandant General. The
ranks are purely honorary and do not carry any salary or perks except
the remuneration permissible. They shall be eligible for TA and DA if
called upon to perform duties, at the rate admissible to those of the
corresponding ranks drawn from police or the posts in which they are
employed, whichever is advantageous. They should be provided with
office accommodation in the office of Commandant Home Guards and
at the State level in the office of the Commandant General.
Strength and Enrollment
7. The strength of Home Guards shall be as determined by the Government
from time to time. The relative strength of the two categories also shall
be as determined by the Government. The scale recommended for raising
the home guards is one Company of 110 persons for two or three mandals.
It is advisable to draw volunteers from each Panchayat. In urban areas
a company of 110 may be raised for every 25000 population. However,

1916
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

since the cost of home guards is borne by the Government of India, they
have allotted certain practical targets for the home guards in each state.
The IG home guards should in consultation with the Unit officers assess
the practical needs of the State in the light of the situations that have to
be faced and forward proposals for enhancement of the strength after
approval by the Director General of Police and the Commandant General
of home guards.
8. The home guards is a voluntary organisation and almost all ranks up to
company level are volunteers. A small number of full time paid staff for
training, command and control is authorised at city/town, district and
state levels. After completion of their prescribed tenure they are eligible
for re-enrolment. Retention of home guards over a long period erodes
the voluntary character of the organisation. As far as possible unemployed
persons should not be retained as home guards over a long period so as
to preserve the voluntary character of the orgnisation.
Enrolment and Training

936-1. The home guards are recruited by the Committee consisting of SP/CP
and two other members as per G.O.Ms.No.99 Dt.15-4-99 of Home
(Police-H) Dept., for their respective areas. They are trained by police
officers at the district training centres or any of the other training
institutions where facilities are available. The training will be of 2 months
duration in PT, elementary foot and arms drill and other modules consisting
of work in electricity, transport, communications, fire fighting, rescue,
medical and health, civil defence, police and such other essential services
as may be prescribed for the functional units. In every district and city
Home Guards should have adequate number of functional units based on
an assessment of requirement in emergencies.
The eligibility for recruitment as a home guard is given below :
1. The candidate should be a Citizen of India.
2. He / she should have completed 18 years of age on the day of
commencement of the selection process.
3. Those who are above 50 years are not eligible.
4. He / she should have passed SSC.
(VII Pass in case of Category ‘B’ and ‘C’).
5. Should have satisfactory character and antecedents.
6. Should be medically fit.
7. Must be local candidates of the unit area.

1917
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

8. Men should be 165 cm in height. (160 cms in case of STs and categories
B & C)
Women should be 150 cms. (Relaxation of 5 cms in case of STs only.)
II. The Selection Committee to be constituted for recruitment of
Home Guards shall comprise of the following:-
1. SP / DCP on behalf of CP : Chairman
2. Addl. SP of neighboring district to be : Member nominated by CO
3. Commandant, Home Guards or any : Member commandant of
APSP to be nominated by CO
One month before the actual recruitment, the unit officer must work out
a statement of vacancies of Home Guards under categories A and B and
send the same to Chief Office for its approval. At least one week before
the commencement of selection process, the unit officer must put up the
list of vacancies on the notice board and give wide publicity through
local dailies while inviting applications from the prospective candidates.
The unit officers are permitted to get the application forms printed serially
and sell the same to the prospective candidates @ Rs. 25/- each and
such payments must be made to the unit officer through Demand Draft
only and the amount so collected shall be used towards expenditure
involved in the conduct of events, videography, etc. It will also contain
the dates for submission of applications and schedules for PET. No waiting
list of Home Guard will be valid now onwards.

1918
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

III The categories for the purpose of selection of Home Guards shall be
as under:-

Category-A General Duty L & O, Traffic, Crime

Auto Electrician
Auto Mechanic
Bandsman
Barber
Book Binder
Carpenter
Cobbler
Compounder / Pathologist /
Physiotherapist / Radiologist
Computer Operator / Programmer
Cooks
Category-B Dhobhi / Washerman
(i. Max. of 20 % Draftsman
of the total Driver (HMV / LMV)
sanctioned Electrician
strength of Fitter
HG’s for the Gardener
Unit, Instructor
excluding Mason
deputation Technical & Mechanic - Machine
strength.) Other Trades Painter / Whitewasher
Plumber
Sanitation / Maintenance Staff
Stenographer
Tailor
Telephone Operator
Typist
Welder
Xerox Operator /
Photocopier Mechanic
Electronic Appliance Mechanic
Water Carrier
Wireless Operator
Category-C Compassionate Dependents of deceased Home Guards,
Appointment Policemen and Ministerial Staff working in
Police Department.
i) CATEGORY – A: (GENERAL DUTY: L&O, TRAFFIC, CRIME)
For the major part, HG’s are needed to assist the police in law & order
duties, traffic, intelligence gathering and other PS / Office level duties.

1919
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Only Category- A will be eligible for deputation outside the Police and they
need to be rotated regularly after a period of 6 months.
ii) CATEGORY – B: (TECHNICAL and OTHER TRADES) Skilled and
technical persons may be recruited as home guards to take care of practical
needs of units. Moreover during emergencies, strikes, public disorder, etc.,
skilled home guards are utilized to take over essential services like driving,
water and electricity supply, etc. It is decided to limit the total number of
home guards under the Cat.-B to 15% of the total sanctioned strength of
home guards for the unit, excluding the deputation strength.
iii) CATEGORY – C: Compassionate appointment of dependents of deceased
home guards, policemen and ministerial staff working in police department.
IV Physical Efficiency Tests for the selection of candidates shall be as
under:-
A Qualifying Test for Category A & B only.
Category ‘A’ Category ‘B’
Men (800 Mtrs) Men (800 Mtrs)
170 secs 200 secs
BPhysical Efficiency Tests for the purpose of Merit List for Category A
only. Total Marks = 150 @ 50 marks for each event.
Men Women
Running 100 Mtrs Running 100 Mtrs
a) 11 sec & below - 50 marks a) 16 sec & below - 50 marks
b) 11.1 sec -13.9 sec - 40 marks b) 16.1 sec -17 sec - 40 marks
c) 14 sec – 15 sec - 30 marks c) 17.1 sec – 19 sec - 30 marks
d) 15.1 & above - 0 marks d) 19.1 & above - 0 marks
Men Women
Long Jump Long Jump
a) 5.01mtrs & above - 50 marks a) 3.5 mtrs & above - 50 marks
b) 4.80mtrs – 5.00 - 40 marks b) 3.0mtrs – 3.49 - 40 marks
c) 3.65mtrs – 4.79mtrs- 30 marks c) 2.99 mtrs – 2 mtrs - 30 marks
d) 3.64 mtrs & below - 0 marks d) 1.99 mtrs & below - 0 marks

1920
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Men Women
Shot-put : Weight 7.26 Kgs Shot-put : Weight 4 Kgs
a) 9.61mtrs & above - 50 marks a) 5.61mtrs & above - 50 marks
b) 9.60mtrs – 8.00mtrs- 40 marks b) 5.01mtrs – 5.60 - 40 marks
c) 7.99mtrs – 6.00mtrs- 30 marks c) 5.50mtrs – 5.00 mtrs - 30 marks
d) 5.99mtrs & below - 0 marks d) 4.99mtrs & below - 0 marks

N.B.:
1. Procedure for selection for each category should be explained to the
candidates before commencement of selection.
2. The Score Sheet of the events must be signed by all the 6 candidates of a
particular batch and also by the Supervisory officers.
3. In case, the number of candidates is more than the number of vacancies in
a particular Trade in Category – B, the result sheets with the marks given by
the examiners, shall have to be signed by all the candidates in a batch and
merit list prepared for each trade.
4. Merit list in each category and for each trade should be prepared on the
spot.
5. (a) List of selected candidates along-with the Score sheets should be sent to the
Addl. DGP, HG’s, through the fastest means for approval and once the
Home Guards Head Office approval is received, provisional list of selected
candidates should be displayed on the notice board of the unit and
communicated to the selected candidates.
(b) Selection shall be subject to medical fitness and satisfactory
antecedents.
6. Copy of the D.O. containing the names and other personal particulars of the
selected candidates will be sent to the Addl. DGP, HG, for record and future
reference.
7. The Unit Officer and the Unit Home Guard Office shall maintain the list of
candidates with reference number of the Recruitment DO of each candidate
with a scanned copy of photo against the name of each HG.
8. Responsibility for fair and transparent recruitment shall be on the
Selection Committee which will be liable for any irregularity.

1921
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

9. (a) The total number of home guards recruited and working under Cat.-B (Tech.
& Other Trades) shall not exceed 20% of the entire sanctioned strength of
Home Guards for the unit.
(b) The sanctioned strength will not take into account the deputation strength
which the unit is supposed to provide to organizations outside the police
department.
10. Joining as Home Guard under one category shall not make a Home
Guard eligible for subsequent shift to another category. For
conversion from Cat.-B (Technical and Other Trades) and Cat.-C
(Compassionate Appointment) to Cat.-A (General Duty) he / she must
appear in Tests and qualify in the merit list of that category.
11. Result sheets for Physical Efficiency Tests in each event shall be signed by
all the candidates of the particular batch besides the supervisory officers.
12. Each event will be video graphed for ensuring transparency.
13. Result will be compiled based on the score secured in the above three events.
For selection under Category ‘B’ - Certificate from ITI or a reputed institution
shall be given weightage of 75 marks. The skill tests shall also carry of 75
marks. For the purpose of selection two experts from related departments
should be invited to assist the selection committee in testing and rating the
efficiency of the candidates in technical trades. The committee shall invite
professionals from other departments like RTA / RTC for assisting in selection
of motor drivers or mechanics, the Health Department to choose Paramedics
for Police Hospitals or Clinics, Nutritionists for selecting Cooks for police
establishments like DTC, etc., Municipal Health Officer for recruiting health
and sanitation staff, and so on.
CATEGORY ‘C’: In case, a home guard, who is on the rolls of the unit,
expires, one dependent of the deceased home guard, may be recruited as
HG to provide succour to the family. Similarly, a member of the family of a
serving policeman or ministerial staff in the police department may be
appointed as HG, in case of his death. On recruitment, such candidates shall
be taken in the prescribed quota under Category ‘B’ only. One candidate
only from the bereaved family shall be given eligible to be recruited and
selected under Category ‘C’. Once he / she gets a regular employment, on
compassionate grounds, his / her name shall be struck off from the roll of
home guards.

1922
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

The Unit Officer is allowed to appoint the dependent as Home Guard and
recommend the case to the HG H.O. for post facto approval.

Training

4-A. The volunteers who are enrolled are trained for 2 months initially. The course
content of the induction training shall be as determined by the Commandant
General Home Guards. It shall specifically include physical training,
elementary drill including arms drill and other subjects, which would be
necessary for the discharge of allotted duties. The training in special skills of
different categories for functional units should be arranged with those
institutions or establishments on a continuous basis. The attendance at weekly
parades is also intended to update the home guards and should not be confined
only to exercises and drill.
B. The venue for initial training will be the district/Unit training centres or other
training establishments. There shall be a Central Training Institute for Home
Guards for training of trainers and orientation courses for various honorary
rank holders and officers of the organisation. The District Training Centre
and the Central Training Institute shall be organised and run on the lines
indicated in the Compendium.
Discipline and Administration

5. Every member of the home guard is bound by a code of conduct for rendering
public service honestly, impartially and with competence and to conduct
himself in a disciplined manner respecting and complying with the rules and
regulations of the organisation to which he is deputed. The officers of the
police who are in charge of home guards and the civilians who hold ranks in
the home guards organisation should treat the home guards as volunteers
and not as subordinates. They should maintain discipline in the organisation,
keep the home guards fully trained, guide and supervise them in the
performance of the assigned tasks.
6. The home guard is bound to serve anywhere in the state for a minimum
period of 3 years and eligible for extension of service up to the age of 60
years if he is willing. The Commandant Home Guards for good and sufficient
reason accept the resignation of a home guard or discharge him at any time
before the expiry of the term. An appeal is however permissible in case of
discharge to the Deputy Commandant General, Addl. Commandant General
or Commandant General.

1923
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

7. The Commandant, the SP or the CP as the case may be and those officers
superior to them are empowered to suspend or remove or impose a fine not
exceeding a sum prescribed as daily allowance on any home guard under his
control for neglect or refusal to discharge the duties and responsibilities
entrusted to him or fails to obey any lawful order. An appeal against any
such order lies to the Commandant General or the State Government within
a period of 2 months.
8. Refusal to perform a duty assigned or desertion from the duty for any reason
without proper intimation may entail prosecution as per the laws governing
the organisation to which he is deputed.
9. The home guards should function as per the orders of the officers of the
department to which they are attached and in case of police department
they should work as per the orders of the officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector
and above to whom they are attached for any violations of law committed
while on duty. If he / she is involved in any crime, it will be dealt with as per
law.
10. The sanction of the Commandant General shall be necessary for the
prosecution of any home guards in a court of law.
937-1. The home guards organisation is a voluntary organisation and the employees
of both Central and State Government or private organisation are free to join
and enrol as home guards. Hence they have to be permitted to call up duty
in the home guards up to 60 days in a year with full pay. The remuneration
paid if any for service as home guard is exclusive of the pay he gets as a
regular employee of the organisation where he is employed.
2. Members of home guards are public servants and exercise all the powers
and functions entrusted to them including the powers and functions of a
police officer if deputed to work in the police organisation.
3. Members of the home guards are not disqualified from being members of
local bodies. The service in home guards is not an office of profit and is not
a disqualification for contesting and being elected to any of the local bodies
including the State Legislature. It should be noted that this does not apply to
those home guards who are regularly employed with the Government and
are serving as Home Guards.

1924
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Removal of Home Guards:

i) While weeding out the habitually absent home guards, care should to be
taken to ensure that the ordinary absentees are not penalized generally. It
needs to be clarified that only such Home Guards as do not respond when
assigned duties are absent from duties without permission or intimation
repeatedly or for a long period shall be treated as indulging in delinquent
behaviour to be dealt with severally.
ii) A home guard can be discharged at any time, if he submits resignation.
iii) A home guard can be kept in abeyance without payment (i.e daily duty
allowance) till the final decision of the Committee (i.e S.P/C.P, Commandant
and DSP (Home Guards) for neglect or refusal to discharge the duties and
responsibilities entrusted to him or failure to obey any lawful order, by duly
adhering to the principles of natural justice.
Reasonable opportunity to be given.

In cases where ‘it comes to the notice of the appointing authority that a home
guard has committed misconduct / unauthorisedly absent for duties, the appointing
authority conduct an enquiry after giving reasonable opportunity and after taking
representation from him/her, the home guard may be removed from service or he may
be exonerated from the charge if the explanation of the HG is found satisfactory or
when the charge is not proved.
Note: Till final orders are passed by the competent authority the HG may be
attached to the home guard office or otherwise.
In all cases of disciplinary action, a reasonable opportunity must be given to the
delinquent home guard at both the stages, i.e., preliminary enquiry and imposition of
penalty/punishment. It is to emphasis that the show cause notice must be sent through
registered post (A/D) at the address provided by the home guard in official records or
otherwise as per the established procedure in this regard. It is also decided that before
the imposition of penalty, the entire record of the case should be examined by a com-
mittee consisting of the Unit officer, Dy. S.P. and Commandant, home guard.
The powers and functions of supervisory officers

4. Commandant, Home Guards: Every District/Unit shall have an officer of

the rank of Addl. SP designated as Commandant, home guard. The Addl. SP
or Addl. DCP who hold charge of the reserve police may be designated as

1925
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Commandant, Home Guards for that District/Unit. The duties of the

Commandant, home guards are —
A. Enrollment and training
B. Deployment as per need
C. Supervision, guidance and disciplinary control
D. Weeding out of absentee home guards
E. Ensure that the strength of home guards of the Unit is always kept
full maintaining due proportion between employee volunteers and
others
F. Liaison with the organisations utilising the services of home guards
and briefing on the capabilities of those deployed as also the treatment
i.e., expected of them in dealing with the home guards.
G. Prompt payment of remuneration and other allowances due to each
home guard or officer.
H. Control, supervision and direction of the police officers earmarked
for training and deployment of the home guards.
I. All correspondence, registers, accounts, stores and other matters
connected with the home guards should be done under his supervision.
J. He should report to the SP/CP on all matters concerning home guards
organisation and keep him fully informed and work under his direction.
Deputy Superintendent of Police

5. One Deputy Superintendent of Police or more are posted on a full time basis
as per need to every Unit to look after matters connected with the home
guards of the Unit. The DSP is designated as Addl. Commandant, home
guards and should assist the Commandant and be responsible for the work
of enrollment, training, deployment and other matters including office
administration. He should supervise the work of Reserve Inspectors and
other staff posted under him for training of the home guards. He should
ensure that the training is imparted according to the course content finalised
by the Commandant General.
6. The other police officers who are posted for work relating to home guards in
every Unit consists of Reserve Inspectors or Inspectors, RSIs/ SIs, HCs
and PCs either of Reserve or Civil Police. They shall perform the duties as
are entrusted to them by the Commandant, home guards. The duties inter

1926
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

alia include training, deployment, maintaining contact with the home guards
while on deployment and ensuring that the facilities that are required for
proper performance of duties are provided to them. They will be subject to
disciplinary control by the DSP and Addl. Commandant, the Commandant
and the Unit Officers as per the rules.
7. The officers of other departments like electricity, medical and health, fire
services, etc. who are drafted for training shall work under the supervision
of the DSP or the Commandant home guards as the case may be. The
Commandant home guards and the Unit officer are responsible for proper
liaison and coordination between the police officers who train and deploy
the home guards and the other officers who utilise their services.
8. The Commandant home guards should maintain a register, which should
reflect the full particulars of each home guard including his skills and the
special training which has been imparted to him as well as the departments
where he would be useful. This register should be updated from time to
time. He should assess the requirements in emergencies of various essential
services departments in emergencies and ensure that a proper proportion in
each skill is maintained on the roles of the home guards organisation.
Utilisation of Home Guards in Police Department

938-1. Home Guards are deployed on a large scale in the police department for
assistance in various duties that the police is called upon to perform. The
deployment of home guards in police is usually for a long duration and hence
the number mostly consists of the unemployed volunteers. In fact these
volunteers consider the remuneration that they receive for the service as a
source of employment even though it is not an appointment in the service of
the police. The following guidelines and directions are issued for compliance
in the matter of deployment and utilisation of home guards in the police
department.
A. The Home Guards may be utilised as guards, station watch, assistance
to station writer, in bandobust of fairs and festivals, traffic regulation,
patrolling etc. Those home guards who are utilised for these duties, if
not accompanied or commanded by police officers will not derive
any of the police powers unless they are appointed as special police
officers or additional police officers in terms of the relevant provisions
of the Police Act. The Unit officers should be aware of this and take
action suitably to ensure that the home guards if deployed on their

1927
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

own, do not suffer from this handicap in dealing with the task, which
is assigned to them.
B. When deployed on any of the duties above they should be treated in
the same manner as any other police officer and should be given all
facilities that they are entitled.
C. No deployment of home guards on the above duties should be done
unless they are properly trained. The initial training of 2 months is not
adequate for deploying them on regular police duties. Hence whenever
such duties are to be performed, particularly those relating to guards
dealing with agitations or bandobusts, an orientation course should
be conducted before deployment apart from briefing.
D. Firearms should be issued, only after they have gone through the
training and the range firing practice in that weapon prescribed for a
Civil Police Constable.
E. No deployment for mob dispersal duty should be made unless they
have been trained even for a short duration, in mob control and lathi
drill and briefed on the implication of use of force and the need for
use of minimum force and also about the right to private defence. It
is not desirable to utilise home guards for such purposes as far as
possible.
F. The observation and picket duties and assistance in patrolling are
the proper methods of utilisation of home guards.
G. Trained drivers in the home guards organisation may be utilised for
driving of police vehicles. Similarly the home guards who are trained
in wireless telephone may be utilised to man the control room as also
the mobiles which carry police parties.
H. They should not be utilised for any menial or orderly duties such as
personal service or at the residences of police officers or others.
I. Arrangements for feeding and transport at Government cost should
be made for the home guards along with the Police while being
deployed on police duty for bandobust.
J. Women home guards should be utilised for searches, while recording
statement of women victims and other occasions when the presence
of women is necessary or mandatory. They may also be utilised to
guard women prisoners in custody or escorting women prisoners.
While escorting there should be at least one police officer man or
woman with the home guards.

1928
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

K. The uniform and other dress articles should be provided without delay.
The officers in charge should inspect and make sure that the supply
of uniform and distribution is done regularly.
L. Home Guards should not be utilised for investigation duty. They should
also not be utilised to assist in the maintenance of police registers.
They may however, if trained or have the skill of typewriting or
shorthand or computer handling may be utilised for assisting in the
maintenance of records or drafting of reports by officers occasionally
and not as a substitute for the ministerial establishment. It should be
remembered that clerical jobs are not part of essential service and
do not strictly come within the purview of police duties. It should be
ensured that it is only to assist in police duties that the home guards
should be deployed in the department and not for those duties for
which the police officers themselves are not employed.
Fixation of the Strength of Home Guards of each Unit

939-1. The strength of home guards is fixed by the Government from time to time.
The SP or the CP in consultation with the requisitioning departments and
proposals sent to the Government should make the assessment as to the
actual need for home guards in each unit. The factors that should be
considered for determining the strength of each unit are briefly stated below:
A. The needs of each department and the nature of emergency that
arises normally, the number required to maintain minimum level of
service should be prepared in consultation with the concerned
department. For example, in respect of electricity, the services required
to maintain the supply in times of strikes or emergencies which cause
breakdown of supply, the exact number of skilled and trained persons
needed for the assistance of the Technical Managers should be
assessed. Similar assessment for other departments including police
should be made.
B. The duration of emergencies, their frequency, the exact positions to
be manned should be a relevant factor.
C. The nature of natural calamities and other disasters particularly those
occurring frequently like floods, cyclones and fire in a particular area
should be one of the factors in determining the strength.
D. The entire strength of home guards is not intended to be deployed all
the time. Based on the above considerations the average man hours
should be calculated and a figure arrived at. Since the maximum

1929
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

deployment of an employed person is limited to 60 days in a year, a

suitable additionality will have to be built in to the calculation before
the final figure is arrived at in respect of each department.
Awards and Recognition

2. The members of the organisation are eligible for President’s Home Guards
and Civil Defence Medal and home guards and Civil Defence Medal for
conspicuous acts of gallantry, outstanding devotion to duty and distinguished/
meritorious service. They are also eligible for cash awards and Director
General, Civil Defence Commendation Certificates. The recommendation
for these awards is made as per guidelines mentioned in chapter XII of the
Compendium.
Welfare

3. The members of the organisation are eligible for compensation for injuries
during training/duty. Home Guard volunteers who suffer death/ injury during
training/duty are to be provided death/injury benefits on the same basis as
applicable to the police personnel engaged in similar operations in terms of
instructions contained in MHA Letter No. VI-14021/15/79-DGCD (HG),
dated 4.4.1981. The payment in respect of death-cum-injury benefits is to
be made by the agency for which the home guards are working.
4. Ex-gratia grant for funeral expenses: An amount of Rs.1000/- may be
sanctioned as ex-gratia grant for funeral expenses in case of death.
5. Group Insurance: A group insurance scheme to cover death-cum-injury
will be implemented by the Government on the lines of the scheme already
in existence for the police personnel.
6. All India Home Guards and Civil Defence Professional and Sports
Meet: With a view to improve the professional standards of performance of
home guards and civil defence organisations and to foster espirit-de-corps
among their members. All India home guards and Civil Defence Professional
and Sports Meets are held every year in rotation in different States or Union
Territories.
Civil Defence

940-1. Civil defence is to be organised as integral part of the defence of the country.
It is an organisation intended to prepare the people and build up an organisation
which can take care of the civil defence before, during and after enemy

1930
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

attacks either by land, air or sea. Aims of the civil defence are to save life,
to minimise damage to property and to maintain continuity of production.
The civil defence arrangements should be confined to selected places, vital
plants and installations which should be reviewed from time to time. Civil
defence is to be organised primarily on a voluntary basis and should plan out
such measures as are necessary. The Civil Defence Act 1968 provides for
the formation of Civil Defence Corps and for making rules and regulations.
The act provides legal status for all measures connected with civil defence.
The rules and regulations framed under the act along with the amendments
should be thoroughly read and understood by the Unit Officers.
2. At the State level there is a Controller of Civil Defence and Deputy
Controllers located at various places. The Home Guards organisation is
complementary to the civil defence organisation. The civil defence corp as
distinct from home guards is raised at the State. The Commissioners of
Police in Vishakhapatnam and Vijayawada cities and the District Magistrate
in the districts are responsible for implementing civil defence programmes.
The deputy controllers are provided on a full time basis for this work in the
city and in the district. The organisation, functioning and the schemes to be
prepared and implemented transport, equipment, training etc. are covered in
detail in the compendium of instructions on civil defence published by the
Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, by the Directorate General,
Civil Defence in 1993. The instructions are communicated from time to
time to all the officers.
3. The training programme of the police officers of all levels should include the
subjects of civil defence and home guards in the induction courses. The IGP
Home Guards should ensure that these modules are incorporated in the course
content of training in all the Training Institutions. The police officers in the
field at various levels should actively associate in planning and implementation
of the civil defence measures as also in inculcating awareness about civil
defence programmes in the course of their normal duties.

1931
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 53
Andhra Pradesh Police Transport Organisation (PTO)
Functions and Organisation :

941. The Andhra Pradesh Police Transport Organisation (PTO) is responsible

for purchase of new vehicles, their maintenance, routine and major repairs,
procurement of quality spare parts at economic cost as well as the
condemnation and auction of vehicles/spare parts and other related items.
Important functions of PTO

942-1. Assessment of requirement of different types of vehicles for various police

units and lay down a scale of vehicles taking into account various parameters
such as strength of a unit, nature of duties performed by a unit, utility of a
particular kind of vehicle etc.
2. To standardise the vehicle fleet and constantly update the same by reviewing
the type of vehicles required by various units by taking into account the new
vehicles introduced in the market, their utility for the police work, running
cost etc.
3. Procurement of the vehicles and allotment to the various units as per the
approved yardstick.
4. Enforce prescribed preventive and regular maintenance schedules for
vehicles, timely servicing and undertaking minor repairs in District/Unit
maintenance units (DMUs) and major repairs in regional and central workshop
and their prompt and economic completion.
5. Establishment and efficient management of central workshop, regional
workshops, district maintenance units as well as Driving Maintenance, Repair
and Technical Training Institute. (DMRTTI)
6. Provide technical supervision for efficient fleet and fuel management in
various police units.
7. Procurement and supply of quality major aggregates and critical items
(automobile spare parts) at economic cost for central workshops, regional
workshops and all DMUs.
8. Procurement and dispensation of fuel (Petrol and Diesel), Oils, Lubricants
etc. at various units.

1932
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

9. Condemnation and auction of unserviceable vehicles, spare parts and other

related items.
10. Recruit and impart induction as well as in-service training to newly recruited
Assistant Directors, Supervisor (Technical), Supervisor (Systems), Supervisor
(Materials), Junior Mechanics, Junior Material Assistants, Junior System
Assistants, Police Constable (Drivers) and Helpers and other technical staff
of PTO, central and regional workshops as well as DMUs.
11. SP/IGP PTO shall impart basic mechanical trade craft to all drivers to attend
to emergencies.
12. All drivers should be train in entry of Tappal register, despatch, filing etc.
Organisational Structure of PTO
943. The following establishments constitute the Andhra Pradesh Police Transport
Organisation.
1. Central workshop located at Police Head Quarters.
2. Regional workshops at Vijayawada, Visakhapatnam and Tirupati
3. Driving, Maintenance, Repair and Technical Training Institute
(DMRTTI) at Police Head Quarters.
4. The district/unit maintenance units are also part of the PTO for
technical supervision of the staff posted by the DPTO under
administrative control of the unit officer.
(The organisational structure chart is appended at Annexure ‘A’)
Change in uniform whictle cord : for the non-gazetted ranks the
whistle cord of red and yellow is replaced by ‘Black’ as in Armed
Reserve.
Organisational Set-up of PTO

944. Director PTO, who would be assisted by different ranks of technical and
non-technical police officers, will head the PTO. The technical personnel of
the organisation are equated with police ranks and are of the designations
given below.
Gazetted
1-A. Director, PTO of the rank of Inspector General of Police (Cadre Post of
IPS).
B. Additional Director (Technical) of the rank of DIG (Non-Cadre).

1933
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Senior Joint Director (Administration) of the rank of Superintendent of Police

(Non-cadre).
D. Senior Joint Director (Technical) of the rank of Superintendent of Police.
E. Joint Director (Administration) of the rank of Addl. SP (Non-Cadre)
F. Joint Director (Technical) of the rank of Addl. S.P.
G. Assistant Director (Administration) of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of
Police.
H. Assistant Director (Technical) of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
I. Assistant Director (Material) of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
J. Assistant Director (Systems) of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
K. Senior Supervisor (Technical) of the rank of Inspector.
L. Senior Supervisor (Materials) of the rank of Inspector.
M. Senior Supervisor (Systems) of the rank of Inspector.
N. Senior Supervisor (Transport) of the rank of Inspector.
Non-Gazetted
2.A. Supervisor (Transport) of the rank of Sub-inspector.
B. Supervisor (Technical)* of the rank of Sub-inspector.
C. Supervisor (Materials) of the rank of Sub-inspector.
D. Supervisor (Systems) of the rank of Sub-inspector.
E. Assistant Supervisor (Transport) of the rank of Assistant Sub-inspector.
F. Assistant Supervisor (Technical)* of the rank of Assistant Sub-inspector.
G. Assistant Supervisor (Materials) of the rank of Assistant Sub-inspector.
H. Assistant Supervisor (Systems) of the rank of Assistant Sub-inspector.
I. Head Constable (Driver)
J. Senior Mechanic* of the rank of Head constable.
K. Senior Material Assistant of the rank of Head constable.
L. Senior Systems Assistant of the rank of Head constable.
M. Police Constable (Driver).
N. Junior Mechanic* of the rank of Constable.
O. Junior Material Assistant of the rank of constable.
P. Junior Systems Assistant of the rank of constable.
Q. Helpers*.
*These posts will further be divided into specialised trades, the details of
which are available in the section related to central & regional workshops.
Ministerial Staff
3-A. Administrative Officer.
B. Assistant Administrative Officer.

1934
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Executive Office Assistant.

D. Supervisor (Systems)
E. Assistant.
F. Assistant Supervisor (Systems).
G. Junior Systems Assistant.
H. Senior Stenographer cum Junior Assistants.
(The organisational chart is available at Annexure ‘B’.)
Recruitment, Promotions and Service Conditions

4-A. The Andhra Pradesh Police Transport Organisation is state wide unit in
terms of the Presidential Order issued under Article 371 D of the Constitution
of India. The recruitment and service conditions of gazetted officers is
governed by the Andhra Pradesh State Service Rules, 1996 read with any
special rules or amendment made therein for police department or Police
Transport Organisation. The recruitment, training and promotions in the ranks
of Constables to Sub-Inspectors as well as all equivalent ranks to the Sub-
Inspector/ equivalent ranks is governed by the AP Police (Stipendiary Cadet
Trainee) Rules, 1999 and the AP Police (Transport Organisation) Subordinate
Service Rules 1997, as amended from time to time. The recruitment and
service conditions of helpers are governed by the Andhra Pradesh Last
Grade Service Rules, 1992.
B. There will be direct recruitment for Supervisor (Technical), Supervisor
(Material), Supervisor (Systems), Junior Mechanic (Diesel), Junior Mechanic
(Tailor), Junior Mechanic (Carpenter), Junior Mechanic (Blacksmith), Junior
Material Assistant, Junior System Assistants, Helpers only.
C. The posts of Additional Director (Technical), Senior Joint Director
(Technical), Joint Director (Technical), Assistant Director (Technical),
Assistant Director (Material), Assistant Director (Systems), Senior Supervisor
(Systems), Supervisor (Transport) will be filled either on promotion or on
deputation from departments/organisations like APSRTC.
D. Similarly the posts of Assistant Supervisor (Technical), Assistant Supervisor
(Material), Assistant Supervisor (Technical), Assistant Supervisor (Transport),
Senior Mechanics, Senior material Assistants, Senior System Assistants may
be filled by promotions only.
E. The remaining posts such as Assistant Director (Administration), Senior
Supervisor (Transport), Supervisor (Transport) etc. in various ranks will be
filled by deputation only from other units on tenure basis.

1935
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. The staff of the A.P Police Transport Organisation will wear the prescribed
uniform as per A.P Police Dress Regulations.
5. Jurisdiction :

A. The Director, PTO would be in the rank of Inspector General of Police,

which will be a cadre post of Indian Police Service. He would be the head
of the PTO and report to the Director General of Police through Addl. Director
General of Police (Technical Services). Director PTO will have state-wide
jurisdiction and the central workshop, regional workshops; DMUs and
transport wings of all the units will function under his technical control and
supervision.
B. Additional Director (Technical) and Senior Joint Director (Administration)
work under the direct control of Director, PTO with state-wide jurisdiction.
C. Senior Joint Director (Technical) assisted by two Joint Directors (Technical)
will be in charge of central workshop.
D. Joint Director (Administration) will be in charge of various administrative
functions at Headquarters and Central Workshop.
E. Joint Directors (Technical) will be in-charge of various wings of central
workshop and also of the regional workshops.
F. Assistant Director (Administration) at PTO will assist Joint Director
(Administration) and will ensure optimal deployment of vehicles available in
the central pool. Senior Supervisor (Transport) will assist him.
G. Assistant Director (Materials) will be in charge of central stores at PTO
and will report to Additional Director (Technical). Senior Supervisor (Materials)
will assist him.
H. Assistant Director (Systems) will be in charge of Computer Cell of entire
PTO and will report to Additional Director (Technical). Senior Supervisor
(Systems) will assist him.
I. Assistant Directors (Technical) will in be charge of each section of central
workshop, regional workshops, and training centre etc.
J. The Senior Supervisors (Technical), Senior Supervisor (Materials), Senior
Supervisor (Systems) will mainly hold posts in the central and regional
workshops and DMRTTIS of the PTO.
K. Senior Supervisor (Transport) / Reserve Inspector (Transport) shall be in
charge of all District/Unit Transport wings including the specialised units
1936
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

like Greyhounds, APSP Battalions, CID, Intelligence, Police Communications,

FSL etc. They will work under the administrative control of the Deputy
Superintendent of Police (Reserve Police) or any other officer in charge of
Transport in the unit and technical supervision of the Assistant Director
(Technical) of the concerned regional workshops.
L. The Assistant Supervisor (Technical), Assistant Supervisor (Transport),
Assistant Supervisor (Materials), Assistant Supervisor (Systems), Senior
Mechanics, Senior Material Assistant, Senior Systems Assistants, Junior
Mechanics, Junior Material Assistants, Junior Systems Assistants, HC and
PC drivers are to be posted to the Central and regional workshops, Transport
Wings and DMUs and also other establishments of PTO like DMRTTIS,
petrol/ oil/lubricants dispensing units.
M. The Senior and Junior Mechanics, HC and PC Drivers and Helpers of District
reserve police or other units are part of the unit administration and will work
under the technical supervision of the technical officer posted by the Director
Police Transport Organisation to the unit. The administrative control will
rest with the district/unit officer.
N. Administrative Officer is incharge of the office of the PTO. He works
under the direct supervision of Assistant Director (Administration). The
Assistant Administration Officers and assistants will assist him in day-to-
day work. The Administrative Officer is also assisted by Assistant Supervisor
(Systems) and Junior System Assistants.
Note: (1) The number of posts indicated against each post is tentative and could
vary as per workload for which the government may issue order from time
to time.
(2) The posts which carry $ mark are given in absolute number and include
10% deputation reserve and 10% leave and training reserve.
Functions, Duties, Responsibilities and Powers of Officers of PTO Gazetted
Director Police Transport Organisation: (One)
945-1-A. Heads the organisation and is overall in-charge of functions related to fleet
and fuel management such as purchase of new vehicles, purchase of spare
parts and other allied items, maintenance and repair of vehicles in police
department.
B. Exercises financial and disciplinary powers of the Inspector General of Police.

1937
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

C. Exercises over-all superintendence over the work of all technical and non-
technical officers in the PTO.
D. Appointing authority of the directly recruited Supervisor (Technical),
Supervisor (Materials), Supervisors (Systems), Supervisors (Transport) and
other corresponding posts.
E. Initiation of transfer and posting proposals of various Assistant Directors.
F. Posting and transfers of the Senior Supervisors in PTO, central and regional
workshops as well as those working in DMUs.
G. Maintenance of Personal Files of Gazetted staff up to the rank of Senior
Joint Director.
H. Prescribes various periodical reports for ensuring the efficient functioning
of officers working under his control.
I. Periodical inspection of offices of subordinate officers, central workshop,
regional workshops, DMRTTIs and DMUs.
J. Chairs the Purchase Committee constituted for purchase of spare parts and
other allied items.
K. Responsible for codification of a purchase manual, which may be updated
from time to time.
L. Responsible for introduction and implementation of latest and appropriate
managerial, financial, purchase and technical practices for maintaining an
efficient police fleet.
M. Sanction of rewards for outstanding work to personnel working under his
administrative control.
N. Fixes the condemnation norms / yardstick for vehicles, parts. Final authority
for condemnation of vehicles, pre-mature condemnation as well as auction
of condemned vehicles and spare parts
O. Shall compile the Andhra Pradesh State Police Transport Manual
incorporating details of maintenance schedules, preventive maintenance
practices, workshop management, service station management, management
of POL dispersing units, duties of officers/drivers who use to drive the
vehicles and all other establishments including stores and issue it after
approval of the Director General of Police. He shall update the transport
manual from time to time and at least once in two years.

1938
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

P. He shall introduce and implement computerised system for vehicle

management, accounts, inventory control, records, training etc.
Q. Submit a monthly report to the Director General of Police through Additional
Director General (Support Services) regarding functioning of PTO, the central
and regional workshops and the status of the fleet.
Additional Director (Technical) (One)
2- A. Has state wide jurisdiction and performs the following duties under the
supervision of Director PTO.
B. Monitoring of maintenance, repair schedules of the fleet in the State.
C. Overall Technical Supervision of various on-going repairs, maintenance in
central workshop and other workshops.
D. Ensures prompt and quality repair of the vehicle at central and regional
workshops.
E. Inventory management of the main technical stores of PTO.
F. Overall Supervision of the Motor Transport Wings, POL dispensing units
and Driving Maintenance, Repair and Transport Training Institute.
G. Exercises disciplinary powers of DIG of Police pertaining to technical
personnel.
H. Responsible for efficient management of the fleet and its proper upkeep.
I. Responsible for conducting the tender-cum-auction of condemned vehicles
and old automobile spare parts.
J. Preparation for maintenance and repair manual for each kind of vehicle
maintenance in the department, which will form part of the State Police
Transport Manual.
K. Maintenance of PFs of Non–Gazetted technical staff of the rank of Assistant
supervisor and above.
L. Sanction of rewards for outstanding work to technical personnel as per
prevalent orders.
M. Inspections and visits of the offices of the Joint Director (Technical) once in
a year and Assistant Directors (Technical) once in two years, at least two
motor transport wings under each regional workshop and other officers under
his supervision once a year.

1939
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

N. Submit monthly reports to Director Police Transport Organisation as

prescribed from time to time.
O. Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Director Police
Transport Organisation.
Senior Joint Director (Administration) (One)
3-A. Responsible for personnel administration and office administration in the
Police Transport Organisation, central workshop and regional workshops.
B. Appointing and disciplinary authority for Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Head
Constables and Helpers and all other equivalent ranks.
C. Maintenance of personal files of all non-gazetted staff of various officers
under the control of DPTO.
D. Sanction of rewards for outstanding work to each non-technical personnel
working under the control of DPTO as per prevalent orders
E. To conduct regular inspections of various offices under his control and submit
reports to DPTO through Additional Director (T)
F. Exercise financial and disciplinary powers as that of the Superintendent of
Police for efficient functioning of the day to day functioning of office.
G. Performs any other administrative duties assigned by the Director, Police
Transport Organisation.
Senior Joint Director (Technical) (One)
4- A.Responsible for efficient functioning, prompt and economic repair of motor
vehicles as overall in-charge of central workshop at police head quarters
and various Motor Transport units at Police Head Quarters.
B. Responsible for central workshops at police head quarters and in various
other MT units.
C. In-charge of main technical stores of the PTO and is responsible for various
inventory control functions.
D. Exercises financial powers equal to that of Superintendent of Police as regards
emergency purchase of items for technical stores as laid down in the procedure
of the purchase manual.
E. Assists Additional Director (Technical) for effective functioning of motor
transport wings of Police Head Quarters based units, POL units and driving,
maintenance, repair and transport training institute situated at Police Head
Quarters.

1940
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. Conducts periodical inspections of the motor vehicle maintenance units in

the city.
G. Performs any other administrative duties assigned by the Director, Police
Transport Organisation.
Joint Director (Administration) (One)
5- A.Responsible for personnel administration and office administration in Police
Transport Organisation and central workshop at Hyderabad.
B. Assisting Senior Joint Director (Administration) in various administrative
functions.
C. Supervises the functioning of administrative functions performed by the
ministerial staff.
D. Exercise financial and disciplinary powers as that of the Addl. Superintendent
of Police for efficient day-to-day functioning.
E. Performs any other administrative duties assigned by the Director, Police
Transport Organisation or any other Sr. Police Officer.
Joint Director (Technical): (2 for Central Workshop)
6-A. Overall in charge of certain wings of central workshop e.g. Preventive
Maintenance Wing, Minor Repairs Wing, Engine Repair Wing, Electrical
Repair Wing, Accessories Wing etc., and DMRTTI.
B. Ensure prompt and economic repair. To reduce off road time to minimum if
necessary, by co-ordinating repair activities with other wings of the workshop.
C. Maintain records in the prescribed pro-forma for the repairs, spare parts
and allied items and expenditure thereon.
D. Impart regular training to the staff on repair of vehicles especially newly
introduced vehicles as well as latest techniques of repair.
E. Exercise disciplinary powers of the rank of Additional Superintendent of
Police.
F. Carry out any other duty assigned by Additional Director (T) or Director
PTO.
Joint Director (Technical)-Regional Workshop: (3:1 each)
7-A. Over all in charge of regional workshop.

1941
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. Responsible for efficient functioning, prompt and economic repairs of motor

vehicles.
C. In-charge of regional technical stores and responsible for inventory control
functions.
D. Exercises financial powers equal to that of Additional Superintendent of
Police as regards emergency purchase of items for technical stores as per
laid down procedure given in the purchase manual.
E. Conduct periodical inspections of the unit transport wings falling under the
jurisdiction of regional workshop.
F. Exercises disciplinary control on the staff working under his control as per
rules in force and also sanctions rewards as per laid down norms.
G. Exercise administrative power of Additional Superintendent of Police.
H. Submits various prescribed periodical reports to the Additional Director
(Technical).
I. Co-ordinate activities of regional workshop with the units so as to ensure
best fleet and fuel management.
J. Transfers and postings of Head Constables/ Police Constables (Mechanics
and drivers) in his jurisdiction. Over-all incharge of the regional stores.
K. To carry out test check of stores of motor transport wings of the units during
inspections.
L. Maintenance of DPFs of Assistant Supervisors.
M. Sanction of rewards.
N. Sanction of earned leave and medical leave up to Assistant Supervisors
level.
O. Sanction of casual leave to Assistant Director under intimation to Director
Police Transport.
P. Allotment of Government quarters.
Q. Verification of 10% of service books of the staff every year.
R. Submission of monthly report to the Director Police Transport through proper
channel.
S. Efficient management of the fleet in his area maintaining close co-ordination
with the unit officers especially during such occasions as large-scale

1942
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

bandobust, like VVIP security, floods, festivals etc. and such other duties
assigned by the Director Police Transport.
T. Administrative and disciplinary powers of Superintendent of Police as per
rules in respect of personnel in his charge.
Assistant Director (Administration) (One for PTO)

8-A. Responsible for management and upkeep of central vehicle pool maintained
by Police Transport Organisation at police head quarters.
B. Responsible for managing the POL dispersing units in police head quarters
and other places and for maintenance of records.
C. Supervises the functioning of Senior Supervisor (Transport), Supervisor
(Transport), Asst. Supervisor (Transport), Head Constable (Driver), Police
Constable (Driver).
Assistant Director (Technical) (5): (2 for Central Workshop and 3 for re-
gional workshop @ 1 Each)

9-A. Sanction of casual leave to Inspectors and earned leave to Senior, Junior
Mechanics (HCs and PCs).
B. Exercise disciplinary and financial powers as Deputy Superintendent of Police
(Civil).
C. To ensure efficient management of the fleet and supervision of the work of
Inspectors (Technical).
D. Visit every motor transport wing of units/districts once in two months and
inspect once a year and submit notes.
E. Strict implementation of preventive maintenance schedules and ensures that
no vehicles are off road for more than a week. Report should be sent if any
vehicle is off road for a longer time and comply with orders thereon.
F. Despatch of vehicles, which cannot be locally repaired, to the workshop.
G. Up to date maintenance of all records such as Stock Ledger, POL indents,
General Diaries, Motor Transport Returns, etc. concerning maintenance and
as well as returns.
H. Liaison with the local police officers and will ensure that problems of transport
are attended to promptly.
I. Submission of monthly reports through proper channel.

1943
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

J. Any other duties assigned by the superior officers.

Assistant Director (Material) (One for Central Workshop Stores)
10-A.Purchase of spare parts and accessories at economic rates from reliable
and reputed sources of supply
B. Ensure identification of reliable and reputed manufacturers of various items
and ensures timely procurement of these items for maintenance and upkeep
of the police vehicles.
C. Maintenance of stores, inventory management, issuing of purchase orders,
monitoring delivery schedules, regular staff taking up stores.
D. Will assist the Joint Director (Technical) in preparing police transport, stores
and purchase manuals and updating the same.
E. Shall be responsible for disposal of items and serviceable material as per
provisions of the stores and purchase manuals.
Assistant Director (Systems) (One for Central Workshop and PTO)
11-A.Automation of various functions such as workshop management, stores
management, inventory control, fuel dispensing, administrative aspects.
B. Ensure system requirement study, requirement of hardware and software,
computerisation of various units and sub-units in consultation with Central
Computerisation Section of Andhra Pradesh Police.
C. Shall be responsible for laying down data entry procedures, data validation
procedures, security parameters for maintaining and preserving the integrity
of the data.
D. Make necessary changes in the software in order to upgrade the functioning
of various aspects of Police Transport Organisation and also provide the
necessary inputs for the top management for facilitating better and quick
decision-making.
E. Supervise the functioning and exercise administrative control for the staff
working under his control.
Senior Supervisor (Technical)
(5 for Central Workshop and 2 each for regional workshop)
12-A. Exercise control on the concerned wing of the central workshop or regional
workshop as the case may be.

1944
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. Ensure effective supervision for optimal performance of assigned duties by

the personnel under his charge.
C. Shall receive the vehicles coming to the section for repair, prepare the
estimates of repair and requirement of spare parts and accessories.
D. Shall ascertain the cost of repairs both in terms of material as well as the
labour component.
E. Ensure that the personnel working under his control carry out the repairs as
per the practices laid down in the police transport manual or as prescribed
by the manufacturer.
F. Shall ensure that all standard workshop and shop floor practices are followed
strictly.
G. Maintain the required records of repairs carried down on each vehicle by
the section under his control.
H. Assist the Asst. Director (Technical) in all aspects relating to maintenance /
repairs of vehicles.
Senior Supervisor (Materials) (2 for Central Workshop)
13-A.In-charge of designated wing of central stores or stores of the regional
workshop
B. Responsible for proper receipt and accounting of all the articles received in
the stores.
C. Ensure that all the items are secured against lost, pilferage, damage or
destruction by any means.
D. Ensure proper upkeep of items like batteries, tyres and other items, which
are inflammable in nature.
E. Ensure proper fire fighting equipment is installed in the stores.
F. Responsible for all the transactions of stores that will include receipt and
issue of various items as per the purchase order or requisition.
G. Responsible for timely procurement and maintaining adequate inventory of
various spare parts and accessories.
H. Ensure that no obsolete items are requisitioned
I. Will be responsible for timely disposal of obsolete and unserviceable material
J. Supervise the functioning of staff working under him.

1945
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Senior Supervisor (Systems) (2 for Central Workshop)

14-A.Ensure proper functioning of computer system and feeding of necessary
data as well as generation of reports
B. Shall be responsible for upkeep of hardware, software and ensure feeding
of duly validated data.
C. Assist the Asst. Director (Systems) in various tasks relating to computerised
maintenance of various functionalities of Police Transport Organisation,
central and regional workshop, central and regional stores.
Senior Supervisor (Transport) (One for PTO)
15-A. Shall be responsible for keeping the vehicles of pool in readiness all the time.
B. Detail the vehicles to officers on official duties as and when directed by the
senior authorities.
C. Ensure that the drivers of vehicle maintain their daily diary properly and all
records relating to running of vehicle are maintained as well as updated.
D. Shall be responsible for ensuring that the medical examination of drivers is
carried out on regular intervals as laid down in police transport manual and
fitness certified by the Medical Officer.
E. Ensure that all drivers possess duly valid driving license for driving a particular
vehicle.
F. Maintain duty roster for drivers working under his control and ensure proper
rotation of duties.
G. Ensure that the consumption of POL remains within control and proper record
of the POL issued and consumed is maintained.
H. Provide each vehicle with the first aid kit tools and other necessary items
required for proper running of the vehicle.
I. Ensure that all vehicles possess the necessary certificates issued by the
concerned authorities such as vehicle fitness certificate, pollution control
certificate etc.
Non-Gazetted Supervisor (Technical)
(15:9 for Central Workshop and 2 each for regional workshops)
946-1-A.Shall be second in-charge for the concerned wing of the workshop and
carrys out all duties relating to maintenance and repair of vehicles as per
norms laid down in police transport manual or the manual of vehicle
manufacturer.

1946
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

B. Ensure that only required spares / accessories are requisitioned and duly
fitted to the vehicle.
C. Maintain proper accounting of the spare parts used on a vehicle and also
unserviceable items removed.
D. Shall get unserviceable items destroyed/condemned under his personal
supervision, which are likely to be reused/misused.
E. Prepare the necessary requisition for spares from central / regional stores
F. Carry out all other duties assigned by his superiors.
Supervisor (Materials) (5:2 for Central Workshop and 1 each for regional
workshops)
2-A. Assist the Senior Supervisor and Asst. Director (Materials) in proper
maintenance of stores, its cleanliness, storage, safety, issue and receipt of
spare parts / accessories, maintenance of proper accounting etc.
B. Any other duty assigned by his superiors.
Supervisor (Systems) (6:2 for Central Workshop, 1 for administrative section
and 1 each for regional workshops)

3-A. Ensure proper maintenance of hardware, software, entry of duly validated

data, generation of various reports.
B. Maintenance of backup data in a secured place and also restrict the access
to the systems to unauthorised persons as per security policy laid down.
C. Any other duty assigned by his superiors.
Supervisor (Transport) (2 for PTO)

4-A. Assist Senior Supervisor (Transport) in discharge of various duties shall be

responsible for the efficient functioning of any sub-unit of transport wing.
B. Liaison with central workshop / regional workshop for the proper maintenance
and upkeep of central pool vehicle.
C. Any other duty assigned by his superiors.
Asst. Supervisor (Technical) (8)5 for Central Workshop and 1 each for regional
workshops)

5-A. Shall assist Supervisor (Technical) and other senior officers in proper repair
and preventive maintenance of vehicles.
B. Responsible for ensuring compliance to laid down workshop practices.
1947
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Asst. Supervisor (Materials) (3 for Central Workshop Stores)

6-A. Shall assist Supervisor (Materials) and other senior officers in discharge of
various functions of the central / regional stores.
B. Carry out and perform various duties assigned to him in professional manner.
Asst. Supervisor (Transport) (3)1 each for regional Workshops)

7-A. Shall assist Supervisor (Transport) in discharge of various duties.

B. Maintain various records prescribed in the Police Transport manual especially
those relating to deployment of vehicle, consumption of fuel and preventive
maintenance.
C. Ensure that all accessories and tools available in the vehicle are kept in
working condition in the vehicle.
Asst. Supervisor (Systems) (2)1 for Central Workshop and one for adminis-
trative section of PTO).

8-A. Supervise the feeding of validated data, generation of reports

B. Maintenance of back up data as per the prescribed schedule
C. Any other duties assigned by his superiors
Head Constable (Driver) (36)30* for PTO and 2 each for regional workshops)

9-A. Shall be responsible for the proper driving and regular preventive maintenance
of the vehicle.
* The number could vary as per the strength of the vehicles deployed in Police Head
Quarters in DGP office and units whose vehicles are maintained by PTO.
B. Ensure proper accounting is kept for consumption of fuel, kilometer run and
maintenance of vehicle diary.
C. He shall always carry driving license and necessary registration papers.
D. Observe traffic rules and regulations and shall report any accident involving
the vehicle to his superior immediately.
E. Shall drive the vehicle in prescribed uniform unless otherwise permitted by
specific orders.

1948
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Senior Mechanic (50 for Central Workshops and 2 for each DMU)

10-A.Will carry out the necessary stripping up the vehicle, detailed examination of
defects; correctly work out the requirement of spare parts and accessories
for the repair.
B. Carry out repairs as stipulated in the state police transport manual or as
prescribed by the manufacturer.
C. Will be responsible for the cleanliness of the workshop area.
Senior Material Assistant (5)2 for Central Workshop and 1 each for regional
workshop)

11-A.Shall be responsible for maintaining the records and storage of spare parts.
B. Shall receive the indents and issue the spare parts after taking due
acknowledgement as per prescribed procedure in the Stores manual.
C. Will assist the Asst. Supervisor (Materials) and seniors in proper maintenance
of stores.
Senior Systems Assistant (6)3 for Central Workshop and 1 each for regional
workshop)

12-A.Shall be responsible for feeding all data, generation of reports, upkeep of the
hardware and software.
B. Shall ensure that no unauthorised access is given to the systems.
Police Constable (Driver) (115) 100* for PTO & 5 each for regional workshops)

13. The duties of the police constables will be as given above that of Head
Constable (Drivers).
Junior Mechanic (Total -) (48 for PTO & 11 each for regional workshops and
2 each for DMU)

14. Will perform the same duties as that of senior mechanic and may assist
senior mechanic wherever repairs are to be carried by a team of mechanics.
* The number could vary as per the strength of the vehicles deployed in Police Head
Quarters in DGP office and units whose vehicles are maintained by PTO.

1949
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Junior Material Assistant (7) 4 for Central Workshop and 1 each for regional
workshops)
15. Will be responsible for storage of spare parts, receipt and issue of spare
parts.
Junior Systems Assistant (3 for Central Workshop)

16. Will be basically responsible for feeding the data pertaining to various sections
of Police Transport Organisation.
Helpers (16:10 for Central Workshop: 2 each for regional workshops)

17-A. Will be responsible for cleanliness of the workshop area and assist the Junior
Mechanics and Senior Mechanics in shifting the parts.
B. May also attend to other works assigned to them.
Central Workshop :

947-1. Central workshop is situated at Police Head Quarters and work under the
overall control of Additional Director (Technical). Senior Joint Director
(Technical) will be in-charge for the Central Workshop. He will be assisted
by 2 Joint Directors (Technical), 2 Asst. Directors (Technical), Asst.
Director (Materials), Asst. Director (Systems), 5 Senior Supervisors
(Technical), 2 Senior Supervisors (Materials), 2 Senior Supervisors
(Systems). This staff will be assisted by 9 Supervisors (Technical), 2
Supervisors (Materials), 2 Supervisors (Systems), 5 Asst. Supervisors
(Technical), 3 Asst. Supervisors (Materials), 1 Asst. Supervisors (Systems),
48 Senior Mechanics, 2 Senior Material Assistants, 3 Senior System
Assistants, 93 Junior Mechanics, 4 Junior Material Assistants, 3 Junior System
Assistants, and 18 helpers will assist the workshop staff.
2. The Central workshop is responsible for carrying out major repairs to vehicles
especially those located with the units situated at Police Head Quarters and
near by districts. The central workshop carries out major repairs to vehicles
received from other units of the State. The central workshop will also be
responsible for carrying out preventive maintenance and minor repairs to
the vehicles of all the units located in Police Head Quarters and surrounding
areas.
3. Depending upon the need, the central workshop may deploy a small sub-unit
for preventive maintenance and minor repairs to the units located in Police
head quarters, which have large number of vehicles on their strength. Such

1950
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

staff will continue to work directly under the supervision of central workshop
only.
4. The central workshop will have the following sections:
Engine Section:

A. The engine section will be working under the direct supervision of 1 Senior
supervisor, who shall be assisted by 2 Supervisors. The following are the
various sub-units of engine section:
Engine Repair Sub Unit

B. The engine repair section would be manned by 1 Assistant Supervisor

(Technical), 4 senior mechanics and 8 junior mechanics and 2 helpers. The
job of the engine repair Section would be to dismantle, clean, ascertain the
requirement of parts and repairs needed, rectifying the defect, re-assembling
and testing of the engines.
Machine Shop Sub Unit

C. 4 Senior Mechanics, 6 Junior Mechanics and 1 Helper would man the Machine
Shop Section. The machine shop section would carry out the following works:
- Engine block liners replacement;
- Cam shaft bushes reaming and fixing, dummies fixing;
- Crank shaft grinding
- Gudgeon pin bushes, rocker shaft bushes reaming and fixing;
- Cylinder head, valve seat cutting and grinding;
- Miscellaneous work like
a) Wheel drums cutting
b) Brake liners riveting
c) Pedal shaft bushes reaming and fitting
d) Steering rod bushes
e) Pressure plate / Fly wheel facing
f) Suspension bushes reaming and fitting

1951
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Fuel Injection Pump Sub Unit

D. The Fuel Injection Pump Section will be manned by 1 Senior Mechanic

(Diesel), 2 Junior Mechanics (Diesel) and 1 Helper. The FIP Section will
handle dismantling, cleaning, requisition of spare parts and re-assembling of
the fuel injection pump.
Gear Box and fitting Sections

5. These two sections will work under the supervision of 1 Senior Supervisor.
Gear Box sub-unit

A. 2 Senior Mechanics, 2 Assistant Mechanics and 1 Helper will man it. The
following work will be attended by Gear Box Section:
- Gear box dismantling, cleaning, demand of spare parts and
assembling;
- Differential dismantling, cleaning, demanding of spare parts and
assembling;
Fitting sub-unit
B. 2 senior mechanics, 4 junior mechanics and 1 helper will man fitting section.
The following work will be attended by fitting section:
- Bumpers
- Doors
- Bonnets
- Other miscellaneous fitting
Preventive Maintenance and Minor Repair Section

6. It will function under the supervision of one Senior Supervisor:

Preventive maintenance sub-unit

A. It will be manned by 1 Assistant Supervisor (Technical), 4 senior mechanics,

8 junior mechanics and 1 helper. The nature of work to be attended by
preventive maintenance section would be as follows.
- Carrying out of preventive maintenance of all vehicles as per
prescribed norms given in the Police Transport Manual or Manual
of maintenance issued by the manufacturers.
- Carry out regular service, replacement of engine and transmission
oil on prescribed intervals.

1952
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Wheel alignment and balancing sub-section

B. Wheel alignment section would be manned by 2 junior mechanics. The

section will carry out wheel alignment and balancing work for the vehicles
on a regular basis.
Electrical Section

C. It will function under the supervision of one senior supervisor and will be
manned by 5 Senior Mechanics (Electrical) and 8 Junior Mechanics
(Electrical) and 1 Helper. The nature of work to be attended by the Electrical
Section would be as follows:
- Dynamo/Alternator and self starter dismantling, cleaning, demand
of spare parts and assembling
- Battery charging (new and old) and condemnation of batteries
- Attending to all other electrical works like wiring, verification of head
lights, tail lights and other electrical equipment
- Attending to air-conditioner fitted in the vehicles
Main Line and two-wheeler Section

7-A. The main line sub-unit will be manned by 1 senior supervisor (Mechanic), 3
supervisors (Mechanic), 1 assistant supervisor (Mechanic), 8 Senior
Mechanics, 18 junior mechanics and 3 helpers. The work to be attended by
this section would be as given below:
- Engine / Gear Box dismantling
- Differential / Leaf springs dismantling
- Steering dismantling, demanding of spare parts for steering system,
brakes, clutches, and springs.
- Fitment of leaf springs / shock absorbers, front and rear axles
mounting brakes
- Engine / clutch / Gear box mounting
- Steering box overhauling
- Final works and road test

1953
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Two Wheeler sub-unit

B. 2 senior mechanics assisted by 4 junior mechanics and 1 helper will man this
sub-unit. The following jobs will be attended by the sub-unit:
- Engine dismantling, cleaning, demand of spare parts and
assembling
- Clutch overhaul
- Gear box overhaul
- Shock absorber replacement
- Chain sprocket replacement
Painting and Miscellaneous support Section

8. The various sub-units will work under the overall supervision of one senior
supervisor
Painting sub-unit

A. This sub-unit will be manned by 2 senior mechanics (Painter), 6 junior

mechanics (Painter) and 1 helper. The work attended by the painting section
would be as follows:
- Cleaning and applying of NC putty
- Applying of paint
Upholstery sub-unit

B. This sub-unit would be manned by 1 Assistant Supervisor (Tailor), 3 Senior

Mechanics (Tailor), 6 Junior Mechanics (Tailor) and 1 helper. The Upholstery
sub-unit will handle the work relating to the seat preparation for various
vehicles, renovation of seats, preparation of roof and fixing and its renovation.
Black smith sub-unit :

C. The Black smith Section will be manned by 1 Assistant Supervisor (Black

smith), 6 Senior Mechanics (Black smith), 12 Junior Mechanics and 2 Helpers.
The work attended by the section will be as follows:
- Leaf spring – Cambering (A/Car)
- Leaf spring – Cambering (Jeep)
- Moulding of starts / flag rods etc.
- Radiator overhauling
- Welding/denting

1954
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Carpentry sub-unit

D. The Carpentry Section will be manned by 2 Senior Mechanics (Carpenter),

3 Junior Mechanics (Carpenter) and 1 Helper. The job attended by the
Carpentry sub-unit would be preparation of various fittings in the vehicles.
Main Technical Stores (Central Stores)

948-1. The Central Stores will function as per A.P. Police Transport Stores and
Purchase Manual, which will be compiled by the Senior Joint Director
(Technical) keeping in view the latest practices in material management
including total automation. The Stores and Purchase Manual will be regularly
updated - at least once in two years. He will be assisted by 1 Assistant
Director (Material), 2 senior Supervisor (Material), 2 Supervisor (Material),
3 Assistant Supervisors (Material), 2 Senior Material Assistants, 4 Junior
Material Assistants and Helper. Central Stores situated at Police Head
Quarters will function under the direct control of Addl. Director (Technical)
who shall be assisted by Senior Joint Director (Technical). Asst. Director
(Materials) will be the officer in-charge for the Central Stores. The Central
Stores shall be divided into following sub-sections:
A. Inventory Control Section
B. Purchase Section
C. Receipts Section
D. Stock and Distribution Section
E. Tyres and Batteries Section
F. Unserviceable and Disposable Material Section
G. Audit Section
The Central Stores shall identify the suppliers based on the quality
and economic factors. The stores shall procure major items for
distribution to the units all over the state. For small items the stores
shall identify the supplier located in various parts of the state and
enter into regular rate contract on which the units could purchase
items of day-to-day necessity and spare parts of small values. The
Audit Section will undertake annual stocktaking and also ensure the
disposal of obsolete and non-moving items from time to time.

1955
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Purchase Procedure for Vehicles, Spare Parts and Other Items

2-A. The PTO forms a very important function of purchase of new vehicles,
purchase of spare parts and allied items as well as disposal of condemned
spare parts, condemned vehicles and other items. The PTO is responsible
for purchase of suitably identified vehicles for the use of various units of
police force. The PTO will be responsible for standardising the fleet. The
standardisation of vehicles will be reviewed continuously so as to induct
suitable vehicles for fuel efficiency. The fewer the types of vehicles, the
less will be the need to maintain a limited inventory of spare parts. PTO
would be in a better position to maintain timely repairs to these vehicles.
Normally the vehicles will be purchased directly from the manufacturers on
Government approved rates. In case, a vehicle has to be purchased which is
not available on Government approved rates, PTO will evaluate similar type
of vehicles available in the market and after trial, decide to purchase vehicles
which is the most useful and economic. The purchase shall invariably be
made from the manufacturers through a local dealer so as to ensure the
benefits of warranty through the dealer.
B. The PTO will continuously evaluate the economic life of various vehicles
and fix the running life, so as to condemn and fix the yardstick for
condemnation. The vehicles, which have lived the prescribed life, would be
taken off the fleet and sold by auction-cum-tender process. The old spare
parts and unserviceable items would also be disposed off through auction-
cum-tender method periodically.
C. PTO is responsible for keeping optimal inventory of spare parts. Every effort
shall be made to ensure that money is not blocked in the form of large and
excessive inventory. The spare parts and replacement items like tyres and
batteries shall be purchased directly from the manufacturer (unless needed
in very small quantities - which could be procured from authorised dealer)
either on Government approved rates or through open tender procedure.
The PTO shall continuously evaluate and ensure that only quality spare parts
of reliable and reputed manufacturers are purchased. Since some of the
standard items including the vehicles, which are available on DGS & D
rates, the Purchase Committee need not approve such items. The experience
of organisations like APSRTC may be taken into account while identifying
manufacturers of various spare parts.

1956
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

D. A purchase committee under the Chairmanship of Director, Police Transport

Organisation will function and shall consist of the following members: -
a) Additional Director (Technical), PTO - Vice Chairman
b) Joint Director (Technical) (nominated by the Director, PTO) Member
c) Assistant Director (Technical) – Member
d) Assistant Director (Material, PTO) – Member Secretary
e) An officer nominated by the A. P. State Road Transport Organisation,
- Member
If for any reason the chairman is not available, the vice chairman will chair
the Stores Purchase Committee. The quorum of the Stores Purchase
Committee shall be Chairman and three members.
Systems Wing :

3-A. The Systems wing will look after the entire computerisation / automation
work of the Central Workshop, Central Stores, Administrative Section and
Regional Workshops. The Wing will be headed by Assistant Director
(Systems), who shall report to Senior Joint Director (Technical). He shall
be assisted by 2 Senior Supervisors (Systems), 2 Supervisors (Systems), 2
Assistant Supervisors (Systems), 3 Senior System Assistants and 3 Junior
System Assistants.
B. The Systems Wing will be responsible for coordinating various computerisation
activities with the A.P State Police Computerisation Wing, so that the data
stored in the Police Transport Organisation is also accessible by the units
and senior officers on need-to-know basis. The wing will also prepare
software programmes and update these from time to time especially for
maintaining the vehicle history sheets, amount spent on each vehicle on repairs,
repair history, POL dispensing etc. The various administrative tasks will
also be computerised. The wing will also be responsible for upgrading the
software programmes and devising new programmes as and when the need
is felt.
Administrative Section :

4-A. The Administrative Section will work directly under Senior Joint Director
(Administration) who shall be assisted by one Asst. Director (Admn.). The
section will be manned by 1 Administrative Officer, 1 Asst. Administrative
Officer, 3 Executive Office Assistants, 3 Assistants and 2 Junior Assistants-

1957
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

cum-Stenographers. The Administrative Section will also have 1 Supervisor

(Systems) and 1 Asst. Supervisor (Systems).
B. The Administrative Section will look after the entire administrative work and
also human resource management and drawl of pay and allowances. The
Administrative Section will have nothing to do with various purchases made
for the workshop, which will be exclusively dealt by Asst. Director (Materials).
Security Wing of Police Transport Organisation :

5. The security wing will function under the direct supervision of Senior Joint
Director (Administration) assisted by Assistant Director (Administration).
The security wing will consist of one Reserve Sub-inspector assisted by 2
head constables and 8 constables who will be drawn from various APSP
Battalions and deployed on rotation basis so that none of them are on this
duty, more than a month in a year.
Medical Dispensary

6. The Central Workshop will have a medical dispensary for attending to any
medical emergencies in the workshop. It will have strength of 1 Pharmacist
and 2 Nursing Attendants. Their task will be to attend to any medical
exigencies in the workshop and also to provide first aid. They will also
ensure that first aid kit boxes are available and kept updated in various sections
of the workshop.
Central Motor Vehicle Pool

7. The Police Transport Organization shall maintain a vehicle pool, which may
consist of vehicles necessary for VIP movement like escort and pilot vehicles,
spare vehicles for senior officers and visiting officers from other states.
The Central Motor Vehicle Pool will work under the direct supervision of
Senior Joint Director (Admn.). He shall be assisted by Asst. Director
(Admn.), 1 Senior Supervisor (Transport), 2 Supervisors (Transport) and 2
Asst. Supervisors (Transport). The Asst. Director (Transport) shall ensure
that the vehicles are kept in readiness in a short notice as per the orders of
the superiors. He shall ensure that no vehicle is deployed without proper
authorisation and records are maintained for the itineration undertaken by
each vehicle and POL consumed on each one of them.

1958
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Driving, Maintenance, Repair and Technical Training Institute (DMRTTI)

8. The institute will work under the overall supervision of 1 Joint Director
(Technical). 1 Assistant Director (Technical), 4 Supervisors (Technical) will
be in direct charge of the institute. The institute will have 2 Senior Mechanics
(Diesel), 2 Senior Mechanics and 2 Head Constable Drivers. The institute
will conduct courses for the staff of Central and Regional Workshops as
well as districts and other units in preventive maintenance, minor repairs
etc. The institute will also conduct training of drivers, especially in techniques
like evasive driving, safe driving, traffic rules and regulations etc. The institute
will also conduct the training of newly recruited Constable Drivers, Junior
Mechanics after they have gone through 3 months foundation course at
Police Training Colleges. The Supervisor (Technical), Supervisor (Materials)
will also undergo the professional training at the institute.

1959
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

CHAPTER 54
Human Rights and Police Responsibilities
949. “Human Rights” means the right to life, liberty, equality and dignity
as guaranteed by the Indian Constitution.
1. Every human being is entitled to certain natural rights by virtue of his being
a member of human society. These rights are called human rights. The
supreme court while interpreting Article 21 of the Constitution of India
emphasised that a human being has not only a right to live but has a
fundamental right to live with dignity and it is the duty of every other human
being to respect that right.
2. As a founder member of United Nations Organisation, India is a party to
“the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948”. India also ratified the
two international conventions on, (a) civil and political rights and (b) economic,
social and cultural rights. These Universal declarations of rights (1948) were
incorporated as fundamental rights in the Indian Constitution listed in Articles
14 to 32. Some of the important among them are;
i. Right to every citizen, of equality before law and equal protection of
laws.
ii. Right to freedom of speech
iii. Right to assemble peacefully and without Arms.
iv. Right to form Unions.
v. Right not to be prosecuted and convicted for any offence except for
violation of law in force at the time of committing the offence.
vi. Right not to be compelled to be a witness against himself.
vii. Right not to be deprived of his life and liberty except according to
procedure established by law.
viii. Right not to be arrested without informing the grounds and to be
produced before a magistrate as early as possible but not later than
24 hours.
ix. Right to consult any one of his choice advocate on his arrest.
x. Right to defend himself against any allegation, and
xi. Right to seek redressal by way of writs for any of the above violations
made against him.

1960
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

3. Our Criminal Justice system is based on “due process of law”, i.e. every act
of the individual, Executive, Legislature or Judiciary is within the framework
of law. Police as law enforcement authority are also part of this law. Police
in their duties to maintain law and order or in detection, investigation,
prosecution of cases directly deals with the public and without public co-
operation they cannot discharge their duties effectively. Powers are given
to them for effective discharge of duties but not to misuse them, either for
their selfish aggrandizement or to exhibit their power and vanity. There is
also a misconception that results cannot be achieved unless third degree
methods are used and it is not possible to deal with same hard core criminals
and suspects within the framework of strict law. It is not correct. There is
no conflict between strict law enforcement, relentless pursuit of offenders,
punishment of offenders on one side and observance of human rights on the
other. The police officer should understand that he cannot take law into his
own hand and he is not expected to be over anxious to achieve results with
the means that is not legally allowed.
4. Various forms of custodial violence, torture, ill treatment of women and
children, fabricating false cases against innocent persons and attempts to
save real culprits, lockup deaths, custodial rapes, acts of omission or
commission against weaker section, poor and less-privileged, unwarranted
arrests, unlawful searches and excessive use of force are some of the
manifestations of human rights violations by police. The general complaint
is that police officers who are to uphold the law should not and cannot
themselves indulge in illegal acts. It, undermines human dignity, brutalises
the police system, forfeits the trust of people and the judiciary and above all
affects the image of the police organisation as a whole. It also exposes the
police officers to the risk of criminal liability and punishment. Custodial
violence and tortures do not act as short cuts in any significant way to achieve
the goals and objectives. In fact they are the tools of an unprofessional and
unscientific police officer.
5. As per Sec. 176 Cr.PC, in all cases of custodial violence resulting in death,
in addition to inquiry or investigation by Police, an inquiry shall be held by
the Judicial Magistrate or the metropolitan Magistrates, as the case may
be. Custodial violence includes death of any person, or disappearance of
any individual, custodial rape of woman and other incidents of custodial
violence. Inquest is held by Judicial magistrate u/s 176 (5) Cr.PC.

1961
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

6. The other practices to be strongly put down are rude and discourteous
behavior, refusal to entertain complaint, over bearing attitude, minimising the
gravity of offence, delayed or poor or biased investigation, taking sides,
perverse enquiries into complaints, unjustified searches and arrests. Such
practices will assume complex dimensions if victims are women or belonging
to other weaker sections.
Reasons for violation of Human Rights by police

950. Some of the reasons for violation of human rights by police can be attributed
to the following,
A. Lack of interrogation techniques.
B. Lack of scientific temper and professionalism.
C. Lack of knowledge of criminal law and procedures for investigation.
D. Unrealistic public expectation for results.
E. Political and official pressures for quick results.
F. Misconception that laws are not sufficient to achieve results legally.
G. Sadistic pleasure on the part of some police officers.
H. Lack of knowledge of human behavior /psychological compulsions
and e-Governance applications.
I. Pressure for results from Victim family etc.
1. As on today it is felt that much is desired from police and there is much
needed change required in their attitude from age old and conventional
methods. Many of the police interrogations are crude, devoid of scientific
techniques. Scientific temper in the investigation is becoming a casualty due
to lack of aptitude in acquiring professionalism. The entire investigation of a
criminal case is inter-woven with the law and procedure and the evidence is
to be gathered in tune with the law of evidence, acceptable in criminal courts.
2. The investigation in a criminal case is to be placed for the test of criminal
courts of law, challenged by the legal experts on behalf of the accused.
Refresher training in Police Academies, other Police Training Colleges
(PTCs), District Training Centers (DTCs), Battalion Training Centres (BTCs)
would improve SHO’s perception of Human Rights. Sufficient knowledge
of law, will remove his misconception, that law is not sufficient to achieve
results legally. A well trained police officer with an aptitude to learn
interrogation techniques, acquiring professionalism, taking advantage of the

1962
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

latest scientific aids at his command, need not turn to brutal measures to
achieve results.
3. As Police officer directly deal with the public, they should constantly bear it
in mind that he needs the assistance of the public either to maintain law and
order or to gather evidence from witnesses or in obtaining clues during
investigation. He can get such co-operation from the public only when he is
polite and courteous in his dealings. Even, in dealing with the accused, there
is no scope for inductivity as he does everything ordained by his duties. He
should understand that his act is within the framework of law and should not
exceed legal limits in his undue anxiety to get results.
Human Rights of different sections of public

951. Every police officer must be aware of the legal rights of various individuals
to enable him to respect such rights, not only statutory but also to earn the
good-will of the public.
Human Rights of Victims :

1-A. When a cognizable case is presented, it should be registered forth-

with by the SHO, furnishing a copy free of cost.
B. Render immediate medical aid by moving him to hospital if he is
injured.
C. Protect him from further danger if necessary.
D. Inform the stages of investigation from time to time as a duty.
E. Do not make the complainant go round the police station as he feels
that he is being harassed more by the police than the accused.
F. Furnish the necessary documents to victim or his legal heirs of
accident cases free of cost to enable them to claim compensation in
tribunals.
G. Do not ask the complainant to go to the jurisdictional police station, if
they approach the wrong police station. Register the case and transfer
it.
H. Let the complainant feel free when he represents his case and do
not frighten him to give a wrong impression that police are not his
friends but masters.
I. Right to get recovered stolen property back (u/s 451 Cr.PC)
J. Right to be compensated for the criminal wrong ( u/s 357 A Cr.PC)

1963
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

K. Right to receive first-aid and medical treatment free of cost by all

hospitals (Provide / Public / State or Central Government) cost for
the Victims of acid attack cases, rape case (u/s 357 C Cr.PC) and
refusal for treatment by the Hospitals is punishable offence u/s 160
B IPC. (Non-cognizable / Bailable / triable by 1st class magistrate)
Human Rights of Witnesses

2-A. Examine Women/Child/old aged witnesses at their place and do not

call them to police station unless it is difficult or impractical.
B. Record their statement in verbatim without translating into other
languages and video graph such recording u/s 161 (3) Cr.PC and
his / her statement before Court u/s 164 Cr.PC.
C. Examine women and children only at their places of residence, or at
a place convenient to them.
D. Remember witnesses are there to help investigation. Therefore,
deal with them courteously.
E. Child witnesses should be handled with special care as elaborated in
POCSO Act, 2012 (Protection of Children from Sexual Offences)
Act i.e. following best interest principle.
F. Victims of sexual harassment at work places (u/s 354 A IPC) should
be examined with decency and decorum.
Human Rights of suspects or Accused

3-A. While surveillance as prescribed in the police regulations, authorised by law

(u/s 149 Cr.PC) and approved by the Supreme Court in AIR SC 1975 page
1378, is permissible, unnecessary intrusion into the privacy of persons is
forbidden. Therefore a margin on the right lines should be drawn to avoid
any interference with the right to privacy.
B. Interrogation of suspect is a power vested with the police. But, interrogation
should be within the legal framework. Prolonged detention in the name of
interrogation may amount to harassment and ultimately turn out as wrongful
confinement.
C. Searches of places and more so dwelling houses have to be made strictly in
accordance with procedures laid down u/s 100 r/w 165 Cr.P.C. Police officer
entering dwelling houses for searches should observe decency and decorum
respecting the sentiments of women while discharging their duty. The
assistance of women constable or women witness should be taken while

1964
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

searching the person of a woman. Any unlawful search, not only vitiates the
purpose but gives opportunity to the accused to use the right of private
defence.
D. Attempts to torture accused or suspects to obtain confessions are not only
an offence under Section 330 or 331 IPC, but it is not admissible under law.
Besides there is a danger of the suspects or accused confessing falsely in
order to escape physical torture, in which case, one is likely to be misled in
his investigation.
E. No accused should be forced physically or psychologically to say any thing
which is likely to be self-incriminating. Such evidence is prohibited under
article 20 clause (3) of the constitution, but voluntary disclosures of their
own free will, while in police custody and discovery of a fact in consequence
to that information is not barred under Section 27 I.E. Act.
F. There should be no arbitrary arrest. Procedure laid down u/s 41 A Cr.PC in
offences punishable with imprisonment for a term less than seven (7) has
to be followed scrupulously. All arrests must strictly conform to the
requirements of law and procedure. Arrests need not be made just because
a police officer has a power to arrest. The necessity to confine is the principle
behind the law. The person to be arrested is entitled to know the grounds for
arrest as per Article 22 of the Constitution and Section 50 of Cr.P.C.
G. Every person arrested should be informed that he has right to go on bail, if it
is a bailable offence and he should be informed that he may arrange for
sureties (Article 22 of Constitution and Section 50(2) of Cr.P.C.)
H. The arrested person shall not be subjected to more restraint than is necessary
to prevent his escape (Section 49 Cr.P.C.). Handcuffs can be used with the
specific orders of the Court in case of dangerous and desperate offenders.
I. An accused person arrested shall have the right to be examined by a medical
practitioner. (Section 54 Cr.P.C.).
J. The arrested person shall not be detained unnecessarily for a longer period
than is necessary and at any cost should be produced before a Magistrate
within 24 hours excluding journey time. (Section 57 Cr.P.C.)
K. The arrested person is entitled to consult any person one of his choice and it
shall not be denied (Article 22 of the Constitution).
L. The accused charged of any offence has a right to be defended by an
advocate of his choice. (Section 303 Cr.P.C.).( Sec. 41 D Cr.PC.)

1965
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

M. During custody, the arrested person is entitled for fair treatment and no
custodial torture or ill treatment is permissible.
N. Most of the custodial deaths take place during illegal detention. Produce the
accused within 24 hours of arrest and obtain police custody from Court for
interrogation, if necessary. This will increase the responsibility of police and
minimise irresponsible custodial tortures.
O. Rape case accused has to be examined by Medical Officer ( u/s 53 A r/w 53
Cr. P.C.).
P. Written consent of accused is required for taking up Lie Detector Test or
other intrusive tests. (DDT - Deception Detective Tests)
Human Rights of Women

4. A national policy for custodial Justice to women was recommended by an

expert committee on custodial Justice to women, Government of India (1983).
Following are some of the important guidelines for police officers dealing
with women.
A. Women shall be shown special treatment wherever they interfere
with the system whether as complainants, victims, accused, witnesses
or inmates of institution, giving respect for gender dignity and hesitative
concern for women.
B. Separate prisons and police lockups, correctional centers and separate
courts shall be set up exclusively to deal with women.
C. Recognizing the children of custodialised women as innocent, the
State shall conscientiously respect the rights and privileges of the
children accompanying the women in custody. Children of Victims
of Commercial Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking (VOCSETS) are
treated as CNCP (Children in Need of Care and Protection) and
hence deserve due concern.
D. The police, prison, correctional, judicial personnel dealing with women
shall be specially trained.
E. Women shall be arrested only in case of absolute necessity and only
between sun rise and sunset except in exceptional cases and kept in
a Police Station where Women Police Officers shall guard the
accused persons.

1966
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. Arrests and search of women including interrogation shall be

conducted according to strict standards of decency. Women police
officers shall search women and escort women prisoners.
G. Basic amenities and privacy shall be provided to women prisoners.
H. Speedy investigation of Child rape cases (u/s 173 (1) A Cr.PC)
within 3 months, medical examinations of rape case victim within
24 hrs u/s 164 A Cr.PC, Speedy trial of rape cases in 2 months
from the date of charge sheet ( u/s 309 (1) Cr.PC), in-camera trial
(u/s 327 Cr.PC r/w 37 POCSO Act), audio-video recording of
evidence (u/s 275 (1) Cr.PC), recording of evidence in same
vernacular (u/s 277 Cr.PC), using Telugu language as per G.O.Ms.
No. 485 Home, (Courts-B) Department dated 29.03.1974 of
Government of AP and victims right to prefer an appeal against
any order of the Court (u/s 372 Cr.PC) are some of the mandatory
rights.
I. In cases of Domestic violence, woman are entitle to approach
Protection officers under the PWDV Act, 2005 for redressal of
their grievances obtaining reliefs such as (i) Protection orders (ii)
residence (iii) Child Custody Order (iv)Compensation order (v)
Monetary relief Order. In AP State, the project Directors of ICDS
of women and Child welfare Department are designated as
Protection Officer to initiate D.I.R (Domestic Incident Report)
J. The Criminal Law Amendment Act, 2013 has enhanced punishments
for several offences against women, besides making (a) Sexual
harassment at work place (u/s 354 A IPC), (b) assault or use of
criminal force to disrobe a woman (Sec. 354 B IPC) (c) Voyeurism
(d) Stalking (Sec. 354 D IPC), and (e) trafficking in persons (sec.370
IPC) as punishable offences.
Human Rights of Juveniles

5. Juvenile Justice (Care and protection of children) Act, 2015, which enunciates
16 basic jurisprudence principles is a human rights legislation and is enacted
to lay down procedures while dealing with neglected and delinquent juveniles.
Every police officer should be acquainted with the provisions of this Act
while dealing with Children in Need of Care and Protection (CNCP) and
CICL (Children Conflict with Law). The following are some of the important
points relating to juveniles.
A. When ever a C.I.C.L. (Child In Conflict with Law) is apperhended
for committing any offence, shall not be kept in lockup nor handcuffed.

1967
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

SJPU (G.O.Ms No. 12 Home (Services-I) Dept. dt 11-2-2016) Addl.

SP should take over the matter. He may be released on bail by JJB
whether the offence is bailable or non-bailable provided an
undertaking is given by his parents or guardians to take care of him
and for production in Court in case of offences punishable with
imprisonment of less than 7 years. If anybody does not offer surety,
he shall be forwarded to “Observation Home” pending enquiry. In
case of children between 16 and 18 years of age who are involved
in heinous offences like murder, murder for gain, dacoity with
murder, rape, gang rape etc., such children are not released on bail.
B. Interrogate a C.I.C.L. with sympathy, care and caution, while being
kind and firm.
C. The Addl. SP i/c of SJPU should personally supervise questioning,
recovery of property etc.
D. Whenever a statement is to be recorded from C.I.C.L. keep him at
ease and make him to speak the truth away from influences.
E. Do not launch security proceedings against a juvenile / C.I.C.L..
The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993

952. Important provisions of the Act:

1. It is applicable to the whole of India.
2. Human rights are, the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the
individual guaranteed by the Constitution.
The National Human Rights Commission – Constitution

953-1. The National Human Rights Commission has been constituted on 12th October
1993 comprising of Chairman and four members with head quarters at
New Delhi. Address : NHRC, Faridkot house, Copernicus Marg, New Delhi
-110001, India and the Commission functions through the Secretary General,
who is also the chief executive officer of the Commission.
2. In addition to this, the Chairperson of National Commission for Minorities
and the Chairperson of National Commission for Women will also be the
members of the National Human Rights Commission.
3. The members of the Commission will hold office for five (5) years.

1968
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

Functions of the Commission

5-A. The National Human Rights Commission can suo-motu under take enquiries
on information or on a petition into the components of violation of human
rights or abetment thereon or against officials not preventing such violation.
B. The Commission can intervene in any proceeding involving such violation
pending before a court.
C. The Commission can visit any Police Station, Prison / jail or any other place
for detention where persons are allegedly confined. The commission can
also summon any person and examine on oath.
D. The commission can also receive any document or affidavit, petition etc.,
and promotes the respect of human rights through education.
E. The Commission can ask for investigation by any Central or State government
agency.
F. After enquiry the Commission has the power to direct the State or Central
Government to initiate prosecution.
G. The Commission will submit an annual report to Central Government and to
State Government concerned about violation of human rights that were
brought to its notice.
State Human Rights Commission (SHRC) :

6. State Government, may constitute a State Human Rights Commission with

a Chairman and four (4) members. The head quarters will be situated at a
place as indicated by the State Government. The State Human Rights
Commission will have the same powers as that of National Human Rights
Commission. As per Section 36, the National Human Rights Commission
does not enquire into a matter which is already pending with State Human
Rights Commission.
Limitations :
The National Human Rights Commission or the State Human Rights
Commission does not enquire into any matter after the expiry of one year
from the date of commission of violation.
Code of conduct for the police to avoid allegations of violation of human rights:

954-1-A. Police are expected to work within the framework of law and are not expected
to take law into their own hands on the plea that the existing law is not
1969
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

sufficient. They cannot play the role of a lawmaker and judiciary. It is for
the other wings of criminal justice system to take care on the point of
sufficiency or insufficiency of law. Police are only expected to play the role
of an enforcing agency.
B. The police in establishing and enforcing law must as far as practicable, use
the methods of persuasion, advice and warning. When use of force is
inevitable, it must be as per the procedure and to be the bare minimum.
C. The police officers must remember that they are also members of civilized
society.
D. They should remember that their efficiency depends upon the ready co-
operation of the public.
E. They should always be courteous and well mannered and they should be
dependable, predictable and impartial.
F. They should remember their own limitation and shall not usurp the functions
of judiciary.
Awareness
2. The human rights awareness includes awareness about the rights of the
accused, victim and the rights of the general citizens. A growing awareness
will reduce these violations. This is also possible by educating the law
enforcing authorities. They should be trained about the rights of the citizens.
Accessibility to the public and prompt response to their grievances goes a
long way in protecting the human rights. Enactment of laws or making
amendments in laws may help to a certain extent but what is really needed
is a change in attitude and proper understanding of human rights.
Duties of Human Rights Cell in the Office of the DGP
955. The Human Rights Cell in the Office of DGP is headed by an Officer of the
rank of IGP, designated as IGP (Co-ordination). The role and duties of this
Cell shall be as follows:
1. The Human Rights Cell will act as the main link between the NHRC and the
State Police agencies.
2. All important cases/complaints referred by the Commission to the State
Human Rights Cell wherever specifically indicated, would be got enquired
into by an officer of appropriate level. Thereafter, the recommendations
made by the Commission are to be followed up to ensure appropriate action

1970
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

against the delinquent officials is initiated and remedial measures taken,

wherever required. However, in cases where the Human Rights Cell feels
that an impartial enquiry may not be possible due to extraneous considerations,
then it may recommend investigation by the State CID or even the CBI.
3. To keep a close watch on the alleged violations of Human Rights by police
personnel which come to light through the newspapers, publications/other
sources including complaints to different functionaries.
4. All enquiries/cases relating to police atrocities/harassment/abuse of authority,
being sent by the Commission to the District Supdt. of Police for ascertaining
facts and verification, may be monitored by the Cell. A copy of all such
references will be sent to the Cell, to enable them to monitor timely response
from the SPs. They will also ensure follow up action wherever specific
directions have been passed by the Commission by way of compliance.
5. Human Rights Cell to regularly interact with the District SsP / SsRP / CsP
on human rights petitions/complaints and issue instructions/guidelines, so as
to minimize and prevent violations of human rights by the police.
6. To conduct surprise visits to Police Stations, to check cases of illegal detention
and abuse of authority.
7. To take such other steps as may be necessary for preventing violations and
protecting and respecting the Human Rights of the citizenry who come in
contract with the police functionaries.
8. To ensure that all Police Stations in the State display the Guidelines given by
the Supreme Court in WP No.539 of 1986, in the case of D.K. Basu Vs
State of West Bengal, which were later incorporated in Criminal Law (A)
Act, 2005.These requirements are in addition to the constitutional and
statutory safeguards and directions given by the courts from time to time in
connection with the safeguarding of the rights and dignity of the arrestee
vis-à-vis the duties of the police. Special care has to be taken to see that
women, children and the vulnerable sections of the society, are not harassed
by the police by calling them to the police station in avoidable circumstances.
9. To coordinate with State Police Academy and Training Centres to ensure
that their in-service training curriculum have sufficient elements of human
rights jurisprudence for the trainees of all ranks. Such a module would aim
at educating and sensitizing on the following matters:

1971
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

A. Constitutional provisions relating to rights of citizens.

B. Key provisions in the substantive law that provide explicit “do’s”
and “don’ts” in matters of arrest, interrogation, search and seizure
etc.
C. Landmark judgments of the Supreme Court on human rights matters;
and
D. The implications of fall-outs and non-observance of the human rights
guidelines/instructions/laws, while discharging their duties and
responsibilities.
10. Organise inter-active sessions/capsule courses of appropriate duration in all
training institutions where prominent personalities, lawyers, NGOs are called
for participation.
11. Compilation of the departmental circulars and directions on the human rights
mandate, issued by the PHQ from time to time and see that these are re-
circulated for recapitulation.
12. To identify specific areas of societal human rights violations in the State and
to plan out preventive and rehabilitative schemes in conjunction with the
concerned Departments (for instance in the field of Child Rights-child sexual
abuse, child-labour Gender Justice, Juvenile Justice, non-criminal mentally
ill lodged in prisons, discrimination towards the under-privileged, Backward/
SC/ST in specific areas etc.)
13. To organize one-day seminars/workshops on human rights in different cities
in association with the State Human Rights Commissions (wherever they
are constituted), local University or colleges, philanthropic organizations like
Rotary/Lion Clubs.
14. Personally monitor investigation of cases relating to custodial deaths, rape
and torture/illegal detentions in police custody and take remedial measures/
follow up departmental action.
15. Actively promote human rights literacy and awareness through publications
and media programmes.
16. Publication of quarterly Newsletter on “Human Rights in Law Enforcement”
for circulation amongst police officers.
955-17 Declaration on Human Rights Defenders (HRD):
The Declaration on human rights defenders in different languages

1972
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

General Assembly Resolution A/RES/53/144 adopting the Declaration on human

rights defenders.
Elaboration of the Declaration on human rights defenders began in 1984 and ended
with the adoption of the text by the General Assembly in 1998, on the occasion of the
fiftieth anniversary of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. A collective effort
by a number of human rights non-governmental organizations and some State
delegations helped to ensure that the final result was a strong, very useful and pragmatic
text. Perhaps most importantly, the Declaration is addressed not just to States and to
human rights defenders, but to everyone. It tells us that we all have a role to fulfil as
human rights defenders and emphasizes that there is a global human rights movement
that involves us all. The Declaration’s full name is the “Declaration on the Right
and Responsibility of Individuals, Groups and Organs of Society to Promote
and Protect Universally Recognized Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms” – with this longer title is frequently abbreviated to “The Declaration
on human rights defenders”.
1. Legal character :
The Declaration is not, in itself, a legally binding instrument. However, it con-
tains a series of principles and rights that are based on human rights standards en-
shrined in other international instruments that are legally binding – such as the Interna-
tional Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Moreover, the Declaration was adopted
by consensus by the General Assembly and therefore represents a very strong com-
mitment by States to its implementation. States are increasingly considering adopting
the Declaration as binding national legislation.
2. The Declaration’s provisions
17 (a) The Declaration provides for

1. The support and protection of human rights defenders in the context of their
work. It does not create new rights but instead articulates existing rights in
a way that makes it easier to apply them to the practical role and situation of
human rights defenders. It gives attention, for example,
2. To access to funding by organizations of human rights defenders
3. To the gathering and exchange of information on human rights standards
and their violation. The Declaration outlines some specific duties of States
and the responsibilities of everyone with regard to defending human rights,
in addition to explaining its relationship with national law. Most of the
Declaration’s provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs. It is

1973
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

important to reiterate that human rights defenders have an obligation under

the Declaration to conduct peaceful activities.
17 (b) Rights and protections accorded to Human Rights Defenders

4. Articles 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12 and 13 of the Declaration provide specific

protections to human rights defenders, including the rights:
a. To seek the protection and realization of human rights at the national
and international levels;
b. To conduct human rights work individually and in association with
others;
c. To form associations and non-governmental organizations;
d. To meet or assemble peacefully;
e. To seek, obtain, receive and hold information relating to human rights;
f. To develop and discuss new human rights ideas and principles and to
advocate their acceptance;
g. To submit to governmental bodies and agencies and organizations
concerned with public affairs criticism and proposals for improving
their functioning and to draw attention to any aspect of their work
that may impede the realization of human rights;
h. To make complaints about official policies and acts relating to human
rights and to have such complaints reviewed;
i. To offer and provide professionally qualified legal assistance or other
advice and assistance in defence of human rights;
j. To attend public hearings, proceedings and trials in order to assess
their compliance with national law and international human rights
obligations;
k. To unhindered access to and communication with non-governmental
and intergovernmental organizations;
l. To benefit from an effective remedy;
m. To the lawful exercise of the occupation or profession of human
rights defender;
n. To effective protection under national law in reacting against or
opposing, through peaceful means, acts or omissions attributable to
the State that result in violations of human rights;

1974
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

o. To solicit, receive and utilize resources for the purpose of protecting

human rights (including the receipt of funds from abroad).
17(c) The duties of States

8. States have a responsibility to implement and respect all the provisions of

the Declaration. However, articles 2, 9, 12, 14 and 15 make particular
reference to the role of States and indicate that each State has a responsibility
and duty:
a. To protect, promote and implement all human rights;
b. To ensure that all persons under its jurisdiction are able to enjoy all
social, economic, political and other rights and freedoms in practice;
c. To adopt such legislative, administrative and other steps as may be
necessary to ensure effective implementation of rights and freedoms;
d. To provide an effective remedy for persons who claim to have been
victims of a human rights violation;
e. To conduct prompt and impartial investigations of alleged violations
of human rights;
f. To take all necessary measures to ensure the protection of everyone
against any violence, threats, retaliation, adverse discrimination,
pressure or any other arbitrary action as a consequence of his or her
legitimate exercise of the rights referred to in the Declaration;
g. To promote public understanding of civil, political, economic, social
and cultural rights;
h. To ensure and support the creation and development of independent
national institutions for the promotion and protection of human rights,
such as ombudsmen or human rights commissions;
i. To promote and facilitate the teaching of human rights at all levels of
formal education and professional training.
17(d) The responsibilities of everyone

The Declaration emphasizes that everyone has duties towards and within
the community and encourages us all to be human rights defenders. Articles
10, 11 and 18 outline responsibilities for everyone to promote human rights,
to safeguard democracy and its institutions and not to violate the human
rights of others. Article 11 makes a special reference to the responsibilities

1975
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

of persons exercising professions that can affect the human rights of others,
and is especially relevant for police officers, lawyers, judges, etc.
17(e) The role of national law

Articles 3 and 4 outline the relationship of the Declaration to national and

international law with a view to assuring the application of the highest possible
legal standards of human rights.
A more detailed commentary on the Declaration was provided in the report
of the Secretary-General to the Commission on Human Rights at its fifty-
sixth session, in 2000 (E/CN.4/2000/95). The report also contains proposals
for the implementation of the Declaration. Furthermore, in July 2011, Margaret
Sekaggya issued a Commentary to the Declaration on human rights defenders,
a key document mapping out the rights provided for in the Declaration based
mostly on information received and reports produced by the mandate.
955-17(f) The National Human Rights Commission, in its letter dated : 02.12.2003,
recommends the following modified procedure to be followed by the State
Governments in all cases of deaths in the course of police action :-

A. When the police officer in charge of a Police Station receives

information about the deaths in an encounter between the Police
party and others, he shall enter that information in the appropriate
register.
B. Where the police officers belonging to the same Police Station are
members of the encounter party, whose action resulted in deaths, it
is desirable that such cases are made over for investigation to some
other independent investigating agency, such as State CID.
C. Whenever a specific complaint is made against the police alleging
commission of a criminal act on their part, which makes out a
cognizable case of culpable homicide, an FIR to this effect must be
registered under appropriate sections of the I.P.C. Such case shall
invariably be investigated by State CID.
D. A Magisterial Inquiry must invariably be held in all cases of death
which occur in the course of police action. The next of kin of the
deceased must invariably be associated in such inquiry.
E. Prompt prosecution and disciplinary action must be initiated against
all delinquent officers found guilty in the magisterial enquiry/ police
investigation.

1976
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

F. Question of granting of compensation to the dependents of the

deceased would depend upon the facts and circumstances of each
case.
G. No out-of-turn promotion or instant gallantry rewards shall be
bestowed on the concerned officers soon after the occurrence. It
must be ensured at all costs that such rewards are given/
recommended only when the gallantry of the concerned officer is
established beyond doubt.
PSO - 955-17 (f)
H. A six monthly statement of all cases of deaths in police action in the
State shall be sent by the Director General of Police to the
Commission, so as to reach its office by the 15th day of January and
July respectively. The statement may be sent in the following format
along with post-mortem reports and inquest reports, wherever
available and also the inquiry reports:-
1. Date and place of occurrence
2. Police Station, District.
3. Circumstances leading to deaths:
i. Self defence in encounter
ii. In the course of dispersal of unlawful assembly
iii. In the course of effecting arrest.
4. Brief facts of the incident
5. Criminal Case No.
6. Investigating Agency
7. Findings of the magisterial Inquiry/enquiry by Senior Officers:
a. disclosing in particular names and designation of police
officials, if found responsible for the death; and
b. whether use of force was justified and action taken was
lawful.

1977
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

955-17(g) People’s Union for Civil Liberties & Anr. Vs. State of
Maharashtra & Ors. [Criminal Appeal No.1255 of 1999],
dt: 30.09.2014.
1. The Hon’ble Supreme Court issued the following requirements to be followed
in the matters of investigation of police encounters or in the cases of
death in police custody, as the standard procedure for thorough, effective
and independent investigation :
(i) Whenever, the police is in receipt of any intelligence or tip-off regarding
criminal movements or activities pertaining to the commission of grave criminal
offence, it shall be reduced into writing in some form (preferably into case
diary) or in some electronic form. Such recording need not reveal details of
the suspect or the location to which the party is headed. If such intelligence
or tip-off is received by a higher authority, the same may be noted in some
form without revealing details of the suspect or the location.
(ii) If pursuant to the tip-off or receipt of any intelligence, as above, encounter
takes place and firearm is used by the police party and as a result of that,
death occurs, an FIR to that effect shall be registered and the same shall be
forwarded to the court under Section 157 Cr.PC., without any delay. While
forwarding the report under Section 157 Cr.PC., the procedure prescribed
under Section 158 Cr.PC., shall be followed.
(iii) An independent investigation into the incident/encounter shall be conducted
by the CID or police team of another police station under the supervision of
a senior officer (at least a level above the head of the police party engaged
in the encounter). The team conducting inquiry/investigation shall, at a
minimum, seek:
(a) To identify the victim; colour photographs of the victim should be
taken;
(b) To recover and preserve evidentiary material, including blood-stained
earth, hair, fibers and threads, etc., related to the death;
(c) To identify scene witnesses with complete names, addresses and
telephone numbers and obtain their statements (including the
statements of police personnel involved) concerning the death;
(d) To determine the cause, manner, location (including preparation of
rough sketch of topography of the scene and, if possible, photo/video
of the scene and any physical evidence) and time of death as well as
any pattern or practice that may have brought about the death;

1978
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

(e) It must be ensured that intact fingerprints of deceased are sent for
chemical analysis. Any other fingerprints should be located, developed,
lifted and sent for chemical analysis;
(f) Post-mortem must be conducted by two doctors in the District
Hospital, one of them, as far as possible, should be incharge/ Head
of the District Hospital. Post-mortem shall be videographed and
preserved;
(g) Any evidence of weapons, such as guns, projectiles, bullets and
cartridge cases, should be taken and preserved. Wherever applicable,
tests for gunshot residue and trace metal detection should be
performed.
(h) The cause of death should be found out, whether it was natural
death, accidental death, suicide or homicide.
(iv) A Magisterial inquiry under Section 176 Cr.PC., must invariably be held in
all cases of death which occur in the course of police firing and a report
thereof must be sent to Judicial Magistrate having jurisdiction under Section
190 Cr.PC.
(v) The involvement of NHRC is not necessary unless there is serious doubt
about independent and impartial investigation. However, the information of
the incident without any delay must be sent to NHRC or the State Human
Rights Commission, as the case may be.
(vi) The injured criminal/victim should be provided medical aid and his/her
statement recorded by the Magistrate or Medical Officer with certificate of
fitness.
(vii) It should be ensured that there is no delay in sending FIR, diary entries,
panchnamas, sketch, etc., to the concerned Court.
(viii) After full investigation into the incident, the report should be sent to the
competent court under Section 173 Cr.PC. The trial, pursuant to the
chargesheet submitted by the Investigating Officer, must be concluded
expeditiously.
(ix) In the event of death, the next of kin of the alleged criminal/victim must be
informed at the earliest.
955-17(h) HALF-YEARLY STATEMENTS OF SsP / SsRP / CsP/ DGsP :
1(i) Half yearly statements of all cases where deaths have occurred in police
firing must be sent to NHRC by DGPs. It must be ensured that the half

1979
 APPM Part-I Volume - III

yealy statements reach to NHRC by 15th day of January and July,

respectively. The statements may be sent in the format along with post
mortem, inquest and, wherever available, the inquiry reports as shown in
PSO 955-17 (f)(H)
a. Date and place of occurrence.
b. Police Station, District.
c. Circumstances leading to deaths:
i. Self defence in encounter.
ii. In the course of dispersal of unlawful assembly.
iii. In the course of affecting arrest.
d. Brief facts of the incident.
e. Criminal Case No.
f. Investigating Agency.
g. Findings of the Magisterial Inquiry/Inquiry by Senior Officers:
i. disclosing, in particular, names and designation of police officials,
if found responsible for the death; and
ii. whether use of force was justified and action taken was lawful.
(ii) If on the conclusion of investigation the materials/evidence having come on
record show that death had occurred by use of firearm amounting to offence
under the IPC, disciplinary action against such officer must be promptly
initiated and he be placed under suspension.
(iii) As regards compensation to be granted to the dependants of the victim who
suffered death in a police encounter, the scheme provided under Section
357-A Cr.PC., must be applied.
(iv) The police officer(s) concerned must surrender his/her weapons for forensic
and ballistic analysis, including any other material, as required by the
investigating team, subject to the rights under Article 20 of the Constitution.
(v) An intimation about the incident must also be sent to the police officer’s
family and should the family need services of a lawyer / counselling, same
must be offered.
(vi) No out-of-turn promotion or instant gallantry rewards shall be bestowed on
the concerned officers soon after the occurrence. It must be ensured at all
costs that such rewards are given / recommended only when the gallantry
of the concerned officers is established beyond doubt.

1980
 APPM Part-I Volume - III
(vii) If the family of the victim finds that the above procedure has not been followed
or there exists a pattern of abuse or lack of independent investigation or
impartiality by any of the functionaries as above mentioned, it may make a
complaint to the Sessions Judge having territorial jurisdiction over the place
of incident. Upon such complaint being made, the concerned Sessions Judge
shall look into the merits of the complaint and address the grievances raised
therein.
2. The above guidelines will also be applicable to grievous injury cases in po-
lice encounter, as far as possible.
United Nation Standard minimum Rules on prison - related issues
(adopted by UN on 17.12.2015) called “Nelson Mandela Rules”
Eight substantive areas were revised :
1. Respect for prisoners’ inherent dignity : The principle of treatment
with respect for the dignity and value as human beings and the prohibition of
torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment have
been incorporated throughout the Rules,
2. Medical and health services : The Rules clarify that healthcare of pris-
oners is a state responsibility,
3. Disciplinary measures and sanctions : As an overarching principle, prison
staff are encouraged to use conflict prevention mechanisms to prevent dis-
ciplinary offences and resolve conflicts.
4. Investigations of deaths and torture in custody : The updated provi-
sions introduce the obligations of the prison in cases of any death, disappear-
ance or serious injury. These include obligations on reporting, investigations
and notifying family or friends. Prisoner file management requirements were
also amended in recognition of their role in recording incidents and com-
plaints.
5. Protection of vulnerable groups : that prisons need to identify the indi-
vidual needs of prisoners and that measures taking account of such needs
must not be regarded as discriminatory.
6. Access to legal representation : Provisions were updated and expanded
to cover not only pre-trial detention and criminal proceedings, but require-
ments of legal counsel more comprehensively
7. Complaints and independent inspection : The impact of external moni-
toring was acknowledged by introducing the requirement of a twofold sys-
tem of regular inspections, internal as well as external by an independent
body.
8. Training of staff : The necessity of training for staff prior to entry into
service as well as ongoing in-service training, both of which should reflect
contemporary evidence-based best practice.

1981
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

CHAPTER 55
Police Computer Services and Standardization
956. Formation of PCS and Standardization
As the introduction and expansion of Information Technology in
the functioning of policing became an important priority, the police
authorities decided to create a separate, dedicated entity within the
State Police Department and entrusted this key challenge to the Police
Computer Services (PCS) Wing which came into existence in the
year 1999. This wing initiated the conceptualization and development
of software applications, the procurement (ICT) infrastructure and
communication Technology (Hardware, Software and Network), the
setting up of a strong ‘communications’ infrastructure for networking
both within individual Police units and across all the Police Units in
the state, the building up of physical infrastructure, the introduction
of changes in the management of processes including organizational
ones as appropriate, and also the systemization and standardization
of all these efforts.
As per the proceedings of RC.No.215/R2/99 dated 06.07.1999 of the
DGP, A.P, Hyderabad, the Police Computers Services, Hyderabad
was bifurcated from the State Crime Records Bureau. These
proceedings were ratified by the government through G.O. Rt No.
4219 Home (Pol. D) Department, dated 24.12.1999. While the SCRB
was placed under direct control and supervision of the Addl.DGP CID,
the PCS was created as an independent unit. Later the
‘standardization’ of the police procedures was added, and PCS became
Police Computer Services and Standardization.
957. How does the PCS & S Work
The PCS understands the need to develop an organizational setup to
handle the central application / data repository as well as undertake
district-level initiatives and requirements like training via district level
IT teams. Having trained personnel at the district level would enable
the decentralization of field-level decision making, the delegation of
tasks down the hierarchy and most crucially, the implementation and
usage of ICT based operations about 1500 locations in A.P. through
application implementation and deployment.

1982
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

957-1
Organizational Structure and Staff Structure :-

Inspector General of Police

Asst. D irector D.I.G of Police/Superintendent

of Police

Programmers Office Superintendent Dy. Superintendent

of Police

Associate System Analyst Senior Asst. Inspector of Police

Data Entry Operator Junior Asst. S I of Police

HC / PCs

1983
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

957-2
ALOTTED STRENGTH OF PCS & S, Andhra Pradesh
(After bifurcation of combined State in the ratio of 58:42)
SI. Sanctioned
Rank Strength
No.
1. Inspector General of Police 1
2. Dy. Inspector General of Police 1
3. Superintendent of Police 1
4. Dy. Superintendent of Police 3
5. Inspectors 3
6. Sub-Inspectors 12
7. Head constables 2
8. Police Constables 10
9. Assistant Director 1
10. Associate system Analyst 1
11. Programmers 5
12. Data entry operator 10
13. Office Superintendent 1
14. Senior Assistants 1
15. Junior Assistants 1
16. Senior Steno -
17. Typist 1
18. Record Assistant 1
Total : 55

958. Responsibilities of the PCS & S

The Police Computer Services and Standardization performs the work
of proposing, planning and implementing the automation of Police
Administration and functional process through computerization. In
connection with the implementation, coordination, maintenance and
rollout of various Applications the following teams have been formed
in PCS&S.

1984
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

1. Technical Team : The Technical team is headed by the DSP and

consists of two Inspectors and four Sub-Inspectors of Police. They
are responsible for Testing, Training and implementation of various
applications developed in PCS&S. Each Technical team member is
incharge of some Districts / Units.
2. Database Administration Team: This team consists of one SI and
three constables. The responsibilities of this team are to maintain the
databases of all applications hosted on AP Police Intranet. They are
also responsible for data backup and restore and other related
activities. Very soon this team will be added with four more constables
for strengthening the team.
3. Operations Team: Operations team consist of one Inspector, three
Sub-Inspectors of Police, one Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police and four
constables. The responsibilities of this team are to attend Hardware
and Network related activities in Chief Office and also through out
the State with the help of District IT Core Team. They are responsible
for the Servers installed in the Data Centre.
4. Core Team: The Core Team consist of six members having relevant
technical skills for maintaining the Sun Solaris, Linux and Windows
Servers. The six members are appointed on outsourcing basis through
APTSL. The main responsibility of this team is to maintain the Data
Centre and also train the departmental team.
5. Software Development Team: The Software development team has
been formed and trained in Java and dot net. Shortly this team will
taken up the development and maintained one of the existing softwares
and new applications.
6. IT Core Team: The following are the primary roles of the I.T. Core
Team// Members.
7. Computerization activities in the Department :-
a. Maintenance of the Data Centre and Applications / Databases hosted
on Intranet.
b. Identifying various areas in Police Department for computerization
and providing necessary domain knowledge to the Software
Development Teams and facilitating them in testing and
implementation.
c. Organizing trainings on Basics of Computers and other specialized
technical areas and usage of various applications developed and
implemented by the Police Computer Services to the IT Core Team
Members in Districts / Units. Monitoring the training activities taken

1985
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

up by the IT Core Team Members at District Training Centres in

respect of organizing trainings to the Police personnel in the respective
Districts / Units.
d. Collecting feedback of the end-users in respect of various applications
through IT Core Team Members and furnishing the same to the
Development Team for incorporating the new features and rectification
of the bugs in the Software.
e. Co-ordinating with various Government agencies like IT&C
Department, NIC, BSNL etc for taking technical solutions, guidance
in respect of networking all Police Stations in the State with the Data
Centre through Broadband / CDMA / Dial-up connectivity etc.
f. Station Writers, Court Constables, Inspector Writers and Camp Clerks
are targeted and imparted with training in IT applications. IT Training
has been made mandatory for Police recruits during their Induction
Training at PTCs.
g. A Help Desk has been established at the Police Computer Services
for registration of Complaints and rectification of the problems relating
to the Hardware, Software, Network, Internet, DTC from all the
Districts / Units in the Police Department including Chief Office.
h. The District /Unit Officers have requested for Computer training
courses to the personnel on the following Technical fields.
i) System Administration
ii) Database Administration
iii) Hardware Maintenance
iv) Network Maintenance
Accordingly trainings in the above Technical fields have been
conducted by the PCS&S to Police personnel through private firms.
959. Implementation of IT applications :
During this period AP Police has entered a new IT era, from the first
of January 2009 onwards, with each and every Police Station in AP
began issuing FIRs online, as part of mandatory on line data transfer
(MODT). PCS&S provides network to finger print bureau for
F.A.C.T.S (Finger printing Analysis and Criminal Tracking System).
e-COPS (Electronic – Computer Operation for Police Services) is
being implemented as of 2016 with intranet connectivity, uploading
all the seven (7) Integrated Investigation Forms, missing children portal
and various other on line information including motive of offence,
criminal wise/ district wise / Police station wise data useful for

1986
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

detection and investigation. In each sub-Division an e-COPS Police

constable / Head constable who is trained in ICT application is posted
to ensure the smooth flow of the net work and attend to soft ware /
hard ware problems if any. All the Police station writers are given
training on a continuing basis including hard ware trouble shooting in
AP Police Academy.
960. Crime and Criminal Tracking Networks and Systems (CCTNS)
MHA, Government of India vide D.O. letter No. 24021/9/2008-PM-
I, dt. 05-12-2008 has embarked upon a prestigious project to automate
and connect all Police Stations and other Police offices in the country
through CCTNS. Andhra Pradesh being one of the advanced states
in this field has taken various initiatives to pioneer the endeavour.
Pursuant to the Letter of DGP AP vide C.No. 139/A2/PCS & S/2008
dt. 17-09-2009 requesting the government to form a society called
Andhra Pradesh Society for Electronic Computerization of Police
Services (APeCOPS) to be governed by Rules and By-Laws the
government of AP issued GO. Ms. No. 466 HOME (PSC) Dept. dt.
16-11-2009 creating the society for enhancing the efficiency and
effectiveness of policing through the adoption of principles of
e-governence and creation of a nation vide infrastructure for evalution
of IT enabled state of the Art Tracking System for investigation of
crime and detection of criminals.
The Police Computer Services & Standardization (PCS&S), a wing
of the Andhra Pradesh police is dedicated to bring about the extensive
and effective use of Information and Communication Technology
(ICT) in the Department under CCTNS project.
CCTNS is a mission mode project under the National e-Governance
Plan of Government of India. Keeping in view of an urgent National
need for digitization of databases on Crime and Criminals and for
sharing Information with all the stake holders in the system and to
meet challenges of crime control and maintenance of public order
effectively and also with a view to give major thrust on technology up
gradation in Police, the Planning Commission of India has included
the New Scheme of CCTNS in XI Five Year Plan (2007-2012). An
estimated outlay of Rs. 2,000 Crores for XI Five Year Plan period
was approved by the Planning Commission of India as a Mission Mode
Project under the National e-Governance Plan of Government of
India. This project will be extended with a country-wide network
covering almost all the 14,000 Police Station and about 6,000 other
Higher Police Officers.

1987
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

As part of CCTNS project implementation process, M/s Tata

Consultancy Services has been selected as System Integrator (SI)
with a view to strengthen State Police in meeting its objectives of
CCTNS Project, M/s Accenture Services Pvt. Ltd was selected as
State Project Monitoring Unit (SPMU) to monitor the implementation
of CCTNS Project.
961. Objectives of ‘CCTNS’ :
The objectives of the Scheme can broadly be listed as follows:
1. Make the Police functioning citizen friendly and more transparent by
automating the functioning of Police Stations.
2. Improve delivery of citizen-centric services through effective usage
of ICT.
3. Provide the Investigating Officers of the Civil Police with tools,
technology and information to facilitate investigation of crime and
detection of criminals.
4. Improve Police functioning in various other areas such as Law and
Order, Traffic Management etc.
5. Facilitate Interaction and sharing of Information among Police
Stations, Districts, State/U T headquarters and other Police agencies.
6. Assists senior Police Officers in better management of Police force
7. Keep track of the progress of Cases, including in Courts
8. Reduce manual and redundant Records keeping
9. Under the CCTNS project, approx, 14,000 Police Stations throughout
the country has been proposed to be automated beside 6000 higher
offices in hierarchy e.g. circles, sub-Divisions, District, Range, Zones,
Police Head quarters, SCRB including scientific and technical
organizations having databases required for providing assistance and
information for investigation and other purposes e.g Finger Print
Bureau, Forensic labs etc.
The IT initiatives and solutions presently being executed across the
State of Andhra Pradesh as follows:
a. Projects
b. Investigation Centric
c. Citizen Centric -Quick Response
d. Future Road Map

1988
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

962. The following are the advanced features available in CCTNS

project :
1. Enterprise Search :
It is an advanced analytical search engine This has helped in
accelerating the process of identification of criminals involved in
crime and proceeding further Investigator can search by name,
Crime Number, Mobile Number for fetching the data available from
petition, FIR, Arrest, Charge sheet, History sheet NBW, Conviction
status.

Search by Name as Accused, Witness, Complainant, Victim :

Search by Petition ID Search by FIR:

a. Petition ID a. Year of the FIR
b. Status of the Petition b. Name of the IO
c. Enquiry Officer/I.O c. Police Station
d. Police Station d. District
e. District

Search by Mobile No Search by Vehicle

a. Office No a. Vehicle Details: Type,
b. Person Name Vehicle No, Registration
c. Person Type date, person name, person
d. Crime No type, crime number, vehicle
e. Police Station status
f. District b. ID proof details
c. Address proof details

Search by Name
a. Accused
b. Witness
c. Complainant
d. Victim

2. Advantages :
a. Know the antecedents, character, behavior of a person and his criminal
history
b. FIR/Petition :
SHO got to know whether he is a
i. Habitual petitioner (Petition Monger)

1989
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

ii. Habitual offender

iii. Stock witness
iv. If he is a criminal, his Crime culture,Type, time of offence, his
offence Jurisdiction, Co associates, Life style of a person, Type
of the vehicle he is using during offence
v. To locate where about in case of OV criminals
c. Arrest :
i. Enable the IO, to know the Status of arrest of a person.
ii. Number of cases he/ she was arrested/ remanded to Judicial
Custody.
iii. Number of cases , arrests are pending and wanted to other
Police Station.
iv. System gives suggestions to predict the behavior of a suspect so
as to take proper steps during interrogation and at the time of
arrest etc.
v. Facilitates to note the previous history of the Crime in his
confession statements..
vi. To get extension of a remand period .
vii. Useful in filing contest petition for opposing bail.
d. NBWs :
i. Number of NBWs pending against a person.
ii. Automatic alerts for initiation of proclamation proceedings .
e. Automatic alerts to SHO :
i. For opening of History Sheets (Suspect/KD/DC/Rowdy sheets).
ii. Declaring habitual offender.
iii. Updating of history sheet, transferring of history sheet,closing.
iv. Initiation of bound over proceedings u/s 110 CrPc.
v. Initiation of Preventive Detective act proceedings.
vi. Initiation of externment proceedings.
f. Verifications :
i. To check the antecedents of a person .
ii. While issuing NOC for various Governmental benefits.

1990
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

iii. Useful for Special Branch, Intelligence wings at the time of job
verifications, Passport Verifications, permissions for Gun licenses.
g. Supervision :
i. Facilitate the SHO to know the conviction particulars of a criminal
and to send the details to SCRB for maintenance of database.
3. Aadhar Search :
e-COPS application has bean integrated with SRDH. Police can
authenticate or know the criminals identity details by using this Aadhar
Search.
4. Aadhar Search scenarios :
a. Search by using Aadhar Number.
b. Search by using Name and C/O Name.
c. Search by using Name and Date of Birth
d. Search by using Name and Mandal
e. Search by using Name and District
f. Authentication by using Bio Metrics i.e., Finger Prints, Iris Data
5. Advantages :
a. Useful in Authentication Process.
b. Useful in finding OV Criminals (Out of view)
c. If we have Aadhar Number of Criminal then we can find his Gas
Connection details, employee Id, Mobile Number and subsidiary details
like MGNREG details etc., (Mahatma Gandhiji National Rural
Employment guarantee scheme).
963. Criminal Intelligence System :
a. It is an investigation Support and Repository.
b. It facilitates in identifying and short listing details of most probable
offenders of involvement in crime along with their personal details
c. It also displays the images of criminals. It provides most wanted
persons details
d. Provides Arrested persons, Missing persons, unknown dead bodies
image details
e. It provided the following searches :

1991
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

Offender search : Missing and Unidentified Dead body

Search by name, by crime head, search :
by crime no., based on crime System matched list of missing persons
scene clues, based on crime and unidentified dead bodies, for listing
count, based on FPs no, custom unit wise missing persons & dead bodies
search and basic search

Pending NBW Search : Gang Search :

Crime classification, major Gang details, Modus operandi, Gang
head, minor head Leader name, Gang name, Gang type etc

Jail inmates Search

Vehicle Search
Mobile Search

1. MIS (Management Information Systems) reports to the IO :

a. Offender wise reports
b. Gang wise reports
c. Missing persons wise reports
d. Dead bodies wise reports
e. Vehicle wise reports
f. Jail wise reports
2. SMS Alerts :
a. It Provides interface to the external SMS gateway for enabling the
SMS services to the Superior Officers for Crime and Criminal related
Alerts.
b. SMS alerts will be sent to CI, SDPO and Superintendent of Police on
registering the FIRs related to Grave Cases.
c. Group SMS on Law & Order issues etc.,
d. SMS alerts to CI, SDPO/ ACP in case of release of offenders
e. On each stage, Approx.. 11 SMS alerts to citizens in case of Passport
verification Report (PVR).
f. On each stage, SMS alerts to citizens in case of petition filed before
Police through I click machine
g. SMS alerts to the citizen who opted SOS facility in Abhayam App

1992
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

h. Alerts to IO, witness about Court Proceedings.

3. DGP Dash Board :
a. The Head of the Police Department can view the total Crime details
on real time.
b. FIR management : Bodily Offences, Property offences, SC/ST,
Women Harassment, White Collar Crimes, Road accidents, Cyber
Crimes.
c. Status of the FIR: Arrests, Charge Sheets, Final Reports, Pending
Trails etc.,
d. UI Cases status: Yesterday, Month, Year
e. Petitions : Today, Yesterday, Month, Year , Received, EO assigned,
pending
Restful services shared to the CM Core Dashboard for Real
time data pulled from CCTNS
964. AP Police Citizen Portal :
AP Police has developed a web based citizen portal to provide
information along with services to its citizens

Available Citizen Services Available Information to Citizens

• Online Petition • Missing Persons
• Know your Case Status • Unknown Dead bodies
• Know FIR Status • Most wanted Criminals
• Know your Vehicle Status • Crime against Children/Women
• e- Challan Status • Crime Prevention /Road Safety
• e- Passport Status • White Collar Offences
• MeeSeva • Hatred and Terror (Identifying a
Also providing 52 Paid Services Terrorist/Terror preparedness)
• Guidelines to tourists etc.,
• Information regarding AP Police
Department.

965. Investigation - Centric IT Initiatives :

To ensure effective and efficient digital support system for
Investigating Officers AP Police is using IT in every functional aspect.
1. Chankya Mobile Application :
AP Police has developed Tablet based “Chanakya” Mobile application
for Investigators. It has the features like
a. Searches: Enterprise ,Aadhar Search

1993
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

b. Citizen Portal,e-Passport Seva,AbhayamApp,Telephone Directory

c. Criminal Intelligence System, Jail Release Monitoring System
d. Vehicle Search System,Email (Police Mailing System)
e. e-Courts,Vahan, Sarathi
f. 3rd Eye Database, Tracemate
2. Court Monitoring System :
Which is a centralized high-level e - monitoring and supervision of
court work
a. It will ensure speedy justice to the needy.
b. Crime monitoring and optimum utilization of police resources
c. Improved conviction rate / service of summons/execution of NBWs
3. Jail Release Monitoring System :
It is a web enabled integrating system of Jails and Police Stations
across the State.
a. It will facilitate to monitor/ trend analyzing of the activities of Released
prisoners, Remanded, Convicted, Mulakath etc.,
b. SMS alerts to Concerned arrested/residential SHOs and other related
stakeholders.
c. Enables to Monitor and draw the Trend Analysis of the Crime in
particular time, location, type.
4. Vehicle Acknowledgement System(VAS) :
a. A cloud enabled web utility system to integrate all Police Stations
with the following details likeVehicles Lost / Involved in crime,
Abandoned/Unclaimed.
b. Capturing the details of vehicle number/ Engine number/ Chassis
number / Crime number/Section of Law / Case Current status (UI/
PT / Lok Adalath)
c. Citizen interface to search for lost/theft vehicles
5. Advantages :
a. Account for all the vehicles
b. System matched MIS reports of theft, crime, abandoned vehicles
c. Facilitates the SHO to auction the abandoned vehicles/unclaimed
vehicles.
d. Facilitates the IO to know the details of suspected vehicles during
enforcement work.
rd
6. 3 eye :
a. Investigation toolkit for Investigation Officers.
b. To search and comparison of the missing Mobile phone.

1994
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

c. To search and Comparison of the Vehicle identity.

966. Citizen Centric Quick Response Systems :
Abhayam : Which is a mobile application, empowers citizens to have
the power to protect themselves at a click of a button.
a. (SoS / Panic).
b. Digital Crime reporting through instant incident reporting
c. Travel Tracker for friends and family
1. I-Click :
Which is a online Complaint Logging machine, installed at
Visakhapatnam, Nellore, Prakasam and Guntur Urban.
a. Complainant can lodge complaint either through Voice/Written or Text
in Tri Languages (Telugu/English/Hindi)
b. Get printed acknowledgement and SMS.
c. Enabled SMS alters on his complaint status.
2. e-Passport Seva :
AP Police has successfully implementing e-Passport Seva Application
i.eVerifast from 1.11.2015. Online Police Verification of Pass Port
Applications.
a. SMS alerts to citizen at every stage of his application.
b. Feedback from citizen for their grievances.
3. FIR @ Door Step :
People Centric high level police availability initiation by name
Sodhana.
a. It is a Mobile Police Station
b. Citizen need not visit Police Station.
c. Citizen can register complaint at scene of offence itself.
4. Dial 100 :
Which is a voice based Emergency Response Initiative.
Future Road Map :
967. Command and Control Centre at Amaravathi :
AP Police has proposed to establish command and contol at Amaravathi.
a. It is a Emergency Response and surveillance Monitoring Center
b. Monitoring the surveillance system at state level.
c. Integration with the DIAL 100.

1995
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

d. Computer aided Vehicle Dispatching by using GIS & GPS Technology.

e. It has the details of Police Man Power and details of vehicles and
their locations.
1. e-Beat and e-Patrolling :
AP Police has developed software for e-Beat and e-Patrol i.e.,
Tracemate. 2 wheeler and 4 wheeler GPS fitted devices are required
to implement e-Beat and e-Patrolling System across the Andhra
Pradesh State. In this system, command and control can track all the
vehicles and direct them to reach scene of offence in minimal time.
Police Station wise Crime and Criminal mapping along with Geo
coordinates were done.
2. Advantages of having these systems are :
a. Dynamic allotment of Beat
b. Automatic tracking
c. Reducing response time, Fixing accountability by measuring response
time and feedback
d. Integrated response for
i. Abhayam (SOS)
ii. Dial 100
iii. Incident response
3. Standardization : Under Standardization the following processes have
been standardized and hosted on AP Police Citizen portal for the benefit
of IOs :-
a. Scientific aids to Investigation
b. Investigation support Centre
4. Physical Fitness Application :
(Ref. Rc. No. 64/Trg.2/2016 of DGP Andhra Pradesh Dt. 2-2-2016)
A centralized high-level application for e - monitoring and supervision
of physical fitness of all men and officers of Police Department.
Defined the standards of fitness levels as A(fully fit), B (Moderately
fit), C (unfit), Obese keeping in view of the BMI, 100 mts and 1
mile running and expertise in yoga. All men and officers are grouped
basing on their age. i.e below 30 years, 31 to 40 years, 41 to 50 years,
51 to 55 years and above 56 years. The SsP/CsP have to conduct
the tests annually and upload the data followed by remedial measures.

1996
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

5. Advantages :
a. System generates MIS reports about the fitness of the officers / men
in any particular point of time. (District wise, Rank wise, Fitness wise)
b. Facilitates the SHO to know the levels of fitness of their men
c. Facilitates the SHO for proper work distribution (right men for right
job)
d. Facilitates the unit officer for taking a decision to send the men and
officers who comes under C category, will be sent to PTC, B category
to DTCs for weight reduction training and yoga.

1997
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

CHAPTER 56
Implementation of Safe City concept by
Commissioners of Police / Superintendents of Police
968. Introduction : The Director General of Police (HOPF) may direct
one of his staff officers to take forward the Safe City Project which
ultimately results in overall reduction in crime, enhances public safety,
safety of women and children and creates a conducive environment
for other development activities. Electronic interface enhances
analytical ability of the Police organization for prevention and detection
of bodily offences and property offences which account for more
than 55% of the total crime. It also reduces Motor Vehicle accidents
as the detective devices like Automatic Number Plate Recognition
Application (ANPR) catch the erring owners and drivers and other
repeat offenders. It enhances the Government’s credibility
phenomenally.
969. SMART Policing
(DGP AP FAX Message Rc.No. 369 / L&O-II), 2014 of 24.09.2015).
The Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), Government of India has
communicated to all state governments for ensuring and enabling
implementation of S.M.A.R.T objectives for enhancing Police image,
public service delivery and for winning public trust. The S.M.A.R.T
objectives are introduced by the Prime Minister of India during 49th
Director General of Police /Inspectors General of Police conference
at Gauhati, Assam State on Nov 30th, 2014.
S - Sensitive and strict
M - Modern with mobility
A - Alert and accountable
R - Reliable and Responsive
T - Trained and Tech-savvy
Any city will be safe if the above five (5) parameters are achieved.
The same was communicated to the State Government by Union Home
Secretary vide D.O.No. 554610/HS/2015 dt: 14.07.2015 and file
No.73/23/2014/ DD (E), Dt 21.09.2015

1998
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

C. Command and control centre solutions

Monitoring Solutions Communication Systems Mobility Solutions

Video surveillance/CCTV Net work connectivity. Vehicle mounted cameras

Cameras Unified communication Vehicle tracking system
Video Analytics data centers on GIS
Automatic Number Plate Application portfolio
Recognition ( ANPR)
Facial Recognition
System (FRS)

Detection Analysis Reaction

Safe city : A perspective

970.A Public safety has emerged as an important function for governments
across the world. It refers to the duty and function of the State to
ensure the safety of its citizens, organisations and institutions against
threats to their well-being as well as the traditional functions of law
and order. With more than half the global population today living in
urban areas, safe city is increasingly being considered essential in
ensuring secure living and prosperity. Crime, violence and fear in cities
pose significant challenges. The basic principles of good governance
must find a direct application in any urban safety strategy, aimed at
reducing and preventing common problems of crime and insecurity.
The United Nations, through its Habitat Agenda on Human Settlements
(Habitat II, 1996), which was adopted at the Istanbul Conference,
initiated a series of approaches and strategies to effectively reduce
and eradicate violence and crime within the cities. The aim of the
UN-Habitat Safer Cities programme is to reinforce personal safety
and reduce fear by improving safety services and accountability to
the community. The Safer Cities programme has the following building
B. Building urban safety through urban vulnerabilities reduction :
The UN Safer Cities programme defines ‘vulnerability’ as the
probability of an individual, a household or a community falling below
a minimum level of welfare (e.g. poverty line) or the probability of
suffering physical and socio-economic consequences (homeless or
physical injury) as a result of risky events and processes (as forced
eviction, crime or flood). Paying special attention to urban
vulnerabilities and violence shall reduce the probability of crime and
ensure a secure and safe city environment.

1999
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

C. Building Urban safety through urban planning, management and

governance: Sustainable urbanisation by emphasising inclusive and
participatory urban planning, and local development practices,
incorporates policy-making and strategy development. This in turn
promotes institutional and organisational development, resource
planning and management in order to enhance efficiency in
governance.
D. Improving the governance of safety: Enhancing urban safety and
social cohesion are issues of good urban governance. They intend to
create a city where safety is improved for its citizens and
neighbourhoods, where there is fearless interaction among people and
groups. These are prudent aspects of good governance which create
an enabling environment for the inhabitants of the city, allowing
improved quality of life and fostering economic development.
Safe City – India perspective
971.a The Constitution of India enjoins the Union to protect every State
against external hostility and internal disorder in order to ensure that
the governance of every state is carried out in accordance with the
provisions of the Constitution. In pursuance of these obligations, the
Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) continuously assesses and monitors
the internal security situation, issues appropriate advisories, shares
intelligence inputs, extends manpower and financial support, offers
guidance and expertise to the state governments for maintenance of
security. As per the Seventh Schedule to the Constitution of India,
‘police’ and ‘public order’ are state subjects and, therefore, the state
governments are primarily responsible for the prevention, registration,
detection and investigation of crime and prosecution of the perpetrators
of crime within their jurisdiction.
b. However, the MHA supplements the efforts of the state governments
by providing them financial assistance for the modernization of the
state police forces in terms of weaponry, communication, equipment,
mobility, training and other infrastructure. The MHA from time to
time introduces key initiatives to ensure that the states and the state
security agencies are equipped with the latest technologies and systems
to ward off any security threat to its citizens.
1. Modernisation of State police force (MoPF)
a. The MHA is assisting the state governments for modernizing its state
police forces. Under this scheme, assistance is being provided for the
procurement of state-of-the-art equipment such as CCTV cameras
for surveillance, radio tetra sets for communication, forensic
laboratories, weaponry, vehicles, computerization and training
infrastructure.

2000
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

b. Megacity policing plan

The megacity policing plan was introduced by the government under
the MPF scheme in 2005 with an allocation of 57 million USD. By
2010, it had achieved considerable maturity as the system was used
for ensuring the successful and event-free Commonwealth Games in
Delhi. The MHA has provided further impetus to the megacity policing
programme by allocating 72 million USD for the period 2013-17. The
state governments are the primary drivers for city surveillance
initiatives. They are also responsible for overall funding. However,
they can request funds from the MHA as needed. The state
government funds can be pooled in from city municipalities, state
governments and MP/MLA funds. The funds will be used to procure
modern equipments : CCTV systems, with Technology Fusion center,
a Command and Control Centre. perimeter security systems, network
equipment data servers for central command control centres, video
management system and DVRs (Digital Video Recorders )
• Cyber patrol and communication monitoring system
• Integrated Geographic Information System (GIS) - based automated
vehicle tracking and management system
c. Other State initiatives
In line with Schedule 7 of the Constitution of India, individual states
have also initiated similar programmes for procurement. Several states
have made it mandatory to secure cities by deploying video
surveillance systems to protect its citizens against crimes and terrorist
attacks.
Elements of safe city - Integrated city surveillance
972.a. India’s vibrant democracy and healthy amalgamation of the socio-
economic and cultural diversity is reflected in its cities. An integrated
surveillance system provides a safe and secure environment for the
development and growth of these aspects. Schools, colleges,
educational institutions, technical and infrastructural resources such
as the airports, railway stations, power plants, refineries (including
heritage and cultural buildings), and most importantly, its citizens are
the source of a city’s energy. There are four entities that collectively
form a part for a smart public safety and security work flow as defined
below :
Workflow for a smart public safety and security
b. i. Detection and integration : Capturing and collating data in real
time is the lifeline of a safe city project, especially if the data pertains
to an incident leading to a security threat. The idea is to collect data
from a wide range of different sources in digital formats so that it can
be efficiently processed and used in real time. The detection system
may be driven electronically using high definition CCTV cameras,
infrared radars (IRs), lasers, handheld devices or simply an incident

2001
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

reported by a vigilant citizen through a mobile phone or social media.

It is imperative that the relevant data is obtained for recording and
analysis.
It will help officers to access a wide variety structured and
unstructured data from various sources including road accidents,
surveillance cameras, traffic enforcement data and patrol vehicle
tracking data among other things. The system will improve “response
time” through aggregation, analysis and dissemination of information
to field officers.
The Technology Fusion Center (TFC) consists of several functional
blocks that provide essential technology solutions towards protecting
communities and enhancing public safety including Traffic Command
Centre (TCC), Facial Recognition Analytics (FRA), Video
Enhancement Unit, Social Media Monitoring Unit (SMMU) and Traffic
Signal Management Unit (TSMU).
ii. Analysis : It is crucial that the integrated information is available to
the security agencies in usable formats, the analytics tools should
assist the agencies in the analysis and retrieval of crucial information
from the captured data for pattern analysis, event search, and video
retrievals. Information once retrieved in the desired format shall help
in proactive planning and decision making. Dashboard reporting will
allow agencies to use the available information better. Improve the
strategic and tactical decision-making including anticipation, prevention,
and resource deployment. Openly share information that can benefit
the public, such as crime maps and effectiveness assessments. Incident
management SOPs can be defined, refined and redesigned for
operations during critical event response.
iii. Decision : Establishing state-of-the-art command, control and
coordination centres, equipped to accommodate decision makers and
facilitate decision making, dashboard reporting, incident management
and investigative analysis of the data collected using the real time
information. The infrastructure established enables effective and
efficient decision making, with easy access to information.
iv. Action : A team that will act as ‘first responders’ to an emergency,
for disaster management should be established. This unified threat
assessment and response team will have ready access to the
information base which will prepare them to handle incidents and
emergencies better. The team will be equipped respond to on ground
action like riot control, bomb disposal and any other police and medical
emergency.
Components of safe city
973 Safe city solutions incorporate a wide array of technology driven sub
systems. Integration and interoperability of these sub-systems is
fundamental in obtaining better intelligence from various sources and

2002
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

sensors. From CCTVs to crisis management centres, technology will

enable law enforcement, emergency services and local decision
makers. This will help optimise their response to the expected as well
as unexpected.
a. The following are the components that form the basis of the safe city
architecture: surveillance and security applications. VA like motion
detection, trip wires, object removal or abandonment, facial recognition,
licence plate recognition, etc enables video surveillance to become a
proactive monitoring tool that signals the need for immediate
intervention by guards, police, or other security personnel. A video
surveillance based safe city shall include the above mentioned video
analytics tools along with other equipments to support detection of
gun shots, fire alerts, unclaimed object alert and crowding alert.
b. Network connectivity
Network connectivity is one of the most important components of a
safe city project and needs careful attention in assessment, planning
and implementation. This is the backbone of the system in which data
travels from the surveillance systems to the data centres and control
viewing centres. It is important to ensure that the provisioned
connectivity is reliable and secure and not plagued with latency, jitter,
packet loss and performance. A combination of network technologies
including leased lines, OFC (Optical Fibre Cable) network, terrestrial
networks, wireless broadband, VS at and mobile network is expected
to be used to provide seamless connectivity for all surveillance. The
provisioning of the network backbone should also ensure connectivity
to the data centres and control rooms with scalable capacities to allow
for expansion in the future.
c. Data centre
Data centres are the heart of the surveillance based safe city projects.
The data centre acts as a warehouse for the data collected from the
surveillance sensors. The data centre is also responsible for providing
continuous, real-time data to the command viewing centres for
seamless, efficient and effective operations. Generally, a primary and
a secondary data centre are established to ensure that the operations
remain uninterrupted even if one is down. This centre hosts all the
applications that are required by the agencies to operate systems like
the video management software and the analytics application (VMS,
VA), the automatic number plate recognition application (ANPR), the
automatic vehicle classification. Appropriate space is provided for
storage as well as retrieval of the digital information captured by the
system. The design of a data centre for a safe city primarily depends
on the type of operations that are envisaged by the security agency in

2003
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

a safe city project and the type of processing required on these feeds:
indexing, matching in DB, pattern analysis, GIS mapping, video
analytics, facial recognition, etc.
d. Command viewing centres (CVC)
A command viewing centre (CVC) is an infrastructure that accesses
the integrated information available at the data centre such as incident
video feeds. CVC allows the collation of information, thus helping in
the analysis of data for quicker decision making. CVCs will be
equipped with an intelligent operations capability to ensure integrated
data visualization, real-time collaboration and deep analytics that can
help the agencies prepare for problems, coordinate and manage
response efforts, and enhance the ongoing efficiency of city operations.
e. Surveillance system and equipments
The goal of any safe city programme is to provide officers and first
responders with a shared security presence and an enhanced
awareness through a system equipped with video surveillance
cameras. The network of cameras collects data in the form of images
or videos that are required to detect risks and respond to emergency
situation. The CCTV camera technology has evolved over time,
starting out as 100% analog systems, they gradually started becoming
digitized. Network cameras and PC servers are now used for video
recording in a fully digitized system.
f. IP cameras (Internet Protocol)
An IP camera combines a camera and image processing in one unit
that includes the digitization and compression of the video, as well as
a network connector. The video is transported over an IP-based
network via switches, and recorded to a standard digital storage system
with video management software. Some typical cameras used in
surveillance systems are fixed cameras, fixed dome, PTZ, (Pan-Tilt-
Zoom) IR and thermal imaging cameras.
g. Video analytics (VA)
The video analytics capability of a surveillance system determines its
effectiveness and efficiency. VA, also called intelligent video
surveillance, is a technology that uses software to automatically identify
specific objects, behaviors or attitudes in video footage (for example,
from CCTV systems). There are extensive powerful video analysis
methods and tools that are deployed in a number of application
domains, including the GUI (Graphical User Interface) available at
the CVC will equip users to take decisions by using the real-time and
unified view of operations. Cities can rapidly share information across

2004
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

agency lines to accelerate problem response and improve project

coordination. A CVC assists in leveraging information available with
all the city agencies, thus allowing the management to make efficient
and informed decisions. Furthermore, the centre helps in anticipating
the challenges and minimizing the impact of disruptions. A CVC will
provide a city wide GUI for visually depicting the video feeds and
other sensor data. The GUI will also provide an overall status of the
various city operations and its functions. The drill down capability of
such a dashboard will allow the operational users and decision makers
to explore the underlying detailed status information to a depth relevant
to their role.
h. The viewing centre will have a GIS (Geographic Information System)
map of the city giving the status of the area of interest to the agency.
Multiple map layers may depict equipment or other assets, events,
weather, positions of resources available to the city operations or
boundaries of designated areas. Cross agency collaboration supports
messaging between operators at the control centre, response units at
the incident sites and other agencies, with the aim of reducing the
response time, sharing information effectively and enabling
collaborative decision making in a controlled and assured environment.
i. It will comprise of a set of tools like emergency call response systems
and call dispatch systems to support immediate communication between
all users and supporting agencies. Incident management capability is
achieved through tools that assist in detection and management of
incidents. The toolset enables the commanders as well as the executive
staff to actively manage all the security aspects of the city since
these tools provide real time information of incident detection, incident
correlation and incident response. All of the capabilities of the CVC
put together (the user interface, the GIS maps, the integration of
application data, advanced analytics and incident management) provide
the shared situational awareness required to enable the city operations
staff and supporting agencies to synchronize and prioritize. The
operator will be trained and provided with the standard operating
procedures for responses to such incidents and emergency situations
for effective crisis management. The control centre will be designed
to enable all back office operations which will be closely integrated
with the command and control centre operations.
j. Collaborative monitoring.
A key enabler for safe city is the aspect of collaborative monitoring.
In Indian cities where every establishment, government or private,
has realized the necessity to secure its infrastructure and establish
surveillance, monitoring and incident response systems, it is important

2005
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

that the data gathered by these agencies is shared among them.

Government agencies like the aviation and transport department are
already deploying onboard surveillance systems by provisioning CCTV
based surveillance on public buses and bus stands, metros, railway
stations and airports. These systems under collaborative monitoring
can conveniently share their data in real time with the security agencies
of the city. Similarly, live feeds from CCTV systems deployed by
private establishments like malls, business parks and entertainment
houses can be provided to the CVC of the city where the security
agency can make effective use of the information. Many cities across
the world have surveillance systems deployed by multiple public and
private establishments. These cities are using the collaborative
framework to receive video feeds from these systems to ensure real
time responses.
974. Change management and capacity building
It is crucial that change management and capacity building programmes
form an integral part of the safe city project. These initiatives will
acquaint the stakeholders to the proposed system and its associated
processes. Furthermore, it will motivate, train and empower the
security agency officials to adopt revised methods of working and
appreciate the resultant benefits. Change management will keep every
stakeholder informed about the changes in the process flow and
information management systems. It will empower the officials with
the necessary skill and attitude in order to facilitate them in performing
their duties in a more effective manner.
1. Capacity building
It is prudent to build the capacities of the departmental officials who
are involved in the operations and decision making, by disseminating
the necessary knowledge and skills for smooth implementation of the
envisaged processes. It is equally important to generate an attitude
that is receptive to a technology based delivery of services. Merely
developing, redefining processes and implementing technology will
deliver the quality of services envisaged. The concerned officials have
to learn to operate the redesigned services, and efficiently deliver the
desired outputs.
2. Design considerations
While designing a video surveillance based safe city project, all
important aspects need to be considered so that the desired outcomes
can be achieved. A robust system design ensures that the system has
been based on identified needs and planned outcomes. A well- planned
system design will determine the areas to be covered and the type of

2006
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

incident alerts such as real-time, reactive and proactive alerts. The

type of camera, the video analytics and sensors should be identified
based on the camera specifications, the connectivity backbone and
its availability by the user. The user should have identified the type of
architecture, data centre design and capacity building requirements
that will support the system in achieving the required functionalities.
It is imperative that due emphasis is given to whether any existing
legacy CCTV based camera systems need to be integrated or whether
the CCTV systems available with other agencies are to be integrated.
3. The following illustration depicts design considerations which need to
be explored before embarking on a roadmap for safe city:
Type of alerts : real time or reactive or pro active type of cameras
and sensors to be installed Standardized systems for future integration
and compatibility Overall connectivity: dedicated or MPLS or multicast
etc.
4. Design city
Integration with different agencies for inputs and consultation
Architecture to be adopted: centralized or decentralized or hybrid
Areas to be covered and hot spot identification Integration of existing
surveillance systems Establishment of a command and Control centre
Reactive Analysis: Video forensics for legal evidence verification etc
Data centre establishment and capacity Building.
Ecosystem of video surveillance system
Regulatory authorities
975. Software and Analytics Camera and peripheral manufacturers System
Integrators Government System Integrators Semi conductor
manufacturers
1. Produce video surveillance hardware
a. Distributors : Industrial OEMs, Network Equipment Manufacturers
Security dealers Commercial
b. Provide operations and maintenance support : Storage providers
Responsible for Integration and deployment of the surveillance system
Residential End user of the video surveillance product
c. Regulatory authorities : The regulatory authorities like the state police
are responsible for defining the policies and regulations governing the
aspects of a surveillance system (quality, data security, environmental
protection, etc). Network or telecom service providers: These agencies
provide the backbone for the data connectivity. The network service
providers can be private or public entities, with an established

2007
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

infrastructure to support the heavy bandwidth requirements of the

system via GSM, VSAT, RF, WiMax, copper and fibre optic channels.
d. Technology providers: Technology providers develop the underlying
technology to support the surveillance system. These include the
software or technology for video surveillance, network communication
equipments and the data storage system. These entities typically
provision the video analytics like ANPR, facial recognition, intrusion
detection, video management software, switches, routers, NAS, SAN,
SATA etc.
e. Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM): These agencies produce
video surveillance hardware like the IP cameras: fixed, PTZ, thermal
imaging, mega pixel, camera lenses, and other accessories.
f. Channels: These agencies procure the surveillance applications and
hardware from the technology providers and OEMs respectively to
supply, install, commission and maintain the surveillance system.
g. Users: Government bodies, industries, commercial and residential
entities primarily drive the demand for the surveillance systems. They
determine the expectations from a system by laying down the functional
and technical requirements.
h. Operation and maintenance players: These are typically the system
integrators and OEMs who provide the operations and maintenance
support for the deployed system.
2. Operating expenses
a. The bandwidth charges constitute the majority of the cost which is
around 50% to 60% of the operating expenses budgeted for
surveillance project, with hardware, software maintenance and
provisioning technical manpower costs around10 to 15% each.
Relative cost analysis of a video surveillance project Capital
expenditure
b. The IP camera equipment’s , typically the fixed and PTZ cameras
including the network peripherals like routers, switches and storage
contribute to approximately 40 to 50% of the cost, the next capital
intensive deployment is the data centres including the control centres,
which is around 30 to 40%. The expenditure incurred on the labour
for installation and commissioning of civil infrastructure consumes
another 20 to 30% of the total capital project cost.
c. The concerned CsP / SsP in coordination with the concerned staff
officers to DGP AP should take up the safe city plan. The ultimate
outcome should be enhancement of Police Image, reduction in crime,

2008
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

increase in detection of crime, enhancing public safety on streets and

enhancing safety of women and children at all times. Technology is
only a tool and the man behind the technology is the brain for
operational success.
The recent erection of traffic signals and surveillance cameras at 94
important Junctions in the Visakhapatnam City for effective monitoring
of traffic safety to serve the immediate requirements of
Visakhapatnam City Traffic Police is one of the steps in the directions
of safe city concept. (G.O. Rt. No. 1455 of Municipal Administration
and Urban Development (W1) Department, dated 03.11.2012,
regarding installation of CCTVs in 94 junctions.

2009
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

CHAPTER 57

ROAD SAFETY
976. Road Safety is a multi-sectoral and multi-dimensional issue. It
incorporates the development and management of road infrastructure,
provision of safer vehicles, legislation and law enforcement, mobility
planning, provision of health and hospital services, child safety, urban
land use planning etc. In other words, its ambit spans engineering
aspects of both roads and vehicles on one hand and the provision of
health and hospital services for trauma cases (in post-crash scenario)
on the other. Road safety is a shared, multi-sectoral, responsibility of
the Government and a range of civil society stakeholders. That road
traffic injuries are a major but neglected global public health problem
requiring concerted efforts for effective and sustainable prevention.
In the year 2015, in our country 5,01,000 accidents were reported
resulting in 1,46,000 deaths. 54.1% of those killed were in the age
group of 15 to 34 years. These statistics indicate the severety of the
problem and incalculable economic loss to the country.
The Supreme Court committee on Road Safety vide their letter
No.05/2014 / CoRS-Part-III dated 18 th August,2015 has directed the
State Governments to implement Road Safety laws and to take strong
and urgent measures to curb over speeding, drunken driving, red light
jumping, violation of helmet laws and seat belt laws, use of mobile
phones while driving and over loading in order to ensure Road Safety.
The observation of the Supreme Court Committee on Road Safety is
reproduced below for immediate implementation by all field
functionaries. The same is communicated by the Commissioner,
Transport (vide Lr. No. 6000 / RSC/2014 dt: 30/03/2016 to all Unit
Officers in Andhra Pradesh).
977. Directions of the Supreme Court of India to the States/UTs to
implement road safety laws
(Addressed to : Chief Secretary of States /UTs dt. 18th August, 2015)
The Committee constituted by the Supreme Court of India to monitor
and measure implementation of road safety laws in the country has
had detailed discussions with the concerned Central Ministries and
all the States/UTs on the trend of road accidents and fatalities. The
data furnished by them have clearly established that the number of
fatalities in India (1,46,000 deaths in 2015) continues to be very high,
causing serious emotional trauma and economic loss to the families
of the deceased and the society. The compensation awarded to the
victims by the Insurance Companies also runs into hundreds of crores
of rupees every year.

2010
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

a. The Committee has over the last one year issued directions to the
States/UTs 1. to establish institutional arrangements to promote road
safety, 2. to undertake engineering measures to make roads safe, 3.
to tighten enforcement together with promoting road safety education
and 4. to establish adequate trauma care facilities, and the Committee
has been closely monitoring the action being taken by the States/UTs.
Even though a number of measures have been taken by the States/
UTs as directed by the Committee, the Committee on the basis of
detailed analysis of traffic accidents and fatalities has come to the
conclusion that unless strong and urgent measures are taken to deal
with a. over speeding, b. drunken driving, c. red light jumping, d.
violation of helmet laws and seat belt laws, e. use of mobile phones
while driving, and f. over loading, the number of accidents and fatalities
will continue to remain high.
b. Intelligent Speed adaptation, driver alert control and eye drowsiness
detectors are some of the features that help in reducing accidents.
c. The Committee is of the considered view that the States/UTs and
their concerned Departments should take stern action against the
violators of the law and exercise the discretion under Section 19 of
the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 (Power of licensing authority to disqualify
from holding a driving license, if a driver is a habitual criminal or
drunkard, or using motor vehicles in commission in cognizable offence,
or known for dangerous driving etc., ) read with Rule 21 of the Central
Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 by passing an order disqualifying the
offender from holding a driving license for a specified period and also
by seeking imprisonment wherever it is provided under the law. The
Supreme Court, has also emphasised the necessity of strict and faithful
enforcement of all existing laws and norms not only as an absolute
principle of law as well as for the high beneficial effects thereof.
d. The Committee, directed the States/UTs and their concerned
Departments to take the following action forthwith :
Suspension of the licence for a period of not less than 3 months
under Section 19 of the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 read with Rule
21 of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989 for :
i. Driving at a speed exceeding the specified limit which in the
Committee’s view would also include red light jumping ;
ii. Carrying overload in goods carriages and carrying persons in goods
carriages;
iii. Driving vehicles under the influence of drink and drugs;
iv. Using mobile phone while driving a vehicle.
f. That in case of driving a vehicle under the influence of drinks or
drugs, the police should prosecute the offender and seek imprisonment

2011
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

as prescribed under Section 185 of the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 even
for the first offence.
g. That the helmet laws be made applicable all over the State/UT both
for main riders and the pillion riders. In case where the law relating
to the use of helmet is violated by either the main rider or the pillion
rider, they should both be subject to Road Safety Education and
Counselling for not less than 2 hours before imposition of fine as
prescribed under the Act.
h. Those who violate the ‘seat belt law’ should also be subject to Road
Safety Education and Counselling before imposition of fine as
mentioned above.
i. The Committee further directs the States/UTs to submit Action Taken
Reports at the end of every 3 months starting from 1st Sept, 2015.

978. Offences of rash and negligent driving

Sec. Cognizable / Bailable /
Offence Punishment
of IPC Non-Cognizable Non-bailable

279 Driving or riding on a 6 months imprisonment Cognizable Bailable

public way so rashly or or fine up to
negligently as to endanger Rs. 1000 or both
human life etc.
336 Doing any act which Imprisonment for -Do- -Do-
endangering human life 3 months, or with
or the personal safety fine Rs. 250 rupees,
of others : or with both.
337 Causing hurt by an act Imprisonment for -Do- -Do-
endangers human life, 6 months, or with
etc fine Rs.500, or both.
338 Causing grievous hurt Imprisonment for -Do- -Do-
by act endangers human 2 years, or fine
life, etc Rs.1000, or both.
304A Causing death by rash Imprisonment for -Do- -Do-
and negligence Act : 2 years or fine,
or both

Compensation : Besides award of MACT (Motar Accidents Claims Tribunal)

the Trial court while convicting an offender u/s 304A IPC may order
for payment of compensation u/s 357 (1)(c) CrPC r/w Fatal Accidents
Act 1855.

Note : Sec. 304 A IPC Investigation by Inspector of Police if more than two
deaths are reported in the accident.

2012
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

Compounding of offences by the SI of Police : As per G.O.Ms.

No.108 of Transport, Roads and Buildings (TR-I)Department,
dt:18.08.2011, SI of Police is empowered to conforming certain
offences u/s 200 of MV Act. The SHO / Traffic SI SHO / L&O
SHO, have to maintain Crime index of Traffic offences both under
MV Act, 1988 and also under IPC provisions i.e. Sections 279, 336,
337, 338, 304 A IPC. The data should be sent to District Traffic
Records Bureau (DTRB) or City Traffic Records Bureau (CTRB)
as the case be.

979. ROAD SAFETY DUTIES :

The ADG Road safety and other officers dealing with Road safety
may refer to PSO 36 B of APPM Volume I, Part - I (Chapter - 3) for
details of duties including the National Road Safety Council, State
Road Safety Council, details of field action plan, implementation of
Supreme Court orders regarding re-locating wine shops on National
Highways and such other accident reduction measures. The ADGP
Road Safety shall also take up ‘Road Development Plan’ (RDP) at
X,Y,T junctions in AP.

980. Sec.19 of MV Act, 1988 envisages certain power of licensing

authority to disqualify from holding a driving license or revoke such
license -
1. If a licensing authority is satisfied, after giving the holder of a driving
license an opportunity of being heard, that he -
a. is a habitual criminal or habitual drunkard; or
b. is a habitual addict to any narcotic drug or psychotropic substance
within the meaning of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances
Act, 1985 (61 of 1985);or
c. is using or has used a motor vehicle in the commission of a cognizable
offence; or
d. has by his previous conduct as driver of a motor vehicle shown that
his driving is likely to be attended with danger to the public; or
e. has obtained any driving license or a license to drive a particular class
or description of motor vehicle by fraud or misrepresentation; or
f. has committed any such act which is likely to cause nuisance or danger
to the public, as may be prescribed by the Central Government, having
regard to the objects of this Act; or
g. has failed to submit to, or has not passed, the tests referred to in the
provision to sub-section (3) of section 22; or

2013
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

h. being a person under the age of eighteen years who has been granted
a learner’s license or a driving license with the consent in writing of
the person having the care of the holder of the license and has ceased
to be in such care, it may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, make
an order-
i. disqualifying that person for a specified period for holding or
obtaining any driving license to drive all or any classes or
descriptions of vehicles specified in the license; or
ii. revoke any such license.
2. Where an order under sub-section (1) is made the holder of a driving
licence shall forthwith surrender his driving licence to the licensing
authority making the order, if the driving license has not already been
surrendered, and the licensing authority shall,-
a. if the driving license is issued under this Act, keep it until the
disqualification has expired or has been removed, or
b. if the not a driving licence issued under this Act, endorse the
disqualification upon it and sent it to the licensing authority by which
it was issued; or
c. in the case of revocation of any licence, endorse the revocation upon
it and if it is not the authority which issued the same, intimate the fact
of revocation to the authority which issued that licence.
Provided that where the driving license of a person authorises him to
drive more than one class or description of motor vehicles and the
order, made under sub-section (1) disqualifies him from driving any
specified class or description of motor vehicles, the licensing authority
shall endorse the disqualification upon the driving license and return
the same to the holder.
3. Any person aggrieved by an order made by a licensing authority under
sub-section (1) may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order,
appeal to the prescribed authority, and such appellate authority shall
give notice to the licensing authority and hear either party if so required
by that party and may pass such order as it thinks fit and an order
passed by any such appellate authority shall be final.
4. The SsP / CsP have formed D.T.R.B / C.T.R.B in districts and cities
respectively.
981. District Traffic Records Bureau (DTRB) is created vide Chief
Office Memo in C.No. 04/DGP/ camp/2011 dt:25.06.2011, as a
separate cell with in the DCRB Unit following the formation of Bureau
of Road Safety and Traffic planning (BRT) by Government of India.

2014
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

The DGP AP ordered that the SsP / CsP should form the DTRB /
CTRB (in cities) with one Inspector of Police, one SI of Police
computer knowing Head Constable with necessary computer facility
exclusively to deal with matter relating to B.R.T. The Monthly /
Quarterly proforma have to be sent by SHOs (Ref. Chapter 40.)
982. Role of District Road Safety Committee :
(Circular Memo Rc.No. 10/RS/2016, dt : 09.03.2016 of the office of
ADGP (Legal) HAC Road Safety).
1. The committee must visit all those spots where fatalities are 3 or
more per annum in a span of 300 meters have occurred in the last
three financial years and decide road interventions if any, are required.
2. Reduction in Road Crash incident of 16.40 per one lakh population
to 11.6 per lakh population which works out to 30% reduction in Road
Crash Death Rate (75% of Road crash incidents are by two wheelers,
Auto rickshaws, cars, jeeps, other light motor vehicles and tempos
which constitute the bulk of the total volume of the vehicles on roads).
The SsP / CsP have to analyze the road crash incidents data prepared
by DTRB and take specific steps to reduce their share of road crash
incidents.
3. Streamlining Road Patrolling : SsP / CsP have to install GPS on their
road patrol cars and support them with Personal Digital Asst. ( Hand
held device) to ensure spot challan, Breath Analyzers, speed guns,
Body worn cameras, vehicle mounted cameras etc., to ensure
enrfocement without harassment
4. Enforcement : Enforcement of MV Act also includes counseling the
drivers in addition to levying fine / penalty. The drivers should be
made aware of their previous road violations. SsP / CsP should create
a mechanism which profiles the driver to adopt safe driving
techniques. They have to liaise with Transport Commissioner ( 1st
sept,2015 meeting with the Government) as he has proposed to give
to all enforcement officials with finger print authentication and auto
capture of GPS location, along with time and date stamp. These
devices will pull up data of previous violations by the drivers from
the cloud where the Transport Department data is stored which will
be available to the field officers.
5. As per Rc.No. 22/RS/2016 of AP DGP Office, dated 02.04.2016,
Unit Officers have to list all the Hospitals existing on National and
State Highways. This list should be sent to District Collector with
copy to SP/CP and it may be got verified through Health Department
whether suitable facilities exist in these hospitals for designating

2015
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

them as trauma centres. There after the proposal may be sent by

District Collectors to Government.
6. To take stringent legal action against road side Dhaba hotels selling
IMFL liquor.
7. Utilize the services of consultants to analyse the data on road accidents
causes or accidents and road engineering defect etc. coordination
may be done with District Collectors and Transport Department
Officials to work out the further modalities in this regard.
8. D.T.R.B / C.T.R.B. proforma to be submitted to superior officers is
detailed in Chapter 40, at PSO 764-6 for compliance.

2016
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

CHAPTER - 58
District Police Office
983.A. A District is created by the State Government by Gazette notification
with certain geographical area to be administered by the District
Magistrate and the District Superintendent of Police is the head of
District Police Administration. All citizens shall have the right to
efficient Police services from any police Station and at the District
Police Office. Subject to reasonable practicality, all Citizens shall have
the right to receive lawful services from a Police Station / Circle /
Sub-Division / District Head Quarters and for peaceful entry, reception
and response.
B. The District Police Office is the heart of district Police functioning,
for redressal of Public grievances for public service delivery, for
maintaining discipline, for ensuring the public order and for giving
directions for maintenance of Law and Order. As per Sec. 2 (s) Cr.PC
Police Station with specific area is declared by the Government, and
a ‘Sub-Division’ is created as per Sec. 2 (v) Cr.PC. Sec.2 (K) Cr.PC.
refers to declaring certain area as a ‘Metropolitan area, notified by
the Government u/s 8 Cr.PC. The State Government may confer
powers of Special Executive Magistrate on the Commissioner of
Police, Deputy Commissioner of Police, Asst. Commissioner of Police
to perform the function of a Addl. District Magistrate / Sub-Divisional
Magistrate / Executive Magistrate respectively.
C. The SsP / SsRP / CsP are empowered to entrust any work to any one
of the ministerial Staff.
D. The Adminstrative Officer of the DPO is accountable for ensuring
efficient and effective performance of the staff under his control and
brief the Addl.SP / SP / DCP (Admn) / CP concerned from time to
time and upgrade his computer skills.
E. The SsP / SsRP/ CsP have to adhere to the time lines set by ‘mee-
seva’ and RTI Act.
F. The SsP / SsRP/ CsP are empowered to delegate duties to the Addl.SP
(Admn), Addl.SP (Crimes), Addl.SP (Operation) depending on the
capacity, efficiency, effectiveness of the officer.
984.a. Delegation of powers to Administrative Officer, including
Financial Powers.
1. Execution of contracts and other instruments for the purchases, supply,
conveyance or carriage of building materials, stores, machinery.

2017
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

2. Sanctioning of expenditure on the purchase and repair of furniture

upto a limit of Rs.100/- at any one time, subject to the general rules.
3. Incurring of expenditure on repairs to motor lorries or vans and on
the purchase of spare parts or equipment for them.
4. Incurring of office expenses which a Superintendent of Police is
authorized to incur.
5. Renting of houses for Sub-Inspectors of Police, Head Constable and
Constables up to the limits up to which the Superintendent of Police
are authorized to rent houses.
6. Incurring of expenditure up to a limit of Rs.35/- for shifting telephones
from one place to another and other petty charges not exceeding Rs.
30/- in each case.
7. Incurring of expenditure on annual petty repairs to tents supplied to
S.P. / CP.
8. Sanctioning of estimates for construction and repairs of buildings upto
the limits up to which the Superintendent of Police is authorized to
sanction such estimates.
9. Drawing of bills for the pay and allowances, contingencies and
travelling allowances of the non-gazetted subordinates.
10. Incurring expenditure on repairs to bicycles which a Superintendent
of Police is authorized to incur.
11. Sanctioning of expenditure on conveyance charges which a
Superintendent of Police is authorized to sanction.
12. Incurring of expenditure on copy stamp papers required for obtaining
copies of orders of records relating to civil or criminal cases.
13. Sanctioning of employment of unskilled menials of non-pensionable
establishment subject to the conditions.
14. Sanctioning of the payment of fees to Honorary Medical Officers
etc., which a Superintendent of Police is authorized to sanction.
15. Sanctioning of the payment of fees to Rural Medical Practitioners at
the rate at which a Superintendent of Police is authorized to sanction.
b. Administrative and Other Routine Duties of Administrative Officer
1. Oral enquiries and personal hearing in disciplinary cases relating to
the District Police Staff.
2. Signing fair copies of letter to the Chief Office and Deputy Inspector
General of Police.

2018
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

3. Audit of travelling allowance, bus warrants and contingent bills-Final

orders.
4. Checking of cash books of District Police Office and Reserve
Inspector of Armed Reserve Superintendent of Police may initial them
once a fortnight.
5. Signing abstract of pay bills and contingent bills.
6. Attestation of Service Books and service rolls-Issue of Last Pay
Certificate.
7. Punishment of office staff except Accountants and office Manager.
8. Disposal of petitions regarding pay, travelling allowance and
contingencies.
9. Maintenance of confidential sheets of Junior Assistants and Senior
Assistants.
10. Filing of quarterly returns of Government properties received from
circles.
11. Passing of indents for clothing, stationery and other articles.
12. Disposal of papers of routine nature which do not require the attention
of the Superintendent of Police.
13. General supervision of the work of the office staff, stores Reserve
Inspector, Armed Reserve Staff (Clerk).
14. May act and transact as Vice-President of the Co-operative Stores
and Credit Society and the Canteen, if any.
985. Establishment
“A” Section
‘A’ section deals with establishment matters viz., proposals for new
sanctions, promotion rolls, transfers, pension, disciplinary cases
(Punishment Rolls), Appeals, rewards, probation of all ranks,
maintenance of D.O. Book, Service Books, Leaves including
Surrender and Additional Surrender leaves, increments, trainings
(Contributing Pension Scheme) CPS etc.
986. A1 Seat deals with :
1) Establishment matters relating to appointments, promotions etc.
2) Court matters i.e., Original Applications (O.As)/Writ Petitions(W.Ps)/
Revision Petitions (RPs) filed in APAT/High Court etc., on service
matters.
3) Maintenance of Seniority lists of all categories.

2019
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

4) Fidelity Guarantee Bonds in respect of all Superintendents, the

particulars of their fidelity guarantee bond to be furnished (in Statement
No.5).
5) Transfer of Armed Reserve to Civil Police.
6) Conversion and Transfer of APSP to AR (Armed Reserve)
7) Maintenance of Communal Rosters: - Separate Communal Rosters
are maintained for Civil, AR (Men & Women) and Ministerial staff
and Class-IV employees Category Wise.
8) Seniority Lists: - Junior Assistants
The seniority lists of Junior Assistants ( J.As.), Typists, ARHCs,
ARPCs, Civil PCs, HCs and Women PCs (WPCs) have to be
prepared every year and communicated to all concerned.
9) Appointments made during the year :
Compassionate Appointment made/ pending during year, proceedings,
of the District Collector concerned and those pending with the District
Collectors have to be compiled.
987. A2 - Seat
The A2 Jr. Asst. deals with the following subjects :
1. Sanction of increments to all categories.
2. Appointment to Special Grade Post (after 6 years), Special Promotion
Posts – IA (12 Years), IB (18 Years) and Special Promotion Post – II
(24 years) to all employees.
3. Fixation of Pay in the Special Grade Post, Special Promotion Posts –
IA, IB and Special Promotion Post – II to all employees.
4. Re-grant of Annual increments to all employees.
5. Rough Increment Register :
Register is maintained showing the dates of increments to be
sanctioned to the Police officers, Men, Ministerial Staff and Class-
IV employees. It is maintained month wise. Annual increments have
to be sanctioned to all eligible personnel every month regularly.
6. Uniform Allowance
As per G.O.Ms.No.130, Home dated: 17.04.2010 of Government of
AP the Uniform allowance shall be drawn and paid to all the officers
along with the pay bills in the month of March payable in the month of
April. Uniform allowance for all eligible personnel has to be sanctioned
for the financial year by the Unit Officer.

2020
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

7. Automatic Advancement Scheme

As per G.O.Ms.No.96, Finance (Pay Commission – II) Dept, dated:
20-05-2011, the Automatic Advancement Scheme number of years of
services were changed from 8, 6, 24 years to 6, 12, 18, 24 years.
The Special Grade Increments have to be sanctioned to all eligible
Police personnel, Ministerial Staff and Class IV employees regularly.
988. A3 & A4 seats: (Leave Rolls)
A3 and A4 Jr. Assts. deal with the following subjects of all Executive
and Ministerial Staff:
1. Leave Rolls
2. Sanction of Surrender Leaves (SL) /Addl. Surrender Leaves (ASL)
3. Annual Verification of Service Registers
4. Maintenance of D.O. Book.
5. PPT (Physical Proficiency Test) and Health data A (Fit), B (
moderately fit), C (unfit) updation (PSO 967 (4)).
6. Pending Leave Rolls (Sick / medical leave etc.)
7. Pending Earned Leave / Paternity Leave / Maternity Leave Currents
(i) Year- (ii) No. of applications (iii) No. of Applications Disposed
(iv)Pending.
8. Desertion Cases
9. Annual Service Verification.
Annual Service Verification :- The Annual Service Verification for
the year ending March has to be completed and the verification for
the succeeding year is to be commenced.
989. A5- Seat
The following subjects are being dealt by A-5 seat:
1. Pension and Gratuity
2. Family Pension
3. Maintenance of Superannuation Register / Voluntary / Compulsory
retirement / Medical
4. Medical Invalidation Pension.
5. Anticipatory Pension
6. Contributory Pension Scheme (Statement)
7. Death of Police personnel while in service and Legal heir

2021
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

Registers have to be maintained according to the receipt of pension

applications DCRG (Death Cum Retirement Gratuity) and
Commutation pension.
990. Contributory Pension Scheme (C.P.S):
Number of Police Personnel appointed will come under the C.P.S. as
per the G.O.Ms.No.655, Finance (Pension.I), Department. Dated
22.09.2004 and all of them have to be enrolled and CPS amount has
to be recovered from their salaries regularly.

Following is the statement showing the pendency of Pension cases.

No.of cases No.of cases No.of No. of cases

SI. No. of proposals Pensionery cases pending with
Nature of Pension
No. Cases processed benefits pending LF/AG/
sanctioned in office NSDL
1. Superannuation Pension
2. Voluntary Retirement
3. Compulsory Retirement
4. Medical invalidation
Retirement
5. Death cases

991. A6 & A9 – Seats

1) A6 deals with all Major and Minor Punishment Rolls, Oral Enquires
and Suspensions
2) All Appeals/Revision/Mercy petitions relating to Major and Minor
Punishments.
A9 deals with all minor punishments.
992. A7 Seat
A7 Seat deals with :
1) Proposals for new Police Stations and establishments pending with
chief office or Government.
2) Renewal of Temporary sanction of all posts ( GOs to be obtained
from time to time for continuation).
3) Trainings and annual physical fitness tests grading A(fully fit), B
(moderatley fit), C (unfit) and putting list of B, C to SsP/CsP for
further action.
4) Audit reports of A.G.AP, Hyderabad

2022
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

5) Internal Audit by Chief Office

As per G.O.Ms. No. 34 dated: 23.01.1989 and G.O.Rt No. 1416,
Finance and Planning Department dated: 01.07.1997 it is the
responsibility of the Accounts branch of the Head of the Department
to conduct internal audit of Regional Office, District Office, Unit
Officers etc., periodically at least once in a year and furnish a
report to AG Office.
6) Punitive tax.
7) Rewards: Meritorious Service Entry, Good Service Entry, Cash
rewards. (MSE,GSE,CASH)
993. A8 Seat
A8 seat deals with the following subjects.
1. Transfer of S.Is, ASIs, HCs and PCs
2. District Transfer of HCs/PCs
3. Probation of all ranks except PCs ( Statement 12 & 12A).
4. Deputation of all ranks to other units.
5. Monthly reports of all PCs / HCs/ ASIs / SIs (PSO 111-2)
994. A10 Seat
A10 seat deals with the following subjects:
1. Recruitment of PCs
2. Probation declaration of PCs ( Statement 14)
3. Pay protection of PCs
4. No objection certificates to the PCs.
995. Budget Section
‘B’ Section is assisted by Sr. Asst., and Jr. Assts. The following
books have to be maintained by him. The Cash books are checked
regularly by the Administrative officer.

2023
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

Fixed
Cash Bank Deposits

1. U.D.P. Cash Book

2. D.D.O.
3. Main Cash Book
Permanent Advance under contingencies
Cash Book.
4. Dist. Police Welfare Fund Cash Book
5. Sports Fund Cash Book.
6. Education Fund Cash Book
7. Widow Fund Cash Book
8. Band Fund Cash Book
9. Commemoration flags fund cash book.
10. Passport applications process charges cash Book

996.a. B1- Seat :

B 1 Seat deals with :
1. Maintenance of TA check registers of TA Bills
2. Drawl of T.A. Bills of all Gazetted officers
3. Drawl of T.A. advance and Transfer T.A. Advance.
4. Maintenance of T.A. Advance Register
5. Drawl of L.T.C. ( Leave Travel Concession)and Home Town T.A.
bills
b. B2 Seat
B2 Seat deals with :
1) Scrutiny, drawl and auditing of T.A. Bills relating to certain Circles.
2) Preparation of Treasury Reconciliation statement.
c. B3 Seat
B3 seat deals with (i) scrutiny drawl and auditing of T.A. Bills some
of the Sub-Divisions and also (ii) claiming of Police Bus Warrant
Bills. (iii) Widow Fund, Sports Fund and Education Fund recoveries
from the pay bills of Police personnel, officers and staff every month.

2024
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

A separate Register has to be maintained for Bus Warrant Bills. Details

of Bus Warrant bills (i.e., passed, audited and pending audit) are to be
furnished in the Statement No.19.
d. B4 Seat
B4 Seat deals with T.A. Bills pertaining to some of the Sub-Divisions,
SB, DCRB, Special Units and office staff of DPO.
e . B5 - Seat
Payment of Maintenance of office vehicles and POL bills.
1. Budget related correspondence.
2. Police Buildings – Correspondence with A.P.S.P.H.C. Ltd.
3. Abstract Contingency Bills (ACB) and Detail Contingency Bills (DCB)
:
f. B6 - Seat
131 Telephones:-
133-Electrical charges:
140 House Rents:
300 Other Contractual Services:
g. B7 Seat :
B7 Junior Assistant deals with the following subjects :
1. Huzur Treasury Bill Register : All the budget and non budget (Plan/
non plan) bills are entered with register and numbered, and all entries
in connection with bill amount and date of encashment are posted
and updated promptly.
2. DDO Account Cash Memo book : Of District Armed Reserve
(DAR) and District Training Centre (DTC) Monthly non government
recoveries such as Bhadratha Aarogya Bhadratha, Sports fund, Widow
fund etc., from the salaries of officers and men are sent to the Chief
office promptly.
3. Scrutiny of TA Bills :
h. B8 - Seat
B8 Seat deals the following subjects.
1. Contribution of funds to the bereaved family members of deceased
police personnel.
2. Attendance to the administrative grievances of District Police
Personnel.

2025
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

a. Attendance to the administrative grievances of District Police

Personnel. An opportunity has been given to district police personnel
to express their administrative grievances directly to the Unit Officer
through VHF Set conference on every Friday. The DPO staff will
attend them, solve grievances and give compliance to Unit Officer
besides transmitting the same copy to the concerned.
b. Public Grievances Redressal deny : Every Monday in a week is
earmarked as a “public grievances day”. The SsP / SsRP/CsP have
to be in PHQ (Police head quarters) to attend to the Public
grievances and sort out matters with the concerned Police Officers
/ Administrative Officer of DPO
997. Pay Section
a. P1 Seat
P1 Seat deals with the following subjects :
1. Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of office staff and Long
Roll-9
2. Preparation of monthly pay bills with the assistance of pay section
staff.
3. Maintenance of pay advance register.
4. Issue of Last Pay Certificates.
5. Recording particulars of D.Os in Long Rolls.
6. Pay fixation of all ranks on promotions.
7. Maintenance of Arrear Claim Register.
Monthly pay bills of all categories have to be prepared and presented
at the Huzur Treasury, well in advance. They have to be en-cashed
on the first working day of the month and the salaries have to be
credited to individual accounts through Banks.
b. P2 Seat
P2 Seat deals with the following subjects.
1. Preparation of the pay bills with the long roll of Vol.I.
2. Drawl of SLS (Surrender Leave Salary) and ASLS (Addl. Surrender
Leave Salary) of all ranks.
3. Drawl of Regular Surrender leave S.L.S.
4. Income Tax :
For the current financial year Income Tax has to be calculated in
respect of all employees who come under purview of Income Tax

2026
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

and the same will have be recovered in three installments from their
pay of December, January and February will have to be credited to
the head of Income tax.
c. P3 Seat
P3 Seat deals with the following subjects:
1. Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of Vol-2.
2. Sanction and drawl of General Provident Fund / Temporary Advance,
Part Final with drawl and Final With drawl and GPF Schedule.
3. GPF Bill Register
4. Death Cases.
5. Retired Cases.
6. G.P.F. : All employees working and enlisted have to be enrolled as
subscribers to GPF.
7. GPF Bill Register : Bill register is maintained for drawl of 1) GPF.
Temp. Adv., 2) PFW 3) FW 4) Booster Scheme.
d. P4-Seat
P4 Seat deals with the following subjects.
1. Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of Vol-3.
2. Sanction of House Rent Allowance, Festival Advance/SFA, House
Building Allowance, Marriage Advance.
e. House Rent Allowance :
Addl. HRA at the rate of 8% of basic pay is being sanctioned (limited
to a maximum of Rs.1000/-pm) in addition to the normal HRA at 20%
of pay in some municipal towns, 12% to those working in the Moffusil
areas and 14.5% at some towns ( as per G.O.Ms.No.48, Finance
(HR.V-PC.I) dept, dated : 30.04.2015 as provided in the revised pay
scales of 2015).
f. P5 Seat
P5 Seat deals with the following subjects:
1) Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of Vol.4
2) GIS and Family Benefit Fund (FBF) of retired and deceased personnel
of Executive and Ministerial Staff.
3) Recovery of LIC salary saving scheme etc.
4) Corpus Fund, Postal Life Insurance.

2027
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

g. Pay Work :
Assistance to P1 Sr. Asst. in preparation of Pay Bills with Long Roll
Vol.5. every month.
h. P6 Seat
P6 Seat deals the following subjects .
1. Preparation of Pay Bills with the long roll.
2. Preparation of all arrear Supplementary bills.
i. P7 – Seat
P7 seat deals with :
1. Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of Vol.6
2. APGLI and other correspondence.
3. Sanction and drawl of Education Advance / Educational Concession
for all categories.
4. Reimbursement of Education fee.
5. Medical Reimbursement charges.
j. P8 – Seat
P8 Seat deals with the following subjects :
1. Preparation of pay bills with the long roll of Vol.7
2. Bhadratha and Arogya Bhadratha Scheme (Ref: Chapter 20 of APPM
Part –I Vol-I)
3. Bhadrata Loans (Personal loans Computer loans and marriage loans)
4. Settlement of final amount of Bhadrata on retirement and death cases.
General Seats :
998. G 1 Seat deals with the following subjects:
1) All petition currents except those of SCs & STs (Personal Register to
be maintained)
2) Chief Minister’s Peshi Petitions
3) State HRC Petitions
4) State Legal Services Authority SLSA / District Legal Services
Authority DLSA / Petitions sent by VIPs
5) Medals and Pathakams
6) Measures taken to liquidate pending currents.

2028
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

G2 - Seat
G 2 Seat deals with the following subjects.
1. Inspections and charge Transfer Certificates of transfered officers
(form 26A)
2. Correspondence relating to Gun Licenses, Explosive Licenses and
other Acts
3. Miscellaneous Subjects. (Year, total number of currents received, no.
of reports received and disposed no. of compliance reports awaited)
Block reminders in respect of pending IRs/General currents have to
be issued to all the concerned every month regularly and also the
same has to be reviewed in monthly crime meeting by the
Superintendent of police / DCP / Addl. Superintendent of Police, to
liquidate the pendency .
G3 –Seat
G3 Seat deals with the following subjects.
1) Monthly written tests of PCs/HCs/ASIs conducted by SHO.
2) RTI Act 2005
3) Movable and immovable property returns and allied correspondence.
4) Maintenance of long roll No.8
999.a. General matters :
Meaning of ‘correspondence References’
i. Number Disposal : N.Dis ( Enquire and necessary action). There is
no need to reply to the superior officers if did not warrant follow up
action .
ii. Lodged Disposal : L.Dis ( Closed file will be kept for 3 to 4 years.)
iii. Record disposal : R.Dis (Major enquiries – PRs). The correspondence
is retained till retirement of the officer.
b. Right to Information Act : Assistant Public Information Officer
(APIO) has to provide reply within 30 days from the date of receipt
of request for information.
Public Information Office (PIO) is the appellate authority. SsP / SsRP/
CsP will have to designate an officer as APIO and a superior officer
as P.I.O.
c. Opening of Correspondence : All named covers received in the
name of Superintendent of Police or Commissioner of Police shall

2029
 APPM Part - I Volume - III

be opened by him/her. In his temporary absence, the officer holding

full additional charge (FAC) is authorized to open the named covers.
Under no circumstances the named covers are allowed to be opened
by sub-ordinates.
i. All covers received at the DPO/ Commissionerate will have to be
opened by the Establishment Superintendent. Inward clerk enters into
the register. C.M. Peshi, DGP Peshi, Range Register, District Register
are maintained separately.
ii. ‘Confidential letters Double Cover’ i.e. Covers with another cover
with confidential letters are sent to SsP / CsP of other Districts /
Commissionerates or to the ADGP Intelligence, IGP / DIG SIB /
Counter Intelligence cell or DGP.

-*-

2030
 SUBJECT Order Page
No. No.
"A"
"A" and "B" list of absconding warrantees 722-2 1460
A.P. Devadasis (Prohibition of Dedication) Act 1988 393-6 721
Prohibition of sacrifice of animals and birds 315 523
A.P. Forensic Science Laboratory (APFSL) - General Organisation 19-3 28
A.P. Forensic Science Laboratory (APFSL) - Main Functions
(See also under "Forensic Science Laboratory") 885 1828
A.P. Habitual Offenders Act 1962 731 1473
A.P. Objectionable Performances Prohibition Act 1985 - Objectives 731-6 1474
A.P. Police - Gazetted Officers 22 31
- Introduction, Role and Organisation 1 20
- Organisational Chart 21 29
Abstract
Crime Abstract 629 1361
Of duty done by PS staff - to be included in the General Diary of PS 627 1359
Accelerated Promotions 209 390
Additional Police 742 1496
Addl. DGP Co-ordination, Legal and Road Safety 36 50
Addl.DGP/ IGP Recruitment (Chairman, SLPRB) 38 55
- (Armed Police) 6 22
- A.P. Special Police 40 62
- (CID) Special 4 22
- (CID) - General Functions and Responsibilities 35 47
-Function of Adddl.DGP Road Safety- 36 51
- (Intelligence and Security) - Powers, Duties and Responsibilities 37 54
- (Intelligence and Security) - Assisted by different IsG/DIsGP 5 22
- Law and Order ( Functions, Administrative work,
Supervision of field Units, Co-Ordination) 34 46
(L&O) - Introduction, role and organisation 02 21
- (Recruitment and Training) - Assisted by different IsG/DIsGP 8 22
- (Technical Services) - Assisted by different IsG/DIsGP 7 22
- (Technical Services) - Powers, Duties and Responsibilities 41 62

1
- (Traffic Planning & High Patrolling) - Duties 9 22
Addl. Superintendent of Police - Personal Investigation and
supervision over certain cases 51 94
- (Administration) - Powers, Duties and Responsibilities 49 92
- (Operations) - (OSD) Officer on Special Duty 50 93
Address - Departure on Leave 257 426
Advance Increments - Procedure for Granting 210 391
Adverse Remarks 144 303
Advisory and Crime Memo Books 762 1646
Affidavits in writs filed against the Government 156 316
Aircraft Accidents - IAF Aircrafts 330-8 545
- Procedure for reporting 330 541
- Search and rescue - Duties of Police 329 541
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remaines Act -1958 318 525
Andhra Pradesh Police Service
- Appointment to different categories 24-2 33
- Different Categories 24 32
- Examination and qualifying test for Dy.SP ( Civil) 28 39
- Probation and Training of Deputy Suptd. of Police 26 37
Promotion to the range IGP (non- cadre / DIG (non-cadre) etc., 32 42
Law and Order ( Functions, Administrative work, upper vision of
field Units, Co-Ordination) 34 46
- Resignation of Appointment 24-6 34
- Grants for Uniform 24-5 34
Andhra Pradesh Special Police (APSP) - Deployment outside the State 934-10 1903
- Andhra Pradesh Special Police 15 26
- Deployment of APSP 934 1901
- Organisation of Force 932 1900
- To assist local Police 933 1900
Annual Confidential Reports (ACRs) - See under "Personal Files"
Annual Review of Crime - See also under "Station Crime History"
- Annual Review of Crime 590 1287
- To specifically cover certain points 590-2 1287

2
Appellate Authorities 193-4 359
Appeals - Forwarding of records 192 356
- Procedure for filing against aquittals of criminal cases in High Courts 584 1255
- Records to acompany 189 356
- Time barred - Consideration 191 356
- Time limit 190 356
Criminal appeals - High Court - better Representation 585 1256
Appointment by conversion and transfer 87-2 198
Appointment of Specialist by deputation 87-1 198
Area Policing - See under "Beats and Patrols" and also under "Police Station"
Armed Out Posts
- L & O Police Station concerned to provide necessary support
& assistance 710 1443
- Armed Out Post 709 1442
Armed Reserve Police - See under "District Reserve Police"
Arms Act and Arms Rules - Appeals against the Orders of
Licencing authority 288-13 483
- Arrest and searches by Police 298 493
- Deposit of Arms 294 489
- Exempted Categories 285-9 479
- Exempted Officers 285-8 478
- Forefeiture and confiscation of Arms 294-2 489
- Grant and renewal of Licences 287 479
- Inspection of Licenced Arms by SHO 293-4 489
Inspection of shops and premises Licence under Arms Act 293 487
- Issue of Licence - Procedure 288 481
- Levy of Fee for maintenance of deposited Fire Arms 295 490
Loss of Fire Arms to be reported to licencing authority
immediately by SHO 293-4-D 489
- Production of Pistol or Revolvers possessed by Officers 292-2 486
- Police Offices to maintain Register of Fire Arms which form
part of equipment of Officers 292 486
- Powers and Duties of Police 285 477
- Confiscated fire arms and ammunition- Sale by public auction 297 492
- Quantity of ammunition purchase 290 485
3
- Registration of Retainers 289-2 484
- Retainers 289 484
- Disposal of confiscated arms and ammunition – Rules there of 296 491
- Arms License Registers – Rules for maintenance 291 485
- Un-authorised purchase of fire arms etc – Prohibited 286 474
Arrest - Conditions necessitating arrest 449 852
- Constitutional guarantees - Rules to be followed for effecting arrest 448 852
- Directions to subordinates to arrest 452 854
- Guidelines for Police Officer in making arrest 454 858
- Sec. 165 CrPc search by Police Officer 447-2 851
- Procedure regarding arrest 450 854
- Arrest of Children and Women 451 854
- Of Foreigners 458-9 863
- Procedure when Government employees,
armed force are arrested railway official 458 862
- Of Indian Army Reservists 458-11 864
- Of members State and Union Legislatures 459 864
- Of Military Employees 458-10 863
- Of public servants on operation duty 458-7 863
- Police Custody (Sec 167 CrPC) 456 860
- Police Lock-ups and treatment of persons in custody and under
trial prisoners (Sec 55A CrPc) 460 866
- Guidelines in connection shall be observed in writing case diaries 477 885
- Prisoners not to be subjected to needless indignity or harsh treatment 460-7 867
- Reports or Memo (11F - 3) 457 861
- Rights of arrested persons (Sec 50 CrPc) 451-3 855
- Search of the arrested persons by the Police 455 859
- Supreme Court Guidelines to be observed in all cases of arrests 453 856
- Treatment of the arrested persons 455-4 860
Arrest of Foreigners and consular access 349 598
Arrest of Women - Precautions to be observed 396-5 724
Asst. Sub Inspectors of Police - Duties 107 244
Attachtment and forfeiture of property - Reciprocal arrangements
with other Countries 445 842
4
Automatic Advancement Schemes 85 194
"B"
Bad Character Roll 605 1309
Bail - Anticipatory Bail (u/s 438 CrPc) 467 875
- Entitlement if charge sheet is not filed within 60/90 days of arrest 478-9 895
- Bail 466 873
- Points for opposing bail in non-bailable offences 466-4 874
Bandobust - Emergency assemblage of Police men 306 514
- Guidelines for managing large assemblies and crowds including
public meetings 304 511
Beats and Patrols - Beat Area Policing 665 1398
- Check Register of KDs/BCs/Suspects/Organised Crime Gang
members and History Sheeted persons 672-7 1406
- Checking of Beats 668 1400
- Constables on beat duties or on Village visit to stay for sufficiently
long time 666-3 1399
- Procedure on return of Police officers from patrolling
or beat or other service 671 1403
- Duties of supervising officers in relation to beats 669 1402
- In Rural areas 658 1388
- Information gathering and other duties of beat constables 662-2 1392
- Information to be gathered on items like Crime, Gangs, Strangers,
Receivers of stolen property, KDs etc. 663 1393
- Matters affecting the public peace 664 1396
- Meaning and Objectives of Beats 659 1388
- Organisation of Rural Beats - Selection and grouping of Villages 660 1390
- Organisation to be based on number of house holds or populatioin etc. 661 1391
- Other duties to be performed during beat 667 1400
- Point Books 672-6 1405
- Process Service 666 1399
- Records pertaining to beats 672 1403
- Roads and Highway Patrols 670 1402
- Strength of each beat and the duties of HC / PC allotted to each beat 662 1392
- Village visits 659-3 1389

5
Boat Accidents - Duties of Police 331-6 549
Bombs and IEDs - See under "Explosives and Bombs"
Bonded Labour - Duties of Police 397 724
Border meetings - See under "Co-ordination and Liaison"
Breach of Peace - See under "Preventive Action"
- Action on breach of a security bond 578 1249
- Bundh / Hartal / Strikes 733 1477
Bus Warrants 279 456
- Railway and Bus warrant - addl. instructions 280 456
”C”
Campus Violence 743 1500
- Ragging 744 1502
Case Diaries
- Remarks, Instructions and Orders to be specific and useful 60-10 136
- Points to be observed in writing 476 884
- In enquiries u/s 174 CrPC 477-10 888
- To accompany when remand etc. is applied for 477-12 888
- Handling of case diaries by Gazetted officers 60 134
- Case Diaries u/s 172 CrPc 475 884
Cash - Precaution in transmission 236 413
- Cash book in police station - maintenance - instructions 247 419
Casualities in Police - To be reported to DGP promptly 63-3 147
Central Crime Stations (CCS) - See under "Police Station"
Central Finger Print Bureau, New Delhi - Address 765-9 1659
Ceremonial Occasions - Courtesies and Compliments by Police Officers 121 272
Ceremonial Parade - Officer entitled to take Salute 63 147
Charge Sheet - Contents 481 897
- Charge sheet / referred report u/s 173 CrPc 480 897
- Procedure for filing 479-5 896
- Supplementary / Additional charge sheet may be filed u/s 173(8) CrPC 478-11 895
- To be filed on an overall assessment of evidence by SHO / IO 479-4 895
- Issue of NBWs against absconding accused etc 482 898
- Investigation - preparation for filing charge sheet 479 895
Check Posts

6
- L&O Police Station concerned to provide necessary support
and assistance 710 1443
- Check posts 708 1441
Child Labour Prohibition and Regulation Act (1986) 392 717
(Children under 14 years of Age)
Circulars - Copies to be sent to DGP 64 148
- Zonal IG / DIGP may disapprove circulars issued by SP / SDPOs 64-3 148
Civil Courts and other department officials - Police to assist them 321 527
Civil Defence - General Principles, Organisation and Training 940 1930
- Probelms arising out of civil disputes - duties of police 322 528
- Coastal Security PS Duties 611-15 1333
- Offences are classified as 409 782
- Cognizable offences - Duties of every Police Officer to prevent 724-2 1466
Commendation Letter 194-2 373
Commissioners of Police of Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada
- Assisted by Addl./Jt./Dy. C.P. 10 23
-Co-ordination with Prosecution Department 12 25
- Commissioners of police, Vishakhpatnam, Vijayawada cities 39 56
- Community Policing 401-1 738
- Concept of community contact committee 401-2 739
- Community contact committees 401-8 743
- Community contact committee meetings 401-14 744
- Objectives of Community Contact Commmittee 401-3 740
- Other Duties of Community Contact Commmittee 401-5 742
- Qualifications of members 401-9 743
- Role of various Officers 401-17 745
Community Relations 402 746
Compassionate Appointments 85-8 197
Compensation cases - Supply of documents by Police is mandatory 501 915
- Claim for injuries caused by Public to a Police Officer 158 317
Comphotofit - See under "Finger Prints"
Compounding of Offences - To be opposed in certain cases 579 1249
Compulsary Retirement and Invalidation 173 343
Cyber Crimes

7
Wide Area Network ( WAN) 526 981
Local Area Network ( LAN) 526 982
Personal area network ( PAN) 526 982
Wireless personnel area network ( WPAN) 526 982
Infrared Data Association 526 983
Cloud Flavours 526 983
Public Cloud 526 984
Private Cloud 526 984
Hybrid cloud 526 984
Community cloud 526 984
Buffer overflow 526-1 985
Cracker 526-1 985
Data Didling 526-1 985
Malware 526-1 985
Phishing 526-1 985
Root Kit 526-1 985
Salam Attack 526-1 985
Sniffer 526-1 986
Social engineering 526-1 986
Spoofing 526-1 986
Spyware 526-1 986
Stenography 526-1 986
Trojan 526-1 986
Virus 526-1 986
Worm 526-1 986
Zombie 526-1 987
Typical Cyber Crimes 526-2 987
Online 526-2 988
Online Cheating 526-2 988
Fake online appointments in reputed multi-national companies 526-2 988
Phishing frauds 526-2 988
Hacking cases 526-2 988
Publishing of obscene content 526-2 989
8
- Extract of Information Technology, Amendment 527-1 989
Act, 2008 and Legal provisions
- Computer System 527-2 1010
Tablet Devices 527-3 1011
Storage devices 527-4 1011
Hard disks and solid state disks 527-5 1012
Removable media 527-6 1012
Memory cards 527-7 1012
USB data Storage devices 527-8 1013
Data Storage tape disks 527-9 1014
Peripheral devices 527-10 1014
Mobile telephones 527-11 1015
Photo and video recording digital cameras 527-12 1015
Digital Video Cameras 527-13 1016
Video Recorders 527-14 1017
Digital Audio Recorders 527-15 1017
CCTV Cameras 527-16 1017
Portable media players 527-17 1018
Consoles of Videogames 527-18 1018
Potential evidence that may be found on all these devices 527-19 1019
What Digital Evidence and the nature of Digital Evidence 527-20 1019
What is electronic evidence 527-21 1020
Why is the important 527-22 1022
Principle of electronic evidence 528-1 1023
Principle 1 – Data Integrity 528 1023
Principle 2 – Audit Trail 528 1024
Principle 3 specialist support 528 1024
Principle 4 Appropriate training 528 1024
Principle 5- Legality 528 1024
Cyber Forensics 528 1025
Wireless forensic 528 1025
Database forensic 528 1026
Malware forensics 528 1026
9
Mobile device forensics 528 1026
GPS forensics, also known as sat Nav forensics 528 1026
Cloud forensics 528 1026
Nigerian fraud 528-28 1026
Fake lottery win 528-a 1049
Dead foreigner scam 528-b 1050
Unpaid contractor /Overcharged Government contract 528-c 1050
Ex- Kleptocrat scam 528-d 1050
Murdered businessman scam 528-e 1050
Zimbawean farmer scam 528-f 1051
Dying widow scam 528-g 1051
Dying Rich merchant scam 528-h 1051
Yukos Oil scam 528-I 1051
Company representative scam 528-J 1051
Credit card order 528-k 1051
Oversized cashiers cheque 528-l 1051
Money recovery 528-m 1051
Fake charity / ministry 528-n 1052
Fake employment 528-o 1052
Fake training 528-p 1052
- Computers - preservation of information 525-9 979
Conduct of Police Officers - Authorities who are declared to be the
Government for the purpose of conduct rules 123-15 278
- Communication with Govt. and higher Officers 117 270
- Courtesies and Compliment on ceremonial occasions 121 272
- General Conduct 114 261
- General Principles 112 255
- Issue of Certificates of Character and work 116 269
- May carry Fire Arms issued to him while off Duty 113-11 260
- Permission to sue Government 119 271
- Petition to the Government - Institution regarding submission
and receipt of petitions addressed to the Government 118 271
- Police Conduct Rules 122 275

10
- Relation with member of State and Union Legislatures 115 263
- Restriction of Rights 120 271
- Rules Governing the conduct of Police Officers 123 276
- When National Anthem is played 121-2 274
- While on Duty 113 259
Confession made to Police
- Guidelines for recording under A.P. Control of Org. Crime Act 2001
and under POTA 2002 432 831
- Confessional statements made to the police 432 831
- Panchanama of property recovered as a result of the confession
made to the police 433 831
Confidential Almirahs and Boxes - The custody of keys 63-4 147
Confidential Reports - See Personal Files (ACRs)
Constables
- Powers Duties 111 249
- Constables to assists Police Officers at their residence for official duties 382-4 644
- Cost of taking records and furniture on tour 239 414
Conviction Report - To be reported to DCRB / CCRB 746-7 1598
Convicts release on medical grounds 720 1458
Coordination and Liaison - Border meetings 57 -1-5 131
- Meeting with Railway Officials 57-6-8 131
Coordination of Police work
- With National Organisations 922-5 1883
- With other Countries and Interpol 922-6 1884
- Procedure for securing assitance from other states 922-4 1883
- Within the District and with the neighbouring Districts 922-1 1881
- co-ordination within state and with neighbouring states,
other states under national level 922-3 1882
- Within the Zone / Range 922-2 1882
Corpse Disposal of Destitute persons 311 518
Corpse Preservation 497 911
- Correspondence relating to Passports and Visas 352 600
Correspondence - Between SHOs and Superior Officers 218 398
- Corrections and alterations - How made 227 402

11
- Demi-Official Communication (D.O. Letters) 215 396
- Despatch of papers 213 395
- Forms and addresses 216 397
- General Rules Implimentation ofPolice State Security Commission
reforms) 211 392
- General Rules 212 394
- Memorandum Form 219 399
- Nill Returns 225 402
- Papers which have to be routed through Zonal IG / DIGP 220 399
- Use of Telugu language in lower Court 229 403
- Unpaid letters 223 402
- With MROs and Magistrates 217 398
- With other Countries 221 401
- With other States 222 401
Counterfeit Currency Cases- Guidelines for investigation 523-10 963
- Giving evidence in court by police officers 582 1251
Crime against children – Trafficking in children Rights of Children
- Police Duties Investigating of crimes 389 686
- Attacks against women and their modesty 394 722
Crime Against Women and Duties of Police 393 719
Crime Against Women and Minor Girls - Preventive Measures against
illegal practices of Trafficking 393-8 721
Crime Analysis Unit 884 1826
Crime Intelligence 759 1626
Crime Investigation Department (CID) - Case Diaries & other CID records 871 1818
- Class of crime to be investigated by and the procedure there of 866 1813
- Classes of Crime Information to be reported to NCRB 868 1815
- Criminal Intelligence Gazette 873 1820
- Criminal Intelligence Gazette - Distribution 873-7 1821
- Criminal Intelligence Section 872 1818
- Duties anc functions of gazetted and non - gazetted officers of CID 878 1822
- Functions of Dy. Inspectors General of Police in CID 862-6 1810
- Functions of Inspectors General of Police in CID 862-1 1809

12
- Functions of Superintendents of Police in CID 862-7 1810
- Gazetted Officers Reports 870-6 1818
- CID and Railway Police 13-1 25
- Instructions for reporting Information 874 1821
- Investigation Teams 863 1811
- Language Extracts from the Criminal Gazette 873-6 1820
- Radio / FAX Reports to CID in certain serious cases 866-6 1815
- Officers of the CID - relations with district / City police 870 1817
- Organisation and Functions 861 1808
- Organisation of CID wings / regional officers 869 1816
- Release Notice of Dangerous Criminals 875 1821
- Report of Conviction of Criminals whose release notice is to be
published by SP 876 1822
- Reports from SsP / CsP for CID Investigation 867 1815
- Serveillance over certain History Sheeted criminals by CID 877 1822
- Sharing of information with different units and concerted action 865-5 1812
- To act as a Police Station u/s 2(s) of CrPC 1973 866-3 1814
- To assist local Police in Crime Investigation 864 1811
- Furnish information on Crime and Criminals to SCRB (CID) 865 1812
Crime Syndicates 604-4 1309
Criminal Cases
- Procedure on acquittal in a criminal case 151 313
Criminal Conspiracy - Definition and Investigation 545 1131
Criminal Intelligence Gazette 759-3 1627
Criminal Misconduct - Action to be taken in terms of APCS (CC&A) Rules150 313
Criminals - Death of Criminals registered in
Station Crime History (SCH) Part - III 606 1310
Criminals Classification in to Casuals and Professionals 604 1308
Criminal name index
- Name index of criminals 603-3 1307
Cruelty and harassment of married women - See under
"Offences against women"
Custodial Deaths (or) death in encounters 500 913
Custody of property 446 843
13
Cyclones
- National Disaster Responce Force (NDRF) 323 529
“D”
D.O. Letters
- Demi - Official communications (D.O. Letters) 215 396
Dead Bodies
- Finger printing the dead 785 1692
Report of Death of Foreigners 359 602
Defence Authorities
- Apprehension of Military deserters 332 549
- Police to accompany troops on march 333 550
Departmental Enquiries - See under "Disciplinary Proceedings"
Desertion - Procedure for initiating action 184 352
Destitute Persons - Disposal of corpses 311 518
- Duities of Police 310 518
- Appointment of DGP 1-1 20
- Director General of Police 33-1 43
- To send Reports to Government on certain subjects 33-8 44
Director of Prosecution - See under "Prosecution Directorate"
Disciplinary Proceedings - Action on enquiry report 171 338
- Drawing up of Minutes 170 337
- Rules governing the conduct of officers Minor and Major penalities 161 321
- Procedure for enquiries - details 169 335
- Granting of copies of Minutes and other Records in
departmental enquiries 182 352
- In cases of absence without leave 183 352
- Departmental enquiries in case of fraud or embezzlement
Government money or criminal misconduct 179 350
- Preliminary enquiry and reply 167-2A 329
- Procedure for enquiry and memorandum of charges 168 330
- Procedure for imposing major penalties 167 326
- Procedure for imposing minor penalties 165 326
- Punishments of officers on deputation from other departments 186 354
- Punishments of probationers, temporary officers on contract 187 354
- Procedure on conviction 172 342

14
- Recovery from pension 181 351
- Resignation or Retirement of Govt. Servant when pending 180 351
- Procedure for Imposing penalities 163 323
Dispersal of Mobs by Police - Detailed instructions for Police Officers 740 1491
- Right of private defence 740-3 1494
- Delay in the disposal of cases in Courts 580 1249
- Pendency of cases with magistrates 581 1251
Disposal of Petty Cases - Duties of Police Officers for quick disposal 581-2 1251
Disposal of the property coming into the hands of the Police 442 841
District Armed Reserve Police (DAR) - See under "District Reserve Police"
District / City Crime Records Bureau (DCRB/CCRB) / RCRB
- Activities and conduct of all dossier criminals to be reported to
Bureau by all SHOs of L&O PSs 746-8 1600
- Advisory and Crime Memo Books 762 1646
- Crime Card and Crime details to be sent 746-1 1595
- Crime Charts (Maps) and Graphs to be maintained 756 1624
- Disseminatation of Intelligence 760 1627
- Dossiers for criminals 748 1603
- File of Calls on the expert staff of FSL, FPB or Crime Analysts of the
Bureau 758 1626
- File of references from Investigating Officers 757 1626
- Files of Criminal Intelligence Gazette 759-3 1627
- Functions of the Bureau 745 1592
- General subject files 753 1619
- Instructions regarding the opening, maintenance and closure of
Dossiers for Criminals 748-2 1603
- Method of storing and retrieval of information 745-4 1594
- Officers to inspect computer centre establish by SCRB in district Hqrs. 764-5 1648
- Photography / Videography of Dossier Criminals once in five years 754 1620
- Quarterly return of photographing of dossier criminals 763 1647
- Records of the bureau 747 1601
- Register of Dossier Criminals 749 1605
- Register of History of Crime 755 1621

15
- Register of Suicides to be maintained 755-2 1622
- SHOs to furnish infromation to the Bureau on specified subjects 746 1595
- SHOs to furnish weekly station crime reports 746-4 1596
- Statistical Branch of DPO to be a part of DCRB / CCRB 761-23 1639
- To analyse the information regarding serious crimes 762-2 1646
- To be visited by other officers of the rank of SI and above 764-3 1648
- Indices for dossier criminals 752 1608
- Visits to and inspections of the bureau - updating AP Police Intranet 764 1648
- To maintain Index of physical peculiarities and criminal
characteristics of Dosssier Criminals 752-5 1610
- To maintain records in computers with on-line facilities 759-2 1627
- To maintain register of dates of release of history sheeted and
dossier criminals 751 1607
- To maintain untraced property index 752-7 1616
- To prepare monthly crime review (MCRs) 761 1630
- Weekly Crime and Occurrence sheet publication 760-2 1627
District Police - General Organisation (DIG of Police) 11 24
District Police Control Rooms - Organisation and functioning 921-1 1880
District Reserve Police
- Annual Mobilisation 800 1728
- District Reserve Police Annual Shooting competetion 807 1735
- Arms and Ammunition for public order duties 792 1710
- Care and Custody of Arms 799 1726
- Cash Book in Armed Reserves - maintenance - instructions 813 1760
- Casual Leave Register 797-2 1721
- Charges for Police Band 814-12 1763
- District Reserve Police 790 1708
- Curriculum for Intensive training of District Reserve 803 1730
- Duties of Asst. Reserve Sub Inspector 796-12 1720
- Duties of Driver HC and Constable Assistant 812-14 1742
- Duties of Hqrs. Reserve Sub Inspectors 796-8 1717
- Duties of Platoon Commander / Reserve Sub Inspector 796-9 1718
- Duties of Quarter Master 796-4 1716

16
- Duties of Reserve Inspector 796-2 1713
- Duties of RI in charge of Training, Welfare and Home Guards 796-6 1717
- Duties of RI Motor transport 796-5 1716
- Duties of RSI Motor Transport (Technical) 796-10 1719
- Bhadratha and Aarogya Bhadratha 817 1767
- Duties of the personnel of Reserve Police 796 1713
- Duty Roster 797-3 1722
- Family Quarters Register 797-4 1722
- Housing 809 1740
- Inspection of Arms in Sub Divisions by District Armourers 799-2 1727
- Instructions to District Armourers who go for inspecting weapons
in Sub Divisions 799-7 1728
- Kit and Arms Inspection 810 1740
- Long Leave Register 797-1 1721
-Mobilisation Orders 801 1729
- Motor Vehicle maintenance and duties of personnel 812 1740
- Movements 791 1709
- Off Duty and Relief 794-6 1712
- Orderly Room / Counselling 797-7 1723
- Ordinary duties 794 1711
-Organisation 793 1710
- Other Instructions regarding Police Band 815 1766
- Pay Disbursement Register 797-8 1724
- Police Bands in the State - Rules Governing there of 814 1761
- Proficiency Tests 805 1732
-Mobilisation Orders 801 1729
- Registers to be maintained by RI / RSI (MT) 812-56 1747
- Remote Areas 804 1732
- Reserve Police on Detachment duty 802 1730
- Roll Calls 811 1740
- Scale of Arms and Ammunition 798 1724
- Seniority list of men showing eligibility to promotion 797-6 1723
- Target Practices and Good Shooting Badges 806 1733

17
- Tear Gas Squads 808 1738
- Transfer Seniority list 797-5 1722
- Use of the reserve by the Railway Police 795 1713
- Use of Vehicles 812-62 1758
- Utilisation and briefing of the Reserve Contingents 794-5 1712
District Traing Centres - See under "Training"
Documentary Evidence
- Collection from Banks - Bankers Books Evidence Act 1891 436 837
- Inspection and abtaining of documents in the custody of Audit 439 840
- Inspection of Records of Criminal Courts by the Police - Procedure 438 839
- Procedure regarding articles/documents in the custody of Postal /
Telecom departments both private and government 437 838
- Production of records before police or excise officer 437-4 838
- Search / Seizure 435 837
Documents
- Grant of copies 64-4 148
- Grant of copies - Shall be furnished free of cost to the victims/
dependants/legal heirs/authorised agents for insurance purpose 64-7 149
Dossier Criminals
- Register of dates of release of History - sheeted and dossier criminals 751 1607
-Index of physical peculiarities and criminal characteristics to
be maintained by DCRB / CCRB 752-5 1610
- Photographys 754 1620
- Register 749 1605
- Instructions regarding the opening, maintenance and closure in
DCRB / CCRB 748-2 1603
- Dossiers for criminals 748 1603
Dowry deaths - See under "Offences against women"
- The Dowry Prohibition Act 1961 395 723
Drivers for Police Officers 382-3 644
Driving, Maintenance, Repair and Transport Training Institute
(DMRTTI) (PTO) 948-8 1959
Drug Trafficking 539 1109
- Drug trafficking / empowerment of SI of Police 539-1 1116
- Guidelines issued by the Narcotics Control Bureau (NCB) New Delhi 540 1118

18
- Number of samples to be drawn in each seizure case 542-5 1121
- Numbering of package / containers 542-6 1122
- Packaging and Sealing of samples 542-7 1123
- Place and time of drawl of sample 542-3 1121
- Points to be noted while recording Panchanama 541 1119
- Procedure for drawal, storage, testing & disposal of samples procedure 542 1120
- Quantity of different drug required in the sample 542-4 1121
Duties of Junior Police Officers - General 88 206
Duties of Police - Other important duties 301 502
- Guard duty roster 370 624
Dying declaration 430 828
"E"
Earthquakes - Duties of Police 323-5 532
Economic Crimes
- Investigation procedure 525 977
- Economic crimes in general Election 523 962
- Election duties 334 551
- Dont’s 334-11 572
- Poll day Duties of Police 334-6 554
- Pre Poll Duties of Police 334-5 552
- Model Code of Conduct issued by Election Commissioner 334-8 557
- Penalties Relating to Electoral Offences 334-10 570
- Post poll Duties of Police 334-7 556
Emergencies - Use of Police Communication Network during 905 1859
Encounter Deaths - Inquest by Magistrate 500 914
Escort of Protected persons 381 642
Escort of Soldiers 380-15 642
Escort of Terrorist / Extremist and dangerous prisoners 380-14 642
Escort of Treasure - Number of free passes to be issued by the Railways 277 455
Escorts - For Postal remittances 377-11 636
- Escort for prisoners outside the Andhra Pradesh under the
Prisoners (Attendance in Court), Act, 1995 and chapter 22 of of Cr.PC 378 637
- For producing prisoners in Courts 379 638
- General Rules 373 625
19
- Instructions to Treasury escorts 375 627
- Instructions for the issue Railway Warrants for Treasure Escorts 377-10 636
- Escorts of Arms and Ammunition 376 631
- Relief of the City Escort 377 634
- Relief of escort to and from Andhra Pradesh - Treasure and Prisoners 377-4 635
- Strength when escorting cash by Road and Rail 374 626
Giving evidence in Courts by Police Officers 582 1258
Ex-Convict Register 603-4 1308
Ex-gratia payment 405 758
Exhumation (disinterment of bodies) 495 910
Explosives and Bombs - Basic Raw Materials and explosives commonly
used in making IEDs and Bombs 571-16 1224
- Civil Explosives - Role of Deputy Chief Control of Explosives 571-13 1223
- Common type of Bombs and IEDs 571-15 1224
- Components used in making Bombs/IEDs 571-17 1225
- Duties of I.O. in cases of explosions 571-22 1227
- Military Explosives - Role of Military Bomb Disposal Squad 571-12 1223
- Role of Bomb Disposal Team 571-27 1228
- Role of Investigating Officer 571 1221
- Role of Police Officers dealing with unexploded bombs (UXB) 571-19 1226
- Accidents in connection with explosives and inflammable oils 300 498
Explosives Petroleum and Poisons 299 494
Express Reports 412 788
"F"
Factions in the Villages - Measures to deal with 738 1489
- Additional Police 742 1496
- Investigation of factious riotings and murder 739 1490
Festivals and Fairs
- Assistance to local body officials 305 514
- List of festivals to be maintained 302 502
- Precaution to be taken against fire 303 511
- Final order send to magistrate 487 906
- Final reports - referred reports 486 905

20
Financial powers - Delegated to the various level of Officers 284 465
Fine Amounts for Traffic Violations
- To be deposited quickly and records maintained for audit 581-3 1258
Finger Print Bureau
- To function under SCRB (CID) 879 1823
-Advantages of Computerization 788-1 1696
- Action after conviction 772- 3 1676
- Action on Finger Printed ex-convicts absconding 779 1681
- Application in Crime Investigation 765 1654
- Assistance to IOs by Finger Prints Bureau 765-4 1654
- By whom to be taken 768-3 1666
- Comphotofit 788-15 1702
- Computerised Finger Print Identification Systems 788-9 1698
- Development of Latent Finger Prints 766-4 1660
- Disposal of FP slips and Court Disposal Forms (Conviction Memoranda)776 1680
- District Finger Print Units 782 1687
- Escape to be immediately report to the bureau 778 1681
- Evidence of FP Experts 788-14 1701
- Finger Printing the dead 785 1692
- FP slips to be sent for record to the Central FPB through State FPB
out of custody 771 1672
- Functions of SDFP Units staff 783-1 1688
- Instructions to be followed by Police Officers in Finger Print work 766-7 1661
- Lifting of Latent Prints 766-6 1660
- Maintenance and scrutiny of FP slips by the State FP Bureau 781 1683
- Method of proving identity of accused 773-2-C 1677
- Method of taking 768-4 1666
- Advantages of computerization 788 1696
- Number of Copies of FP slips required for record 777 1680
- Of adolescents sent to a special Institution 774-2 1678
- Of persons convicted in one State whose origin is other State 774 1678
- Of unidentified persons who are arrested as suspects or UT
on a criminal charge 772-4 1677
- Persons whose finger prints are to be taken for record 769 1669
21
- Points to be noted in preparing FP slips 768-5 1668
- Procedure and precautions 768 1666
- Procedure for forwarding when a convict is transferred to another Jail 774-3 1678
- Procedure for preserving the scene of crime and for searching
of chance prints 766-2 1660
- Procedure for sending FP slips by DCRB to the State & Central Bureaux.771-2 1672
- Procedure for sending FP slips by the State Bureau to the Central Bureau771-3 1674
- Procedure for submission of FP slips for record in the SDFP
Units collection 784 1689
- Procedure for taking in respect of unidentified dead bodies 768-2 1666
- Procedure in case of deformities 768-6 1668
- Procedure in case of extra fingers 768-7 1669
- Procedure regarding FP slips to be sent by SHOs for record in FPB
- through DCRB 770 1671
- Provisional Criminal Number (PCN) 788-7 1697
- Report of death 780 1682
- Responsibility of Tester (Expert) 775 1678
- Search slips to be sent by Police Stations and Investigation Units 772 1676
- Single Digit Finger Print System 783 1687
- Slips 765-6 1655
- Submisson of FP slips for search to the Bureau of the State of arrest
- and the Home State of criminal 773 1677
- Terminology 767 1663
Finger Prints and the Scene of Crime - Chance Finger Prints 766 1659
Finger Prints Bureau - Records to be maintained 765-7 1658
- Of Andhra Pradesh - Address 765-10 1659
Finger Print Bureaux of different States - Location 765-8 1658
Fire accidents - (Fire Control Number 101) 308 515
First Information Report (FIR)
- Book 410 785
- Express Reports 412 788
- Its value 415 790
- Offences classifide 409 782
- Points to be remembered in registering and dispatching FIR 416 790

22
- Procdure for recording 409-2 783
- Procedure for recording when the complainant is presented in
the out post 410-3 786
- Registration of cases reported at Police stations other than the
jurisdiction police Station 413 789
- Registration of cases when station units of occurrence are doubtful 414 789
- Whom to be sent 411 787
Floods and Tidal Waves - Duties of Police (tidal waves and floods) 323-4 531
Foot Prints
- Casting 789-7 1706
- Guidelines for obtaining prints of good quality 789-8 1707
- Location 789-4 1704
- Method of collection 789-5 1705
- Tracing 789-6 1705
Foot Prints and Track Marks - General 789 1703
Foreign Prisoners Relief - Report to be made to the CID 714 1450
Foreigners -
"No objection to return to India" endorsement 347 597
- Acts and Rules relevant to Foreigners, Passports and visas 336 577
- Extradition Act implementation 336-2 578
- Arrest and Counsular Access 349 598
- Central Foreigners Bureau and its functions 357 601
- Definition 335 576
- Departure from India 339-8 588
- District police to report the movements 353 600
- District Special Branch to deal with the work 356 600
- Documents to be furnished by ROs to Central Foreigners Bureau
and State Registration Officer 358 601
- Enquiries relating to Foreigners 354 600
- Exemptees under passport ( Entry in India ) Act, 1920
Registration of Foreigners Act, 1939 and foreigners Act, 1946 337 584
- Extension of period of validity of tourist certificates 348 597
- Extension of stay 346 595
- Formalities to be observed 339 587

23
- Hotel Arrival reports(Form C) 341 591
- Movement in India 339-5 587
- Of Diplomatic status and their families - Certain exemptions 337-5 585
- Passengers travelling by Services touching two Airports in India 344-2 593
- Proof of Identity of foreigners 351 599
- Prosecution 350 599
- Registers and Records to be maintained by Ssp/CsP who are FROs 355 600
- Registration of Bangladesh Nationals 343 592
- Registration of Pakisthan Nationals 342 591
- Registration Officers and Civil Authorities 338 582
- Registration under the Registration of Foreigners Rules,1939 and 1992 340 589
- Registration under the Registration of Foreigners Rules - 340-6E 591
- Report of death 359 602
- Residential Permits 345 594
- Restrictions and Conditions on arrival in India 338-3 586
- Foreigners to be in possession of valid passport and visas 335-2 578
- Forensic Auditing 572 1226
Forensic Science
- Law of Individuality 553-2 1171
- Law of Probability 553-6 1173
- Law of Progressive Change 553-3 1172
- Principle of Analysis 553-5 1173
- Principle of Comparison 553-4 1173
- Principle of Exchange 553-1 1171
- Principles and Laws governing it 553 1171
Forensic Science Laboratory (FSL)
- Ballistic 557-1 1180
- Biology 558 1183
- Bio-medical 559 1185
- Certain services available to public on payment of fees 555-4 1178
- Chemistry 560 1186
- Computer Forensics 561 1188
- Constitution of Regional FSLs 556 1179
24
- DNA 562 1190
- Documents 563 1195
- Forensic Engineering 565 1199
- Guidelines for collection and storage and transportation of
DNA samples 562-3 1193
- Guidelines for collection of physical evidence 565-1 1199
- Guidelines for investigation Officers 559-3 1186
- Guidelines of proper collection of samples for Narcotic Examination 566-3 1205
- Handling and preservation of documents 564-3 1198
- Narcotics 566 1204
- Organisatoinal structure of APFSL 555 1177
- Physics 567 1206
- Polygraph (Lie detector) 568 1210
-Important precautions and guidlines 560-3 1187
- Physical evidence like hairs, fibres etc. 558-2 1185
-Toxicological evidence 570-2 1216
- Nature of Physical evidence 569-2 1213
- Nature of physical evidence received by the section 567-(i) 1203
- Precaution and guidelines for collection of standards 564 1197
- Precaution and guidelines for polygraph examination of the subject 568-3 1212
- Precautions for handling computer evidence 561-3 1189
- Quick check list for divisions handling types of physical evidences 572 1230
- Serology 569 1213
- APFSL reports / opinion within 30 days 555-3 1172
- Toxicology 570 1216
"G"
Gang cases
- Against robbers / dacoits - Investigation procedure 544-4 1134
- Property offences by a gang 544 1131
Gazetted Police Officers - Departure / Arrival at Hyderabad to be
intimated to DGP 63-7 148
General Conviction Register - See under "Station Crime History - Part - III"
Crime Abstract 629 1361

25
Rules -45 Amount of quality 260 435
a. Rule -46 Retirement gratuity 260 436
b. Rule -47 persons to whom gratuity payable 260 436
c. Rule-49 Nomination 260 436
d. 11 Rule -50 family pension 260 436
Grave Crimes list 52-7 108
Grave Crime Reports 52-12 110
- The Commissioner of Police/The Supdt.,of Police 52-15 111
Greyhounds 19-1 28
- General Functions 929 1896
- Organisational Structure 929-2 1896
- Selection and Training 930 1897
-Organisational Structure 930-2 1897
- Training of State Police and other State Police Personnel 931 1898
- Weaponry, Equipment and Dress 929-3 1897
Grievance Redressal in Police 408 778
- Security at DGP residance 382 64
Guard of Honour - Rules for Presentation 372 624
Guards - The Duties of Sentry 361-17 610
- Blue Book to be followed in providing Guard to President
and Prime Minister 365-8 619
- Class "A" Guards 367 622
- Compliments by Guards 361-23 611
- Duties of Guard Officer 361-12 609
- Duties of Sub Jail Guards 362 612
- Treasury and sub Treasury Guards 363 616
- Duties when posted as Guards to Prime Minister and
Vice - President of India 365-8 619
- Duties when posted as residential Guard to the President of India 365-7 619
- Duty Roster 370 624
- For Prisoners when temporarily sent for treatment in civil hospitals 368-3 623
- Guards for public works department officers 368-4 623
- For the Governor of Andhra Pradesh 365-10 619

26
- For the protected persons 366 621
- General Duties of VIP Guards 365 618
- General functions of Police Guards 360 605
- General Rules 361-2 607
- Police Station / Out Post Guards in Extremist affected areas 364-4 617
- Police Station Guards 364 616
- Watch and ward duty of an organisation including government 368 623
- Private Guards 371 624
- Proof of Identity of Foreigners 351 599
- Sentry Relief Book 369 623
- Guards for other departments 368-2 623
"H"
Habitual Offenders
- Definition and duties of Police - Regarding 731 1473
- Removal of Public Nuisance 732 1474
Half Yearly meeting of Inspectors and SDPOs 57-9 132
Handcuffs
- Use of - Procedure and Law 461 868
Head Constables
- Duties as in charge of the Guard 110-2 249
- Duties as in charge SHO 110 248
- Duties as investigating assistant 108-4 247
- Duties as Officer in charge of out post 109 248
- Duties as Officers in charge of beat 108-5 247
- Duties as Station Writer 108-3 246
- Duties of General duty HC 108-2 246
- Duties when deputed to Session Court for maintaining Order 110-3 249
- General Duties 108 246
Medical Examintion 70-2 166
- Medical examination paprameters 70-3 167
History Sheets - See under "Station Crime History - Part - V"
Home Guards Organisation
- General 19-2 28
27
- Awards and Recognition 939-2 1930
- Discipline and Administration 936-5 1923
- Enrolment and Training 936 1917
- Fixation of Strength of Home Guards of each Police Unit 939 1929
- Is a Voluntary Organisation 937 1924
- Powers and Functions of Supervisory Officers 937-4 1925
- Powers and Functions of Dy. Superintendent of Police (HG) 937-5 1926
- Powers and Functions of other Police Officers posted to Home Guards 937-6 1926
- Strength and Enrolment 935-7 1916
- Structure and General Functions 935 1915
- Utilisation of Services in Police Department 938 1927
- Welfare 939-3 1930
House Breaking or Burglary
- The investigation officer must 514 934
- I.O. to ascertain maximum details of crime from complainant 512-3 930
- Important points to be noted depending on the M.O. 513-2 932
- Important points to be noted during investigation 513 931
- House breaking or burglary 512 928
- Steps to be taken by I.O. before proceeding to the scene 512-4 930
Human Rights
- Code of Conduct for the Police Officers to avoid allegations of
violation of Human Rights 954 1969
- Definition and essential ingredients 949 1960
- Duties of Human Rights Cell in the Office of the DGP 955 1970
- National Human Rights Commission - Constitution 953 1968
- National Human Rights Commission - Functions 953-5 1969
- Of Juveniles 951-5 1967
- Of Suspects or Accused 951-3 1964
- Of Victims 951-1 1963
- Of Witnesses 951-2 1964
- Of Women 951-4 1966
- Reasons for violation of human rights by Police 950 1962
- State Human Rights Commission 953-6 1969

28
The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 952 1968
"I"
Identification
- Identification through Finger, Foot impressions and DNA 472-2 882
- By Photographs 472 881
- General Procedure 470 879
- Of Property 474 883
- Test Identification Parade 471 881
- Parade shall be conducted by Judicial Magistrate only 470-2 880
immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act 1956 and Duties of Police 393-2 720
- Duties of Police Officers 732-2 1475
Indecent Representaion of Women (Prohibition Act 1986) 394-6 722
- The Indian Cinematograph Act/ The cable TV Network
( Regulation) Act-1995/ other Act -525 313 520
Indian Electricity Act ,2003- Duties of Police 314 522
Indian Police Service (IPS)
- Appointment of members of State Police Service to the IPS 31 41
- Grants for uniform 24-4 34
- Probation and Training of Asst. Supdt. of Police 25 34
- Promotion to Senior time/Scale posts (ASP GrI/Addl.SP/SP) 30 39
- Qualifying Examinations to be passed by Officers on Probation 27 38
- Resignation of Appointment 24-6 34
- Scales of Pay of Officers of the IPS 23-1 31
- The Rules regarding IPS 23 31
Indian Treasure Trove Act ,1878 - Duties of Police 319 526
Indices 603 1307
Industrial unrest
- Police action during industrial unrest 737 1486
Inerruption of Service - Effect 261-2 443
Inquest
- By Executive Magistrate 494 909
- Enquiry into cause of death in cases of unnatural deaths 490 907
- Important points to be borne in mind about inquest 503 917

29
- Points for enquiry in death cases 502 915
- Death in encounters or in police custody 500 913
- Procedure and the points to be noted in the report 491 907
- Report 492 908
- Procedure on occurrence of large scale deaths 493 909
Inspection and Visits to Police Stations by SDPOs 62-5 144
-Visiting / Inspection notes to contain 62-10 145
Inspection and Visits to Station, Circle and
Sub Division - Reports to contain 62 143
- Inspection and Visits by Police Officers 61 137
Inspector General of Police (IGP) 42 62
- IGP (Communications) 42-L 68
- IGP (Coordination) 42-G 67
- IGP (Director - APFSL) 42-P 69
- IGP (Goal setting - review - liaison) 42-B 64
- IGP (Greyhounds) 42-O 69
- IGP (Home Guards) 42-N 69
- IGP (Legal) 42-F 66
- IGP (Personnel and organisation) 42-D 65
-IGP (Police Computer Services) 42-M 69
- IGP (Police Transport Organisation) 42-K 68
- IGP (Provisoning & Logistics) 42-C 65
- IGP (Recruitment) 42-I 67
- IGP (Regional) 42A 63
- IGP (Training) 42-J 67
- IGP (Welfare & Sports) 42-H 67
Inspector General of Police / Dy. IGP of Zones or Ranges
- Duties and responcibilities of DIsGP/IsGP In charge of range / zone 43-A 70
- Administrative duties 43-B 70
- Administrative Powers 43-C 70
- Law and Order 43-D 71
- Financial Powers 43-E 71
- Public Order 43-F 71

30
- Crime Control 43-G 72
- Human Resources Development and management 43-H 72
- Inspections / Tour programmes 43-I 73
- Investigations 43-J 74
- Maintenance of Crime Records 43-K 75
- Co-ordination with other departments 43-L 76
- Recruitment 43-M 76
- Training and discipline 43-N 76
- VVIP visits (Protocol) 43-O 77
- Duties connected with public order 44 77
Inspector of Police
- Attendence at sessions 99 226
-Breach of peace 92 213
- Diary weekly and special reports etc. 93 213
- Duties in regard to Crime Investigation 91 210
- Duties with ragard to other records, case diairies FIRs etc.
after disposal of case 98-3 225
- Inspections and Visits to Police Stations 90 208
- Main Duties 89 208
- Station Inspetion Reports 97-2 225
- To call on Collectors if camping at the same place 97-4 225
- To check guards and attend drills in HQRs Police Stations etc. 97-3 225
- To compile Annual review of crime and notes on crime in
station Crime History 97 224
- To maintain Circle informatioin book 96 224
- To maintain Crime Registers 94 224
- To record daily movement and activities in the note book
chronologically 95 224
- To report arrival at/ departure from District Headquarters 98-4 225
- To send records from Circle and Station to District Police Office
in January every year 98 225
Integrated Investigation Forms - Use 609 1311
Intelligence and Security Wing in Police Department - General
Functions and Duties 927 1893

31
- General Organisation 14 26
Inter - State Police Radio Network 906 1860
Investigation - After filing charge sheet 417-4 802
- Powers of Magistrate to Order 417-3 802
- SHOs may investigate non cognizable offences by taking
the orders of the court 417-2 802
- General instructions 417 802
- Steps to be taken by Police Officers after registering FIR 417-5 802
- To be impartial 417-6 803
- Limitations 478-5 894
- Of Factious riotings and murder 739 1490
- Powers of Magistrate to order closure of investigation in certain cases 478-6 894
- To be completed without unnecessary delay 478 894
"J"
Jail Manual - Instructions for Jail authorities to furnish Jail release list
to the Police 717 1455
Jail release list - Jail authorities to furnish to the Police 717 1455
Juvenile Justice (Protection and care of Children) Act,2015
- Multi-Stake holders approach of S.J.P.Us 390-8 710
- General Principles to be followed is Administration of Juvenile
Justice (Care and protection of children) Act 2015 (Sec.3) 390 701
- Conditions for initiations of prosecution 485 903
Juveniles 608 1311
Juveniles Justice Act - Points to be observed 391 717
"K"
KD Check Register 672-7 1406
"L"
Leave - Applications 256 426
- Casual - Procedure for granting 250 422
- Casual - Procedure for granting 253 425
- Compensation Leave to Police Officers 252 425
- Departure on leave - Procedure 257 426
- General 249 421
- Granting of Earned leave 254 426
32
- Provisions of F.R.71 to be enforced 255 426
- Special Casual Leave 251 422
Legal Advice - To be obtained in regard to litigation affecting the State 155 316
Legal Assistance
- DGP Committee - Composition and cases to be considered 160 318
- Range / Zone / Commissionerate Committee to decide 159-2 317
- To Police Officer when they sue/are sued for acts done i17
discharge of official duties 159 321
Letter of advice - See under "Physical Evidence"
Licence and Renewal Fee and user charges 283 463
"M"
Maithri - See under "Community Policing"
Maps(All Districts of AP) 1585
Match Factories 299-8 499
Measurements - Power of Police to take 473 882
Medals - A.P. State Police Pathakams 204 380
- Announcement by A.P. Government on Ugadi and
1st November in every year 205-7 386
- Antrik Suraksha Seva Padak (Internal Security Service Medal) 203-5 379
- Cancellation and Forefeiture 205-4 385
- Certificate of Integrity and No Judicial Proceedings -
To accompany the proposal 206-6 388
- Discription of different awarded by A.P. Government 204-2 381
- Eligibility for different A.P. Police Pathakams 204-4 382
- Entitlement to number of 205 383
- Jeevan Raksha Padak Series of National Award 208 389
- Mode of wearing them and colours 205-3 385
- Number of Medals 204-3 381
- Posthumous Awards 205-6 386
- Presentation 207-3 389
- President's Police and Fire Service Medal and Police Medal 203 378
- Prime Minister Medal for Life Saving 203-7 380
- Procedure for proposals for the awards 206 386
- Procedure for awarding to ACB personnel 206-5 387

33
- Publication 205-2 385
- Publication and presentation 207 388
- Wound Medal (Prakram Padak) 203-6 379
Medals and Decorations - List of awardees to be kept by unit officers etc.63-5 147
- Medical Examination 70-2 166
Medical Examination Parameters 70-3 167
Medical treatment - Cost of treatment of Police Patients 258 428
Medical treatment of Police personnel working in cities 259 433
Mentally Ill Person - Treatment - Duties of Police 312 519
Meritorious and Good Service Entries - See Rewards
Mobile Scientific Investigation Units (CLUES Teams)
- Duties and responsibilities 554-4 1175
- Functions and control 554-1 1173
- Infrastructure to be provided by SP / CP 554-3 1175
- Logistics to be provided by APFSL 554-2 1174
- Requisition of clues team mandatory in certain types of cases 554-5 1177
Mobilization - See under "District Reserve Police"
Modus Operandi Index - Of Crime and Criminals 603-2 1307
Modus Operandi Index of Dossier Criminals
- To be maintained in DCRB / CCRB 752-2 1608
Modus Operandi Register of history sheeted "Out of View" criminals
- To be maintained in DCRB / CCRB 750 1606
Investigation of money Laundering cases 524 968
Investigation of Economic crimes in central 525 977
Monthly Crime Review
- Ingredients 761-1 1630
- Time schedule for dispatch 761-21 1639
Monthly Crime Reviews (MCR’s) 761 1630
Monthly Reports
- By Officers of the rank of Dy. SP and above, Contents 53 112
- Check Register to be maintained by SP, Zonal IG / DIGP and DGP 54 125
- Time Schedule for submission 53-8 118

34
 "N"
Name Index of Dossier Criminals - To be maintained in DCRB / CCRB 752-1 1608
National Anthem - Rule to be observed by Police Officers 121-2 274
National Crime Code Book
- Physical peculiarity or Criminal characteristics 752-6 1611
- Un traced property index 752-7 1616
National Human Rights Commission - See under "Human Rights" 956 982
Natural Calamities - Duties of Police 323 529
NHRC guidelines for investigating deaths in police encounters 546-6 1139
Offenses classified 409 782
“O”
SOP in Sec. 498 A IPC and 3 & 4 of Dowry prohibition Act 537 1198
Sec. 304 ( B) IPC Dowry Death 536 1091
- Punishment and Trial 1092
- Abetment to suicide Sec. 306 IPC 536-1 1093
- Sec.354 IPC : Assault or use of Crimnal force to women with
intent to outrage her modesty 536-2 1094
- Sec. 354 ( a) IPC 536-3 1095
- Sec. 354 ( b) IPC 536-4 1096
- Sec. 354 ( c) IPC 536-5 1096
- Sec. 354 ( d) IPC 536-6 1097
Acid Attack cases 534 1087
- Sec. 326 (A) IPC 534-1 1087
- Sec. 326 (B) IPC 534-2 1089
Rape 532 1064
- In the case of the victim 532-1 1066
- In the case of the accused 532-2 1067
- At the place of occurrence 532-3 1067
- Trial related amendments 532-4 1068
- Definition on rape 532-5 1069
- Related Cr.PC amendments 532-7 1072
- Punishment for failure to register FIR 532-8 1072
- Audio-video recordings of statement 532-10 1073

35
- Compulsory medical examination of rape victim 532-12 1073
- Investigation officers to finalise child rape investigation within
3 months 532-14 1074
- Government prosecution sanction orders 532-15 1074
- Points to be elicited from victim, accused and from the scene 533-4 1087
POCSO Act, 2013 533-1 1083
- Sec.5 r/w 6 of POCSO Act 533-2 1085
- Sec. 7 r/w 8 of POCSO Act 533-3 1087
- Sec. 9 r/w 10 of POCSO Act 533-4 1087
Offences Relating to the Marriage 396 723
Officers authorised to use Police Radio Grid 896 1848
Official Records
- Affidavit claiming privilege in the Court u/s 123 & 124 I.E. Act
- Form I & II 577 1251
- Procedure to be adopted when a Govt. Servant is summoned by a
court to produce 577-4 1253
Oral Evidence
- Admission of Police Officers to visit Jails on duty 428 827
- Collection 427 825
Recording of statements of witneses and confessions of acused by a
magistrate 431 830
- Recording of statements etc. in case diary 429-2 828
- Recording of statements of witnesses by an IO 429 827
Organised Crime 543 1124
- Direction and Coordination of work 58 132
- Direction and Coordination of work - CID to be the Nodal Office 58-2 133
- Guidelines for I.Os investigating offences committed by
organised gangs 543-3 1126
Out Posts
- Duties to be performed and records to be maintained 707 1440
- Model chart of Duties 706 1440
- Organisation in Rural and Town areas 705 1439
"P"
Recording of statements of witness and confessions of
accused by a Magistrate 433 831
36
Pathakams - See Medals
Pay
- Disbursement 233 412
- Return of Pay Acquittences 234 412
Pay and Allowances - General 230 411
Pay Bills - Instructions for preparation and long rolls 232 411
- Preparation 231 411
Pay due to a deceased Government Employee 237 413
Re-endorsement on bills - Prohibited 235 412
Payment - Recovery of excess payment 238 413
Payment for FAX/ Registered Post 226 402
PCR Act and SC & ST (Prevention of Atrocities) Act
- Differences between the two Acts 384 669
- Duties of Police 385-7 680
- Functions and Powers of National Commission for SCs & STs 387 685
- Government Instructions 386-3 681
- Investigation of Cases 386 681
- Monitoring and Review of cases and Preventive Action etc. 386-2 681
- National Commission for SCs & STs to act as a Civil Court 388 685
- Special and Mobile Courts in Districts for trial of cases 388-2 686
- Villages / Area where Atrocities take place - To be identified 386-5 684
PCR Cell and its Duties 385 679
Penalites
- Acts not amounting to penalties 162 322
- Censure and withholding of increments 166 326
- Major 161-5 322
- Minor 161-4 321
- Procedure for imposition 163 323
- Prohibition of formal warning 188 356
Pension
Rules -45 Amount of quality 260-10 435
- Rule -46 Retirement gratuity 260-10a 436
- Rule -47 persons to whom gratuity is payable 260-10b 436
37
- Rule-49 Nomination 260-10c 436
- Rule -50 family pension 260-11 436
- Rules under A.P. revised pension Rules 1980- Extract of relevant Rules 260 434
- Sanction of Anticipatory pension 260-13 439
- Sanctioning Authority 260-15 440
Personal Files (ACRs)
- Adverse Remarks 144 303
- Chart Showing reporting/reviewing/accepting authority 147 307
- Contents 138 295
- Custody 139 298
- Date of submission of the Reports 138-5 296
- Entries relating to the training 142-2 303
- Manner, Form and Channel of Submission 141 300
- Officers required to maintain the PFs of other Officers 139-3 298
- Opening 137 295
- Period of Report 138-4 296
- Points to borne in mind when preparing 142 302
- Report on IPS Probationers 143 303
- Scrutiny by Superior Officers 145 306
- Special Reports - When initiated 140-3 300
- To be written as prescribed for all Officers of the rank of SI and above 140 300
- Transfer of PFs on promotion 146 307
Petitions - Orders there on 224 402
Photographs and Videographs of Criminals etc.
- Instructions for recording 786 1694
- Periodical Elimination 787 1695
Physical Evidence - Also see under "Scene of Crime"
- Authorities competent to forward to FSL 549-8 1160
- Case property to be accepted by FSL only with certain conditions 549-12 1163
- Chain of Custody 426 823
- Chain of custody 549-5 1159
- Collection mandatory in certain cases 549-10 1162
- Forwarding authority and time period for forwarding the samples 426-5 824
38
- Its limitations 549-7 1160
- Its role in crime investigation 549 1155
- Its significance 549-6 1159
- Purpose of Physical evidence in crime investigation 549-2 1156
- Known standards /controls 549-4 1158
- Letter of Advice 426-3 824
- Letter of advice 549-9 1161
- List of documents to be sent along with physical evidence 549-11 1162
- Precautions and guidelines for collection of physical
evidence involving firearms 557-3 1177
- Preservation and protection at the scene of crime 550 1166
- Recording the crime scene 551 1166
- Searching the crime scene and the role of I.O. 552 1166
- Sources of Physical evidences 549-3 1158
Physical fitness - Circular Memo of DGP 744-19 1533
Pocket picking - See under "Theft"
Point Books - See under "Beats and Patrols"
Poisons and Poisoning -
- Cases during Festivals and Jatras 531-11 1058
- Cases of Food Poisoning 531-12 1059
- Poisons and poisoning 529 1055
- Investigation and prosecution 530 1055
- Leakage of gases 531-15 1060
- Offences affecting public health under IPC 531-13 1059
- Investigation - Procedure 531 1057
- Steps to be taken by the Police in cases of mass poisoning 531-17 1060
- Toddy Adulteration 531-14 1060
Police Band - See under "District Reserve Police"
Police Bandobust - Charges to be paid for 282 457
Police Boys Hostels 404-3 753
Police Commemmoration Day Flag Fund 404-5 754
Police Communication
- Administration and General Organisation 16-2 27
- Central Technical Stores 907-7 1861

39
- Different Communication Systems 886-1 1831
- Duties and responsibilities of DSP (Communications) 893 1839
- Duties of Inspector of Polcie (Communications)
(State HQRS Maintenance Centre) 894-4 1842
- Duties of Inspector of Police (Communications) 894 1840
- Inspector of Police (City) 894-10 1845
- (Cypto) 894-6 1843
- (Headquarters) 894-7 1843
- (Master Communication Control) 894-5 1842
- (Planning and Development) 894-9 1844
- (Technical Stores) 894-3 1841
- (Training) 894-8 1844
- in charge of District / City 894-2 1840
- Duties and responsibilities of Non Gazetted officers in
Communication wing 895 1845
- High frequency radio communication -
NETWORK - VOICE Communication - 886 1831
- Handling and Maintenance of the Equipment 901 1857
- Housing of the Staff 907-2 1860
- Instructions on Classsified Messages 897 1852
- Inter - State Police Radio Network 906 1860
- Liaison with other Government Departments/Organisations 908 1862
- Library 907-8 1862
- Location and Protection of Radio Stations 903 1858
- Message writing instructions 896-2 1848
- Messages on the Subjects which can be accepted for transmission
List 911 1866
- Messages to contain essential information 896-6 1850
- Musketry and Drill 907-4 1860
- Officers authorised to use Police Radio Grid 896 1848
- Organisational and Administrative Setup 887 1832
- Pay and Allowances - Drawl and Disbursals 907 1860
- Phonetic Alphabets 902-3A 1858

40
- Standard phrases 902-3B 1858
- Powers and Responsibilities of Addl. Director,
Police Communications 891 1836
- Powers and Responsibilities of SP (Communications) 892 1837
- Powers, Duties and Responsibilities of
Director Police Communications (DPC) 889 1835
- Procedure for the Puchases of Stores and Financial Powers or Purchase 890 1835
- Radio Messages Delivery 904 1859
- Radio Telephony 900 1856
- Radio Telephony Procedure 902 1857
- Records to be maintained in DCC and by Inspector of
Police (Communications) 909 1862
- Records to be maintained in Radio Station 909-1 1862
- By Inspector of Police (Communications) 909-2 1863
- Recruitment Promotions and Service Conditions 888 1834
- Rewards 907-3 1860
- Schedule of working hours 899 1856
-use of priorities 898 1854
- Security Classification of Messages 897-2 1852
- Source of Power 911 1864
- Telegraphic Address of DPC 910 1864
- Territorial Jurisdiction of SsP (C) and DSsP (C) 887-2 1832
- Training and Refresher Courses 907-6 1861
- Uniform 907-5 1861
- Use of Police Communication Network in Emergencies 905 1859
Police Computer Services - General Organisation 16-3 27
Police Control Rooms - Communication Channels to be provided 914 1870
- Dessemination of Information 918 1876
- Duties and qualifications of the Staff of Control Room 916-6 1875
- Duties of Officer in charge of Police Control Rooms 916-5 1874
- Working of the control room and wireless fitted Cars / Vehicles 916 1873
- Location 913 1870
- Maps and Charts 920 1878

41
- Opening of temporary PCRs on important occasions 920-3 1879
- Organisation and functioning of District Control Rooms 921-1 1880
- Organisation and functioning of State Control Room 921-3 1881
- Patrolling by Wireless fitted Vehicles 916-4 1874
- Police Control room 912 1869
- Records to be maintained 919 1876
- Striking Force 917 1876
- Wireless fitted Cars, Motorbikes, Vehicles, Equipment and Staff 915 1873
Police Custody 469 877
Police Education Funds 404-2 751
Police Officers
- Attendence at sessions 63-2 147
- Criminal Prosecution and Civil Suits by them 153-8 315
- Exemption from tolls while travelling on duty 268 451
- Government sanction necessary for instituting Civil Suits
on behalf of the State 154 316
- Rules for defending them in Criminal Prosecution and
Civil Suits for acts done in Official capacity 153 314
- To make full payment for supplies and conveyance on tour 63-9 148
- to return the call of senior 63-8 148
- Visits to other States 59 134
- Writs against them 157 317
Police Officers Associations - Constitution, aim and objectives 408-4 779
Police Station
-Action on registration of FIRs 692 1428
- Allocation of duties - Duty shifts 617 1340
- Annual renewal of ammunition 620-5 1348
- Area Policing in L&O PS - Organisation and detailed functions of beats 675 1411
- Arrest Report 632 1366
- Bad characters Rolls 698-3 1433
- Result oriented / beat and petrol detachment (Sec 149 CrPc) 674-1, 2 1410
- Care and custody of arms and ammunition 624 1357
- Cash chests of other departments 625 1357

42
- Checking of General Diaries 628 1361
- City, Town or Semi Urban Police Stations 673 1409
- Communication of Intelligence to areas beyond the State 653 1386
-Crime Abstracts 698-2 1433
- Crime Abstract to be prepared every quarter for each PS 629 1361
- Criminal Intelligence Gazette (CIG) 652 1385
- Criminla Intelligence and information 650 1383
- Day Duties 676 1414
- Deployment of Plain Clothes Men 657 1387
- Detective Police Stations 694 1429
- Detective Police Stations (DPS) and Central Crime Stations (CCS) 689 1425
- Development of skill - Specialisation and self-improvement 621 1349
- Crime Record section 696 1430
- Criminal Intelligence - Duties of DPS / CCS 699 1433
- Display boards to be maintained and kept updated - Contents 695 1429
- Express communication of important cases and occurrences 691-3 1428
- Extracts from case diaries for permanent record 698-4 1433
- Instructions to meet local requirements 700 1435
- Investigation of Cases 692-3 1429
- Management of Detective Police Station(DPS)/
Central Crime Station (CCS) 690 1426
- Matter from L&O PSs for publication in the Crime & Occurrence Sheet 698 1433
- Night Duties 690-2 1426
- Pending warrant and "A" lists 697 1432
- Publication in Crime and Occurrence Sheets 691 1427
-Public Service Delivery 586-B 1276
- Registration of FIRs by DPS 692 1428
- SHO of Police Station 613 1337
- Telephone, FAX or other messages 690-5 1427
- Training Classes etc. 690-3 1427
- Duties of SIs when SHO is of the rank of the Inspector 614 1338
- Duty Roster 642 1377
- Duty Roster - To contain information for each beat area
in the relevant column 672-8 1407
43
- Analysis of information 654 1386
- Enquiries under section 174 Cr.P.C. in metropolitan
and "A" grade muncipalities 685 1420
- Excise exihibits - Procedure for receipt and safe custody 626 1358
- Fire fighting equipment 648 1383
- First Information Report Index 630 1364
- Functions and management 611-13 1333
- General detachment 674-4 1410
- Duties of General detachment 681 1417
- General Diary - matters to be entered in general diary 627 1359
- Good Shooting Badge 620-6 1349
- Government property register 635 1372
- Grant of leave and leave report 619 1345
- Guidelines for recording marks of identification of prisoners 633-2 1368
Dissemination of Intelligence 684 1418
Preparation of information relating to the beat area 679 1415
- Information to be disseminated after proper assessment and
on need to know basis 655 1387
- Inward / Outward Register 636 1373
- Kit Inspection 619-4 1346
- Lathies and Fire Arms 647 1383
- Manpower Resource utilisation in law and order PSs 615 1339
- Message Book 637 1373
- Musketry Practice 620 1347
- Necessity of prompt dissemination of information 649 1383
- Night Patrols 677 1414
- Night Patrols - Checking 680 1416
- Night Patrols - Instructions to men 678 1415
- Non-Cognizable Cases Register 640 1376
- Note Books - Contents 631 1365
- Note Books - Custody 631-2 1366
- Notice board and PS name board 612 1336
- Off duty - General guidelines for providing 617-5 1342

44
- Passports for men 643 1379
- Petty Case Register / Non FIR Case Register 640 1376
- Postage Register 645 1382
- Prisoners Search Register (PSR) 633 1367
- Process Register 639 1373
- Public relations 623 1353
- Question papers/ballot papers - Procedure for receipt & safe custody 625-2 1358
- Report of probable presence of habitual criminals 651 1385
Revolver / Pistol practice 620-4 1348
- Roll Call 641 1377
- Rotation of Duties and Reliefs 683 1418
Schedule of training and instructions to men 615 1339
- Security and Station Guards 682 1417
- Sentry Relief Book 638 1373
- Shramadan/Swatch Bharath 622 1353
- Small Service Book 634 1370
- Special Reports 656 1387
- Special skills of men and Officers - 621-2 1350
- Strength to be devided into specified detachments 674 1409
- T.A./ Food arrangements on deployment of men 618 1345
- Town Police Station - Beat and Detachment Diary 687 1421
- Beat Books 687-11 1423
- Duties of SI/HC 687-10 1423
- Instruction to the beat Police Officer 687-3 1422
- Other Records 688 1423
- Station house general diary 686 1420
- Traffic and Highway Police Stations - Functions and Duties 701 1435
- Organisation and Supervision of Traffic Police Stations 702 1437
- Records to be maintained 703 1438
- Traffic detachment 674-3 1410
- Uniform clothing - Acquittance Roll 619-3 1346
- Village Roster 644 1382
- Village Roster - 672-9 1408
45
- Visiting Book 646 1382
- Women Police Station 704 1438
Police Transport Organisation (PTO)
- Administrative Section 948-4 1957
- Central Motor Vehicle Pool 948-7 1958
- Central Workshop - Functions of Electrical Section 947-6-C 1953
- Functions of Engine Section 947-4 1951
- of Gear Box and Fitting Section 947-5 1952
- of Main Line and Two wheeler Section 947-7 1953
- of Painting and Misc. support Section 947-8 1954
- of Preventive Maintenance and minor Repair Section 947-6 1952
- General Functions 947 1950
- Central Workshop Structure Chart
- Driving, Maintenance, Repair & Transport Training Institute (DMRTTI)948-8 1959
- Functions and Organisation 941 1932
- Functions, Duties and Responsibilities of Addl. Director (Tech.) 945-2 1939
- of Asst. Director (Admn.) 945-8 1943
- of Asst. Director (Material) 945-10 1944
- of Asst. Director (Systems) 945-11 1944
- of Asst. Director (Tech.) 945-9 1943
- of Asst. Supervisor (Material) 946-6 1948
- of Asst. Supervisor (Systems) 946-8 1948
- of Asst. Supervisor (Tech.) 946-5 1947
- of Asst. Supervisor (Transport) 946-7 1948
- of Director 945-1 1937
- of HC (Driver) 946-9 1948
- of Helpers 946-17 1950
- of Jr. Material Assistant 946-15 1950
- of Jr. Mechanic 946-14 1949
- of Jr. Systems Assistant 946-16 1950
- of Jt. Director (Admn.) 945-5 1941
- of Jt. Director (Tech.) - Central Workshop 945-6 1941
- of Jt. Director (Tech.) - Regional Workshop 945-7 1941
46
- of PC (Driver) 946-13 1949
- of Senior Jt. Director (Admn.) 945-3 1940
- of Senior Jt. Director (Tech.) 945-4 1940
- of Sr. Material Assistant 946-11 1949
- of Sr. Mechanic 946-10 1949
- of Sr. Supervisor (Materials) 945-13 1945
- of Sr. Supervisor (Systems) 945-14 1946
- of Sr. Supervisor (Tech.) 945-12 1944
- of Sr. Supervisor (Transport) 945-15 1946
- of Sr. Systems Assistant 946-12 1949
- of Supervisor (Material) 946-2 1947
- of Supervisor (Systems) 946-3 1947
- of Supervisor (Tech.) 946-1 1946
- of Supervisor (Transport) 946-4 1947
- General Organisation 16-1 26
- Important functions 942 1932
- Jurisdiction of Officers 944-5 1936
- Main Technical Stores (Central Stores) 948-1 1955
- Medical Dispensary 948-6 1958
- Organisation Structure Chart
- Organisational Chart
- Organisational Set-up 944 1933
- Organisational Structure 943 1933
- Pruchase procedure for vehicles, spare parts and other items 948-2 1956
- Recruitment, Promotion and Service Conditions of the Staff 944-4 1935
- Security Wing 948-5 1958
- System wing 948-3 1957
Police Welfare 403 748
- Administration of Welfare Activities 403-2 748
- Arogya Bhadrata Scheme 406-2 769
- Bhadrata Scheme 406 764
- General Health Care 406-3 775
- Group Personal Accident Insurance Policy 405-2 762
47
Police Welfare Funds 404 749
Police Widow Fund 404-4A 753
- Important rules of A.P. Medical code relating to Postmortem
examination and wound certificate should be followed 498-1 911
- Inquest reports - Postmortem - Salient points 496-1 910
Postage Stamp 240 414
Collection, Collection and dissemination of information 734 1480
- If the prospect of averting trouble is not encouraging take the
following step 734-10 1482
Preservation of Peace
- Dispersal of Mobs 740 1491
- Enrollment and employment of Special Police Officers 741 1494
- Impact of widespread riots 733-2 1479
- Instructions for the guidance of officers in regard to processions 736 1485
Legal powers to deal with breaches of peace 735 1485
- Measures to deal with factions in the Villages 738 1489
- Nature and Causes of Breach of Peace 733 1479
- Police Action during Industrial unrest - Detailed guidelines 737 1486
Sec. 378 IPC (General Nuetral) traficking of person 538 1099
Preventive Action - By Seizure 724-4 1467
- In urgent cases of nuisance or apprehended danger
(Section 144 CrPC) 725 1467
- Removal of public nuisances (Section 133 CrPC) 732 1474
- Security for breach of peace (Section 107 CrPC) 727 1469
Preventive sections of Law at a glance 723 1463
- Security for good behaviour and keeping the peace (Section 106 CrPC) 726 1468
Binding over communal / terrorist / extremist elements 728 1470
Binding over the property offender 729 1471
Binding over the habitual offender 730 1471
- To be taken by Police in cases of breach of peace due
to disputes over immovable property 725-2 1467
Previous Conviction - How proved 472-3 882
Prisoners

48
- Accommodation of persons outside the lock-up rooms
in the station premises 463-4 871
- Breaking Journey in Hyderabad 380-3 640
- Confinement of other department prisoners in lockup 464 872
- Escape from custody 465 872
- Escort halting at Police Station 380-5 641
- In transit by Rail - Procedure for detention 380-4 640
- Medical Certificate or fitness to travel 380-6 641
- Prisoners released on medical grounds 380-13 642
Use of hand cuff 461 868
- Procedure for handling 462 870
- Railway and Bus Warrants for prisoners 380-8 641
Prohibition of receipt of prisoners in to jail on sundays 380 640
- Release from Jail etc. - To be reported to DCRB / CCRB 746-5 1596
- Scale of accommodation 463 871
- Taken by Railway Police 380-12 642
Prisoners Search Register (PSR) 633 1367
Probation
- Of Dy Superintendents of Police (APPS) 26 37
- Of IPS Officers 25 34
Process Service - See under "Beats and Patrols"
Processions and Rallies - Instructions for the guidance of Police Officers 736 1485
Proclamation orders u/s 82 of CrPC 483 902
Prohibition of Hook Swinging and other allied practices -
Duties of Police 320 526
Promotion
- Departmental Promotion Committee (DPC) 76-8 183
- Eligibility for different ranks 73-3 176
- General 73 175
- Of Asst. Reserve Sub Inspectors (APSP) 79-2 186
- Of Asst. Reserve Sub Inspectors (DAR) 79 187
- Of Constables - General Instructions 82 191
- Of Constables (APSP) 84-5 194

49
- Of Constables (Civil Police) 83 192
- Of Constables (DAR) 84 193
- Of Constables (DAR) - Specialists 84-4 194
- Of Head Constables (DAR) 81-2 190
- Of Head Constables / Asst. Sub Inspectors (Civil Police) 80 189
- Of Head Constables / Asst. Sub Inspectors (Civil Police)
- Qualifying Examinations 80-4 189
- Of Head Constables to Asst. Sub Inspectors (Civil Police) 81 190
- Of Inspectors (Civil Police) 76 182
- Of Reserve Inspectors (APSP) 76-10 184
- Of Reserve Inspectors (DAR) 76-9 184
- Of Reserve Sub Insepctors (DAR and APSP) 78 186
- Of Sub Inspectors (Civil Police) 77 185
- Panels of Inspectors for promotion to DSP 76-3 182
- Preparation of Promotion Panels 75 180
- Of ARSIs (APSP) 79-4 188
- Of ARSIs (Band Units) 79-6 188
- Of ARSIs (DAR) 79-3 187
- Requirements of fitness 74 179
- To the rank of Addl. Commandant/Commandant APSP Battalions 32-4 42
- Addl.SP(Non-cadre) 32-3 42
- Commandant Home Guard/Addl. DCP,CAR Hq. 32-5 42
- SP(Non-cadre) 32-2 42
Prosecution
- Public prosecutors and Assistant Public prosecutors 576 1245
- Commencement 574 1240
Conditions for initiation of prosecution 485 903
Examination of witnesses in court 575 1240
- Directorate of Prosecution 573 1234
- Government sanction necessary in certain cases for
prosecuting Government servants 485-9 904
- Guidelines for giving evidence in court by Police Officers 582 1252
- Of complainant in false cases 489 906

50
- Privilege in respect of official records - 577 1245
- Prosecutions 350 599
- Withdrawl of cases - Procedure to be adopted 583 1253
Prosecution against Police Officers - Sanction - When necessary 148-3A 311
- Sanction - When not necessary 148-3B 311
Prosecution Directorate 20 28
- Duties of Addl. Director 573-11 1239
- Duties of Director of Prosecution 573-12 1239
- of Dy. Director 573-9 1239
- of Joint Director 573-10 1239
- The provisions of article 311 (2) of Constitution of India 148 311
Prosecutors
- Duties of Public Prosecutors & Addl. Public Prosecutors Grade - I & II 573-7 1236
- Duties of senior Asst. Public Prosecutors & Asst. Public Prosecutors 573-8 1237
- Functions and duties 573-6 1236
Protection of Civil Rights (PCR) Act 1955 - Rules under the Act 384-4 670
Offences relating to untouchability under PCR Act, 1955-SI of police
and above are the investigating officers 383-4 656
Protection of Environment Act 1986 316 524
Protection of Forest and Wild Life - Duties of Police 317 524
Protection of Weaker Sections and Responsibilities of Police 383 656
Public Grieviance Authority - Composition and Functions 152 314
Guidelines for managing large scale assemblies 304 511
Binding over Habitual Offenders 730 1471
Public Relation Organisation in Police - Functions 399 730
Public Relations - Expectation from P.R. Organisation of the Police 400-20 736
- External 400 733
- Internal 399-2 731
- Liaison with State Information and P.R. Department 400-22 737
- Meeting the public 400-18 736
Police Public Relations 398 729
Public Relations, Community Relations and Maithri
Public Resort places

51
- Inspection by Police Officers 309 517
Punishment
- After conviction 149 312
- Conviction and sentenced to pay fine or released on probation
under P.O. Act 149-5 312
- Date of effect 185 353
- Summary and non appealable 193 358
- To be entered in the service book of charged Officer when awarded 185-4 354
- See also under "Discplinary Proceedings"
"R"
Radio Messages - See also under "Police Communication" 214 395
Ragging 744 1502
- Duties of Police in preventing 744-7 1503
Railway Accidentrs - See under "Railway Police"
Railway Police
- Case Diaries 836 1783
- Crime occurance and classification register 846-1 1790
- Complaints by Railway Officials 840 1784
- Constables on travelling duty - General Instructions 831 1780
- Cooperation and Coordination with District Police 851 1796
- Coordination with neighbouring States 851-7 1800
- with Railway Administration 851-5 1799
- with Railway Protection Force 851-4 1799
- with State Government 851-6 1799
- Crime Charts - SCH Part - II 847 1793
- Custody of Prisoners 843 1786
- Deployment of Plain Clothes Officers 832-3 1781
- Disposal of dead bodies 845 1790
- Drill and Instructions 856 1805
- Duties during journeys by the Train of Ministers 859 1806
- Journeys by train of the Governor and persons of high position 858 1805
- During Railway Strike 855-6 1804
- In connection with accidents on the Railways 853 1801

52
- Of ASIs and HCs at Railway Station 826 1774
- Of Beat Constables 832 1780
- Railway stations with 2 constables 828 1777
- Of in charge Constable at Railway Staion 826-2 1775
- Of Inspectors 824-5 1773
- Of Platform Staff 827 1775
- Of Reserve Sub Inspectors at Railway Station 825 1774
- Of Sub Inspectors 824-6 1774
- Regarding festivals 855-5 1804
- When Nuisances are committed within Railway limits 841 1785
- When Petty Thefts occur 842 1786
- Enquiry of Railway Accidents by Chief Commissioner /
Commissioner of Railway Safety 854-2 1803
- Facilities required for efficient discharge of duties 838 1783
- General Organisation and structure 13-2 26
- General Organisation 818 1768
- Instructions regarding Organisation of Train Beats and Station Patrol 830 1778
- Instructions regarding unclaimed property 855-1 1804
- Investigation and prosecution in the Cases of Railway
Accidents - Examination of Accident Scene 854 1801
- Investigation of Cases 835 1782
- Jurisdiction 820 1771
- Not to purchase tickets for passengers 855-3 1804
- Order of Command during combined operations 821 1771
- Organisation of Railway Police Districts 822 1771
- Personal Investigation by DSRP 837 1783
- Pretty thefts 842 1786
- Procedure in cases of theft of Materials from Railway Track 851-2 1797
- Notice of accidents to the police 852 1800
- Railway Accidents on private sidings 852-2 1801
- Railway Servants as Witnesses 855-2 1804
- Relief of escorts of high personages 860 1807
- Role and Functions of Dy. Superintendent of Railway Police (DSRP) 824-4 1773

53
- Role and Functions of Officers 824 1773
- Role and Functions of Superintendent of Railway Police (SRP) 824-3 1773
- Role, Function and Duties in Crime prevention, Investigation
and maintenance of Order 819 1768
- Rule for the use and Custody of Arms 857 1805
- Station Crime History - Maintenance Instructions 846 1790
- Station Crime History - Part - III 848 1793
- Station Crime History - Part - IV - General Information 849 1794
- Station Crime History - Part - V - History Sheets 850 1795
- Steps to minimise thefts on the Railways with local Police Assistance 851-3 1798
- Stopping of Trains at Non Stopping Stations - Procedure 851-8 1800
- Telegraphic Complaints by Railway Officials 839 1784
- Train Beats 829 1777
- Urgent communication of Important Offences 834 1782
- Watching of criminals 855-4 1804
- Working of Railway PSs and Investigation Units 823 1772
Railway Protection Force
- General Functions 833 1781
Railway Ticket Requisiton - To be used by members of Railway Police 278 456
Railway Warrants 271 453
- Additional instructions for use 280 456
- All Police Officers and the staff of Police Department to use
for journeys on duty 280-1 456
- Concessional use 274 454
- Particulars to be entered 276 455
- Preparation and presentation at Railway Station 272 454
- Preparation by railways for payment 273 454
- Safe custody 275 455
Rape cases - See under "Offences against women"
Records to be maintained in Police Stations - See under "Police Station"
Recovery of stolen property otherwise than on house search
- Record of material facts 444 842
Recruitment
- Appointment by direct recruitment 67 157

54
- General Conditions 66 156
- Medical Examination 70-2 166
- Medical Examination Parameter 70-3 167
- Of Sub Inspector (Civil Police) - Provisional selection list 69-9 163
- Of Constables in APSP 68-9 160
- Of Constables in Railway Police (Civil) 68-11 160
- Of Constables in Reserve Armed Police 68-8 160
- Of Constables in Specialised Wings 68-10 160
- Of Police Constables - Stipendiary Cadre Trainee (Civil) 68-11 160
- Of Sub Inspector (APSP) 69-13 164
- SI of Police (Civil) (men and women) and Station Fire Officer 69-11 163
- Of Sub Inspector (Specialised Wings) 69-14 164
- Of Sub Inspectors (Civil Police) 69 160
- Of Sub Inspectors (Civil Police) - Written Examination 69-6 162
- Reserve Sub Inspectors 69-12 163
- Verification of Antecedents and Medical Examinations 70 165
Recruitment Rules 65 151
- Age for direct recruitment 65-2-B 151
- Minimum education qualification for police constables
(Civil, AR, APSP) 65-2-C 153
- Physical measurments required for recruitment 65-2-D 154
- Requirements for recruitment in communication and transport
organisations 66-2-F 155
- Requirements for recruitment of women candidates 65-2-G 155
- Standards of physical effeciency 65-2-E 154
- Written tests 65-2-H 156
Re-enlistment after resignation 70-4 167
Remand of Arrested accused 468 876
Remission grants to heinous offenders 719 1458
Reopening of the case 488 906
Research Centre 883 1825
Reserve Police - See under "District Reserve Police" and
"State Reserve Police" Resignation - Forefeiture of Service 261 443

55
Retiring Officers - To furnish their addresses 262 445
Retreat for all Senior Police Officers every year - To be organised
and conducted by APPA 72-6 174
Returns - No new return shall be called without prior permission of DGP 64-2 148
Procedure for filing appeals against acquittals and revision
petitions in the High Court 584 1255
Revolver Practice by Gazetted Police Officers 63-6 147
Rewards - By Foreign Governments 197 376
- By other departments 196-4 376
- Cash 195 374
- Rewards for capture of deserters 201 378
- Recapture of escaped prisoners and tracing most wanted offenders 199 377
- For saving life and property and putting out fires etc. 200 377
- Grant of certificates and Letters of thanks 194-3 373
- Meritorious and Good Service Entries 202 378
- Sanctioning powers of Officers 196 375
- To private persons - Sanctioning powers of Officers 198 376
Rewards and Awards
- Different types of rewards 194 373
Rewards Expenditure - Certificate to be submitted by Drawing Officer
SDPOs Contingent Account 246 418
Right of private defence 740-3 1494
Riots - Important facts and circumstances to be gathered during
investigation 520-2 944
- Riots Cases 520 944
- See also under "Preservation of Peace"
Riots Involving Fire Arms
- Check list for I.Os 521-2 948
- Do's and Donts' for forwarding material objects 522 950
- Causes involving fire arms 521 947
River Journeys 281 457
Road Accidents cuasing deaths or bodily injury - Duties of Police 331 547
Road Safety 976 2010

56
Robbery and Dacoity
- Action by neighbouring Police Stations 506-4 922
- Action after information or complaint 506-3 922
- Action on arrest 508 925
- Action on receipt of information 506 921
- Charge sheet and trial in the Court 511 927
- Classification and Modus Operandi 505 920
- Examination of victims and witnesses for gathering evidence
and identity of persons & property 507 923
- Legal definition 504 919
- Preventive Measures 509 925
- Pursuit of other accused and properties 510 926
- SHO / I.O. to minutely observe and examine the scene and
surroundings neighbouring P.S 506-5 922
Rowdies - Classification and opening of rowdy sheets 601 1305
- Period of retention of history sheets of rowdies/Suspects 602 1307
Savingram 228-3 402
SC / ST (POA) Act 2015 383-3 664
SC & ST (Prevention of Atrocities) Rules 384-5 678
Scene of Crime/Scene of Offence
- Chain of custody of physical evidence 426 823
- Co-ordination method or Baseline method 421-5-A 810
- Cross Projection Method of Sketching 421-5-C 812
Examination of the scene of offence and incident control 418 803
- External wound Sketch 421-6 813
- First aid to the injured 419-2 805
- Instructions for lifting packing and forwarding physical evidence 425 821
- Methods of sketching 421-5 810
- Observation notes 422 814
- Observation notes - Guidelines for recording observation notes 422-3 815
- Preservation of evidence 419-3 805
Protection of crime scene 419 803

57
- Analog or digital photography 420-2 806
- Recording the Crime scene 420 805
- Search Methods 423-2 817
Searching the crime scene for physical evidence 423 816
- Signs and symbols useful for Sketching 421-6 813
Sketching of crime scene 421 808
- Triangular Methods of Sketching 421-5-B 811
Types of physical evidence normal encountered 424 820
- Chemical examination - Prohibition and excise 548-6 1155
- Explosives/Bomb disposal experts 548-4 1154
- Finger Print Bureau under SCRB 548-3 1154
- Forensic Science Laboratory 548-1 1152
- Government Drug Control Laboratories 548-8 1155
- Government Food Laboratories 548-7 1155
- Institute of preventive medicine 548-5 1155
- Professors of Forensic Medicines 548-2 1153
- Time limit for sending physical evidence to FSL
for scientific analysis 547-5 1152
"S"
Search - For wrongfully confined persons 441 841
- Of the arrested persons by the Police 455 859
- Points to be observed while making search 440 841
Secret Information and Informants
- Government may call for report through DGP 56-5 130
- Protection of secret information and informants
- Responsibility of senior officers 56 129
Secret Service Expenditure 244 415
Security action - See under "Preventive Action"
Security Wing in Police Department - General Functions and Duties 928 1894
Seniority List 73-2 176
Sentry Relief Book for Guards 369 623
SHOs to send contingent bills every month to DPO 248 421
Shramadan/Swachabharath 622 1353
Single Digit Finger print System (SDFP) - See under "Finger Prints"
58
Small Service Books - Inspectors and Sub Inspectors to make
authorised entries 106-4 244
Snatching - See under "Theft"
Soldiers Shooting Practice - Guidelines 333-2 550
Special Police Officers - Enrollment and Employment under Police Act 741 1494
Specially Grave Cases 55-2 125
- Fortnightly progress reports to be sent after sending detailed report 55-4 129
- Reports to the DGP in cases of specially grave nature 55-1 125
Sports and Recreational Facilities 407 776
State Crime Records Bureau (SCRB)
- Crime Analysis Unit and it's Functions 884 1826
- SCRB 880 1823
- Organisation 881 1824
- Records to be maintained 882 1824
- Research Centre 883 1825
State Police Control Room - Organisation and functioning 921-3 1881
State Reserve Police - Central Police Lines Amberpet, Hyderabad -
General 816 1767
Station Crime History -
- Railway Police Stations - See Under "Railway Police"
- General guidelines 607 1310
- Part - I - Annual Crime Review to be entered after approval of SDPO 590-4 1288
- Part - I - Classes of Crime 588 1280
- Part - I - Entry in other coloums and other details 589 1286
- Part - I - National Crime Code Book classification to be followed for
making entries 587-2-B 1278
- Part - I - Occurrence and Classification Register -
Contents-Station crime history 587 1278
- Part - II - Crime Charts 591 1288
- Part - II - Crime Charts - Objectives 592 1290
- Part - III - Entries to be in chronological order of conviction 593-2 1291
- Part - III - General Conviction Register 593 1291
- Part - IV - History Sheets - Automatic opening 596 1301

59
- Part - IV - notes on important events 594 1293
- Part - V - rowdies 601 1305
- Part - V - Period of retention of history sheets of suspects/rowdies 602 1307
- Part - V - Transfer of History Sheets 598 1303
- Part - V - Continuance / Discontinuance of History Sheets 599 1304
- Part - V - History Sheets 595 1294
- Part - V -Juveniles 608 1311
- Part - V - suspects 600-1 1304
- Part - V - History Sheets to be opened for certain persons
classified as suspects 600-2 1305
- Part - V - Maintenence of History Sheets 597 1303
Station Crime Records
- A prelude to Station House Management 586 1274
- National Crime Code Book circulated by NCRB to be the basis for
maintaining these records 586-4 1277
- Records to be in proforma devised for the purpose using software
and loaded into computer 586-5` 1278
- To be treated as confidential records - Access limited to authorised
Officers only 586-7 1278
Station House Officer (SHO)
- Of Traffic Police Station 104 243
- Police station 100 226
- To cause enquiry about non appearance of pensioners to draw pension106-3 244
- To make entries in small service book of PCs / HCs 106-4 244
- Reporting lapses for disciplinary action 106 244
Sub Divisional Police Officer (SDPO) / Asst. Commissioner of Police 52 96
- Personal Investigation 52-5 107
- Powers, Duties and Responsibilities 52 96
- Duties of responsibilities of SDPOs / SsRP / DCsP / CsP 52-2 96
- To inspect all licenced vendors of arms etc. 62-12 146
- Visit to villages/localities 62-11 146
- Contingent account 246 418
- Permanent Advance and Cash Books to be maintained 245 417
Sub Inspector of Police
- Acquisition of local area Knowledge 101-2 233
60
- Duties and Responsibilities when acting as SHO 101 228
- Crime prevention and Detection 102-2 236
- Duties with regard to Law & Order and Crime Investigation 102-1 234
- Junior SI to work under the Orders of Senior SI (SHO) 101-1a 231
- Of Railway Police Stations 105 243
- Station House Officer of Traffic Police Station 104 243
- Station House Officer - Traffic duties 103 242
- Unclaimed property 102-3 236
Superintendent of Police (District Chief of Police)
- Personal Investigation 46 89
- District chief of Police (Supdt. of Police / Supdt. of Police Railways) /
DCP (L & O) of Commissionerate 45 77
- Relation with District Magistrate 48 91
- To improve public cooperation with police 47-2 89
- Touring and Inspections 47 89
Supreme Court guidelines to be observed in all cases of arrests 453 856
Suraksha 399-2-A 732
Surveillance
- History sheeted persons - reporting movements 712 1444
- A vital part of Preventive action by Police 711 1444
- Instructions regarding survellance of convicts between states 716 1455
- Issue of OV cards 712-7 1447
- Surveillance at outposts 722 1460
- Reporting movements to other States 712-3 1445
- Presence of suspicious strangers 712-4 1445
- Rules and instructions regarding watching ex-convicts ordered to
notify residence 721 1458
- Rules u/s 356 CrPC for notifying residence of ex-convicts 718 1456
- Shadowing of convicts and other dangerous persons on release 715 1450
Suspects
- History Sheets to be opened for certain persons classified as suspects 600 1304
- Period of retention of history sheets 602 1307
Suspension
- As specific minor punishments 178 349

61
- Competent authority to suspend 175 346
- Other conditions 176 347
- Pending Enquiry 174 343
- Review - In case of Gazetted Officers 177-1 347
- Review - In case of Non Gazetted Officers 177-2 348
"T"
Priority in State Telegram and Trunk calls 241 414
Telegrams - Special Police Telegrams 242 414
Telegraphic Addresses of Police Officers in the State 228 402
Temple Cars and Rafts - Duties of Police during Car Festivals 307 515
Tendering of Pardon 434 832
Terrorist Crime
- Investigation of terrorist crime 546 1132
- Important steps to be taken during the trial 546-5 1135
- NHRC guidelines for investigating deaths in police encounters 546-6 1135
- Problems faced by I.O. 546-2 1133
- Steps for arrest of the accused 546-3 1134
- Unlawful activities 546-1 1132
Theft
- From letters, parcels etc. - Different M.Os 515-2 937
- Standard Operating Procedure on theaft 515 935
- Of Automobiles - Detection and Prevention 518 940
- Of Copper wire 516 939
- Of Cycles 517 939
- On Railways 519-4 943
- Pocket picking 519 942
- Snatching / divertion of attention 515-1 936
- Standard Operating Procedure on theft 515 935
Addl.DGP (Traffic and Highways) Duties and responsibility 18 27
Trafficking in Women and Minor Girls - Preventive Measures 393-8 721
- Train collisions 331-2 548
Training
- Basic Induction Training 71-6 168
62
- Conversion Courses 71-10 170
- General 71 167
- In Service, Specialised and Other Training Courses 72 171
- In specialities 71-4 168
- Institutes 71-2 167
- Manual 71-5 168
- Other Training Courses 72-8 168
- Outdoor and Indoor Courses 71-7 168
- Pre Promotional Courses 71-11 171
- Refresher Courses 72-5 174
- Retreat to be organised for all Senior Police Officers every year in APPA 72-6 174
- Specialised Courses 72-4a 174
- Trainees to execute a bond of Rs. 10,000/- or Rs. 5,000/- 71-9 170
- Trainees to pass all the examinations 71-12 171
Training Centers in Districts 71-3 167
Training Courses
- Duration of Induction Training Courses 71-8 168
- In India and Abroad 59-4 134
Transfer and Posting
- Police Officers Expected from the transfer orders 132 292
- HCs / PCs to be releived in the first week of the month 133-2 292
- Inter change of Officers between railway and Local Police 130 291
- Joining time 134 293
- Mutual Transfers of HCs and PCs 128-3 290
- Transfer not be frequent 131 291
- Of Gazetted Police Officers 124 285
- Of Non Gazetted Police Officers 127 290
- Of Officers - Handing over notes to contain 126 288
- Of Police Officers - Reports of Relief to be sent to 125 288
- Of SIs and above - Not in their home District etc. 128 290
- Quarterly report to be sent to DGP by SsP, CsP and Zonal IsG / DIsGP 132-3 292
- Relief of Inspectors and Sub Inspectors 136 294
- Transfers after academic year to be effected in the first week

63
 of the month 133 293
-Transfer of charge by Inspectors - Unit Officers to report to DGP
and IG / DIGP concerned 135 293
Transfer of criminals to Jails of native place - P.R/T system 713 1449
Travelling Allowances 263 444
- Disbursement of D.A. 270 453
- journeys for special purposes 266-3 449
- journeys in attendance to a sick officer 266 448
- journeys within jurisdiction 264 446
- For training courses 265 447
- Preparation, submission and passing of T.A. Bills 269 451
- Time limit for claim 269-4 453
- To family members of Government Employees who die in service 267 450
Treasure Trove Act 1878 319 526
"U"
Unclaimed property - Duties of Police 446-4 843
Unidentified dead bodies 499 912
United Nations Organisation 337-2 584
Release of foreign prisoners 724 1466
Unnatural sexual offences 535 1087
Untouchability - Prohibited and punishable 383-3 656
License and renewal fees and user charges 283 463
"V"
Verification of Antecedents of Provisionally selected candidates 70 165
Victim-Compensation scheme G.O 744 1515
Village Secretariat Registers - Entries of information about
criminals/foreigners etc. into 610 1330
VIP Security
- Details of Duties to be performed 327 534
- Duties of Police - General 324 532
- For Ministers of A.P. State 328-8 539
- For Union Ministers and Ministers of other States 328 537
- Security of VIPS to be bone in mind by all Police Officers 325 533

64
- Protective Arrangements 327-8 536
- Control of crowd lining the routes during the passage of the VIP 327-5 535
- Regulation of Traffic 327-6 535
- Responsibility of safety of VIPs to be with local Police 326 533
Voluntary Retirement 86 198
“W“
Weekly Crime and Occurrence sheet 760-2 1627
Withdrawl of cases - Procedure 583 1253
Women Police - Duties and Powers of Women Police Officers 926-2 1889
Women Police Stations and Women protection cell-General functions 926-1 1889
Wound Certificate -relating to postmortem examination 498 911
"Z"
Zonal / Range Police Control Rooms - Organisation and functioning 921-2 1880

65